Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 2026.

Registration No. 333-     

 

 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   83-2625838

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1300 Rancho Conejo Boulevard

Suite 305

Thousand Oaks, California 91320

(805) 716-2927

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Nima Farzan

Chief Executive Officer

1300 Rancho Conejo Boulevard

Suite 305

Thousand Oaks, California 91320

(805) 716-2927

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Charles J. Bair

Grady Chang

Dylan Kornbluth

Cooley LLP

10265 Science Center Drive

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

Neha Krishnamohan

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

1300 Rancho Conejo Boulevard

Suite 305

Thousand Oaks, California 91320

(805) 716-2927

 

Nathan Ajiashvili

Alison Haggerty

Sandy Kugbei

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 906-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ☐    Accelerated filer   ☐
Non-accelerated filer   ☒    Smaller reporting company   ☒
     Emerging growth company   ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated July 17, 2026.

    Shares

 

 

LOGO

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. We are offering     shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $   and $   per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LTGO”.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in the common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please see the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $           $       

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds to Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., before expenses

   $        $    
 
(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional     shares of our common stock.

 

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to    % of the shares of common stock offered hereby, for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors and officers and certain of our employees, business associates, investors and friends and family of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and investors. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on     , 2026.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC  

Jefferies

  Leerink Partners   Guggenheim Securities

Prospectus dated       , 2026

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     17  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     100  

Market, Industry and Other Data

     102  

Dividend Policy

     103  

Use of Proceeds

     104  

Capitalization

     106  

Dilution

     108  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     112  

Business

     128  

Management

     192  

Executive and Director Compensation

     203  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     220  

Principal Stockholders

     225  

Description of Capital Stock

     228  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     235  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     238  

Underwriting

     242  

Legal Matters

     250  

Experts

     250  

Where You Can Find More Information

     250  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including     , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, or other earlier date stated in this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Latigo Biotherapeutics,” “Registrant,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “Company” refer to Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company committed to developing innovative non-opioid pain medicines designed to rapidly and effectively stop the transmission of pain without the risk of addiction. Pain represents one of the largest and most pervasive therapeutic markets in the United States, driving an estimated 250 million prescriptions annually across acute and chronic settings; however, a continued reliance on opioids has contributed to a persistent public health crisis with significant societal and economic costs. Our two most advanced candidates, LTG-001 and LTG-321, are oral Nav1.8 inhibitors designed to inhibit the transmission of pain. We are also advancing additional Nav1.8 candidates that can address alternative formulation and delivery approaches. Beyond Nav1.8, we plan to explore other ion channel targets involved in pain transmission that offer complementary mechanisms of action, enabling potential use in multi-modal treatment to enhance pain relief or address diverse pain etiologies. Pain is heterogeneous and can be experienced in a chronic or acute manner, within both musculoskeletal and neuropathic pain. Our initial development efforts are focused on musculoskeletal pain, where we believe there is significant unmet need and an opportunity for differentiated clinical benefit utilizing a Nav1.8 mechanism. We aim to build one of the broadest pipelines of pain therapeutics, which we believe, combined with our management team’s deep expertise in pain biology, clinical translation and trial execution, positions us to deliver meaningful patient benefit and to change the current treatment paradigm of pain medicines.

Our lead product candidate, LTG-001, is an oral Nav1.8 inhibitor designed to provide fast-acting, opioid-sparing relief for the treatment of acute pain. LTG-001 is currently in development as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, and is intended for use as needed for up to 30 days. We believe LTG-001 will address a critical unmet need in a high-volume market where opioids remain the standard of care due to a lack of effective, non-addictive alternatives with rapid onset. The 2025 U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval of the first Nav1.8 inhibitor, suzetrigine (Journavx), provides a clear development and regulatory precedent for this therapeutic class. The FDA typically has required demonstration of efficacy in at least one soft tissue model and one hard tissue (bony) model to support an approved label indication for treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. The most common models used to demonstrate efficacy in pivotal trials have been abdominoplasty (soft tissue) and bunionectomy (hard tissue), and this has informed our development strategy. We recently received positive data for LTG-001 in our randomized, placebo and comparator-controlled trial in 343 patients undergoing abdominoplasty. This clinical trial met its primary endpoint and key secondary endpoints with high statistical significance. Based on our discussions with the FDA, the abdominoplasty trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. Key highlights from the abdominoplasty trial include:

 

  •  

Met primary endpoint and achieved ~50% greater analgesic effect than Vicodin, the opioid comparator: High dose LTG-001 (450mg loading followed by 300mg every 12 hours)

 

1


Table of Contents
 

met its primary endpoint of Summed Pain Intensity Difference from 0 to 48 hours (SPID48) versus placebo, achieving a 62.1-point (p<0.001) improvement versus placebo and numerically exceeding the SPID48 of the trial’s opioid comparator, hydrocodone bitartrate/acetaminophen (HB/APAP), which is commonly known as Vicodin, which was a 40.9-point improvement versus placebo (p=0.001).

 

  •  

Achieved rapid onset of meaningful pain relief: Median time to a ≥2-point reduction in Numeric Pain Rating Scale (NPRS) score was 52 minutes with high dose LTG-001, and 83 minutes for HB/APAP, the opioid comparator in the trial.

 

  •  

Demonstrated opioid sparing: 52.3% of patients receiving high dose LTG-001 remained opioid-free during the 48-hour treatment period (p<0.001). Pain experienced by these patients was sufficiently managed by LTG-001 alone and required no rescue medicine. In the placebo group, only 22.1% remained opioid-free.

 

  •  

Dose response observed: Low dose LTG-001 (300mg loading followed by 150mg every 12 hours) also demonstrated statistically significant improvement versus placebo (SPID48 of 37.8; p=0.003), roughly comparable to the effect of HB/APAP, the opioid comparator in the trial.

LTG-001 has been generally well-tolerated and has generated favorable clinical pharmacology data characterized by limited drug–drug interaction (DDI) potential and balanced renal and hepatic clearance in preclinical studies.

In order to submit a New Drug Application (NDA) seeking FDA approval of LTG-001 as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, we are also required to conduct an open-label safety trial to attain a certain number of safety exposures at the intended commercial dose and to demonstrate safety across a mix of demographics and surgical settings to more adequately match the real-world setting.

We plan to initiate a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in participants undergoing bunionectomy and an open-label Phase 3 safety trial exploring LTG-001 within a broader population of patients with moderate to severe acute pain across a variety of post-surgical and non-surgical settings in the second half of 2026, with topline results expected in the second half of 2027. In addition to oral dosing, LTG-001 is also being advanced as a potential intravenous (IV) formulation to support use in hospital settings and enable transition from inpatient postoperative care to outpatient pain management.

LTG-321 is our next-generation candidate for the inhibition of Nav1.8, initially being developed for the treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain, starting with osteoarthritis (OA). LTG-321 is structurally distinct from LTG-001. LTG-321’s differentiated profile may enable a lower effective dose and once-daily dosing, characteristics we believe are particularly important for a chronic-use setting. In the Phase 1 trial, data as of May 15, 2026 showed that LTG-321 demonstrated robust pharmacodynamic activity as measured by an increased pain tolerance threshold, with continued activity at 24 hours after a single dose in the cold pressor test (CPT). We have refined the CPT methodology and it has provided a quantifiable and repeatable clinical endpoint that has translated into clinical trial outcomes for our lead product candidate. We have initiated a Phase 2 proof-of-concept trial investigating LTG-321 in patients with OA of the knee. The trial is designed as a randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled within subject crossover trial in approximately 120 patients with Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) pain as the primary endpoint to establish clinical proof-of-concept in chronic musculoskeletal pain and inform subsequent pivotal trial design. We expect to report topline results in the second half of 2027.

Our earlier stage pipeline consists of LTG-418, a next-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain. LTG-418 is structurally distinct from LTG-001 and LTG-321 and is

 

2


Table of Contents

predicted to have a dose which will be substantially lower than the expected doses for LTG-001 and LTG-321. We believe the predicted lower dose with LTG-418 is one of the features that may enable additional opportunities for other formulations and routes of administration including gels, patches, eye drops, inhalers and injectables, expanding our reach within the pain market and offering patients therapeutic options beyond oral and IV delivery. Suitable tolerability was demonstrated in a completed 14-day non-GLP toxicology study and in the in-life portion of an ongoing 14-day non-GLP toxicology study in non-human primates (NHPs). We are also in discovery of additional ion channel modulators involved in peripheral transmission of pain that represent potential complementary mechanisms of action to Nav1.8 inhibition for additional pain relief including in other chronic pain etiologies like neuropathic pain.

Our differentiated approach to addressing the shortcomings of current pain management and drug development is built on overcoming challenges in developing novel pain medicines through development of preclinical tools including electrophysiology in human DRG neurons and NHP microneurography to measure the effect of compounds on pain target engagement, optimization of CPT as a reliable biomarker that allows rapid in-human evaluation of analgesic effect with minimal investment and deep expertise in clinical trial design and execution.

Musculoskeletal pain is one of the most prevalent healthcare challenges in the United States and can be of an acute nature or, when persistent, become chronic. Acute pain from surgery, injury and trauma drove approximately 80 million adults in the United States to receive acute musculoskeletal pain prescriptions in 2022, while common forms of chronic pain conditions like OA and Chronic Lower Back Pain affected more than 60 million Americans in 2023.

Neuropathic pain arises from disease or dysfunction in the nervous system and is predominantly chronic in nature, differing fundamentally in pathophysiology and likely therapeutic approach. In the United States, it is estimated that approximately 10 million patients were prescribed a medicine for peripheral neuropathic pain in 2022.

Current treatment options for pain management such as NSAIDs and opioids require difficult tradeoffs between efficacy, safety, tolerability and risk of addiction, leaving many patients either undertreated or exposed to therapies with significant limitations or addiction potential. Further, the widespread reliance on opioids for pain management has resulted in an opioid epidemic that is not only a medical crisis but also a profound societal and economic burden. Opioids carry a significant risk of addiction and overdose, even with short-term use. In response, legislation has been enacted to limit prescription duration and strengthen controls due to concerns around misuse and dispersion. Beyond addiction, opioids are also associated with significant safety and tolerability issues, including sedation and a high incidence of gastrointestinal adverse effects such as nausea and vomiting.

Role of Nav1.8 and Unmet Need in Current Nav1.8 Inhibitors

Nav1.8 is a voltage-gated sodium channel that plays a significant role in transmission of pain, and the role of Nav1.8 as a pain target has been genetically and clinically validated. Since Nav1.8 is substantially expressed in peripheral nerve tissue and not in the brain or other tissue, its inhibition has not been associated with addiction or severe tolerability concerns. The approval of Journavx (suzetrigine) in January 2025 represented a breakthrough in pain management as a first-in-class non-opioid, non-addictive selective pain signal inhibitor for Nav1.8. Suzetrigine represents a safer non-opioid alternative, but is limited by efficacy, slow onset and contraindications. We believe that these limitations may limit uptake.

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Pipeline

We are developing a pipeline of non-opioid medicines to address broad patient needs in chronic and acute pain. We are developing therapies to be dosed both orally and through IV administration.

 

LOGO

 
*

Based on our knowledge as of the date of this prospectus.

**

Based on our discussions with the FDA, this trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain.

Our Lead Program: LTG-001

LTG-001 is a novel, orally bioavailable small molecule that selectively and potently inhibits Nav1.8, designed to stop the transmission of pain without the risk of addiction, with the goal to provide effective, rapid-acting pain relief. LTG-001 has been observed to be well-tolerated in clinical trials to date and because it is a non-opioid that does not act centrally, it has not demonstrated a risk of dependency. Currently available nonclinical and clinical data indicate that off-target pharmacologic activity at abuse-related targets is not anticipated at clinically relevant exposures of LTG-001. Based on the studies and trials we have conducted with LTG-001, we have not observed any pattern that would indicate potential for abuse or dependence, which is consistent with the Nav1.8 class of drugs. Suzetrigine, which is also a Nav1.8 inhibitor, was not required to conduct human abuse liability trials and is not classified as a controlled substance. Based on our discussions with the FDA, no further clinical trials or non-clinical studies are currently required for us to characterize the dependency risk associated with LTG-001.

LTG-001 is currently in development as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. LTG-001 is being developed as an oral twice daily treatment that is intended for use as needed for up to 30 days and as an IV therapy to enable transition from postoperative period to patient discharge in hospital settings.

The FDA typically has required demonstration of efficacy of a repeat dose treatment regimen over at least 24 hours in at least one soft tissue model and one hard tissue (bony) model to support an approved label indication for treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. Based on our analysis, the most common models used for pivotal trials have been abdominoplasty (soft tissue) and bunionectomy (hard tissue), and this has informed our development strategy. These

 

4


Table of Contents

two models were also utilized for suzetrigine’s recent approval. In order to meet regulatory guidelines around safety of treatments in indications such as moderate-to-severe acute pain, a certain number of safety exposures are required to be explored in patients at or above the intended commercial dose across a mix of demographics and surgical or non-surgical settings to more adequately match the real-world. As a result, open-label safety trials are typically conducted in addition to the two trials required to support efficacy for an approved label indication for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain. In addition to conducting the abdominoplasty trial, the planned bunionectomy trial, and the planned open-label safety trial that the FDA has typically required to support an approved label indication in treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, we have also conducted additional studies and trials of LTG-001 to characterize its safety and efficacy. These include the cold pressor trials and a clinical trial in dental postsurgical acute pain model (third molar extraction), which were performed to assess initial proof of concept and not intended or designed to support the efficacy of LTG-001 in our anticipated regulatory submission. For a further discussion of these studies and trials see the section titled “Business – Our Lead Program: LTG-001.”

We believe LTG-001 represents a significant advancement in acute pain management as characterized by its observed magnitude of analgesic effect as measured by SPID48 relative to standard-of-care in the abdominoplasty clinical trial which represents a soft tissue model, rapid onset of analgesia, and potential regulatory path toward becoming the first systemic analgesic therapeutic to receive an opioid-free label claim.

 

  •  

Magnitude of Analgesic Effect: In our clinical trial in abdominoplasty, low dose and high dose arms of LTG-001 showed statistically significant improvement in pain compared to placebo in a dose ranging manner. High dose LTG-001 showed ~50% greater analgesic effect compared to HB/APAP (commonly known as Vicodin), the active opioid comparator arm. We believe the magnitude of analgesic effect we have seen with high dose LTG-001 was due to the substantial target inhibition observed in the peripheral nerve tissue, the therapeutic site of action.

 

  •  

Onset of Analgesia: In our abdominoplasty clinical trial, treatment with high dose LTG-001 achieved meaningful pain relief at 52 minutes post-dose. The HB/APAP opioid comparator arm did not achieve meaningful pain relief until 83 minutes post-dose. We believe the rapid onset of analgesia we have seen is due to the LTG-001’s rapid time to maximum concentration (Tmax) of 1 to 2 hours and rapid penetration in peripheral nerve tissue, the therapeutic site of action.

 

  •  

Opioid Sparing: Based on the results of the abdominoplasty clinical trial, we plan to pursue the development of LTG-001 to support a potential label that includes information regarding LTG-001’s higher proportion of opioid-free patients compared to placebo. Currently, only three pain management therapeutics (Exparel, Xaracoll, and Zynrelef) have an opioid-free claim in their labels, and all are local anesthetic treatments administered during surgery. The clinical trials conducted to pursue approval for these three therapeutics included an opioid as a rescue medication, enabling an opioid-free endpoint. Over half of participants in the high dose LTG-001 cohort were opioid-free during the abdominoplasty clinical trial. We believe this is due to magnitude of analgesic effect and onset of analgesia seen with LTG-001.

 

  •  

General Safety: LTG-001 was generally well-tolerated in clinical trials with a lower incidence of adverse events (AEs) observed compared to HB/APAP, the opioid comparator or placebo in the abdominoplasty trial. Further, since Nav1.8 is substantially expressed in peripheral nerve tissue and not in the brain or other tissue, its inhibition has not been associated with addiction or severe tolerability concerns. Our preclinical studies have shown that LTG-001 was more than 14,000-fold selective for Nav1.8 compared to the other Nav channels.

 

5


Table of Contents
  •  

Lack of Drug-drug Interactions (DDI): In initial clinical pharmacology trials and preclinical studies, LTG-001 has shown modest potential for DDI. Our preclinical studies have shown balanced clearance through kidney and hepatic routes which may limit the potential for DDI.

We plan to initiate a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in participants undergoing bunionectomy, and an open-label Phase 3 safety trial exploring LTG-001 within a broader population of patients with moderate to severe acute pain across a variety of post-surgical and non-surgical settings in the second half of 2026, with topline results expected in the second half of 2027.

We also plan to complete other NDA-enabling trials including an absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME; mass balance) trial of LTG-001 in healthy volunteers and a 13-week toxicology study in rats.

Based on our discussions with the FDA, we believe our proposed CMC manufacturing and stability plan for the commercial material for LTG-001 is reasonable for supporting regulatory approval.

We anticipate submitting a NDA seeking FDA approval of LTG-001 as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, in adults, pending successful outcomes in the Phase 3 bunionectomy trial, the Phase 3 safety trial and completion of our other planned NDA-and label-enabling studies.

LTG-321: A Potential Nav1.8 Inhibitor for the Treatment of Chronic Pain

LTG-321 is an orally bioavailable small molecule that selectively and potently inhibits Nav1.8. Our initial focus for the development of LTG-321 is in chronic musculoskeletal pain, with a proof-of-concept Phase 2 trial initiated in OA of the knee.

While both are Nav1.8 inhibitors, LTG-321 is structurally distinct from LTG-001. LTG-321 demonstrated higher potency than LTG-001 in preclinical studies and may allow for a lower effective dose and once-daily dosing, which we believe are important characteristics for chronic use. LTG-321 has been well-tolerated in clinical trials to date. Because LTG-321 is a non-opioid pain medication that does not act centrally, we believe it does not carry a risk of dependency. To date, we have evaluated the dependency risk of LTG-321 by assessing the structure of the molecule and mechanism, completing preclinical studies, and evaluating potential abuse- and dependence-related adverse events from clinical trials evaluating LTG-321 to date. From these studies we have not observed any patterns that would indicate a potential for abuse or dependence, which is consistent with the Nav1.8 class of drugs.

Additional Opportunities

Leveraging our experience in pain research and development, we have continued to innovate and improve our discovery capabilities in the next-generation development of Nav1.8 ion channel inhibitors and other ion channel modulators.

Our earlier stage Nav1.8 pipeline consists of next-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor LTG-418, which may provide effective pain management medicines at a lower dose than other Nav1.8 inhibitors. LTG-418 is a next-generation drug candidate for inhibition of Nav1.8 being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain. LTG-418 is structurally distinct from LTG-001 and LTG-321 and is predicted to have a dose which will be substantially lower than the expected doses for LTG-001 and LTG-321. We believe the predicted lower dose with LTG-418 is one of the features that may enable additional opportunities for other formulations and routes of administration including gels, patches, eye drops,

 

6


Table of Contents

inhalers and injectables, expanding our reach within the pain market and offering patients therapeutic options beyond oral and IV delivery. Suitable tolerability was demonstrated in a completed 14-day non-GLP toxicology study and in the in-life portion of an ongoing 14-day non-GLP toxicology study in NHPs.

We are also in discovery of additional ion channel modulators involved in peripheral transmission of pain that represent potential complementary mechanisms of action to Nav1.8 inhibition for additional pain relief, including in other chronic pain etiologies like neuropathic pain.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to develop and deliver medicines that alleviate acute and chronic pain without causing addiction, and the key elements of our strategy to achieve these goals are to:

 

  •  

Advance the development and potential approval of our lead product candidate, LTG-001, for acute pain.

 

  •  

Develop our next-generation product candidate, LTG-321, initially for chronic musculoskeletal pain.

 

  •  

Advance our preclinical candidates to improve the patient treatment experience, expand commercial opportunities and support life-cycle management.

 

  •  

Leverage our discovery and clinical development capabilities to expand our pipeline with other innovative therapeutic candidates designed to be used alone or in combination with our Nav1.8 targeting pipeline for the treatment of pain.

 

  •  

Maximize the commercial opportunity of our pain candidates.

Our Team and Investors

We have assembled a highly experienced management team with deep expertise in discovery and clinical development of pain medicines as well as commercialization. Our clinical team, led by Chief Medical Officer Neil Singla, M.D., has conducted more than 250 pain studies, including over 50 chronic pain studies, participated in over 75 FDA Division of Anesthesiology, Addiction Medicine and Pain meetings, including 14 FDA Advisory Committees for pain drug candidates, and pioneered proprietary methodologies that enhance the rigor and clinical outcomes of pain management studies. Our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) Nima Farzan brings deep leadership experience in the areas of clinical development, commercialization, raising capital and executing strategic transactions from his prior experience as CEO of Kinnate Biopharma and PaxVax as well as his clinical development and commercial roles at Novartis.

Our team is further supported by a strong syndicate of leading life sciences institutional investors, including Westlake BioPartners, Foresite Capital, 5AM Ventures and Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities, and we have raised approximately $321.5 million since inception. Prospective investors should not rely on the past investment decisions of our existing investors, as our investors may have different risk tolerances and have received their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the price offered to the public in this offering.

Certain Preliminary Financial Information (Unaudited)

We had a preliminary unaudited amount of cash and cash equivalents of approximately $54.8 million as of June 30, 2026. This amount is preliminary and unaudited, and is subject to completion of our financial closing procedures. As a result, this amount may differ materially from the amount that will

 

7


Table of Contents

be reflected in our unaudited condensed financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2026. The preliminary financial information included in this prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not audited, reviewed, examined, compiled, nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the preliminary financial information. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. It is possible that we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify items that require us to make adjustments to the financial information set forth above. This estimate should not be viewed as a substitute for financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and it is not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved in any future period. Accordingly, you should not draw any conclusions based on the foregoing estimate and should not place undue reliance on this preliminary estimate. We assume no duty to update this preliminary estimate except as required by law.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Investing in our common stock involves significant risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary and elsewhere in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges, our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Below is a summary of some of the more significant risks we face.

 

  •  

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company with a limited operating history. We have no history of commercializing products, which may make it difficult to evaluate our approach to the discovery and development of our product candidates and the prospects for our future viability.

 

  •  

We have incurred substantial losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, our net losses were approximately $61.2 million and $109.2 million, respectively, and our accumulated deficit as of March 31, 2026 was approximately $266.1 million. We anticipate incurring substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

  •  

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, which may cause dilution to our stockholders, and failure to obtain additional capital when needed, or on acceptable terms to us, could cause us to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts.

 

  •  

We only have two product candidates, LTG-001 and LTG-321, in clinical development. If we are unable to continue to advance our product candidates in clinical development, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

 

  •  

Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial or real-world results. Our product candidates may not have favorable results in clinical trials or preclinical studies or receive regulatory approval on a timely basis, if at all.

 

  •  

We will need to grow our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations, which could adversely affect our business.

 

  •  

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

 

8


Table of Contents
  •  

Our projections regarding the market opportunities for our product candidates may not be accurate and the actual market for our products may be smaller than we estimate.

 

  •  

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and protect sufficient patent and other intellectual property rights for our product candidates and technology, or if the scope of patent and other intellectual property rights obtained is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

 

  •  

We rely on certain in-licensed patents and other intellectual property rights in connection with our development of our product candidates and may be required to acquire or license additional patents or other intellectual property rights to continue to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

 

  •  

We rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties that we rely on to execute our preclinical studies or clinical trials do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.

 

  •  

We rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers to supply our product candidates. The loss of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers, or their failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or to supply sufficient quantities at acceptable quality levels or prices, within acceptable timeframes, or at all, would materially and adversely affect our business.

 

  •  

We may form or seek collaborations or strategic alliances, enter into licensing arrangements or other business transactions in the future, and we may not realize the benefits of such transactions.

 

  •  

Competitive products may reduce or eliminate the commercial opportunity for our product candidates for our current or future indications. If our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do, or their technologies are more effective or safer than ours, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

 

  •  

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case we may not generate significant revenues or become profitable.

 

  •  

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

 

  •  

Ongoing healthcare legislative and regulatory reform measures may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

  •  

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

 

  •  

We identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate this material weakness, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

 

9


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in November 2018. Our principal executive offices are located at 1300 Rancho Conejo Boulevard, Suite 305, Thousand Oaks, California 91320, and our telephone number is (805) 716-2927. Our website is www.latigobio.com. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as a textual reference. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), and we may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the closing of this offering. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) (Section 404) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, therefore, we are not subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies; however, we may adopt certain new or revised accounting standards early. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.235 billion or more in annual revenue; (ii) the date on which we first qualify as a large accelerated filer under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); (iii) the date on which we have, in any three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures

 

10


Table of Contents

for so long as the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year, and the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

       shares.

Option to purchase additional shares

   We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to     additional shares of our common stock from us at any time within 30 days of the date of this prospectus.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  


    shares (or     shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $    million (or approximately $    million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, (i) to advance the development of LTG-001 through Phase 3 bunionectomy and open-label safety topline results and to NDA submission, as well as commercial readiness, (ii) to advance the development of LTG-321 through Phase 2 osteoarthritis pain proof of concept topline results and the start of Phase 3 clinical development, and (iii) for other research and development activities, including the development of LTG-418, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk factors

   See the section titled “Risk Factors” for additional information and a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Directed share program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to  % of the shares of common stock offered hereby, for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors and officers and certain of our employees, business associates, investors and friends and family of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and investors. The sales will be made at our direction by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, and its affiliates through a directed share program. We do not know if these individuals will

 

12


Table of Contents
   choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but the number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Except for any shares acquired by our directors and officers, shares purchased pursuant to the directed share program will not be subject to lock-up restrictions described elsewhere in this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market symbol

   “LTGO”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering set forth above is based on     shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2026, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and Convertible Notes Conversion (each as defined below) in connection with the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

  •  

63,299,052 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under the 2019 Stock Plan (the 2019 Plan) as of March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.55 per share;

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding granted under the 2019 Plan subsequent to March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $    per share;

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2026 Plan), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (which shares include     shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed     shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2019 Plan, at the time the 2026 Plan becomes effective and (ii) underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan that, on or after the date the 2026 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”), as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan; and

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

  •  

a one-for-    reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering;

 

  •  

the conversion, in accordance with our existing certificate of incorporation, of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 264,397,128 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering (the Preferred Stock Conversion);

 

13


Table of Contents
  •  

the issuance of     shares of our common stock upon the conversion of $35.0 million aggregate principal amount plus accrued but unpaid interest as of     , 2026, of our outstanding convertible notes issued in June 2026 (the Convertible Notes), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which conversion will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering (the Convertible Notes Conversion). Interest on the aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes accrues in an amount of $    per day and will cease to accrue five days prior to the closing of this offering. Each $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would decrease the shares of common stock issued in the Convertible Notes Conversion by     shares, and each $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, would increase the shares of common stock issued in the Convertible Notes Conversion by     shares, in each case without giving effect to any accrued interest;

 

  •  

an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

  •  

no exercise of the outstanding stock options described above;

 

  •  

no purchases of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders or their affiliates pursuant to the directed share program or otherwise in this offering;

 

  •  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to    additional shares of our common stock from us in this offering; and

 

  •  

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware in connection with the closing of this offering.

 

14


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following tables summarize our financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have also derived the summary interim condensed statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, and the summary interim condensed balance sheet data as of March 31, 2026 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited financial statements and unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). Our unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The following summaries of our financial data should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2024     2025     2025     2026  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 56,784     $ 99,530     $ 18,688     $ 17,633  

General and administrative

     6,667       10,862       2,824       5,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 63,451     $ 110,392     $ 21,512     $ 23,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (63,451 )      (110,392 )      (21,512 )      (23,436 ) 

Interest income

     (2,264 )      (2,943 )      (517 )      (474 ) 

Change in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

     —        1,674       (48 )      —   

Other (income) expense, net

     (4 )      44       5       (1 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (2,268 )    $ (1,225 )    $ (560 )    $ (475 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (61,183 )    $ (109,167 )    $ (20,952 )    $ (22,961 ) 

Net loss and comprehensive loss per share—basic and diluted(1)

   $ (14.02 )    $ (20.12 )    $ (4.17 )    $ (3.93 ) 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted(1)

     4,363       5,427       5,023       5,839  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

     $         $    

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
(unaudited)(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 
 
(1)

See Note 11 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

15


Table of Contents
(2)

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders, is calculated giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion, the issuance of the Convertible Notes and Convertible Notes Conversion. Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received in this offering. Unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was calculated using the weighted-average number of shares of our common stock outstanding, including the pro forma effect of the Preferred Stock Conversion and Convertible Notes Conversion, as if such conversions had occurred at the beginning of the period.

 

     As of March 31, 2026  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
as Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42,177     $           $       

Restricted cash

     192       

Working capital(4)

     32,352       

Total assets

     50,581       

Total liabilities

     14,578       

Convertible preferred stock

     288,582       

Accumulated deficit

     (266,092 )      

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (252,579 )      
 
(1)

Gives effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity, the issuance of the Convertible Notes and the Convertible Notes Conversion in each case in connection with the closing of this offering and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering.

(2)

Gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (1) above and (ii) our sale of    shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $   million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $   million, assuming that the assumed initial offering price to the public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(4)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company with a limited operating history. We have no history of commercializing products, which may make it difficult to evaluate our approach to the discovery and development of our product candidates and the prospects for our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company with a limited operating history. We were formed in November 2018, and our operations to date have been limited to organizing, staffing, and financing our company, business planning, conducting research and development activities, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates, and establishing our intellectual property portfolio.

LTG-001 and LTG-321 are in clinical development, and LTG-418 and our other product candidates and programs are in preclinical development or discovery stages. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale product or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization or generate revenues. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in clinical development, especially clinical-stage biotechnology companies such as ours. Any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products.

We have incurred substantial losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, our net losses were approximately $61.2 million and $109.2 million, respectively, and our accumulated deficit as of March 31, 2026 was approximately $266.1 million. We anticipate incurring substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Investment in pharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate efficacy or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, our net losses were approximately $61.2 million and $109.2 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, our net losses were $21.0 million and $23.0 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $266.1 million. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with research and development, preclinical study and clinical trial costs, and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and additional operating losses for the foreseeable future as we seek to advance our product candidates through preclinical and clinical development, expand our research and development activities, develop new product candidates, complete clinical trials, seek regulatory approval and prepare to, and if we receive regulatory approval, commercialize our products. Furthermore, the costs of advancing product candidates into each succeeding clinical phase tend to increase substantially over time. The total costs to advance any of our product candidates to regulatory approval in even a single jurisdiction would be substantial. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to generate any revenue from the commercialization of any approved products or achieve or maintain profitability. Our expenses will also increase substantially as we operate as a public company and add clinical, scientific, operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts.

We have no product candidates approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from the sale of products. Our ability to become and remain profitable depends on our ability to generate revenue. We do not expect to generate significant revenue, if any, unless and until we, either alone or with a collaborator, are able to obtain regulatory approval for, and successfully commercialize, our product candidates for their initial and potential additional indications, or any other product candidates we may develop in the future.

Successful commercialization will require achievement of many key milestones, including demonstrating each product candidate’s safety and efficacy in clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we, or any of our future collaborators, may obtain regulatory approval, satisfying any post-marketing requirements and obtaining reimbursement for our products from private insurance or government payors. Because of the uncertainties and risks associated with these activities, we are unable to accurately and precisely predict the timing and amount of expenses or when, or if, we will be able to generate any revenue, the extent of any further losses, or if or when we might achieve profitability. We and any future collaborators may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, or any future collaborators do, we may never generate revenues that are large enough for us to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Additionally, our expenses could increase if we are required by the FDA, or any comparable foreign regulatory authority, to perform clinical trials in addition to those currently expected, or if there are any delays in completing our clinical trials or in the nonclinical or manufacturing-related activities associated with the development of our product candidates. Even if we succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals for and commercializing LTG-001, LTG-321 or LTG-418, we expect to incur substantial development costs and other expenditures to develop and market additional product candidates.

We may also encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue or raise additional capital. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and our working capital. Our failure to become and remain profitable may depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, build out our pipeline or continue our operations. If we continue to suffer losses as we have in the past, you may not receive any return on your investment and may lose your entire investment.

 

18


Table of Contents

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, which may cause dilution to our stockholders, and failure to obtain additional capital when needed, or on acceptable terms to us, could cause us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts.

The development of pharmaceutical product candidates is capital-intensive. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts of cash to conduct further research and development, preclinical studies, and clinical trials of our current and any future product candidates, to seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates and to prepare for and launch and commercialize any products if we receive regulatory approval.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since our inception. As of March 31, 2026, we had $42.2 million of cash and cash equivalents. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through    . Our future capital requirements and the period for which our existing resources will support our operations may vary significantly from what we expect, and we will in any event require additional capital in order to complete clinical development of our current programs. Our monthly spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and activities associated with development of our product candidates and programs is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any approved marketing and future commercialization activities, if any. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

  •  

the scope, timing, progress, costs and results of discovery, preclinical development and clinical trials for our current or future product candidates;

 

  •  

the number of clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our current or future product candidates, which may differ between the United States and other countries or regions;

 

  •  

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of any of our current or future product candidates;

 

  •  

the costs associated with acquiring or licensing additional product candidates, technologies or assets, including the timing and amount of any milestones, royalties or other payments due in connection with our acquisitions and licenses;

 

  •  

the cost of manufacturing clinical and commercial supplies of our current or future product candidates;

 

  •  

the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims, including any claims by third parties that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights;

 

  •  

our ability to maintain existing, and establish new, strategic collaborations or other arrangements and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

 

  •  

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any product candidate for which we receive regulatory approval;

 

  •  

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of the product candidate(s) for which we receive regulatory approval;

 

  •  

expenses to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;

 

  •  

the costs of operating as a public company;

 

19


Table of Contents
  •  

our ability to establish a commercially viable pricing structure and obtain approval for coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payors for any products that receive regulatory approval;

 

  •  

our ability to mitigate the impact of adverse macroeconomic conditions or geopolitical events and conflicts, including any health epidemics and their residual effects, bank failures or inflation and increased interest rates, on our preclinical and clinical development or operations;

 

  •  

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

 

  •  

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies.

We will require substantial additional capital in addition to the proceeds of this offering to achieve our business objectives, which we may raise through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including strategic collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements to enable us to complete the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. Additional funds may not be available on a timely basis, on favorable terms or at all, and such funds, if raised, may not be sufficient to enable us to continue to implement our long-term business strategy. Additionally, if we raise additional funds through future collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock. Market volatility resulting from potential negative global economic conditions and disruptions in the United States and international credit and financial markets including due to geopolitical conflicts, tariffs, other fiscal and trade policy changes, bank failures, supply chain and labor disruptions, the effects of a health epidemic or pandemic or other factors may further adversely impact our ability to access capital as and when needed. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative effect on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy. In addition, attempting to secure additional financing may divert the time and attention of our management from day-to-day activities and harm our development efforts.

In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of our common stock. Any future debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends or encumbering our assets to secure future indebtedness. Such restrictions could adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and execute our business plan. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we would be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm included a “going concern” explanatory paragraph.

We have concluded that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 included an explanatory paragraph indicating that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when needed, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected, and we may be forced to delay our development efforts, limit our activities and reduce research and development costs. If we are unable to continue as

 

20


Table of Contents

a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets, and the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements. The inclusion of a going concern explanatory paragraph by our independent registered public accounting firm, our limited cash resources and our potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our ability to raise new capital, enter into licensing and collaboration arrangements or other contractual relationships with third parties and otherwise execute our development strategy.

Risks Related to the Discovery, Development and Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates

If we are unable to successfully develop, obtain approval and commercialize treatments for acute and chronic pain, our business could be materially harmed.

We currently have two product candidates in clinical development. LTG-001 is being developed for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, with an intended use, as needed, for up to 30 days, and LTG-321 is being developed initially for the treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain. We have completed a clinical trial for LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain in patients undergoing abdominoplasty, which, based on our discussions with the FDA, may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. We plan to conduct a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in patients undergoing bunionectomy and an open-label Phase 3 safety trial exploring LTG-001 within a broader population of patients with moderate to severe acute pain across a variety of post-surgical and non-surgical settings to meet FDA requirements for patient exposures. We have also completed Phase 1 clinical trials for LTG-321 for the treatment of chronic pain and have initiated a Phase 2 clinical trial investigating LTG-321 in participants with chronic pain associated with osteoarthritis of the knee. We also have a product candidate in preclinical development, LTG-418, which is being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain. If we do not obtain approval of LTG-001, LTG-321 or LTG-418 or any of our future product candidates, our business may be materially harmed. Even if we receive regulatory approval for LTG-001, LTG-321 or LTG-418 or any of our future product candidates, they may not gain or maintain market acceptance among physicians and patients or other members of the medical community. In addition to the risks normally associated with launching a new branded product, LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418 will need to compete in a mature pain market that includes low-cost generic drugs, including opioids, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, acetaminophen and local anesthetics. If we are not able to successfully develop, obtain approval for and commercialize treatments for acute and chronic pain, our future net product revenues and cash flows will be adversely affected and our business could be materially harmed.

We only have two product candidates, LTG-001 and LTG-321, in clinical development. If we are unable to continue to advance our product candidates in clinical development, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are substantially dependent on the success of our product candidates, LTG-001 and LTG-321, which are in clinical development. We also have a product candidate in preclinical development, LTG-418. We will need to continue to progress LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418 through our ongoing and planned clinical trials and progress any future development program through preclinical studies and submit INDs to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory applications to applicable foreign regulatory authorities prior to initiating their clinical development.

Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for a number of years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of

 

21


Table of Contents

our product candidates. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

  •  

completion of preclinical studies with favorable results, including certain studies required to be in compliance with good laboratory practice (GLP) requirements;

 

  •  

successful enrollment in, and completion of, clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice (GCP) requirements and other applicable rules and regulations and with favorable results;

 

  •  

completion of toxicology and clinical pharmacology with favorable results, which are necessary to advance our product candidates into subsequent phases of clinical trials or for approval;

 

  •  

sufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

  •  

allowance to proceed with clinical trials under INDs by the FDA or under similar regulatory submissions by applicable foreign regulatory authorities for the conduct of clinical trials of our product candidates and our proposed design of future clinical trials;

 

  •  

maintaining and establishing relationships with contract research organizations (CROs) and clinical sites for the clinical development of our product candidates;

 

  •  

demonstrating the safety and efficacy of our product candidates to the satisfaction of the FDA and other applicable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

  •  

the sufficiency of our abdominoplasty trial to serve as one of the two adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain;

 

  •  

receipt of regulatory approvals from applicable regulatory authorities, including new drug applications (NDAs) from the FDA and approvals from comparable foreign regulatory authorities and maintaining such approvals;

 

  •  

making arrangements with third-party manufacturers, or manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidates for clinical and commercial use using our own facilities;

 

  •  

establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

  •  

acceptance of any products we develop and their benefits and uses, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

  •  

establishing and maintaining patent and trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

  •  

effectively competing with other therapies;

 

  •  

obtaining and maintaining healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors;

 

  •  

maintaining an acceptable safety profile of our products following approval; and

 

  •  

building and maintaining an organization of people who can successfully develop our product candidates.

We have not yet succeeded and may not succeed in demonstrating efficacy and safety for any product candidates in clinical trials to support obtaining regulatory approval. Given our stage of development, it may take multiple years before we can demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a product candidate sufficient to warrant approval for commercialization, if we can do so at all. If we are unable to develop, or obtain regulatory approval for, or, if approved, successfully commercialize our product candidates, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue our business.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our approach to the development of product candidates is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value, or if competing technological approaches will limit the commercial value of our product candidates.

Our success depends on our ability to identify, develop and obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our product candidates. While we have had favorable preclinical study and early clinical trial results, we may not succeed in demonstrating efficacy and safety for any product candidates in subsequent clinical trials or in obtaining regulatory approval thereafter.

Our approach focuses on Nav1.8 inhibition, which addresses peripheral pain signaling. Certain pain states involve central sensitization and brain-based pain processing mechanisms that are not directly targeted by Nav1.8 inhibition. If central pain components are significant drivers of pain in the patient populations we target, the efficacy of LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 and any of our future product candidates may be limited or less durable than anticipated. In addition, there is uncertainty regarding whether repeated or chronic dosing of Nav1.8 inhibitors may lead to compensatory mechanisms or tolerance, reducing therapeutic effect over time. If tolerance develops or central pain mechanisms limit efficacy, our product candidates may fail to demonstrate sufficient clinical benefit to support regulatory approval or commercial success.

We may also be unsuccessful in using our approach to identify additional product candidates, and any of our product candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may necessitate additional clinical testing or make the product candidates unmarketable or unlikely to receive or maintain regulatory approval. In particular, any failure of one of our development programs, or a competitor’s product or development program that is pursuing a similar approach, could create a perception that our other programs are less likely to succeed or that our approach is not viable.

In addition, the pharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with our approach. If we fail to stay at the forefront of technological change in using our approach to create and develop product candidates, we may be unable to compete effectively. Our competitors may render our approach obsolete or limit the commercial value of our product candidates through advances in existing technological approaches or the development of new or different approaches. By contrast, adverse developments with respect to other companies that attempt to use a similar approach to our approach may adversely impact the actual or perceived value of our approach and potential of our product candidates.

If any of these events occur, our ability to successfully discover, develop and commercialize any product candidates may be impaired and the value of our company could decline significantly.

Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial or real-world results. Our product candidates may not have favorable results in clinical trials or preclinical studies or receive regulatory approval on a timely basis, if at all.

LTG-001 and LTG-321 are in clinical development and LTG-418 is in preclinical development. The risk of failure of our product candidates is high. It is impossible to predict when or if our product candidates will receive regulatory approval. To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize our product candidates, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in patient populations for the intended indication(s) for use. Preclinical studies and clinical trials can take many years to complete, and their outcomes are inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the preclinical study or clinical

 

23


Table of Contents

trial process, despite promising preclinical or clinical results. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, and results in one indication may not be predictive of results to be expected for the same product candidates in another indication. Specifically, results from any single acute pain model may not be predictive of results in other acute pain models or indications within musculoskeletal pain. For example, results from studies in an abdominoplasty model may not predict results in a bunionectomy model or other musculoskeletal indications. Additionally, results from our previously conducted dental pain study, which showed no active treatment separated from placebo with statistical significance, were not replicated in our abdominoplasty trial. We cannot ensure that results obtained in any completed or ongoing study will be replicated in future studies across different indications or patient populations, including in any proposed chronic pain indications. Results observed in acute pain studies may not be predictive of efficacy or safety in chronic pain settings, which involve fundamentally different patient populations, dosing regimens and disease mechanisms.

Additionally, differences in trial design between early-stage clinical trials and later-stage clinical trials make it difficult to extrapolate the results of earlier clinical trials to later clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unfavorable safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Such setbacks have occurred and may occur for many reasons, including, but not limited to: clinical sites and investigators may deviate from clinical trial protocols, whether due to lack of training or otherwise, and we may fail to detect any such deviations in a timely manner; patients may fail to adhere to any required clinical trial procedures; our product candidates may fail to demonstrate effectiveness or safety in certain patient subpopulations, which has not been observed in earlier trials due to limited sample size, lack of analysis or otherwise; or our clinical trials may not adequately represent the patient populations we intend to treat, whether due to limitations in our trial designs or otherwise, such as where one patient subgroup is overrepresented in the clinical trial. We may be unable to establish clinical endpoints that applicable regulatory authorities would consider clinically meaningful. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates achieved promising results have nonetheless failed to obtain regulatory approval of such product candidates or, upon commercialization, achieve or maintain positive real-world results. More specifically, the FDA’s regulatory expectations for non-opioid pain therapies continue to evolve, and we cannot predict how changing agency priorities, review standards or guidance documents applicable to this therapeutic class may affect the regulatory pathway for LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 and any of our future product candidates. The FDA may impose novel requirements, including additional or expanded clinical trials, different primary endpoints or heightened safety data thresholds, that are specific to non-opioid analgesics and that were not contemplated at the time we designed our clinical program. Any such changes could significantly delay approval, if any, increase development costs, or require us to substantially modify our development plans.

Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved as commercial products and there can be no assurance that any of our current or future clinical trials will ultimately be successful or support the approval of our current or any future product candidates.

We may experience delays in initiating or completing clinical trials or reporting data readouts for such trials, due to unforeseen events or otherwise, that could delay or prevent our ability to receive regulatory approval or commercialize our current and any future product candidates, including:

 

  •  

regulators, such as the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, Institutional Review Boards (IRBs) or ethics committees may impose additional requirements before permitting us to initiate a clinical trial, may not authorize us or our investigators to commence or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site, may not allow us to amend trial protocols or regulators

 

24


Table of Contents
 

may disagree as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials and require that we modify or amend our clinical trial protocols or statistical analysis plans;

 

  •  

we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with CROs or with individual clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among trial sites;

 

  •  

delays in identifying, recruiting and training suitable clinical investigators;

 

  •  

IRBs refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional participants or withdrawing their approval of the trial;

 

  •  

changes or amendments to the clinical trial protocol;

 

  •  

clinical trial sites may deviate from the trial protocol, fail to ensure the integrity of the data being collected at the site or drop out of a trial;

 

  •  

failure by any of our third-party contractors to perform in accordance with GCP requirements or applicable regulatory rules and guidelines in other countries;

 

  •  

the number of participants required for clinical trials may be larger than we anticipate, we may experience difficulty in finding and enrolling sufficient qualified patients for our trials, enrollment in clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

  •  

participants may fail to enroll or remain in our trials at the rate we expect, or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up, including participants failing to remain in our trials due to movement;

 

  •  

patients choosing an alternative product for the indications for which we are developing our product candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;

 

  •  

the quality or quantity of data relating to our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials may be inadequate to initiate or complete a given clinical trial;

 

  •  

we may experience difficulties in manufacturing, or fail to manufacture, sufficient quantities of our product candidates for use in clinical trials;

 

  •  

participants experiencing severe or serious unexpected drug-related adverse effects;

 

  •  

reports from clinical testing conducted by other companies of other therapies in the same class of agents that could be considered similar to our product candidates may raise safety, tolerability or efficacy concerns about our product candidates;

 

  •  

the cost of clinical trials may be greater than we anticipate, and we may lack adequate funding to initiate or continue one or more of our clinical trials;

 

  •  

a facility manufacturing our product candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to temporarily or permanently suspend production due to violations of current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) regulations or other applicable requirements or cross-contaminations of product candidates in the manufacturing process;

 

  •  

changes to our manufacturing processes may be necessary or desired;

 

  •  

third-party contractors being unwilling or unable to satisfy their contractual obligations to us in a timely or accurate manner;

 

  •  

third-party contractors could become debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or all of the data produced by such contractors in support of our planned marketing applications; and

 

25


Table of Contents
  •  

clinical trials of our product candidates may fail to show appropriate safety, tolerability or efficacy, may produce negative or inconclusive results or may otherwise fail to improve on the existing standard of care, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or we may decide to abandon product development programs.

Clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities’ legal requirements, regulations and guidelines, and remain subject to oversight by these governmental agencies as well as ethics committees or IRBs responsible for overseeing the conduct of clinical trials and ensuring the welfare of the research participants. We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities or the Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial. A suspension or termination may be imposed due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical trial protocols, adverse findings from inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to establish or achieve clinically meaningful trial endpoints, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. For example, the FDA placed our IND for LTG-001 on a clinical hold from May 2024 to November 2024 due to insufficient nonclinical data to support the initial submission of our abdominoplasty pain trial in April 2024. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to regulators or to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. Clinical trials may also be delayed or terminated as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results.

Additionally, we have in the past and may in the future create synthetic molecules for comparative purposes. For example, we have created a synthetic version of suzetrigine for use in preclinical studies. We believe the results of these studies help us understand how the therapeutic index of our product candidates compare to competitor products. However, we cannot be certain that any synthetic molecule that we create is the same as the molecule we are attempting to recreate, and the results of the studies comparing any such synthetic molecule to any other product candidate may be different than the actual results of a head-to-head study of any such product candidate against a competitor molecule. Additional preclinical and clinical testing will be needed to evaluate the therapeutic index of our product candidates, and to understand their therapeutic potential relative to approved drugs and other product candidates in development.

Further, conducting clinical trials in foreign countries, as we are doing for our product candidates, presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled subjects in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocols as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, and political and economic risks, including war, relevant to such foreign countries.

Many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of, or the termination or suspension of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates. Further, the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of data from clinical trials or may change the requirements for approval even after it has reviewed and commented on the design for our clinical trials.

We may, in the future, conduct preclinical and clinical research in collaboration with other academic, pharmaceutical or biotechnology entities in which we combine our development efforts with

 

26


Table of Contents

those of our collaborators. Such collaborations may be subject to additional delays because of the management of the trials, contract negotiations and the need to obtain agreement from multiple parties, which may increase our future costs and expenses.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in clinical testing or in seeking regulatory approvals. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be redesigned or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, potentially impairing our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, if approved. Any delays or increase in costs in our clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials. If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, and the timing of our clinical trials depends, in part, on the speed at which we can recruit and enroll patients to participate in our trials, as well as completion of required follow-up periods. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to identify and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials to such trial’s conclusion as required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Patient enrollment is affected by many factors including the size and nature of the patient population, competing clinical trials in the same or similar indications or at the same trial site, the severity of the condition under investigation, the availability and efficacy of approved drugs and diagnostics for the condition under investigation, the number and location of clinical sites, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, willingness of patients to participate in a decentralized clinical trial that may involve remote monitoring technologies, the inclusion and exclusion criteria for the trial, perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study, the design of the clinical trial, continued enrollment of prospective patients by clinical trial sites, the risk that enrolled patients will not complete a clinical trial, our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience, efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials, patient referral practices of physicians, the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for, or any product candidates under investigation for, the indications we are investigating. Clinical trial recruitment and enrollment activities may also be delayed as a result of macro-factors such as public health emergencies or pandemics, natural disasters and acts of terror or war.

Even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical trials, we may have difficulty maintaining enrollment of such patients, and delays in enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of our clinical trials. Any of these conditions may negatively impact our ability to complete such trials or include results from such trials in regulatory submissions, which could adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates.

Further, other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies targeting these same conditions may be recruiting clinical trial patients from similar patient populations, which may make it more difficult in the future to fully enroll any clinical trials. Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for any of our future clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more

 

27


Table of Contents

clinical trials altogether. In addition, we expect to rely on clinical trial sites to ensure proper and timely conduct of our future clinical trials and, while we intend to enter into agreements governing their services, we will have limited influence over their actual performance.

We cannot assure you that our assumptions used in determining expected clinical trial timelines are correct or that we will not experience delays in enrollment, which would result in the delay of completion of such trials beyond our expected timelines.

Use of our product candidates could be associated with adverse side effects, adverse events or other safety risks, which could delay or preclude the candidate’s approval, cause us to suspend or discontinue clinical trials, cause us to abandon the product candidates, limit the commercial profile of any future approved product or result in other significant negative consequences that could severely harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics related to our product candidates. Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us, the IRB or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials or cause the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or, if such product candidate is approved, result in a more restrictive label, including an inability to include an opioid-free label claim, and other post-approval requirements. Any treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or could result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

If our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects or have unexpected characteristics in clinical trials, we may need to interrupt, delay or abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective.

Because our initial clinical programs target acute pain in otherwise generally healthy patient populations, such as patients undergoing elective surgical procedures, even modest safety or tolerability signals may be viewed as unacceptable by the FDA, the IRB, clinical investigators or prescribers. Regulators and prescribers may apply a stricter risk-benefit standard to a product candidate intended for use in healthy individuals than they would for therapies targeting serious or life-threatening conditions. The full safety and tolerability profile of LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418 cannot be assessed until substantially larger and longer studies have been completed, and unexpected findings in later trials could result in clinical holds, restrictive labeling, Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) requirements or reduced market acceptance.

Patients in our ongoing and planned clinical trials may in the future suffer significant adverse events or other side effects not observed in our preclinical studies or previous clinical trials. Even if such side effects do not preclude the product candidates from obtaining or maintaining regulatory approval, undesirable side effects may not support an opioid-free label claim or inhibit market acceptance due to tolerability concerns as compared to other available therapies. Any of these developments could materially harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Additionally, if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result. For example, the FDA could require us to adopt a REMS to ensure that the benefits of treatment with such product candidates outweigh the risks for each potential patient, which may include, among other things, a communication plan to health care practitioners, patient education, extensive patient monitoring or distribution systems and processes that are highly controlled, restrictive

 

28


Table of Contents

and more costly than what is typical for the industry. Other potentially significant negative consequences associated with post-marketing identification of adverse events or other safety risks include:

 

  •  

we may be required to suspend marketing of a product, or we may decide to remove such product from the marketplace;

 

  •  

regulatory authorities may withdraw or modify their approvals of a product;

 

  •  

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings or new contraindications on the label, or may limit access of a product to selective specialized centers with additional safety reporting and with requirements that patients be geographically close to these centers for all or part of their treatment;

 

  •  

we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of a product for patients, or to conduct post-marketing studies;

 

  •  

we may be required to change the way a product is distributed or administered;

 

  •  

we could be subject to fines, injunctions or the imposition of criminal or civil penalties, or be sued and held liable for harm caused to participants or patients; and

 

  •  

a product may become less competitive, and our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could diminish the usage or otherwise limit the commercial success of our product candidates and prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved by the FDA or other regulatory authorities.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or a particular indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may present a greater commercial opportunity or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited resources, we must choose to pursue and fund the development of specific product candidates. Our resource allocation and other decisions may cause us to fail to identify and capitalize on viable potential product candidates or additional indications or other profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular indication or product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidates.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes to the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose preliminary or topline data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, which are based on preliminary analyses of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular preclinical study or clinical trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our data analyses, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the topline or preliminary results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies or trials, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline and preliminary data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the topline or preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available.

 

29


Table of Contents

From time to time, we may also disclose interim data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials. Interim data from clinical trials are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available or as patients from our clinical trials continue other treatments for their condition. Adverse differences between interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and could adversely affect the success of our business. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure.

If the interim, topline or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Further, disclosure of interim, topline or preliminary data by us or by our competitors could result in volatility in the price of our common stock after this offering.

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the regulatory approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or any future collaboration partners from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of our product candidates.

Any product candidates we may develop and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, import, export, marketing and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and by comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Failure to obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate in a given jurisdiction. We have not received approval to market any product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction and it is possible that none of the product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval. We have no experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals. Although we believe that we have the capabilities to conduct preclinical studies and clinical trials and to eventually submit regulatory approval applications using our internal resources, we selectively employ and may in the future rely on CROs or regulatory consultants to assist us in this process. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority.

The process of obtaining regulatory approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive, often takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, as well as the target indications and patient populations. Changes in regulatory approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Prior to obtaining

 

30


Table of Contents

approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we must demonstrate with substantial evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Despite the time and expense invested in clinical development of product candidates, regulatory approval of a product candidate is never guaranteed. Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized.

The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including:

 

  •  

such authorities may disagree with the design or execution of our clinical trials;

 

  •  

negative or ambiguous results from our clinical trials or results may not meet the level of statistical significance or persuasiveness required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies for approval;

 

  •  

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects may be experienced by patients in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

  •  

the population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

  •  

such authorities may not accept clinical data from trials that are conducted at clinical facilities or in countries where the standard of care is potentially different from that of their own country;

 

  •  

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

  •  

such authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

  •  

such authorities may not agree that the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates are acceptable or sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere, and such authorities may impose requirements for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

  •  

such authorities may disagree with us regarding the formulation, labelling and/or the product specifications of our product candidates;

 

  •  

approval may be granted only for indications that are significantly more limited than those sought by us, and/or may include significant restrictions on distribution and use;

 

  •  

such authorities may find deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities of the third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; or

 

  •  

such authorities may not accept a submission due to, among other reasons, the content or formatting of the submission.

With respect to foreign markets, approval procedures vary among countries and, in addition to the foregoing risks, may involve additional product testing, administrative review periods and agreements with pricing authorities.

Even if we eventually complete clinical trials and receive approval of an NDA or comparable foreign marketing application for our product candidates, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional clinical trials and/or the implementation of a REMS, which may be required because the FDA believes it is necessary to ensure safe use of the product after approval.

 

31


Table of Contents

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of any product candidates we may develop, the commercial prospects for those product candidates, including for other targeted indications, may be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

We are conducting and plan to conduct additional clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States and the FDA may not accept data from such trials.

We are conducting and plan to conduct additional clinical trials outside the United States. For example, we have completed Phase 1 trials for LTG-001 and LTG-321 in New Zealand. The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the U.S. or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or may not be accepted at all.

Where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the sole basis for regulatory approval in the United States, the FDA will not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless those data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice, the clinical trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and the data are considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA or, if the FDA considers such an inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. In addition, even where the foreign study data are not intended to serve as the sole basis for approval, if the study was not otherwise subject to an IND, the FDA will not accept the data as support for an application for regulatory approval unless the study is well-designed and well-conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the FDA is able to validate the data from the study through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar requirements for clinical data gathered outside of their respective jurisdictions. In addition, such clinical trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the clinical trials are conducted. There can be no assurance the FDA will accept data from clinical trials conducted outside of the United States. If the FDA does not accept any such data, it would likely result in the need for additional clinical trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our development plan.

In addition, the conduct of clinical trials outside the United States could have a significant impact on us. Risks inherent in conducting international clinical trials include:

 

  •  

foreign regulatory requirements that could burden or limit our ability to conduct our clinical trials;

 

  •  

difficulties staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  •  

compliance with legal requirements applicable to privacy, data protection, information security and other matters;

 

  •  

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

  •  

foreign taxes, including value-added tax, withholding and payroll taxes;

 

  •  

administrative burdens of conducting clinical trials under multiple foreign regulatory schema;

 

  •  

foreign exchange fluctuations;

 

  •  

manufacturing, customs, shipment and storage requirements;

 

  •  

impact of geopolitical events or a public health crisis on our ability to produce our product candidates and conduct clinical trials in foreign countries;

 

32


Table of Contents
  •  

potential liability under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (FCPA), or comparable foreign regulations;

 

  •  

cultural differences in medical practice and clinical research; and

 

  •  

diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

We may seek regulatory approval for our product candidates outside the United States. Foreign regulatory authorities have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants regulatory approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions also must approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those jurisdictions. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In addition, in some jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products also is subject to approval.

Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including in international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or receive and maintain applicable regulatory approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates progress through clinical trials to regulatory approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize safety, efficacy, stability, purity, yield and manufacturing batch size, minimize costs and achieve consistent quality and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives and/or may lead to delays and additional costs. Additionally, any changes we may make to our product candidates may cause such candidates to perform differently than in prior clinical trials or could negatively affect our ability to utilize or interpret our existing data. Such changes could delay initiation or completion of clinical trials, lead to negative trial results, require the conduct of bridging studies or clinical trials or the repetition of one or more studies or clinical trials, increase development costs, delay potential regulatory approval and jeopardize our ability to commercialize our product candidates or generate revenue.

 

33


Table of Contents

We have received Fast Track Designation for LTG-001 for the treatment of acute pain; however, there is no guarantee that a Fast Track Designation will lead to a faster development, regulatory review or approval process, nor does it increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive regulatory approval.

On February 18, 2025, the FDA granted Fast Track Designation for LTG-001 for the treatment of acute pain. Depending on the data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we may decide to seek Fast Track Designation for some or all of our other product candidates.

The Fast Track program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing product candidates that meet certain criteria. Specifically, drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended, alone or in combination with one or more drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product candidate and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a Fast Track product candidate has opportunities for more frequent interactions with the applicable FDA review team during product development and, once an NDA is submitted, the application may be eligible for priority review. An NDA submitted for a Fast Track product candidate may also be eligible for rolling review, where the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application.

The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track Designation for our product candidate, it may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may also withdraw the Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Furthermore, such a designation does not increase the likelihood that the product candidate will receive regulatory approval in the United States. Many product candidates that have received Fast Track Designation have ultimately failed to obtain approval.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

We will need to grow our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations, which could adversely affect our business.

As of March 31, 2026, we had 59 full-time employees. As we continue development and pursue the potential commercialization of our product candidates, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to expand our employee base for managerial, development, regulatory, financial, information technology, marketing and sales capabilities, or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. In the future, we expect to have to manage additional relationships with collaborators or partners, suppliers and other organizations. Our ability to manage our operations and future growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial, and management controls, reporting systems and procedures, which may lead to significant costs and may divert management attention. We may not be able to implement improvements to our management information and control systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. Our inability to successfully manage our growth and expand our operations could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

34


Table of Contents

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. Pain therapeutics is a specialized field with a limited pool of scientists, clinicians and drug developers with deep domain expertise. We are highly dependent upon our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Medical Officer and other members of our management team. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development and commercialization of our product candidates. Although we have executed employment agreements or offer letters with each member of our senior management team, these agreements are terminable at will with or without notice and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. Additionally, we do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees.

We will need to expand and effectively manage our managerial, operational, financial and other resources in order to successfully pursue our clinical development and commercialization efforts. We may not be successful in maintaining our company culture and continuing to attract or retain qualified management and scientific and clinical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other businesses. If we are not able to attract, integrate, retain and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other illegal activity by our current and any future employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, CROs, third-party manufacturers and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to comply with FDA or other regulations, provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, comply with manufacturing standards we may establish, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval of our product candidates and begin commercializing the product in the United States, our potential exposure under these laws will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with these laws are likely to increase. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment,

 

35


Table of Contents

the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, loss of eligibility to obtain approvals from the FDA, exclusion from participation in government contracting, healthcare reimbursement or other government programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations or reputational harm.

Our projections regarding the market opportunities for our product candidates may not be accurate and the actual market for our products may be smaller than we estimate.

The precise incidence and prevalence for all the conditions we aim to address with our product candidates are unknown. Our projections of both the number of people who have these conditions, as well as the subset of people with these conditions who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including sales of our competitors, scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect in general, or as to their applicability to our company. Further, new trials may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these conditions. The total addressable market of our product candidates, if approved, will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the diagnosis criteria included in the final label for our product candidates approved for sale for these indications, if any, the ability of our product candidates to improve on the safety, convenience, cost and efficacy of competing therapies or therapies in development, acceptance by the medical community and patients, drug pricing and reimbursement. The number of patients in the United States and other major markets and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our product, if approved, and our product candidates or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business entails a significant risk of product liability and our ability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

As we conduct clinical trials of our current or future product candidates, we are exposed to significant product liability risks inherent in the development, testing, manufacturing and marketing of new treatments. Product liability claims could delay or prevent completion of our development programs. If we succeed in obtaining approval for, and marketing, products, such claims or certain adverse event trends could result in an investigation by the FDA, comparable foreign regulatory authorities or other regulators into the safety and efficacy of our future approved products, our manufacturing processes and facilities or our marketing programs and potentially a recall of our products or more serious enforcement action, limitations on the approved indications for which they may be used, or suspension or withdrawal of approvals. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may also result in decreased demand for our future approved products, termination of clinical trial sites or entire trial programs, withdrawal of clinical trial participants, injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention, significant costs to defend the related litigation, a diversion of management’s time and our resources from our business operations, substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients, loss of revenue, the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop and a decline in our stock price. We may need to obtain higher levels of product liability insurance for later stages of clinical development or marketing our product candidates. Any insurance we may obtain may not provide sufficient coverage against potential liabilities. Furthermore, clinical trial and product liability insurance is becoming increasingly expensive. As a result, we may be unable to obtain sufficient insurance at a reasonable cost to protect us against losses caused by product liability claims that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include property, general liability, clinical trials, and directors’ and officers’

 

36


Table of Contents

liability insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If our information technology systems or those of third parties with whom we work or our data, are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including but not limited to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; and other adverse consequences.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and the third parties upon which we rely process sensitive data, and, as a result, we and the third parties upon which we rely face a variety of evolving threats, including but not limited to ransomware attacks, which could cause security incidents. Cyber-attacks, malicious internet-based activity, online and offline fraud, and other similar activities threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our sensitive data and information technology systems, and those of the third parties with whom we work. Such threats are prevalent and continue to rise, are increasingly difficult to detect, and come from a variety of sources, including traditional computer “hackers,” threat actors, “hacktivists,” organized criminal threat actors, personnel (such as through theft or misuse), sophisticated nation states, and nation-state-supported actors.

Some actors now engage and are expected to continue to engage in cyber-attacks, including without limitation nation-state actors for geopolitical reasons and in conjunction with military conflicts and defense activities. During times of war and other major conflicts, we and the third parties with whom we work may be vulnerable to a heightened risk of these attacks, including retaliatory cyber-attacks, that could materially disrupt our systems and operations, supply chain, and ability to produce, sell and distribute our services.

We and the third parties with whom we work are subject to a variety of evolving threats, including but not limited to social-engineering attacks (including through deep fakes, which may be increasingly more difficult to identify as fake, and phishing attacks), malicious code (such as viruses and worms), malware (including as a result of advanced persistent threat intrusions), denial-of-service attacks, credential stuffing attacks, credential harvesting, personnel misconduct or error, ransomware attacks, supply-chain attacks, software bugs, server malfunctions, software or hardware failures, loss of data or other information technology assets, adware, telecommunications failures, earthquakes, fires, floods, attacks enhanced or facilitated by AI, and other similar threats.

In particular, severe ransomware attacks are becoming increasingly prevalent and can lead to significant interruptions in our operations, ability to provide our products or services, loss of sensitive data and income, reputational harm, and diversion of funds. Extortion payments may alleviate the negative impact of a ransomware attack, but we may be unwilling or unable to make such payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting such payments.

It may be difficult and/or costly to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain and remediate a security incident. Our efforts to do so may not be successful. Actions taken by us or the third parties with whom we work to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain and remediate a security incident could result in outages, data losses and disruptions of our business. Threat actors may also gain access to other networks and systems after a compromise of our networks and systems. For example, threat actors may use an initial compromise of one part of our environment to gain access to other parts of our environment or leverage a compromise of our networks or systems to gain access to the networks or systems of third parties with whom we work, such as through phishing or supply chain attacks.

 

37


Table of Contents

Remote work has increased risks to our information technology systems and data, as our employees utilize network connections, computers and devices outside our premises or network, including working at home, while in transit and in public locations.

Future or past business transactions (such as acquisitions or integrations) could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, as our systems could be negatively affected by vulnerabilities present in acquired or integrated entities’ systems and technologies. Furthermore, we may discover security issues that were not found during due diligence of such acquired or integrated entities, and it may be difficult to integrate companies into our information technology environment and security program.

In addition, our reliance on third parties could introduce cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities and other threats to our business operations. We rely significantly on third parties to operate critical business systems to process sensitive information in a variety of contexts, including, without limitation, cloud-based infrastructure, data center facilities, encryption and authentication technology, employee email, content delivery to customers, information technology and security, and other functions. We also rely on third parties to provide other products, services, parts or otherwise to operate our business, including with respect to our cybersecurity infrastructure. Our ability to monitor these third parties’ information security practices is limited, and these third parties may not have adequate information security measures in place. If the third parties with whom we work experience a security incident or other interruption, we could experience adverse consequences. While we may be entitled to damages if the third parties with whom we work fail to satisfy their privacy or security-related obligations to us, any award may be insufficient to cover our damages, or we may be unable to recover such award.

In addition, supply-chain attacks have increased in frequency and severity, and we cannot guarantee that third parties’ infrastructure in our supply chain or that of the third parties with whom we work have not been compromised.

While we, through our third-party information security vendors, have implemented security measures designed to protect against security incidents, there can be no assurance that these measures will be complied with or effective.

We take steps designed to detect, mitigate and remediate vulnerabilities in our information systems (such as our hardware and/or software, including that of third parties with whom we work). We have not and may not in the future, however, detect and remediate all such vulnerabilities including on a timely basis. Further, we have and may in the future experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures and patches designed to address identified vulnerabilities. Vulnerabilities could be exploited and result in a security incident.

Any of the previously identified or similar threats have in the past and may in the future cause a security incident or other interruption that have in the past and may in the future result in unauthorized, unlawful, or accidental acquisition, modification, destruction, loss, alteration, encryption, disclosure of, or access to our sensitive information or our information technology systems, or those of the third parties with whom we work. For example, in February 2026, our third-party information technology and security vendors alerted us to a business email compromise involving one of our employees. While our vendors were able to quickly identify the incident, reset the impacted employee’s credentials, and take other remedial actions, we have been, and expect to continue to be, the target of unsuccessful and successful phishing attacks and related business email compromise. While our vendors did not identify any material loss from the February 2026 incident, we rely significantly on these third parties to identify, investigate, eradicate, and remediate security incidents, and we cannot guarantee that future occurrences will be addressed similarly. A security incident or other interruption could disrupt our ability (and that of third parties with whom we work) to operate our business.

 

38


Table of Contents

We may expend significant resources or modify our business activities to try to protect against security incidents. Certain data privacy and security obligations have required us to implement and maintain specific security measures or industry-standard or reasonable security measures to protect our information technology systems and sensitive information.

Applicable data privacy and security obligations may require us, or we may voluntarily choose, to notify relevant stakeholders, including affected individuals, customers, regulators, and investors, of security incidents, or to take other actions, such as providing credit monitoring and identity theft protection services. Such disclosures and related actions can be costly, and the disclosure or the failure to comply with such applicable requirements could lead to adverse consequences.

If we (or a third party with whom we work) experience a security incident or are perceived to have experienced a security incident, we may experience material adverse consequences, such as government enforcement actions (for example, investigations, fines, penalties, audits, and inspections); additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; restrictions on processing sensitive information (including personal data); litigation (including class claims); indemnification obligations; negative publicity; reputational harm; monetary fund diversions; diversion of management attention; interruptions in our operations (including availability of data); financial loss; and other similar harms. Security incidents and attendant material consequences may negatively impact our ability to grow and operate our business.

Our customer contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, there can be no assurance that limitations of liability in our contracts are sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages or claims related to our data privacy and security obligations. Additionally, our vendor contracts, including those with vendors responsible for our information technology or security functions, may contain limitations of liability that may not cover our liabilities, damages or claims against those third parties.

We cannot be sure that our insurance coverage will be adequate or sufficient to protect us from or to mitigate liabilities arising out of our privacy and security practices, that such coverage will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that such coverage will pay future claims.

In addition to experiencing a security incident, third parties may gather, collect or infer sensitive information about us from public sources, data brokers or other means that reveals competitively sensitive details about our organization and could be used to undermine our competitive advantage or market position.

The adoption and deployment of AI and machine learning technologies in our operations, and in particular our R&D efforts, may not be effective and may expose us to risk.

We use AI and machine learning (collectively, AI Technologies) in our business.

As with many technological innovations, there are significant risks involved in developing, maintaining and deploying these technologies and there can be no assurance that the usage of or any future investments in such technologies will always enhance our products or services or be beneficial to our business, including our efficiency or profitability, if at all.

The development and use of AI Technologies also present various privacy and security risks that may impact our business. For example, AI Technologies are subject to rapidly evolving privacy and data security laws, as well as increasing regulation and scrutiny. Several jurisdictions around the globe, including the European Union (EU) and certain U.S. states, have proposed, enacted, or are

 

39


Table of Contents

considering laws governing the development and use of AI Technologies, such as the EU’s AI Act and the Colorado Artificial Intelligence Act. For example, the EU AI Act sets out a risk-based framework, subjecting certain AI Technologies to numerous compliance obligations, including transparency, conformity and risk assessment, monitoring and human oversight requirements. Under the EU AI Act, non-compliant companies may be subject to administrative fines of up to 35 million Euros or 7% of a company’s total worldwide annual turnover for the preceding financial year, whichever is the higher. Certain of our activities subject us to the EU AI Act and depending on how the EU AI Act is implemented and interpreted, we may have to adapt our business practices, contractual arrangements, and services to comply with such obligations. We expect other jurisdictions will adopt similar laws.

Additionally, existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in ways that could affect the operation of our AI Technologies, or could be rescinded or amended as new administrations take differing approaches to evolving AI Technologies. For example, countries and states are applying their data and consumer protection laws to AI Technologies, and particularly generative AI Technologies and interactive chatbots. Certain privacy laws extend rights to consumers (such as the right to delete certain personal data) and regulate automated decision making, which may be incompatible with our use of AI Technologies. These obligations may make it harder for us to conduct our business using AI Technologies, lead to regulatory fines or penalties, require us to change our business practices, retrain our AI Technologies, or prevent or limit our use of AI Technologies. For example, the Federal Trade Commission has required other companies to turn over (or disgorge) valuable insights or trainings generated through the use of AI Technologies where they allege the company has violated privacy and consumer protection laws. If we cannot use AI Technologies or that use is restricted, our business may be less efficient, or we may be at a competitive disadvantage.

As a result, implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet completely determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards or market perception of their requirements may have on our business and may not always be able to anticipate how to respond to these laws or regulations. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws and regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, any sensitive information (including confidential, competitive, proprietary or personal data) that we input into a third-party generative AI Technology could be leaked or disclosed to others, including if sensitive information is used to train the third parties’ AI Technology.

Moreover, AI Technologies models may create flawed, incomplete or inaccurate outputs, some of which may appear correct. This may happen if the inputs that the model relied on were inaccurate, incomplete or flawed (including if a bad actor “poisons” the AI Technology with bad inputs or logic), or if the logic of the AI Technology is flawed (a so-called “hallucination”), all or any of which could cause the performance of our business, as well as our reputation, to suffer or incur liability under contractual breach allegations or civil claims. We use AI Technologies’ outputs in the ordinary course of business and may use such outputs to make certain decisions. Due to these potential inaccuracies or flaws, the outputs could be biased and could lead us to make decisions that could bias certain individuals (or classes of individuals) and adversely impact their rights or employment.

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of health pandemics or epidemics, which could cause significant disruptions in our operations and those of our current or future third-party manufacturers, CROs, and other third parties upon whom we rely.

Health pandemics or epidemics have in the past and could again in the future result in quarantines, stay-at-home orders, remote work policies or other similar events that may disrupt businesses, delay our research and development programs and timelines, negatively impact

 

40


Table of Contents

productivity and increase risks associated with cybersecurity, the future magnitude of which will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the restrictions and other limitations. More specifically, these types of events may negatively impact personnel at third-party manufacturing facilities or the availability or cost of materials, which could disrupt our supply chain. Moreover, our clinical trials may be negatively affected. Clinical site initiation and patient enrollment may be delayed due to prioritization of hospital resources. Some patients may not be able or willing to comply with trial protocols if quarantines impede patient movement or interrupt healthcare services. Our ability to recruit and retain patients, principal investigators and site staff (who as healthcare providers may have heightened exposure) may be hindered, which would adversely affect our trial operations. Disruptions or restrictions on our ability to travel to monitor data from our trials, or to conduct trials, or the ability of patients enrolled in our trials or staff at trial sites to travel, as well as temporary closures of our trial partners and third-party manufacturers’ facilities, would negatively impact our trial activities. In addition, we rely on independent clinical investigators, CROs and other third-party service providers to assist us in managing, monitoring and otherwise carrying out certain of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including the collection of data from our trials, and the effects of health pandemics or epidemics may affect their ability to devote sufficient time and resources to our programs or to travel to sites to perform work for us. Similarly, our trials could be delayed and/or disrupted. As a result, the expected timeline for data readouts, including incompleteness in data collection and analysis and other related activities, and certain regulatory filings may be negatively impacted, which would adversely affect our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, increase our operating expenses, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, impact on the operations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could negatively affect our planned trials and approval processes. Finally, economic conditions and business activity may be negatively impacted and may not recover as quickly as anticipated.

Our business could be affected by litigation, government investigations and enforcement actions.

We currently operate in a number of jurisdictions in a highly regulated industry and we could be subject to litigation, government investigation and enforcement actions on a variety of matters in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, including, without limitation, intellectual property, regulatory, product liability, environmental, whistleblower, false claims, privacy, anti-kickback, anti-bribery, securities, commercial, contract, employment and other claims and legal proceedings that may arise from conducting our business. Any determination that our operations or activities are not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines, civil and criminal penalties, equitable remedies, including disgorgement, injunctive relief and/or other sanctions against us, and remediation of any such findings could have an adverse effect on our business operations.

Legal proceedings, government investigations and enforcement actions can be expensive and time-consuming. An adverse outcome resulting from any legal proceedings, investigations or enforcement actions could result in significant damages awards, fines, penalties, exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, healthcare debarment, injunctive relief, product recalls, reputational damage and modifications of our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Even if such a proceeding, investigation or enforcement action is ultimately decided in our favor, the investigation and defense thereof could require substantial financial and management resources.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to operate in foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets, for which we may rely on collaboration with third parties. We are not

 

41


Table of Contents

permitted to market or promote our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the applicable regulatory authority in that foreign market and may never receive such regulatory approval for our product candidates. To obtain separate regulatory approval in many other countries, we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of such countries regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials and commercial sales, pricing and distribution of our product candidates, and we cannot predict success in these jurisdictions. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and receive applicable regulatory approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed and our business will be adversely affected. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Our failure to obtain approval of our product candidates by regulatory authorities in another country may significantly diminish the commercial prospects of that product candidate and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected. Moreover, even if we obtain approval of our product candidates and ultimately commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets, we would be subject to the risks and uncertainties, including the burden of complying with complex and changing foreign regulatory, tax, accounting and legal requirements, and reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some foreign countries.

We identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate this material weakness, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We did not design and maintain effective controls related to the period-end financial reporting process to ensure adequate segregation of duties, including controls related to account reconciliations and journal entries. Specifically, certain personnel have incompatible duties including the ability to (i) create and post manual journal entries without an independent review and (ii) prepare and review account reconciliations. The material weakness did not result in a misstatement to our financial statements. However, this material weakness could result in a misstatement of substantially all of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

To remediate the material weakness, we have designed and started to implement control activities in response to the risks posed as a result of the lack of segregation of duties related to journal entries and account reconciliations, including general controls over information systems.

The material weakness will not be considered remediated until management completes the design and implementation of the measures described above and the controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are effective. The measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to design and implement, may not be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct this material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

42


Table of Contents

If we fail to remediate the existing material weakness or identify new material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the disclosure and attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result, we could also become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation and financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our regular business activities.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and protect sufficient patent and other intellectual property rights for our product candidates and technology, or if the scope of patent and other intellectual property rights obtained is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely, and may in the future rely, upon a combination of patents, know-how, trademark, trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our technologies and product candidates and to prevent third parties from eroding our competitive position in our market. We also rely on protection afforded by in-licensed intellectual property rights and proprietary technology of third parties. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors or others may gain access to or use our intellectual property and proprietary information.

Our success depends in significant part on our ability and the ability of our licensors, or future licensors, licensees or collaborators to obtain, maintain, enforce and defend patents and other intellectual property rights with respect to the lead development candidate, or any other product candidates we may develop and to operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others.

Our patent applications may not issue or may issue with limited scope, and issued patents can be challenged or circumvented, reducing our ability to prevent competitors from developing similar therapies. Oppositions, post-grant reviews, inter partes reviews, or litigation can narrow, invalidate, or render patents unenforceable, increasing costs and impacting collaborations and financing. Prosecution, maintenance, or enforcement errors, or lack of alignment with licensors, may compromise protection or priority.

We can provide no assurance that any of these current patent applications or future patent applications will result in issued patents or that any issued patents will provide us with any competitive advantage. Failure to obtain issued patents could have a material adverse effect on our ability to develop and commercialize our lead development candidate or any other product candidates we may develop.

Furthermore, other parties may successfully challenge, invalidate or circumvent our issued patents so that our patent rights do not create an effective competitive barrier or revenue source.

A U.S. provisional patent application is not eligible to become an issued patent until, among other things, we file a nonprovisional patent application within 12 months of filing of the provisional patent application. With regard to such U.S. provisional patent applications, if we do not timely file any nonprovisional patent applications, we may lose our priority dates with respect to our provisional patent applications and any patent protection on the inventions disclosed in our provisional patent applications. While we intend to timely file nonprovisional patent applications relating to our provisional

 

43


Table of Contents

patent applications, we cannot predict whether any such patent applications will result in the issuance of patents that provide us with any competitive advantage. If our licensors are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised.

If there are material defects in the form, preparation, prosecution, or enforcement of our or our licensors’ patents or patent applications, such patents may be invalid and unenforceable, and such applications may never result in valid, enforceable patents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad.

Our owned and in-licensed patent applications may be subject to third-party pre-issuance submissions of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), and our owned or in-licensed patents may be subject to opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others, or other proceedings in the USPTO or applicable foreign offices that challenge priority of invention or other features of patentability.

An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate, patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, limit the scope or duration of the patent protection of our lead development candidate or any other product candidates, all of which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical product candidates or technology to compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize product candidates or approved products (if any) without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize our lead development candidate or any other product candidates, or could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise funds necessary to continue our research programs or clinical trials. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

We cannot be certain that the USPTO and courts in the United States or the patent offices and courts in foreign countries will consider the claims in our current or future patents and applications covering our lead development candidate and any other product candidates as patentable. In addition, we cannot be certain that the claims of such patents and patent applications, if granted, will be sufficiently broad to effectively prevent competitors from working around our claimed inventions by developing alternative products and thereby competing with us without infringing our patent rights.

Method-of-use patents protect the use of a product for the specified method or indication. In the absence of separate composition of matter protection, this type of patent does not prevent a competitor from making and marketing a product that is identical to our product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method. Moreover, even if competitors do not actively promote their product for our targeted indications, physicians may prescribe these competitor products off-label. Although off-label prescriptions may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method-of-use patents, the practice is common and such infringement is difficult to prevent, including through legal action.

If we cannot obtain or lose patent protection for our product candidates, it could have a material adverse impact on our business. Additionally, as a licensee, we rely on third parties to file and prosecute patent applications and maintain patents and otherwise protect the licensed intellectual

 

44


Table of Contents

property under some of our current or future license agreements. For example, under the license agreement with Lieber Institute, Lieber Institute is responsible for prosecuting and maintaining intellectual property protection in consultation with us. We have not had and do not have primary control over these activities for certain of our in-licensed patents or patent applications and other intellectual property rights. For example, we cannot be certain that such activities by Lieber Institute or other licensors will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights.

We have limited control over the manner in which Lieber Institute or our other licensors may initiate an infringement proceeding against a third-party infringer of such intellectual property rights, or defend certain intellectual property that may be licensed to us. It is possible that Lieber Institute or our other licensors’ infringement proceeding or defense activities may be less vigorous than if we conduct them ourselves. We cannot be certain that such activities by third parties have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents or other intellectual property rights.

If our licensor or any of our future licensors or future collaborators fail to appropriately prosecute and maintain patent protection for patents covering our product candidates, our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected and we may not be able to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products.

In addition, even where we have the right to control prosecution of patent applications we have acquired or licensed from third parties, we may still be adversely affected or prejudiced by actions or inactions of our licensors and their counsel that took place prior to our assuming control over patent prosecution. The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming. We and our licensors, and any future licensors, licensees or collaborators, may not be able to prepare, file, prosecute, maintain, enforce or license all necessary or desirable patent applications or maintain and enforce patents that may issue based on such patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.

It is also possible that we or our licensor or any of our future licensors or future collaborators will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection or fail to file patent applications covering inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before a competitor or another third party files a patent application covering, or publishes information disclosing, a similar, independently-developed invention. Such competitor’s or other third party’s patent application may pose obstacles to our ability to obtain patent protection or limit the scope of the patent protection we may obtain.

Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, collaborators, CROs, CDMOs, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. In addition, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after the initial filing date, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our licensor or any of our future licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or any future licensed patents or pending patent applications, or were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. If a third party can establish that we or our current or future licensors were not the first to make or the first to file for patent protection of such inventions, such patent applications may not issue as patents and even if issued, may be challenged and invalidated or rendered unenforceable. As a result, the issuance, inventorship, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain.

 

45


Table of Contents

In addition, our technology acquired or licensed from various third parties, including our licensor, may be subject to retained rights. Our licensor often retains certain rights under their agreement with us, including the right to use the underlying technology for use in fields other than the fields licensed to us or for use in noncommercial academic and research use, to publish general scientific findings from research related to the technology, and to make customary scientific and scholarly disclosures of information relating to the technology.

It is difficult to monitor whether our licensor limits their use of the technology to these uses, and we could incur substantial expenses to enforce our rights to its licensed technology in the event of misuse by the licensor.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and is the subject of much litigation, resulting in court decisions, including U.S. Supreme Court decisions, which have increased uncertainties as to the ability to enforce patent rights in the future. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our and our current or future licensors’ patent rights are uncertain.

Our and our licensor’s pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our technology or product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively exclude others from commercializing competitive technologies and product candidates. The patent examination process may require us or our current or future licensors to narrow the scope of the claims of our pending and future patent applications, and therefore, even if such patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage.

Our and our licensor’s patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in pending applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover such technology. Any patents that we hold or in-license, or may in-license in the future, may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our lead development candidate or any other product candidates will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents.

Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Any of the foregoing could impair our competitive position and harm our business.

In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing, and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain. Only limited protection may be available and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. In addition, we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable. Any failure to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to our product candidates or their uses could impair our competitive position and harm our business.

We rely on certain in-licensed patents and other intellectual property rights in connection with our development of our product candidates and may be required to acquire or license additional patents or other intellectual property rights to continue to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

We rely, in part, on patents, know-how and other intellectual property licensed from others, including the Lieber Institute for Brain Development (Lieber Institute). We are party to a license agreement with Lieber Institute pursuant to which we are granted rights to intellectual property that are important to our product candidates.

 

46


Table of Contents

Additionally, we may need to acquire or license intellectual property rights from additional third parties in the future in order to continue to develop or commercialize our product candidates. Our existing license agreement imposes, and we expect that any future license agreements pursuant to which we in-license intellectual property may impose, on us various development, regulatory or commercial diligence obligations, payment of milestones and royalties, and other obligations.

If we or our current and future licensors are unable to obtain, maintain, defend or enforce sufficient patent and other intellectual property rights, or if those rights are limited in scope, we may not be able to compete effectively or to develop, manufacture, or commercialize our product candidates. Licenses and collaborations may include diligence, milestone, royalty, field-of-use, or territorial restrictions; failure to comply can lead to termination and loss of rights. Complex license terms and disputes (scope, sublicensing, ownership, payments) can impact our freedom to operate, timelines, and costs.

If we fail to comply with any of the obligations under any such license agreement, including payment terms and diligence terms, or we are subject to bankruptcy-related proceedings, the licensor may have the right to terminate such agreement, in which case we may lose important intellectual property rights and we may not be able to develop, manufacture, market or sell our product candidates covered by the license or may face other penalties under such agreement or be subject to litigation for breach of such agreement. In addition, such a termination could result in the licensor reacquiring the intellectual property rights and subsequently enabling a competitor to access the technology. Any such occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of any of our product candidates. Termination of license agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under them may result in us having to negotiate a new or reinstated agreement, which may not be available on equally favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which may mean we are unable to develop or commercialize our product candidates.

Licenses to additional third-party proprietary technology or intellectual property rights that may be required for our technology and our product candidates may not be available in the future or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology or the methods for manufacturing or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis.

Further, the agreement under which we currently license, and any agreements under which we may license in the future, intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. Accordingly, material disputes may arise between us and our licensors, regarding intellectual property subject to such license agreement, including those relating to:

 

  •  

the scope of rights, if any, granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

  •  

the scope and practice of any rights reserved by our licensors;

 

  •  

whether a licensor had the right to grant the license agreement;

 

  •  

whether and the extent to which our product candidates, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

  •  

whether third parties are entitled to compensation or equitable relief, such as an injunction, for our use of the intellectual property without their authorization;

 

  •  

its right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under license arrangements or collaborative development relationships;

 

47


Table of Contents
  •  

whether we are complying with our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates;

 

  •  

our involvement in the prosecution of the licensed patents and our licensors’ overall patent enforcement strategy;

 

  •  

the allocation of ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and by us and our partners, including jointly developed intellectual property; and

 

  •  

the amounts of royalties, milestones or other payments due under the license agreement.

The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, or decrease the financial or other benefits it might otherwise receive under the relevant agreement. If material disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms or are insufficient to provide us the necessary rights to use the licensed intellectual property, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates.

Furthermore, despite our efforts, our current or future licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under such license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements. Any material disputes with licensors or any termination of the licenses on which we depend would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and enforcement of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering our product candidates that we license from third parties. In addition, our future licensors may require us to obtain consent from the licensor before we can enforce patent rights, and our licensor may withhold such consent or may not provide it on a timely basis. Therefore, we cannot be certain that our licensors or collaborators will prosecute, maintain, enforce and defend such intellectual property rights in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business, including by taking reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of know-how and trade secrets, or by paying all applicable prosecution and maintenance fees related to intellectual property registrations for any of our product candidates. We also cannot be certain that our licensors have drafted or prosecuted the patents and patent applications licensed to us in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, which may affect the validity and enforceability of such patents or any patents that may issue from such applications. This could cause us to lose rights in any applicable intellectual property that we in-license, and as a result our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates may be adversely affected and we may be unable to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products.

The patent protection we obtain for our product candidates and technologies may be challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad and rendered invalid or unenforceable.

Patent challenges, including oppositions, post-grant reviews, inter partes reviews, derivations, and litigation, can narrow, invalidate, or render our patents unenforceable, reducing exclusivity and enabling competitors to commercialize similar technologies. Adverse outcomes may limit our ability to prevent competition, shorten patent duration, or require costly and time-consuming legal proceedings.

Even if our owned, co-owned, or in-licensed patent applications issue as patents, the issuance of any such patents is not conclusive as to their inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and such patents or

 

48


Table of Contents

patents we license from third parties, may be challenged, invalidated, narrowed or held to be unenforceable, including in the courts or patent offices in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, or circumvented.

We or our licensor may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or equivalent foreign bodies, or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, re-examination, post-grant and inter partes review or interference proceedings challenging our or our licensors’ patent rights or the patent rights of others.

An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our or our licensors’ patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority or ownership of invention or in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in a foreign patent office, that challenge priority of invention or other features of patentability. Such proceedings and any other patent challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity, loss of priority or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in substantial costs and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. Moreover, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other developments related to any of the foregoing proceedings. If securities analysts or investors perceive those results to be negative, it could cause the price of shares of our common stock to decline. Any of the foregoing could harm our business.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Our reliance on third parties for development, manufacturing, and other services requires us to share trade secrets and confidential information, increasing the risk of misappropriation, inadvertent disclosure, or incorporation into others’ technology. While we use confidentiality and related agreements, these may not provide adequate protection or remedies, and monitoring compliance is challenging. If competitors lawfully obtain or independently develop our trade secrets, or if unauthorized disclosure occurs, our competitive position could be impaired.

We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite these contractual agreements with third parties, sharing trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are intentionally or inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements.

Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets and despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may harm our business.

 

49


Table of Contents

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, the patents of our licensors or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful, and issued patents covering our technology and product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

Intellectual property litigation can be costly and time-consuming; adverse outcomes (invalidity, unenforceability, narrow claim construction) can limit our ability to prevent competition and harm our business. Litigation may also result in disclosure of confidential information and distract management, and enforcement can be especially challenging in some jurisdictions.

Competitors and other third parties may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our owned, co-owned and licensed patents, trademark or other intellectual property. In addition, our owned, co-owned and licensed patents may become involved in inventorship or priority disputes. Our pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent is issued from such applications. To counter infringement, misappropriation or other unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents or that our patents are invalid or unenforceable or both.

In a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that an owned, co-owned or licensed patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our owned, co-owned and licensed patents do not cover the technology, or decide that the other party’s use of our technology at issue falls under the safe harbor to patent infringement under 35 U.S.C. §271(e). An adverse result in any litigation or proceeding could put one or more of our owned, co-owned or licensed patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. We may find it impractical or undesirable to enforce our intellectual property against some third parties.

In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, non-enablement, insufficient written description or failure to claim patent eligible subject matter. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution.

Third parties may also raise similar claims before the USPTO or an equivalent foreign body, even outside the context of litigation. Potential proceedings include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of, or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our technology or any product candidates that we may develop.

The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we, our current or future licensors and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on the applicable product candidates or technology covered by the patent rendered invalid or unenforceable. Such a loss of patent protection would harm our business.

 

50


Table of Contents

Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the ownership or priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or may be non-exclusive, allowing our competitors to gain access to the same technology.

If we are unable to obtain and maintain such licenses, we may need to cease the development, manufacture and commercialization of one or more of the product candidates we may develop. In addition, if we, our existing licensors or any future licensors are unsuccessful in any inventorship disputes to which we or they are subject, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or the exclusive right to use, our owned, in-licensed or any future in-licensed patents. The loss of exclusivity or the narrowing of such patent claims could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products. Any of the foregoing could harm our business. Even if we are successful in any of the foregoing disputes, it could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or proceeding.

Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately.

Most of our competitors are larger than we are and have substantially greater resources. They are, therefore, likely to be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to initiate anticipated clinical trials, continue our internal research programs or in-license needed technology or other product candidates. There could also be public announcements of the results of the hearing, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive those results to be negative, it could cause the price of shares of our common stock to decline. Any of the foregoing events could harm our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Legal protections for proprietary intellectual property vary in jurisdictions throughout the world. The enforcement of intellectual property rights can be difficult and costly, and some jurisdictions provide weaker protection than the United States.

Competitors may use our technology in countries where we lack protection or where enforcement is limited and may export infringing products into protected markets. Efforts to enforce rights abroad can be expensive, time-consuming, and may not yield meaningful remedies, limiting our ability to secure a commercial advantage. Filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patents and other intellectual property rights on our lead development candidate or any other product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States.

 

51


Table of Contents

Prosecution of foreign patent applications is often a longer process, and patents may grant at a later date, and with a shorter term, than in the United States and the requirements for patentability differ in certain jurisdictions and countries. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions.

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection or other intellectual property rights to develop their own products and may export otherwise infringing, misappropriating or violating products to territories where we have patent or other intellectual property protection, but enforcement rights are not as strong as those in the United States. These products may compete with our lead development candidate or any other product candidates, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. Furthermore, some jurisdictions, such as Europe, Japan and China, may have a heightened standard for patentability than the United States, including, for example, the requirement of claims having literal support in the original patent filing and the limitation on using supporting data that is not in the original patent filing. Under those heightened patentability requirements, we may not be able to obtain sufficient patent protection in certain jurisdictions even though the same or similar patent protection can be secured in the United States and other jurisdictions.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled under specified circumstances to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license, which could harm our business.

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third-party patent which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

As the pharmaceutical industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties. There can be no assurance that our operations do not, or will not in the future, infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate existing or future third-party patents or other intellectual property rights. Identification of third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our operations is difficult due to differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases, and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are

 

52


Table of Contents

complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending patent application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our lead development candidate or any other product candidates in any jurisdiction. For example, freedom-to-operate analyses may miss relevant third-party rights or misinterpret scope or expiration, leading to infringement risk, redesigns, licensing costs, or delays. If we fail to identify or correctly interpret relevant patents, we may face costly litigation, delays, or be forced to obtain licenses on unfavorable terms, which could adversely affect the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are published approximately 18 months after the earliest filing for which priority is claimed, with such earliest filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date. Certain U.S. applications that will not be filed outside the United States can remain confidential until patents issue. Therefore, patent applications covering our lead development candidate or any other product candidates could have been filed by third parties without our knowledge. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our lead development candidate or any other product candidates or their use.

The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent, and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect. For example, we may incorrectly determine that our product candidates are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third-party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our ability to identify all relevant third-party patents is limited by the imperfection of patent searches and the evolving nature of the patent landscape. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect.

Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market such product candidates. If we fail to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents or if we are unable to obtain licenses to relevant patents, we may be subject to infringement claims. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we fail in any such dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, which may be significant, we may be temporarily or permanently prohibited from commercializing any of our product candidates that are held to be infringing.

We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign product candidates so that we no longer infringe the third-party intellectual property rights. Any of these events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business and could harm our business.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreement under which we license intellectual property rights from our licensor, otherwise experience disruption to our business relationships with our licensor, or we are unable to obtain licenses from other third parties on commercially reasonable terms or fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements, we could lose license rights that are important to our business and our business could be harmed.

We are a party to a license agreement with Lieber Institute under which we are granted rights to intellectual property that are important to our business, and we may enter into additional license agreements in the future for our lead development candidate or any other product candidates.

 

53


Table of Contents

Our existing license agreement imposes on us, and we expect that any future license agreements where we in-license intellectual property will impose on us, various development, regulatory and commercial diligence obligations, payment of milestones and royalties and other obligations and require us to meet development and/or regulatory timelines in order to maintain the licenses. If we fail to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or we are subject to bankruptcy-related proceedings, our licensors may have the right to terminate our licenses, or we may be subject to litigation for breach of these agreements, in which case, we would not be able to market products covered by the licenses. Additionally, non-compliance with license terms (e.g., payment, diligence, reporting, or other obligations) can lead to termination or re-purchase of assets, loss of rights or restrictions that delay development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Loss of licensed rights may require renegotiation on less favorable terms, if at all, or may enable competitors to access the technology, materially harming our business. We may need to obtain additional licenses from third parties to advance our research, develop or commercialize our lead development candidate or any other product candidates, and we cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist that might be enforced against our lead development candidate or such other product candidates in the absence of such a license. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize our lead development candidate or any other product candidates, which could materially harm our business and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation. Licensing of intellectual property is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues. Disputes may arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

 

  •  

the scope of rights granted, or payment obligations, under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

  •  

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe or otherwise violate intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

  •  

our right to sublicense patent rights and other rights to third parties under our license arrangements or collaborative development relationships;

 

  •  

our diligence obligations under the license agreement with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates, and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

  •  

our financial or other obligations under the license agreement;

 

  •  

the priority of invention of patented technology;

 

  •  

our right to transfer or assign licenses; and

 

  •  

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and our affiliates and sublicensees and by us and our partners and sublicensees.

 

54


Table of Contents

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may not be able to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Moreover, some of our patents and patent applications in the future may be co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, who could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our lead development candidate or any other product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. Even with possible extensions, patent protection may expire before or shortly after commercialization, enabling earlier competition and potentially reducing the amount of revenue we are able to generate from sale of any of our product candidates that receive approval. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our product candidates, our business and competitive position may be adversely affected. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. nonprovisional or international patent application filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our lead development candidate or any other product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product candidate, we may be open to competition from competitive products, including generics.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned, co-owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing product candidates similar or identical to ours.

Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of any FDA regulatory approval of lead development candidate, or any other product candidates, one or more of our U.S. owned, co-owned or licensed patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, and one or more of our foreign owned, co-owned or licensed patents may be eligible for patent term extension under similar legislation, for example, in the EU. In the United States, the Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years for a patent covering an approved product as compensation for effective patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The length of the patent term extension is calculated based on the length of time it takes for regulatory review. Similar patent term restoration provisions to compensate for commercialization delay caused by regulatory review are also available in certain foreign jurisdictions, such as the EU Regulation (EC) No 469/2009 concerning the Supplementary Protection Certificate for medicinal products. However, there are no assurances that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority or national patent office will grant such extensions, in whole or in part. For example, we may not receive an extension if we fail to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. In addition, to the extent we wish to pursue patent term extension based on a patent that we in-license from a third party, we would need the cooperation of that third party. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. Only one patent per approved product can be extended, the extension cannot extend the total patent term beyond 14 years from the

 

55


Table of Contents

date of product approval, and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. In addition, a patent term extension is available only for the first approved use of the drug, and thus, no extension is available if a product is approved for a subsequent use.

If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for the applicable product candidate will be shortened, and our competitors may obtain approval to market competing products sooner. As a result, our revenue from applicable products could be reduced.

Further, if this occurs, our competitors may take advantage of our investment in development and trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our competitive position and business could be harmed.

Changes in patent law or their interpretations could diminish the value of our patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our intellectual property for our lead development candidate, or any other product candidates.

Our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining, maintaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry is inherently uncertain, due in part to ongoing changes in the patent laws. Legal and policy changes can alter patentability, validity standards, and challenge mechanisms, affecting our ability to obtain, maintain, and enforce intellectual property protections. Court decisions, legislative reforms, and evolving international standards may narrow patent scope, increase uncertainty, and raise costs for intellectual property prosecution, enforcement, and defense. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO and equivalent institutions in other jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents, and interpretation thereof, could change in unpredictable ways that could weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing or future patents.

For example, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations.

Therefore, there is increased uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, as well as uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued and licensed patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while most jurisdictions outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent.

After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (Leahy-Smith Act) enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. Consequently, if a third party files a patent application in the USPTO before we or our current or future licensors file an application covering the same invention, the third party could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours or of our licensors even if we or our licensors had made the invention before it was made by such third party. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our current or future licensors were the first to either (i) file

 

56


Table of Contents

any patent application related to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our owned or in-licensed patents or patent applications. Even if we have a valid and enforceable patent, we may not be able to exclude others from practicing the claimed invention if the other party can show that they used the invention in commerce before our filing date or if the other party benefits from a compulsory license.

The Leahy-Smith Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, particularly the first inventor-to-file provisions. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business.

Similarly, changes in patent law and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions or changes in governmental bodies that enforce them or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or regulations may weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we may obtain in the future. For example, the complexity and uncertainty of European patent laws have also increased in recent years. In Europe, a new unitary patent system took effect on June 1, 2023, which will significantly impact European patents, including those granted before the introduction of such a system. Under the unitary patent system, all European patents, including those issued prior to June 1, 2023, now by default automatically fall under the jurisdiction of a new European Unified Patent Court (the UPC) for litigation involving such patents. As the UPC is a relatively new court system, there is uncertainty regarding litigation at the UPC. Our European patent applications, if issued, could be challenged in the UPC. During the first seven years of the UPC’s existence, the UPC legislation allows a patent owner to opt its European patents out of the jurisdiction of the UPC. We may decide to opt out our future European patents from the UPC, but doing so may preclude us from realizing the benefits of the UPC. Moreover, if we do not meet all of the formalities and requirements for opt-out under the UPC, our future European patents could remain under the jurisdiction of the UPC. The UPC will provide our competitors with a new forum to centrally revoke our European patents and allow for the possibility of a competitor to obtain a pan-European injunction. It is uncertain how the UPC will impact granted European patents in the pharmaceutical industry.

Additionally, recent reforms and changes at U.S. government agencies and those of non-U.S. jurisdictions could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution or maintenance of our patent applications, and the maintenance, enforcement or defense of our issued patents. For example, the ability of the USPTO and other applicable patent authorities to properly administer their functions is highly dependent on the levels of funding available to the agency and their ability to retain key personnel and fill key leadership appointments, among various factors. Termination of employees or delays in replacing or hiring for key positions could significantly impact the ability of the USPTO and other applicable patent authorities to fulfill their functions and could greatly impact our ability to timely and adequately prosecute or maintain our patent applications, and our ability to timely and adequately maintain, enforce or defend our issued patents.

The Leahy-Smith Act and other similar changes in patent law and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions and their implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued or licensed patents, all of which could harm our business.

 

57


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated if we fail to comply with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on any patents and patent applications are required to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of a patent. In certain circumstances, we may rely on our current and future licensors to pay these fees. The USPTO and various foreign patent agencies also require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar requirements during the patent application and prosecution process. In addition, in some countries, including the United States, China, India and some European countries, a foreign filing license is required before certain patent applications are filed. The foreign filing license requirements vary by country and depend on various factors, including where the inventive activity occurred, citizenship status of the inventors, the residency of the inventors and the invention owner, the place of business for the invention owner and the nature of the subject matter to be disclosed (e.g., items related to national security or national defense). In some, but not all cases, for example in China and India, a foreign filing license cannot be obtained retroactively in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment of a pending patent application or can be grounds for revoking or invalidating an issued patent, resulting in the loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction.

Administrative errors or missed deadlines (by us or licensors) can lead to abandonment or loss of rights. Failure to pay fees, respond to official actions, or submit required documents can result in loss of patent protection in relevant jurisdictions. If we or our licensors, or any future licensors or collaborators, fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our lead development candidate, or any other product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology, which would harm our business.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation, or other violations against us or our current or future licensors could be expensive and time consuming and may prevent or delay the development and commercialization of our development candidate, or any other product candidates.

Our commercial success depends, in part, upon our ability and the ability of any of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our lead development candidate, or any other product candidates, and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties.

There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk increases that our therapeutic programs and commercializing activities may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. We may become party to, or be threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our lead development candidate, or any other product candidates and technology, including re-examination, interference, post-grant review, inter partes review or derivation proceedings before the USPTO or an equivalent foreign body. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. In the event that any of these patents were asserted against us, we believe that we would have defenses against any such action, including that such patents are not valid or that we would be able to replace such technology with alternative, non-infringing technology.

 

58


Table of Contents

However, if any such patents were to be asserted against us and our defenses to such assertion were unsuccessful and such alternative technology was not available or technologically or commercially practical, unless we obtain a license to such patents, we could be liable for damages, which could be significant and include treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to willfully infringe such patents, and we could be precluded from commercializing any product candidates that were ultimately held to infringe such patents. Any potential future legal proceedings relating to these patents could cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. If we are unsuccessful in our challenges to these patents and become subject to litigation or are unable to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms with respect to these patents, it could harm our business.

Third parties may allege that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights. Defending such claims, with or without merit, is unpredictable and can be costly, time-consuming, and distracting. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysis or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. If we are found to infringe, we may be required to obtain licenses (which may not be available on reasonable terms), pay damages, or cease development or commercialization of affected products.

We may also be required to indemnify collaborators or licensors, further increasing costs. Any of these outcomes could materially harm our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we, our employees, consultants or advisors have infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees, consultants, or advisors were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer.

Employee or consultant background intellectual property claims can lead to disputes, costs, delays, or loss of rights. We may face allegations that our personnel used or disclosed proprietary information from prior employers, or that we do not own inventions developed by our team. Litigation or disputes over intellectual property ownership can be costly, distract management, and may result in loss of rights or personnel. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our technologies or product candidates. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs, delay development of our product candidates and be a distraction to management. Any of the foregoing events would harm our business.

In addition, we may in the future be subject to claims by former employees, consultants, or other third parties asserting an ownership right in our patents or patent applications. An adverse determination in any such submission or proceeding may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar technology and

 

59


Table of Contents

therapeutics, without payment to us, or could limit the duration of the patent protection covering our technologies and product candidates. Such challenges may also result in our inability to develop, manufacture, or commercialize our technologies and product candidates without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop, or commercialize current or future technologies and product candidates. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Intellectual property litigation can be expensive, time-consuming, and may divert management and technical personnel from core business activities. Even successful outcomes can result in significant costs and operational disruption. Public proceedings may also impact our reputation or stock price.

In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities.

We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources.

Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace, including compromising our ability to raise the funds necessary to initiate anticipated clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties or enter into development collaborations that would help us commercialize our lead development candidate, or any other product candidates, if approved. Any of the foregoing events would harm our business.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We rely on trade secrets and know-how to protect proprietary technology, especially where patent protection is unavailable or inappropriate. Trade secrets can be difficult to protect, and confidentiality agreements and security measures may be breached, and remedies may be inadequate. If our trade secrets are disclosed, misappropriated, or independently developed by competitors, our competitive position could be harmed.

Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect these trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, licensors, collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or has had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to

 

60


Table of Contents

protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. We cannot guarantee that any potential trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to trade secrets. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets.

If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be harmed.

As is common in the biotechnology industry, we engage the services of consultants to assist us in the development of our product candidates. Many of these consultants were previously employed at, or may have previously provided or may be currently providing consulting services to, other biotechnology companies including our competitors or potential competitors.

We may become subject to claims that we or our consultants inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other information proprietary to our consultants’ former employers or their former or current clients. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely affect our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management team.

We may not be able to protect and enforce our trademarks and trade names or build name recognition in our markets of interest, and we may encounter delays and additional expense if our preferred names are not available, thereby harming our competitive position.

We intend to rely on both registered and common law rights for our trademarks. We plan to apply to register these trademarks with the USPTO and may in the future seek to register additional trademarks in the United States and other countries. However, we have not yet sought registration for any of our marks internationally, and we have not yet obtained regulatory or trademark approvals for any drug names. The process of obtaining such approvals can be lengthy and uncertain, and our preferred names may not be available or approvable in particular jurisdictions or for particular uses.

Trademark protection may be limited or unavailable in some jurisdictions, and third parties may oppose, cancel, or infringe our marks. Failure to secure or enforce trademarks can diminish brand value, create confusion, and harm our competitive position. Moreover, any name we propose to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA or an equivalent administrative body in a foreign jurisdiction objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, does not infringe the existing rights of third parties, and is acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. Building name recognition in our markets of interest may be challenging, and litigation or administrative proceedings to protect trademarks can be costly and uncertain. Additionally, if we are unable to use our preferred drug names in certain jurisdictions, we may face significant delays and expense in rebranding or developing alternative names, which could adversely affect our commercialization efforts and market position.

 

61


Table of Contents

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. Even robust intellectual property may not prevent all competition; alternative technologies, off-label use, safe-harbor R&D, and missed filings can erode intellectual property exclusivity.

Competitors may independently develop similar or alternative technologies, design around our patents, or benefit from aspects of our inventions that are not patentable or not protected. Intellectual property rights may not cover all threats, and the patents of others may adversely affect our business.

For example:

 

  •  

others may be able to make products that are similar to any product candidates we may develop or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own, co-own or license now or own, co-own or license in the future;

 

  •  

we, or our current or future licensors, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we own, co-own or license now or own, co-own or license in the future;

 

  •  

we, or our current or future licensors, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

  •  

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

  •  

it is possible that our pending owned, co-owned or licensed patent applications or those that we may own, co-own or license in the future will not lead to issued patents;

 

  •  

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

  •  

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States under FDA-related safe harbor patent infringement exemptions or in countries where we or our current or future licensors do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

  •  

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

  •  

we may fail to identify potential patentable subject matter and may fail to file on it;

 

  •  

the patents or other intellectual property rights of others may harm our business; and

 

  •  

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent application covering such intellectual property or disclose information resulting in a loss of protection for such trade secrets.

Should any of these events occur, they could harm our business.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties that we rely on to execute our preclinical studies or clinical trials do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.

We do not independently conduct our preclinical studies or clinical trials. We rely on medical institutions, contract laboratories and other third parties, such as CROs, to conduct or otherwise

 

62


Table of Contents

support our preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates. We rely heavily on these parties for execution of our preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates and control only certain aspects of their activities. There are a limited number of CROs with demonstrated expertise in acute and chronic pain clinical trial design and execution, and competition for these organizations’ services is intense. We have recently transitioned, or are in the process of transitioning, our CRO relationship and may face disruptions associated with such transitions, including delays in site activation, protocol implementation, and data collection. Because acute pain trials are typically conducted over shorter durations, with enrollment windows measured in weeks rather than years, any delay in site selection, patient enrollment, or CRO performance can have a disproportionate impact on our study timelines. We cannot assure that our CRO partners will perform to our expectations or that the CRO transition will not adversely affect the conduct of our planned clinical trials.

Further, while we have and will have agreements governing the activities of our third-party contractors, we have limited influence over their actual performance. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on CROs and other third parties will not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. For any violations of laws and regulations during the conduct of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we could be subject to untitled letters, warning letters or enforcement action that may include civil penalties up to and including criminal prosecution.

We and the third parties on which we rely for clinical trials are required to comply with regulations and requirements, including GLP and GCP for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate, and that the trial patients are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials and their rights are protected. These regulations are enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any drugs in clinical development. The FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities enforce GCP requirements through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities will determine that any of our future clinical trials will comply with GCP. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product candidates produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure or the failure of these third parties to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process and could also subject us to enforcement action. We also are required to register certain ongoing clinical trials and provide certain information, including information relating to the trial’s protocol, on a government-sponsored database, www.clinicaltrials.gov, within specific timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Although we design our clinical trials for our product candidates, we will rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. As a result, many important aspects of our clinical development, including clinical trial conduct and timing, will be outside of our direct control. Our reliance on third parties to conduct future clinical trials will also result in less direct control over the management of data developed through clinical trials than would be the case if we were relying entirely upon our own staff.

Communicating with outside parties can also be challenging, potentially leading to mistakes, as well as difficulties in coordinating activities. Outside parties may:

 

  •  

have staffing difficulties;

 

  •  

fail to comply with contractual obligations;

 

63


Table of Contents
  •  

experience regulatory compliance issues;

 

  •  

undergo changes in priorities or become financially distressed; or

 

  •  

form relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors.

If third parties do not perform our clinical trials in a satisfactory manner, breach their obligations to us or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, we would be unable to rely on clinical data collected by these third parties and may be required to repeat, extend the duration of or increase the size of any clinical trials we conduct, which could significantly delay commercialization and require significantly greater expenditures.

If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Our CROs have the right to terminate their agreements with us in the event of an uncured material breach and under other specified circumstances. If third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain are compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, any clinical trials such third parties are associated with may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, we believe that our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates in the subject indication would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected the interpretation of the trial. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, refusal to accept or rejection of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

We may, from time to time, establish partnerships in relation to our clinical trials, receiving advisory services and other support from third parties. Although we believe that these partnerships will enable us to accelerate the development of our product candidates and clinical trials, we cannot guarantee that such collaborations will be successful and, in the event they are not, we may lose our competitive advantage and/or incur additional costs.

We rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers to supply our product candidates. The loss of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers, or their failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or to supply sufficient quantities at acceptable quality levels or prices, within acceptable timeframes, or at all, would materially and adversely affect our business.

We do not own or operate facilities for drug manufacturing, storage, distribution, or quality testing and have no current plans to develop our own clinical or commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third-party contract developers and manufacturers to manufacture bulk drug substances, drug products, raw materials and other components for our product candidates, as well as for commercial manufacture if our product candidates receive regulatory approval. Any change in our relationships with our third-party manufacturers or changes to contractual terms of our agreements with them could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

64


Table of Contents

Reliance on third-party manufacturers may expose us to different risks than if we were to manufacture the product candidates ourselves. There can be no assurance that our clinical development product supplies will not be limited, interrupted, terminated or will be of satisfactory quality or be available at acceptable prices. In addition, any replacement of our manufacturer could require significant effort and time because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements. Further, we do not have any long-term commitments or supply agreements with our third-party manufacturers. We may be unable to establish any long-term supply agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms or at all, which increases the risk of failing to timely obtain sufficient quantities of our product candidates or such quantities at an acceptable cost.

Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for these supplies, and obtaining regulatory clearance or approvals that may result from adding or replacing suppliers, could take a substantial amount of time, result in increased costs and impair our ability to produce our products, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any such interruption or delay may force us to seek similar supplies from alternative sources, which may not be available at reasonable prices, or at all. Any interruption in the supply of limited source components for our product candidates would adversely affect our ability to meet scheduled timelines and budget for the development and commercialization of our product candidates, could result in higher expenses and would harm our business. Although we have not experienced any significant disruption as a result of our reliance on our suppliers, we have a limited operating history and cannot assure you that we will not experience disruptions in our supply chain in the future as a result of such reliance or otherwise.

The manufacturing process for our product candidates will be subject to the FDA’s review and, in the future, may be subject to comparable foreign regulatory authority review. We, our suppliers and our manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards, such as cGMPs, and to ensure the quality and safety of our product candidates. Securing regulatory approval for our product candidates will also require the submission of detailed information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. If our third-party manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for the use of their manufacturing facilities to produce our product candidates. Moreover, we do not conduct the manufacturing process ourselves and are completely dependent on our third-party manufacturers for manufacturing our product candidates in compliance with cGMP and other applicable requirements. In the event that any of our manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations in relation to quality, timing, or otherwise, or if our projected manufacturing capacity or supply of materials becomes limited, interrupted or more costly than anticipated, we may be forced to enter into an agreement with another third party, which we may not be able to do timely or on reasonable terms, if at all.

If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with applicable quality standards and regulations and guidelines; and we may be required to repeat some of the development program with the new manufacturer. The delays and costs associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop our product candidates in a timely manner or within budget, or obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates.

We expect to continue to rely on third-party manufacturers if we receive regulatory approval for any product candidate. To the extent that we have existing, or enter into future, manufacturing arrangements with third parties, we will depend on these third parties to perform their obligations in a timely manner consistent with contractual and regulatory requirements, including those related to

 

65


Table of Contents

quality control and assurance. Any manufacturing facilities used to produce our product candidates will be subject to periodic review and inspection by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including for continued compliance with cGMP requirements, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents. If we are unable to obtain or maintain third-party manufacturing for our product candidates, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to develop and commercialize our product candidates successfully. Our or a third party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements, comply with cGMPs or maintain a compliance status acceptable to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could adversely affect our business in a number of other ways, including:

 

  •  

an inability to initiate or complete clinical trials of a product candidate in a timely manner;

 

  •  

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving regulatory approvals, for a product candidate;

 

  •  

subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

  •  

loss of the cooperation of existing or future collaborators;

 

  •  

requirements to cease development or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

  •  

in the event of approval to market and commercialize a product candidate, an inability to meet commercial demands for our products.

If our third-party manufacturer of our product candidates is unable to increase the scale of its production of our product candidates, and/or increase the product yield of its manufacturing, then our costs to manufacture our product candidates may increase and commercialization may be delayed.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks such as limitations on supply availability resulting from capacity and scheduling constraints of third parties; the possible breach of manufacturing agreements by third parties because of factors beyond our control; the possible termination or non-renewal of the manufacturing agreements by the third party, at a time that is costly or inconvenient to us; failure to manufacture our product according to our schedule or at all; and the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how. Additionally, our third-party manufacturers may experience difficulties due to resource constraints or as a result of labor disputes or unstable political environments. If any of our third-party manufacturers were to encounter any of these difficulties, our ability to provide our product candidates to participants in clinical trials, or to provide product for treatment of patients if approved, would be jeopardized. Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or regulatory approval, and any related remedial measures may be costly or time-consuming to implement, which would have a material adverse impact on our financial position.

We may form or seek collaborations or strategic alliances, enter into licensing arrangements or other business transactions in the future, and we may not realize the benefits of such transactions.

We may enter into licensing arrangements and strategic transactions to acquire and advance new assets or product candidates in the future, including strategic partnerships, in-licensing of product candidates, strategic collaborations, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, acquisitions of companies, asset purchases, business combinations and investments.

Any future transactions that we enter into may not be successful. In particular, the success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that:

 

  •  

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations;

 

66


Table of Contents
  •  

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on trial or test results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding, or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

  •  

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates;

 

  •  

a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities;

 

  •  

we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;

 

  •  

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

 

  •  

disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that cause the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our future product candidates or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

  •  

collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable future product candidates;

 

  •  

collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our product candidates that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; and

 

  •  

a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

Additionally, we may have conflicts with our future collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the interpretation of preclinical or clinical data, the achievement of milestones, the interpretation of contractual obligations, payments for services, development obligations or the ownership of intellectual property developed during our collaboration. If any conflicts arise with any of our collaborators, such collaborator may act in a manner that is adverse to our best interests. Any such disagreement could result in one or more of the following, each of which could delay or prevent the development or commercialization of our product candidates, and in turn prevent us from generating revenue: disputes regarding milestone payments or royalties; uncertainty regarding ownership of intellectual property rights arising from our collaborative activities, which could prevent us from entering into additional collaborations; unwillingness by the collaborator to cooperate in the development or manufacture of a product candidate, including providing us with data or materials; unwillingness on the part of a collaborator to keep us informed regarding the progress of its development and commercialization activities or to permit public disclosure of the results of those activities; initiating of litigation or alternative dispute resolution options by either party to resolve the dispute; or attempts by either party to terminate the agreement. Collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates. In addition, any future transactions could increase our near and long-term expenditures, result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, including our common stock, or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or acquired in-process research and development expenses, any of which could affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

67


Table of Contents

Future acquisitions may also require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all. These transactions may never be successful and may require significant time and attention of our management. In addition, the integration of any business that we may acquire in the future may disrupt our existing business and may be a complex, risky and costly endeavor for which we may never realize the full benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any additional transactions of the nature described above, any additional transactions that we do complete could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We have vendors and service providers located outside of the United States that subject us to additional risks that are beyond our control and that could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Currently, we have vendors and service providers located outside of the United States. As a result of our global supplier network, we are subject to risks associated with doing business abroad, including:

 

  •  

political unrest, terrorism, labor disputes and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries in which our product candidates are manufactured;

 

  •  

the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to labor conditions, quality, and safety standards, imports, duties, taxes and other charges on imports, as well as trade restrictions and restrictions on currency exchange or the transfer of funds, particularly new or increased tariffs imposed on imports from countries where our suppliers operate;

 

  •  

greater challenges and increased costs with enforcing and periodically auditing or reviewing our suppliers’ and manufacturers’ compliance with cGMPs or status acceptable to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

  •  

reduced protection for intellectual property rights, including trademark protection, in some countries;

 

  •  

disruptions in operations due to global, regional or local public health crises or other emergencies or natural disasters;

 

  •  

disruptions or delays in shipments; and

 

  •  

changes in local economic conditions in countries where our manufacturers or suppliers are located.

These and other factors beyond our control could interrupt our vendor and service providers’ operations, influence the ability of these companies to render services and export our clinical supplies cost-effectively or at all, and inhibit their ability to procure certain materials.

Contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs) may become subject to legislation, trade restrictions, sanctions, tariffs, and other regulatory requirements by the U.S. government, which could restrict or even prohibit our ability to work with such entities, thereby potentially disrupting the supply of material to us. For example, the United States has recently passed legislation, namely the BIOSECURE Act (BIOSECURE Act), to prohibit U.S. federal executive agencies from procuring or obtaining any biotechnology equipment or service produced or provided by a “biotechnology company of concern” or entering into or renewing a contract, loan, or grant with an entity that uses such biotechnology equipment or services. Specifically, on October 9, 2025, the U.S. Senate passed a revised version of the BIOSECURE Act as an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for fiscal year 2026. The final version of the NDAA containing this legislative language was passed by the Senate and House of Representatives and signed into law by President Trump on

 

68


Table of Contents

December 18, 2025. The BIOSECURE Act prohibits the U.S. government from procuring or obtaining biotechnology equipment or services produced or provided by a “biotechnology company of concern” (BCC); entering into, extending, or renewing government contracts with an entity that directly or indirectly (e.g., via a subcontractor) uses biotechnology equipment or services from a BCC in performance of that federal contract; and/or issuing grants or loans to purchase, obtain, or use biotechnology equipment or services produced by a BCC. The BIOSECURE Act also prohibits U.S. government loan and grant recipients from using federal loan or grant money to enter into contracts with entities that use equipment from BCCs in the performance of any federal prime contract or subcontract. Companies designated as a BCC include those that are identified on the U.S. Department of Defense’s annual List of Chinese Military Companies, also known as the 1260H List, and the U.S. Government also has the ability to designate entities as BCCs through a separate designation process. While the U.S. BIOSECURE Act has a grandfathering period of five years for existing contracts and has carveouts for manufacture of drugs for supply under Medicaid and Medicare Part B, subject to the Secretary of Veteran Affairs’ discretion, the impact of the U.S. BIOSECURE Act on the biotechnology industry is uncertain. Given the BIOSECURE Act, we may be restricted in our ability to work with certain Chinese biotechnology companies to the extent we would contract with, or otherwise receive funding from, the U.S. government. Such disruption could have adverse effects on the development of our product candidates. Furthermore, any U.S. executive action, legislative action or potential sanctions including the imposition of higher tariffs on imports into the United States and other governmental regulations affecting trade between the United States and China, and any retaliatory actions by China could materially impact our work or potential work in the future with Chinese biotechnology companies. U.S. executive agencies may designate entities and individuals on various governmental prohibited and restricted parties lists. Depending on the designation, potential consequences can range from a comprehensive prohibition on all transactions or dealings with designated parties, or a limited prohibition on certain types of activities, such as exports and financing activities, with designated parties. Such disruption could have adverse effects on the development of our product candidates. We are investigating alternative suppliers or manufacturers outside of China for materials and services for our product candidates. Without an alternative manufacturing plan, there is a risk that, if supplies are interrupted, or the quality of ingredients provided by such alternative sources is not to our specification, it would cause delays in our supply chain and increase the cost of manufacturing our drugs, which could materially harm our business.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we currently rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates and to perform quality testing, we must, at times, share our proprietary technology and confidential information, including trade secrets, with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements, and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are intentionally or inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets and despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our proprietary technology and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

69


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Competitive products may reduce or eliminate the commercial opportunity for our product candidates for our current or future indications. If our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do, or their technologies are more effective or safer than ours, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

The pharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapid innovation and intense competition. While we believe that our clinical programs provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from multiple companies that are similarly working to develop therapeutics targeting similar indications, as well as from academic institutions, governmental agencies, and public and private research institutions. Many of our potential competitors, either alone or with collaboration partners, have significantly greater financial resources than we do, as well as equal or greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products and the commercialization of those products. Accordingly, our potential competitors may be more successful than we are in achieving regulatory approvals and commercializing their products. We anticipate that we will face intense and increasing competition from existing, approved drugs, as well as new drugs entering the market and emerging technologies that become available.

We expect our current and future product candidates to face immediate competition from existing treatments for musculoskeletal pain. These consist of over-the-counter analgesics for mild to moderate symptoms, while moderate to severe pain is treated through a combination of opioids, NSAIDs, long-acting local anesthetics (for postoperative pain), acetaminophen, and recently approved Journavx, Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated’s selective Nav1.8 inhibitor. In moderate to severe pain, opioids have historically been heavily relied on due to their strong analgesic effect, which has set the standard reference for efficacy. Commonly used opioids include morphine, oxycodone (e.g. under brand names OxyContin, Percocet), hydrocodone bitartrate/acetaminophen (e.g. Vicodin) and tramadol (e.g. Ultram). In addition to opioids, NSAIDs are also used in mono- and multi-modal regimens to manage pain, including products such as ibuprofen (e.g. Motrin), naproxen, diclofenac (e.g. Zorvolex, Zipsor, Voltaren), celecoxib (e.g. Celebrex), and intravenous meloxicam (e.g. Anjeso).

While we are primarily focused on addressing the demand for non-opioid musculoskeletal pain alternatives, we may in the future pursue development of our portfolio in neuropathic pain. If we pursue neuropathic pain, we could compete directly with established generic adjunctive analgesic therapies, notably: anticonvulsants such as pregabalin (e.g. Lyrica) or gabapentin (e.g. Neurontin) for neuropathic pain and fibromyalgia; antidepressants, such as duloxetine (e.g. Cymbalta) and amitriptyline (e.g. Elavil), for conditions such as diabetic peripheral neuropathy, fibromyalgia, and chronic musculoskeletal pain.

In addition to approved pain treatments, we are aware of several companies developing drug candidates for acute and chronic pain across multiple modalities. In Nav1.8 specifically, Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, Eli Lilly and Company (through its acquisition of SiteOne Therapeutics, Inc. in May 2025), Grünenthal GmbH, and Merck Sharp & Dohme LLC have the most notable and advanced drug candidates in various stages and pain indications. Beyond the Nav1.8 class, the competitive landscape is expanding into novel targets, including Nav1.7 inhibitors (e.g., Xenon Pharmaceuticals’ XEN1701) and Kv7 potassium channel activators (e.g., Biohaven’s BHV-7000 and Xenon Pharmaceuticals’ XEN1120).

The standard of care for pain management may also evolve to favor multi-modal or combination therapeutic regimens that incorporate multiple agents with complementary mechanisms of action. We currently lack clinical data demonstrating the safety or efficacy of LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418 in combination with other pain therapies, and we have not established partnerships to pursue

 

70


Table of Contents

combination regimens. If the market moves toward combination approaches and we are unable to generate relevant combination data or enter into appropriate collaborations, our product candidates may be viewed as less competitive, and we may be required to conduct additional studies or seek additional partnerships before achieving meaningful commercial acceptance.

Established pharmaceutical companies may invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds or to in-license novel compounds that could make our product candidates less competitive. In addition, any new product that competes with an approved product must demonstrate compelling advantages in efficacy, convenience, tolerability and safety in order to overcome price competition and to be commercially successful. Accordingly, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection, discovering, developing, receiving regulatory approval for or commercializing drugs before we do, which would have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies.

Further, emerging therapies in adjacent therapeutic categories, including glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonists used for weight management, may indirectly reduce demand for pain therapies. Clinical and real-world evidence suggests that weight loss can ameliorate certain pain conditions, including musculoskeletal and inflammatory pain. As GLP-1 therapies become more widely prescribed, the addressable patient population for certain pain indications may contract, and market expectations for pain drug revenues may be revised downward. We cannot predict the magnitude of this indirect competitive effect or the extent to which it may reduce the commercial opportunity for our product candidates.

Our profitability and financial position will suffer if our product candidates receive regulatory approval but cannot compete effectively in the marketplace.

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case we may not generate significant revenues or become profitable.

We have never commercialized a product candidate for any indication. Even if our product candidates are approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, our product candidates may not gain acceptance among patients, patients’ families, advocacy groups, physicians, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If the product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval do not gain an adequate level of market acceptance, we may not generate sufficient product revenue or become profitable. Further, the number of patients that our product candidates is designed to treat may be smaller than expected.

The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved and commercialized, will depend on a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  •  

the pricing and cost-effectiveness of our product candidates, as well as the ease of administration, time burden and market acceptance;

 

  •  

the safety, efficacy and tolerability of our product candidates;

 

  •  

acceptance of our product candidates by patients and their families, the medical community and third-party payors vis-à-vis existing pain medications and therapies;

 

  •  

changes in the standard of care for targeted indications and the reluctance of physicians to switch their patients’ current standard of care;

 

71


Table of Contents
  •  

the clinical indications for which our product is approved and the scope of efficacy/safety claims that we may make for the product;

 

  •  

the ability of our product candidates to receive opioid-free labels;

 

  •  

any restrictions on the use of our product, and the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects;

 

  •  

any distribution and use restrictions imposed by the FDA as part of a mandatory REMS with respect to such product candidate or to which we agree under a voluntary risk management plan;

 

  •  

the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement by third parties, such as insurance companies and other healthcare payors, and by government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid;

 

  •  

the willingness of patients to pay all, or a portion of, out-of-pocket costs associated with our products in the absence of sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

  •  

the extent and strength of our marketing and distribution of such product candidate, including our ability to overcome any pre-existing stigmas around pain medication and dependency concerns;

 

  •  

the timing of market introduction of such product candidate, as well as competitive products;

 

  •  

our ability to offer our product candidates for sale at competitive prices;

 

  •  

adverse publicity about our product or favorable publicity about competitive products; and

 

  •  

potential product liability claims.

Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors about the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Even if our product candidates, if approved, are safe and effective for their approved indications, physicians and patients (and their families, as applicable) may not immediately be receptive to such product candidates and may be slow to adopt them as an accepted treatment for the approved indications. For example, the commercial launch of Journavx (suzetrigine) as the first approved non-opioid Nav1.8 inhibitor for acute pain has established a pricing and reimbursement precedent for this class of drugs. Suzetrigine has been priced at approximately $31 per day, compared to inexpensive generic opioids, and reports indicate that certain third-party payors have denied or restricted coverage on the basis of cost and the availability of cheaper alternatives. These payor dynamics may create an unfavorable precedent for the entire class, including our product candidates, and may cause third-party payors and formulary decision-makers to perceive a ceiling on the clinical differentiation that non-opioid Nav1.8 inhibitors can demonstrate. As a result, we may be required to engage in prolonged advocacy, legislative, and policy efforts, potentially spanning multiple years, before achieving meaningful formulary placement or broad reimbursement coverage, and there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful or timely. If our current or future product candidates are approved but do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance among physicians, patients and third-party payors, we may not generate meaningful revenue from our product candidates and may never become profitable.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We have no internal sales, marketing or distribution capabilities, nor have we commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receives regulatory approval, we must build a

 

72


Table of Contents

marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in major markets, which will be expensive and time consuming, or collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. We have no prior experience as a company in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may not be able to enter into collaborations or hire consultants or external service providers to assist us in sales, marketing and distribution functions on acceptable financial terms, or at all. In addition, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our products, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more third parties, we may not be able to generate any future product revenue and we would incur significant additional losses.

The successful commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish coverage, adequate reimbursement levels, and favorable pricing policies. Failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our product candidates could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability of coverage and the adequacy of reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers, and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford prescription medications such as our product candidates, if approved. Our ability to achieve coverage and acceptable levels of reimbursement for our product(s) by third-party payors will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize any products we may successfully develop. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States or elsewhere will be available for any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for pharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs when an equivalent generic drug or a less expensive therapy is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our product candidates as substitutable and only offer to reimburse patients for the less expensive product. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. As a result, if reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products, if approved, and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on products that we may develop. See the risk factor above titled “Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case we may not generate significant revenues or become profitable” for an example related to the commercial launch of suzetrigine.

 

73


Table of Contents

There is significant uncertainty related to third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. Regulatory approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. In the United States, third-party payors, including private and governmental payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs will be covered. Some third-party payors may require prior authorization before covering new or innovative drug therapies and reimbursing healthcare providers who use such therapies. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to coverage and reimbursement for our products, if approved.

Obtaining and maintaining reimbursement status is time-consuming, costly and uncertain. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs. However, no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Further, coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we or our collaborators receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases at short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. For example, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) imposes rebates on many Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D products to penalize price increases that outpace inflation on an annual basis. HHS has also been empowered to negotiate the price of certain single-source drugs that have been on the market for at least seven years covered under Medicare as part of the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program. Each year up to 20 products will be selected by HHS for the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program. Products subject to the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program are expected to experience a significant reduction in reimbursement from the Medicare program on a per unit basis. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of our product candidates, if approved for marketing, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our relationships with healthcare providers and physicians and third-party payors may be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of pharmaceutical products. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers, third-party payors and customers can expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, and if approved, sell, market and

 

74


Table of Contents

distribute our products. In particular, the research of our product candidates, as well as the promotion, sales and marketing of a future approved product, is subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring, and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations laws that may affect our ability to operate now or in the future include, but are not limited to:

 

  •  

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order, or recommendation of any good, facility, item, or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity can be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other;

 

  •  

the civil monetary penalties statute which imposes penalties against any person or entity who, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to, among others, a federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know is for a medical or other item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent;

 

  •  

the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the federal False Claims Act (FCA), which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment to, or approval by Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal healthcare programs, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay or transmit money to the federal government, or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government healthcare programs if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The FCA also permits a private individual acting as a “whistleblower” to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery;

 

  •  

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private), and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact, or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items, or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating the health care fraud statute under HIPAA without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it;

 

  •  

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH) and its implementing regulations, which also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy and security of

 

75


Table of Contents
 

individually identifiable health information of covered entities subject to the rule, including health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers and their business associates, independent contractors of a covered entity that perform certain services involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information for or on their behalf, as well as their covered subcontractors;

 

  •  

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act and its implementing regulations, which require some manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to HHS, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain non-physician practitioners (such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners), and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

 

  •  

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and

 

  •  

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and may be broader in scope than their federal equivalents; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products. Distribution of prescription drug samples to licensed prescribers is also highly regulated within the United States.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Federal, state and foreign enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions, significant fines and penalties and settlements in the healthcare industry. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and may divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in federal and state funded healthcare programs, contractual damages and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. Any action for violation of these laws, even if successfully defended,

 

76


Table of Contents

could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert management’s attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future marketed products could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

If our product candidates are approved, they will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, distribution, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, efficacy and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, we will be subject to continued compliance with cGMPs and similar requirements outside the United States and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs or similar regulations. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and periodic, unannounced inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities to assess compliance with cGMPs or similar requirements and adherence to commitments made in any NDA, other marketing application, and previous responses to inspection observations. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

Any regulatory approvals that we may receive for our product candidates will require the submission of reports to regulatory authorities and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate, and such approvals may be subject to significant limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed (e.g., use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions or contraindications), and may include burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. For example, the FDA may require a REMS program as a condition of approval of our product candidates or similar risk management measures, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide, physician training and communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools.

The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may impose consent decrees or withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information, contraindications or a “black box” warning, imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks, or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

  •  

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

  •  

restrictions on product distribution or use, or requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

77


Table of Contents
  •  

fines, restitutions, disgorgement of profits or revenues, warning letters, untitled letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

  •  

refusal by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us or suspension or revocation of approvals;

 

  •  

product seizure or detention or refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and

 

  •  

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue and could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity.

The policies of the FDA and comparable regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may be subject to enforcement action and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

The FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities strictly regulate the marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of prescription drugs. These regulations include standards for direct-to-consumer advertising (in the United States only), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet, as well as restrictions on promoting approved drugs for unapproved uses or patient populations (known as “off-label promotion”). Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. While physicians in the United States may choose, and are generally permitted, to prescribe drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. However, companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is not inconsistent with the labeling, and the FDA has recently published a draft guidance with recommendations for how drug manufacturers can share scientifically sound and clinically relevant information on unapproved uses with health care providers so long as such presentations are not promotional.

If we are found to have promoted any off-label uses of our future approved products, or to have engaged in the promotion of an unapproved product candidate, we may become subject to significant liability. The U.S. federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion of off-label use and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our future approved products, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Ongoing healthcare legislative and regulatory reform measures may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our

 

78


Table of Contents

ability to sell our products profitably. By way of example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, (collectively, ACA), was signed into law, intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose taxes and fees on the healthcare industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

There have been executive, judicial and congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. For example, on July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) was signed into law, which narrowed access to ACA marketplace exchange enrollment and declined to extend the ACA enhanced advanced premium tax credits that expired at the end of 2025, which, among other provisions in the law, are anticipated to reduce the number of Americans with health insurance. The OBBBA also is expected to reduce Medicaid spending and enrollment by implementing work requirements for some beneficiaries, capping state-directed payments, reducing federal funding, and limiting provider taxes used to fund the program. Congress is considering proposed legislation intended to further reduce healthcare costs with alternatives to replace the expired ACA subsidies.

The current administration is pursuing policies to reduce regulations and expenditures across government agencies including at HHS, the FDA, The U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) and related agencies. These actions, presently directed by executive orders or memoranda from the Office of Management and Budget, may propose policy changes that create additional uncertainty for our business. For example, the current administration has announced agreements with several pharmaceutical companies that require the drug manufacturers to offer, through a direct-to-consumer platform, U.S. patients and Medicaid programs prescription drug Most-Favored Nation pricing equal to or lower than those paid in other developed nations, with additional mandates for direct-to-patient discounts and repatriation of foreign revenues. Other recent actions, for example, include (1) directing agencies to reduce agency workforce and cut programs; (2) directing HHS and other agencies to lower prescription drug costs through a variety of initiatives, including by establishing Most-Favored-Nation pricing for pharmaceutical products and launching an online clearinghouse (TrumpRx) for patients to purchase certain products from manufacturers on a cash pay basis; (3) imposing tariffs on imported pharmaceutical products; and (4) as part of the Make America Healthy Again Commission’s Strategy Report released in September 2025, working across government agencies to increase enforcement on direct-to-consumer pharmaceutical advertising. Additionally, the current administration recently called on Congress to enact “The Great Healthcare Plan,” to codify and expand Most-Favored Nation pricing, lower government subsidies to private insurance companies, increase healthcare price transparency, expand pharmaceutical drugs available for over-the-counter purchase, and enact restrictions on pharmacy benefit manager payment methodologies, among other things. These actions and policies may significantly reduce U.S. drug prices, potentially impacting manufacturers’ global pricing strategies and profitability, while increasing their operational costs and compliance risks. In June 2024, the U.S. Supreme Court’s Loper Bright decision greatly reduced judicial deference to regulatory agencies, which could increase successful legal challenges to federal regulations affecting our operations. Congress may introduce and ultimately pass health care related legislation that could impact the drug approval process and make changes to the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program.

At the state level, individual states in the United States have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access, marketing cost disclosure, drug price reporting and other transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Some states have enacted legislation creating so-called prescription drug affordability boards with the goal of imposing price limits on certain drugs in these states, while some states are also seeking to implement general, across the board price caps for pharmaceuticals, or are seeking to regulate drug distribution.

 

79


Table of Contents

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures. We cannot predict with certainty what impact any federal or state health reforms will have on us, but such changes could impose new or more stringent regulatory requirements on our activities or result in reduced reimbursement for our products, if approved, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Disruptions to the operations of the FDA, the SEC, other U.S. governmental agencies or comparable foreign regulatory authorities caused by funding shortages, leadership changes, staffing cuts or other staffing shortages, along with uncertainty regarding the potential for new initiatives, laws, regulations, policies and guidance affecting our product candidates or other aspects of our business, could materially and adversely affect our business.

The ability of the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities to review and approve new products or take action with respect to other regulatory matters can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, leadership changes, the ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept payment of user fees, the availability of personnel and other resources, changes in statutes, regulations and policies that affect the FDA’s or comparable foreign regulatory authorities’ ability to perform routine functions, and other business disruptions. Average review times at the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the SEC and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, have had to furlough critical FDA, SEC and other government employees and stop critical activities. In addition, there have recently been terminations of large numbers of federal employees at various federal agencies, including the FDA. Changes and cuts in FDA staffing could result in delays in the FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review IND submissions or applications, issue regulations or guidance or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion, or at all. A prolonged government shutdown and/or employee terminations or resignations could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other federal agencies to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns and/or employee terminations or resignations at the SEC could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

There is substantial uncertainty as to whether and how the current U.S. Presidential administration will seek to modify or revise the requirements and policies of the FDA and other regulatory agencies with jurisdiction over our product candidates and any products for which we obtain approval. This uncertainty could present new challenges as we navigate development and approval of our product candidates. Some of these efforts have manifested to date in the form of personnel cuts and measures that could impact the FDA’s ability to hire and retain key personnel, which could result in delays or limitations on our ability to obtain guidance from the FDA regarding our product candidates and obtain the requisite regulatory approvals in the future. There is uncertainty as to whether we will be materially and negatively impacted by governmental orders, regulations, policies or guidance or disruptions to the normal operations of government agencies.

International trade policies, including tariffs, sanctions and trade barriers may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We operate in a global economy, which includes using third-party suppliers in several countries outside the United States. There is inherent risk, based on the complex relationships among the

 

80


Table of Contents

United States and the countries in which we conduct our business, that political, diplomatic and national security factors can lead to global trade restrictions and changes in trade policies and export regulations that may adversely affect our business and operations. The current international trade and regulatory environment is subject to significant ongoing uncertainty. The U.S. government has announced substantial new tariffs affecting a wide range of products and jurisdictions and has indicated an intention to continue developing new trade policies, including with respect to the pharmaceutical industry. In response, certain foreign governments have announced or implemented retaliatory tariffs and other protectionist measures. These developments have created a dynamic and unpredictable trade landscape, which may adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce, has initiated an investigation to determine whether pharmaceutical ingredients, including finished drug product, manufactured outside the United States pose a national security risk and should be subject to additional tariffs.

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for clinical testing, as well as for manufacture of any products that we may commercialize, if approved. Currently, our suppliers are located outside of the United States: India (starting materials and active pharmaceutical ingredients) and China (starting materials). We also rely on specialized laboratory equipment, supplies, materials and precursor compounds, all or part of which we believe may be ultimately sourced from multiple countries outside the United States, to advance our research and development efforts.

Current or future tariffs will result in increased research and development expenses, including with respect to increased costs associated with APIs, raw materials, laboratory equipment and research materials and components. In addition, such tariffs will increase our supply chain complexity and could also potentially disrupt our existing supply chain. Unlike consumer goods, pharmaceuticals face unique regulatory constraints that make rapid supply chain adjustments particularly difficult and costly. Trade restrictions affecting the import of materials necessary for clinical trials could result in delays to our development timelines. Increased development costs and extended development timelines could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to companies operating in regions with more favorable trade relationships and could reduce investor confidence, negatively impacting our ability to secure additional financing on favorable terms or at all. In addition, as we advance toward commercialization in the future, tariffs and trade restrictions could hinder our ability to establish cost-effective production capabilities, negatively impacting our growth prospects.

The complexity of announced or future tariffs may also increase the risk that we or our customers or suppliers may be subject to civil or criminal enforcement actions in the United States or foreign jurisdictions related to compliance with trade regulations. Foreign governments may also adopt non-tariff measures, such as procurement preferences or informal disincentives to engage with, purchase from or invest in U.S. entities, which may limit our ability to compete internationally and attract non-U.S. investment, employees, customers and suppliers. Foreign governments may also take other retaliatory actions against U.S. entities, such as decreased intellectual property protection, increased enforcement actions or delays in regulatory approvals, which may result in heightened international legal and operational risks. In addition, the United States and other governments have imposed and may continue to impose additional sanctions, such as trade restrictions or trade barriers, which could restrict us from doing business directly or indirectly in or with certain countries or parties and may impose additional costs and complexity on our business.

Trade disputes, tariffs, restrictions and other political tensions between the United States and other countries may also exacerbate unfavorable macroeconomic conditions including inflationary pressures, foreign exchange volatility, financial market instability and economic recessions or

 

81


Table of Contents

downturns. The ultimate impact of current or future tariffs and trade restrictions remains uncertain and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects. While we actively monitor these risks, any prolonged economic downturn, escalation in trade tensions or deterioration in international perception of U.S.-based companies could materially and adversely affect our business, ability to access the capital markets or other financing sources, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, tariffs and other trade developments have and may continue to heighten the risks related to the other risk factors described elsewhere in this prospectus.

We and the third parties with whom we work are subject to stringent and evolving U.S. and foreign laws, regulations, and rules, contractual obligations, industry standards, policies and other obligations related to data privacy and security. Our (or the third parties with whom we work) actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could lead to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation (including class claims) and mass arbitration demands; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; and other adverse business consequences.

In the ordinary course of business, we and the third parties with whom we work collect, receive, store, process, generate, use, transfer, disclose, make accessible, protect, secure, dispose of, transmit, and share (collectively, process) personal data and other sensitive information, including proprietary and confidential business data, trade secrets, intellectual property, sensitive third-party data, business plans, transactions, financial information and information from and about clinical trial participants and results (collectively, sensitive data).

Our data processing activities subject us to numerous data privacy and security obligations, such as various laws, regulations, guidance, industry standards, external and internal privacy and security policies, contractual requirements, and other obligations relating to data privacy and security.

In the United States, federal, state, and local governments have enacted numerous data privacy and security laws, including data breach notification laws, personal data privacy laws, consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), and other similar laws (e.g., wiretapping laws). We may obtain health information from third parties, such as research institutions with which we collaborate, that are subject to privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Although we do not believe that we are directly subject to HIPAA, other than potentially with respect to providing certain employee benefits, we could be subject to criminal penalties if we knowingly obtain or disclose individually identifiable health information maintained by a HIPAA covered entity in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA. In addition, other federal and state laws have established and may in the future establish requirements for protecting the privacy and security of health information that is not protected by HIPAA.

Additionally, numerous U.S. states have enacted comprehensive privacy laws that impose certain obligations on covered businesses, including providing specific disclosures in privacy notices and affording residents with certain rights concerning their personal data. As applicable, such rights may include the right to access, correct, or delete certain personal data, and to opt-out of certain data processing activities, such as targeted advertising, profiling, and automated decision-making. The exercise of these rights may impact our business and ability to provide our products and services. Certain states also impose stricter requirements for processing certain personal data, including sensitive information, such as conducting data privacy impact assessments. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (CCPA), applies to personal information of California residents and requires businesses subject to the CCPA to provide specific disclosures in privacy notices and respond to requests of such individuals to exercise certain privacy rights. Although there are minimum revenue or personal data processing thresholds for entities to be subject to many of these laws and there are limited exemptions for clinical trial data under the CCPA and similar U.S.

 

82


Table of Contents

state comprehensive privacy laws, such laws may impact (possibly significantly) our business activities depending on how they are interpreted, should we become subject to the CCPA or other such state comprehensive privacy laws in the future. In addition, similar laws are being considered in other states, as well as at the international, federal and local levels, and we expect more laws related to personal data to become effective in the future. These developments may further complicate compliance efforts and increase our legal risk and compliance costs for us and the third parties upon whom we rely.

Outside the United States, an increasing number of laws, regulations, and industry standards may govern data privacy and security, including in relation to clinical trial data. For example, we may be subject to the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (EU GDPR), the United Kingdom’s General Data Protection Regulation and Data Protection Act 2018 (collectively, the UK GDPR) (the EU GDPR and UK GDPR together referred to as the GDPR), and China’s Personal Information Protection Law (PIPL), each of which impose strict requirements for processing personal data of individuals within the European Economic Area (EEA), the United Kingdom (UK) and China. The PIPL and GDPR impose comprehensive data privacy compliance obligations in relation to our collection and use of data relating to an identifiable living individual or “personal data”, including a principle of accountability and the obligation to demonstrate compliance through policies, procedures, training and audit, as well as regulating cross-border transfers of personal data out of the EEA and the UK (in respect of the GDPR) and China (in respect of the PIPL). In addition, some of the personal data we process in respect of clinical trial participants is special category or sensitive personal data under the GDPR and PIPL, and subject to additional compliance obligations and to local law derogations.

For example, under the GDPR, companies may face temporary or definitive bans on data processing and other corrective actions; fines of up to 20 million Euros under the EU GDPR, 17.5 million pounds sterling under the UK GDPR or, in each case, 4% of the annual global revenues of the noncompliant undertaking, whichever is greater; or private litigation related to processing of personal data brought by classes of data subjects or consumer protection organizations authorized at law to represent their interests; or regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease/change our data processing activities, enforcement notices and/or assessment notices (for a compulsory audit). Failure to comply with PIPL can result in fines of up to RMB 50 million or 5% of the prior year’s total annual revenue for the personal information processor and/or a suspension of services or data processing activities. Other potential penalties include a fine of up to RMB 1 million on the person in charge or directly responsible personnel and, in serious cases, individuals and entities may be exposed to criminal liabilities under other local Chinese law, such as the Criminal Law of the People’s Republic of China. The PIPL also prohibits responsible personnel for violations of the PIPL from holding high level management or data protection officer positions in relevant enterprises.

In addition, we may be unable to transfer personal data or we may have to implement additional measures to enable the transfer of data to the United States or other countries due to data localization requirements or limitations on cross-border data flows. For example, the PIPL imposes data localization requirements on important data processors and critical information infrastructure operators and personal information processors which process personal information above a certain threshold prescribed by the relevant authorities, unless a security assessment (Security Assessment) is passed. The PIPL also requires data processors to rely on a data export mechanism and comply with certain requirements prior to the transfer of Personal Information outside of China, such as compliance with a Security Assessment or certification by an agency designated by the relevant authorities or entering into standard form model contracts approved by the relevant authorities with the overseas recipient, unless an exemption applies. Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States, and the efficacy and longevity of current transfer mechanisms between the EEA and the United States remains uncertain. Case law from the Court of Justice of the European Union states that reliance on the standard contractual clauses – a standard

 

83


Table of Contents

form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances and that transfers must be assessed on a case-by-case basis. We expect the existing legal complexity and uncertainty regarding international personal data transfers to continue and international transfers to the United States and to other jurisdictions more generally to continue to be subject to enhanced scrutiny by regulators. As the regulatory guidance and enforcement landscape in relation to data transfers continue to develop, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we operate our business, the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, and could adversely affect our financial results.

Additionally, the U.S. Department of Justice (DoJ) issued a rule entitled the Preventing Access to U.S. Sensitive Personal Data and Government-Related Data by Countries of Concern or Covered Persons, which places additional restriction on certain data transactions involving countries of concern (e.g., China, Russia, Iran) and covered persons (i.e., individuals and entities who are designated as such by the U.S. Attorney General or are (1) foreign entities organized under the laws of, or with a principal place of business in, a country of concern or 50% or more owned, individually or in the aggregate, by one or more countries of concern or other covered persons; (2) foreign entities 50% or more owned, individually or in the aggregate, by a country of concern or another covered person; (3) foreign individuals that are employees or contractors of a country of concern or covered person; and (4) foreign individuals who are primarily a resident in a country of concern) that may impact certain business or management activities such as vendor engagements, licensing arrangements, partnership engagements, sale or sharing of data, employment of certain individuals and investor agreements. Violations of the rule could lead to significant civil and criminal fines and penalties. We may in the future engage in data transactions that could be subject to the rule. Although the DoJ issued compliance guidance and responded to industry questions, we are not aware of the existence of enforcement data or case law that would provide additional guidance on how the rule will be interpreted, and there is a risk that our interpretation of its applicability, scope and requirements could be incorrect, incomplete, or misapplied. The rule applies regardless of whether data is anonymized, key-coded, pseudonymized, de-identified or encrypted, which presents particular challenges for companies like ours and may impact our ability to enter into certain agreements. 

Our employees and personnel use AI Technologies to perform their work, and the disclosure and use of personal data in AI Technologies is subject to various privacy laws and other privacy obligations. Governments have passed and are likely to pass additional laws and regulations regulating AI Technologies. Our use of this technology could result in additional compliance costs, regulatory investigations and actions, and lawsuits. If we are unable to use AI Technologies, it could make our business less efficient and result in competitive disadvantages.

In addition to data privacy and security laws, we are contractually subject to industry standards adopted by industry groups and may become subject to such obligations in the future. We are also bound by other contractual obligations related to data privacy and security, and our efforts to comply with such obligations may not be successful.

We publish privacy policies, marketing materials, whitepapers, and other statements concerning data privacy, and security. Regulators are increasingly scrutinizing these statements, and if these policies, materials or statements are found to be deficient, lacking in transparency, deceptive, unfair, misleading, or misrepresentative of our practices, we may be subject to investigation, enforcement actions by regulators or other adverse consequences.

Obligations related to data privacy and security (and consumers’ data privacy expectations) are quickly changing, becoming increasingly stringent, and creating uncertainty. Additionally, these

 

84


Table of Contents

obligations may be subject to differing applications and interpretations, which may be inconsistent or conflict among jurisdictions. Preparing for and complying with these obligations requires us to devote significant resources, which may necessitate changes to our services, information technologies, systems, and practices and to those of any third parties that process personal data on our behalf.

We may at times fail (or be perceived to have failed) in our efforts to comply with our data privacy and security obligations. Moreover, despite our efforts, our personnel or third parties with whom we work may fail (or be perceived to have failed) to comply with such obligations, which could negatively impact our business operations. If we or the third parties with whom we work fail, or are perceived to have failed, to address or comply with applicable data privacy and security obligations, we could face significant consequences, including but not limited to: government enforcement actions (e.g., investigations, fines, penalties, audits, inspections, and similar); litigation (including class-action claims) and mass arbitration demands; additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; bans or restrictions on processing personal data; or orders to destroy or not use personal data.

In particular, plaintiffs have become increasingly more active in bringing privacy-related claims against companies, including class claims and mass arbitration demands. Some of these claims allow for the recovery of statutory damages on a per violation basis, and, if viable, carry the potential for monumental statutory damages, depending on the volume of data and the number of violations.

Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, or financial condition, including but not limited to: interruptions or stoppages in our business operations; loss of customers; inability to process personal data or to operate in certain jurisdictions; limited ability to develop or commercialize our products; expenditure of time and resources to defend any claim or inquiry; potentially significant financial penalties if we are found to be in violation of our privacy obligations; adverse publicity; or substantial changes to our business model or operations.

Additional laws and regulations governing international operations could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we further expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate, and other related parties for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to

 

85


Table of Contents

comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our research and development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

We are subject to certain U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions and other trade laws and regulations (collectively, Trade Laws). We can face serious consequences for violations.

We are subject to Trade Laws. Among other things, Trade Laws prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, contractors and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting or receiving directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government authorities or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We also expect our non-U.S. activities to increase over time. We plan to engage third parties for clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals, and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

 

86


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained, or we may in the future fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market (Nasdaq) and our stock may be delisted, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the public offering price, if at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “LTGO,” and the offering is contingent upon obtaining such approval. An active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. In addition, the initial price for our common stock in this offering will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. The lack of an active market may impair the value of your shares, your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them and the prices that you may obtain for your shares. Further, an inactive trading market for our common stock may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock or enter into strategic partnerships and transactions by issuing shares of our common stock as consideration. If an active trading market for our common stock does not develop, or is not sustained, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price, or at all, and it may be difficult for you to sell your shares without depressing the market price for our common stock.

Moreover, if, after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or any guidance we may publicly provide, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly and annual fluctuations which may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. Our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

  •  

variations in the level of expense related to the ongoing development of LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 or future development programs;

 

  •  

results and timing of preclinical studies and ongoing and future clinical trials, or the addition or termination of any such clinical trials;

 

  •  

the timing of payments we may make or receive under existing license and collaboration arrangements or the termination or modification thereof;

 

  •  

our execution of any strategic transactions, including acquisitions, collaborations, licenses or similar arrangements, and the timing and amount of payments we may make or receive in connection with such transactions;

 

  •  

any intellectual property infringement lawsuit or opposition, interference or cancellation proceeding in which we may become involved;

 

87


Table of Contents
  •  

recruitment and departures of key personnel;

 

  •  

if our product candidates receive regulatory approval in the future, the terms of such approval and market acceptance and demand for such products;

 

  •  

regulatory developments affecting our product candidates or those of our competitors;

 

  •  

global or regional public health emergencies, including any health epidemics and their residual effects, natural disasters or major catastrophic events;

 

  •  

adverse macroeconomic conditions or geopolitical events and conflicts, any health epidemics and their residual effects, bank failures, or inflation and increased interest rates, on our preclinical and clinical development or operations;

 

  •  

the impacts of inflation and rising interest rates on our business and operations; and

 

  •  

changes in general market and economic conditions.

If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or any forecasts or guidance we may provide to the market, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide. We believe that quarterly or annual comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

The trading price of our common stock may be volatile and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock after this offering is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for stock of biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by those factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and many other factors, including:

 

  •  

volatility and instability in the financial and capital markets;

 

  •  

announcements relating to our product candidates, including the results of clinical trials by us or our collaborators;

 

  •  

market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, and the recognition of our brand;

 

  •  

introduction of proposed products, technologies or treatment techniques by us or our competitors;

 

  •  

announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions, divestitures or partnerships by us, our competitors or our collaboration partners;

 

  •  

regulatory clearance, certification or approval of our product candidates or those products of our competitors or collaboration partners, or the failure to obtain such clearances, certifications or approvals on the projected timeline or at all;

 

  •  

the announcement of a product recall, suspension or other safety notice associated with our products or the products of our competitors, or other similar regulatory enforcement actions;

 

  •  

financial and operating results relative to the expectations of securities analysts and other market participants and the issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

  •  

threatened or actual litigation, regulatory proceedings or government investigations;

 

  •  

the costs and timing of manufacturing for our product;

 

88


Table of Contents
  •  

the success and market acceptance of existing or new competitive therapies, products or technologies, including suzetrigine;

 

  •  

development of new products that may address our markets and make our product candidates less attractive;

 

  •  

failure or discontinuation of any of our research or development programs;

 

  •  

changes in the level of expenses related to any of our research or development programs;

 

  •  

developments related to any existing or future collaborations;

 

  •  

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

  •  

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

  •  

announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

  •  

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

  •  

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

  •  

failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

 

  •  

actual or expected changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

  •  

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

  •  

sales of common stock by us, our executive officers, directors or principal stockholders, or others;

 

  •  

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

  •  

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sector;

 

  •  

general economic, political and market conditions and other factors;

 

  •  

changes in accounting principles; and

 

  •  

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Following price volatility, holders of securities may institute securities class action litigation against the issuer. If any holders of our common stock were to bring such a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit and the attention of our board of directors and senior management would be diverted from the operation of our business. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities. If the market price of our common stock following this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on, or you may lose some or all of your investment. Broad market and industry factors such as these could materially and adversely affect the market price of our stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. 

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will,

 

89


Table of Contents

in the aggregate, hold approximately    % of our outstanding common stock (based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2026, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and Convertible Notes Conversion, and assuming no purchase of shares in this offering by any of this group, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock and no exercise of outstanding options). As a result, if these stockholders choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control or significantly influence the election of directors, the composition of our management and approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other business combination that other stockholders may desire. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with your interests or the interests of other stockholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock. Any of these actions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of our common stock intend to sell shares of our common stock, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have     shares of our common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Substantially all of the remaining    shares of our common stock initially will be restricted as a result of securities laws, market standoff provisions or lock-up agreements, but will become eligible to be sold after this offering as described in the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” We, our directors, our officers and substantially all of the holders of our common stock or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us and have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements under which we have agreed or will agree, subject to specific exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” not to offer, sell, or transfer such securities for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and Leerink Partners LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of    shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders, until such shares can otherwise be sold without restriction under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), or until the rights terminate pursuant to the terms of the stockholder agreements between us and such holders. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We also intend to register all shares of our common stock subject to equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans on a registration statement on Form S-8. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and the market standoff provisions and lock-up agreements described above. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.

 

90


Table of Contents

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the closing of this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), you will experience immediate dilution of $   per share as of March 31, 2026, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid a price for their shares that is substantially less than the price offered to the public in this offering, as well as the exercise of stock options granted to our employees. To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing stock in this offering may receive significantly less than the full purchase price that they paid for the shares purchased in this offering in the event of a liquidation. See the section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements, and (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory stockholder votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not approved previously. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we are only required to provide two years of audited financial statements and two years of selected financial data in this prospectus.

We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion and (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies also can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption, and, as a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards.

We also are a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently

 

91


Table of Contents

completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our annual report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Future sales and issuances of our securities, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, may cause dilution to our stockholders or decrease our stock price.

We expect that significant additional capital may be necessary to continue our planned operations, including to expand product development and commercialize our products. We may seek additional capital through public or private equity or debt financings or other capital sources, which may include strategic collaborations and other strategic arrangements with third parties, to enable us to complete the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder.

Pursuant to our 2026 Plan, our management is authorized to grant stock options and other equity-based awards to our employees, directors and consultants. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2027 and continuing through and including January 1, 2036, by 5.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock (including shares issuable upon exercise, conversion, or exchange of all then-outstanding pre-funded warrants, or other rights exercisable for or convertible into, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock (whether vested or unvested), but excluding shares issuable upon the exercise of then-outstanding options and the shares reserved and available for issuance under our then-existing equity incentive plan(s) and employee stock purchase plan(s), if any) outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. In addition, pursuant to our ESPP, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2027 and continuing through and including January 1, 2036, by the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the total number of shares of our common stock (including shares issuable upon exercise, conversion, or exchange of all then-outstanding pre-funded warrants, or other rights exercisable for or convertible into, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock (whether vested or unvested), but excluding shares issuable upon the exercise of then-outstanding options and the shares reserved and available for issuance under our then-existing equity incentive plan(s) and employee stock purchase plan(s), if any) outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of the automatic increase and (ii)   shares; provided that before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (i) and (ii). Unless our board of directors elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.

Participation in this offering by our existing stockholders and/or their affiliated entities may reduce the public float for our common stock.

To the extent certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities participate in this offering, such purchases would reduce the non-affiliate public float of our shares, meaning the number

 

92


Table of Contents

of shares of our common stock that are not held by officers, directors and controlling stockholders. A reduction in the public float could reduce the number of shares that are available to be traded at any given time, thereby adversely impacting the liquidity of our common stock and depressing the price at which you may be able to sell shares of our common stock purchased in this offering.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We expect that we will use the net proceeds of this offering as set forth in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a negative impact on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, would be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock would be your sole source of gain on an investment in our common stock for the foreseeable future. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the closing of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

 

  •  

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);

 

  •  

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

  •  

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

  •  

provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding common stock;

 

93


Table of Contents
  •  

divide our board of directors into three classes, with each class serving staggered three-year terms;

 

  •  

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

  •  

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

  •  

do not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose; and

 

  •  

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our then-outstanding common stock.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL). These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out of this provision.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult or costly for stockholders or potential acquirors to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and any appellate court therefrom will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, other than any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law:

 

  •  

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

  •  

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

94


Table of Contents
  •  

any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws;

 

  •  

any action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws;

 

  •  

any action to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and

 

  •  

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. Additionally, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid and several state trial courts have enforced such provisions and required that suits asserting Securities Act claims be filed in federal court, there is no guarantee that courts of appeal will affirm the enforceability of such provisions and a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and the provisions may not be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find either exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with litigating Securities Act claims in state court, or both state and federal court, which could seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

This exclusive forum provision may result in increased costs to stockholders to bring a claim. Further, this exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could seriously harm our business.

Our operations are concentrated in two locations within California, and we or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by a wildfire and earthquake or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our current operations are predominantly located in California. Any unplanned event, such as a flood, wildfire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, epidemic or pandemic, power outage, telecommunications failure or other natural or manmade accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to fully utilize our facilities may have a material and adverse effect on our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. Any similar impacts of natural or manmade disasters on our third-party CMOs and CROs could cause delays in our clinical trials and may have a material and adverse

 

95


Table of Contents

effect on our ability to operate our business and have significant negative consequences on our financial and operating conditions. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using our clinical sites, impacted clinical supply or the conduct of our clinical trials, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party CMOs, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we and our CMOs and CROs have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. In the event of an accident or incident at these facilities, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance we currently carry will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facilities, or the manufacturing facilities of our CMOs or CROs, are unable to operate because of an accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time, any or all of our development programs may be harmed. Any business interruption could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

General Risk Factors

Our ability to use our net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset taxable income or taxes may be limited.

Under U.S. federal income tax law, federal NOLs incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal NOLs is limited to 80% of taxable income. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to utilize its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We have undergone ownership changes in the past for purposes of Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, and therefore our ability to utilize certain of our NOLs and other tax attributes is limited. Moreover, future changes in our share ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in one or more subsequent ownership changes under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code and impose additional limitations on our ability to utilize our NOLs and other tax attributes. As a result, even if we attain profitability, our NOLs and other tax attributes may be subject to material usage limitations, which could negatively impact our future cash flows. In addition, for state income tax purposes, there may be periods during which the use of NOL carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. For example, California imposed limits on the usability of California state NOLs to offset taxable income and certain business credits to offset California state tax liabilities in tax years beginning after 2023 and before 2027.

Changes and evolving requirements in tax laws or their interpretation could adversely affect our business.

The tax regimes we are subject to or operate under, including with respect to income and non-income taxes, are unsettled and may be subject to significant change. The OBBBA enacted in 2025, the IRA enacted in 2022, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act enacted in 2020, and the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in 2017 made many significant changes to the Code. Future guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities with respect to any legislation may affect us, and certain aspects of such legislation could be repealed or modified in future legislation or sunset in future years. It is possible that changes in or interpretations under the OBBBA, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or other tax legislation, or the enactment of new tax legislation, could increase our future tax liability, which could in turn adversely impact our business and future profitability. The U.S. government may enact further changes to the taxation of business entities including, among others, an increase in the corporate income tax rate, the imposition of minimum taxes

 

96


Table of Contents

or surtaxes on certain types of income and significant changes to the taxation of income derived from international operations. We are unable to predict what changes to the tax laws of the United States and other jurisdictions may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such changes would have on our business. Any of these or similar developments or changes to tax laws or rulings (which changes may have retroactive application) could result in adverse impacts to our financial condition, operating results and prospects and a material change to the tax considerations described herein.

Unstable economic and market conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

Global economic and business activities continue to face widespread uncertainties, and global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruptions in the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, rising inflation and monetary supply shifts, rising interest rates, bank failures, labor shortages, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates, recession risks and uncertainty about economic and geopolitical stability (such as the geopolitical tensions between the United States and China, the Russia/Ukraine conflict, conflicts in the Middle East). While we do not expect further developments with any such banks to have a material impact on our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balance, expected results of operations or financial performance for the foreseeable future, if further failures in financial institutions occur where we hold deposits, we could experience additional risk. Any such loss or limitation on our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash would adversely affect our business.

The extent of the impact of these conditions on our operational and financial performance, including our ability to execute our business strategies and initiatives in the expected timeframe, as well as that of third parties upon whom we rely, will depend on future developments which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in economic or market conditions will not occur, or how long these challenges will persist. If the current equity and credit markets further deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly and more dilutive. Furthermore, our stock price may decline due in part to the volatility of the stock market and the general economic downturn.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations and make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company or smaller reporting company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will continue to incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. The expenses generally incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial

 

97


Table of Contents

compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation. Accordingly, increases in costs incurred as a result of becoming a publicly-traded company may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent or detect misstatements, whether due to fraud or error. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

SEC rules that implement Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act require that, beginning with our second annual report following our initial public offering, management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Although SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires our independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we have opted to rely on the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, and consequently will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until such time as we are no longer an emerging growth company or smaller reporting company.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inadequate internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. For example, our directors or executive officers could inadvertently fail to disclose a new relationship or arrangement, causing us to fail to make any related party transaction disclosures. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

98


Table of Contents

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biotechnology companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business. Additionally, the increase in the cost of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance may cause us to opt for lower overall policy limits or to forgo insurance that we may otherwise rely on to cover significant defense costs, settlements and damages awarded to plaintiffs.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no or only very few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

Our insurance policies may be inadequate, may not cover all of our potential liabilities and may potentially expose us to unrecoverable risks.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include property, general liability, employee benefits liability, workers’ compensation, clinical trials/products liability, directors’ and officers’ and employment practices insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. No assurance can be given that an insurance carrier will not seek to cancel or deny coverage after a claim has occurred. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. For example, although we maintain product liability insurance coverage that also covers our clinical trials, this insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur, and we may be required to increase our product liability insurance coverage. We anticipate that we will need to increase our insurance coverage each time we commence a clinical trial and successfully commercialize any product candidate. Insurance availability, coverage terms and pricing continue to vary with market conditions. We endeavor to obtain appropriate insurance coverage for insurable risks that we identify. However, we may fail to correctly anticipate or quantify insurable risks, we may not be able to obtain appropriate insurance coverage and insurers may not respond as we intend to cover insurable events that may occur. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth.

 

99


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, financing needs, plans, or intentions relating to our product candidates and development programs and markets and business trends are forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “can,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “plan,” “positioned,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “shall,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions.

These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  •  

the initiation, timing, progress and results of our research and development programs, preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

  •  

the timing of and costs involved in obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 and any future product candidates that we may identify or develop;

 

  •  

the beneficial characteristics, including potential safety, efficacy and therapeutic effects of LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418;

 

  •  

our ability to efficiently and cost-effectively conduct our current and future preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

  •  

our ability to obtain funding for our operations necessary to complete further development and, if approved, commercialization of LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418;

 

  •  

our ability to identify and develop LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418 for treatment of additional indications;

 

  •  

the performance of our third-party service providers, including our suppliers and manufacturers;

 

  •  

the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility for LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 and any other product candidates we may develop;

 

  •  

the effects of competition with respect to LTG-001, LTG-321 and LTG-418 or any other product candidates we may develop, as well as innovations by competitors in our industry;

 

  •  

our estimates regarding the potential market opportunities and the number of patients for LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 and any future product candidates, if approved for commercial use;

 

  •  

the implementation of our strategic plans for our business, LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 and any future product candidates we may develop;

 

  •  

our intellectual property position, including the scope of protection we are able to establish, maintain, defend and enforce for intellectual property rights covering LTG-001, LTG-321, LTG-418 and any future product candidates we may develop;

• our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;

 

  •  

regulatory and legal developments in the United States;

 

  •  

our ability to attract and retain employees and collaborators with development, regulatory and commercialization expertise;

 

100


Table of Contents
  •  

the accuracy of our estimates regarding future expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and need for additional financing;

 

  •  

the period over which we estimate our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

 

  •  

our expectations regarding the impact of global health pandemics, geopolitical conflicts and economic uncertainty, including interest rate changes and inflation on our business and operations, including clinical trials, collaborators, CROs and employees;

 

  •  

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; and

 

  •  

our anticipated use of the proceeds from this offering.

These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. We discuss many of the risks associated with the forward-looking statements in this prospectus in greater detail in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should carefully read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

 

101


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Certain market, industry and competitive data included in this prospectus were obtained from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry and academic publications, research and surveys conducted by third parties and market data analysis conducted by third parties commissioned by us. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. All of the market and industry data used in this prospectus is inherently subject to uncertainties and involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information.

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in estimates made by third parties or by us. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe that the data we use from third parties are reliable, we have not separately verified this data. Further, while we believe that our internal research is reliable, such research has not been verified by any third party.

 

102


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements.

 

103


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $     million (or approximately $    million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $    million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Similarly, each one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $    million, assuming that the assumed initial offering price of $    per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on the uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

  •  

approximately $    million to advance the development of LTG-001 through Phase 3 bunionectomy and open-label safety topline results and to NDA submission, as well as commercial readiness;

 

  •  

approximately $    million to advance the development of LTG-321 through Phase 2 osteoarthritis pain proof of concept topline results and the start of Phase 3 clinical development; and

 

  •  

the remaining amounts for other research and development activities, including the development of LTG-418, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for strategic investments in complementary businesses, products, technologies or assets. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any such acquisitions or investments at this time.

Based on our current operating plans, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through    . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

The expected net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will not be sufficient for us to fund our product candidates through clinical trials, regulatory approval and commercialization, and we will need to raise substantial additional capital in order to do so.

 

104


Table of Contents

We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including the progress, cost, and results of our preclinical and clinical development programs, our ability to obtain additional financing and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations and any unforeseen cash needs. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, in which case our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of those net proceeds.

Pending the use of proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term and intermediate-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

105


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and our capitalization as of March 31, 2026 on:

 

  •  

an actual basis;

 

  •  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the issuance of the Convertible Notes in June 2026 for aggregate net proceeds of $34.8 million, (ii) the Preferred Stock Conversion and the related reclassification of the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock to permanent equity and the Convertible Notes Conversion in each case in connection with the closing of this offering and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  •  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash and capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the information in this table together with our audited financial statements and unaudited interim condensed financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2026  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma as
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and
per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42,177     $           $       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted cash

     192       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 264,397,128 shares authorized, 264,397,128 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 288,582     $        $    

Stockholders’ deficit:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 342,000,000 shares authorized, 5,943,817 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 999,999,999 shares authorized,     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 999,999,999 shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    
—
 
    

Additional paid-in capital

     13,513       

Accumulated deficit

     (266,092 )      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    
(252,579
) 
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 36,003     $        $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents
 
(1)

Each $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share of $    per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $    million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information in the table above excludes:

 

  •  

63,299,052 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under the 2019 Plan as of March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.55 per share;

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding granted under the 2019 Plan subsequent to March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $     per share;

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (which shares include     shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed     shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2019 Plan, at the time the 2026 Plan becomes effective and (ii) any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan that, on or after the 2026 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”), as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan; and

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.

 

107


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the closing of this offering.

As of March 31, 2026, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of approximately $(253.1) million, or $(42.58) per share of our common stock based on 5,943,817 shares of our common stock outstanding as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2026.

After giving effect to (i) the issuance of the Convertible Notes in June 2026 for aggregate net proceeds of $34.8 million and (ii) the Preferred Stock Conversion and the related reclassification of the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock to permanent equity and the Convertible Notes Conversion in each case in connection with the closing of this offering and assuming the occurrence of such conversion as of March 31, 2026, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2026, would have been approximately $    million, or approximately $    per share of our common stock.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after closing of this offering. After giving further effect to the sale of     shares of our common stock that we are offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2026 would have been $    million, or approximately $    per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $    per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $    per share to new investors participating in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $       

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2026

   $ (42.58 )   

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2026

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2026, before this offering

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $   , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $   , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $    and decrease the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $    per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $    and increase the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $    per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to     additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $    per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $    per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $    per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of March 31, 2026, the differences between the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and common stock by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares of our common stock issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors for shares of our common stock in this offering. The calculation below is assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the

 

109


Table of Contents

cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares
purchased
    Total
consideration
    Weighted-
average
price per
share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

          %    $               %    $       

New investors(1)

                     $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0 %    $             100.0 %    $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   
 
(1)

The presentation in this table regarding ownership by existing stockholders does not give effect to any purchases that existing stockholders may make through our directed share program or otherwise in this offering.

Each $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the weighted-average price per share paid by all stockholders by $    million, $    million and $   , respectively, while each $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, would decrease total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the weighted-average price per share paid by all stockholders by $    million, $    million and $   , respectively, and assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, each one million share increase in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the weighted-average price per share paid by all stockholders by approximately $    million, $    million and $   , respectively, while each one million share decrease in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the weighted-average price per share paid by all stockholders by approximately $    million, $    million and $   , respectively, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us, the percentage of our common stock held by existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to  % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the percentage of our common stock held by new investors would be increased to  % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and the tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock and excludes:

 

  •  

63,299,052 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.55 per share;

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $    per share;

 

110


Table of Contents
  •  

     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (which shares include     shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed     shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2019 Plan at the time the 2026 Plan becomes effective and (ii) any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan that, on or after the 2026 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”), as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan; and

 

  •  

     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.

We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that stock options are exercised or we issue additional shares of our common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

111


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited financial statements and unaudited interim condensed financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that are based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations related to future events and our future financial performance that involve risks, assumptions and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, forecasts and projections, such as those described in the section of this prospectus titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including, but not limited to those set forth under the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company committed to developing innovative non-opioid pain medicines designed to rapidly and effectively stop the transmission of pain without the risk of addiction. Pain represents one of the largest and most pervasive therapeutic markets in the United States, driving an estimated 250 million prescriptions annually across acute and chronic settings; however, a continued reliance on opioids has contributed to a persistent public health crisis with significant societal and economic costs. Our two most advanced candidates, LTG-001 and LTG-321, are oral Nav1.8 inhibitors designed to inhibit the transmission of pain. We are also advancing additional Nav1.8 candidates that can address alternative formulation and delivery approaches. Beyond Nav1.8, we plan to explore other ion channel targets involved in pain transmission that offer complementary mechanisms of action, enabling potential use in multi-modal treatment to enhance pain relief or address diverse pain etiologies. Pain is heterogeneous and can be experienced in a chronic or acute manner, within both musculoskeletal and neuropathic pain. Our initial development efforts are focused on musculoskeletal pain, where we believe there is significant unmet need and an opportunity for differentiated clinical benefit utilizing a Nav1.8 mechanism. We aim to build one of the broadest pipelines of pain therapeutics, which we believe, combined with our management team’s deep expertise in pain biology, clinical translation and trial execution, positions us to deliver meaningful patient benefit and to change the current treatment paradigm of pain medicines.

Our lead product candidate, LTG-001, is an oral Nav1.8 inhibitor designed to provide fast-acting, opioid-sparing relief for the treatment of acute pain. LTG-001 is currently in development as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, and is intended for use as needed for up to 30 days. We believe LTG-001 will address a critical unmet need in a high-volume market where opioids remain the standard of care due to a lack of effective, non-addictive alternatives with rapid onset. The 2025 U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval of the first Nav1.8 inhibitor, suzetrigine (Journavx), provides a clear development and regulatory precedent for this therapeutic class. The FDA typically has required demonstration of efficacy in at least one soft tissue model and one hard tissue (bony) model to support an approved label indication for treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. The most common models used to demonstrate efficacy in pivotal trials have been abdominoplasty (soft tissue) and bunionectomy (hard tissue), and this has informed our development strategy. We recently received positive data for LTG-001 in our randomized, placebo and comparator-controlled trial in 343 patients undergoing abdominoplasty. This clinical trial met its primary endpoint and key secondary endpoints with high

 

112


Table of Contents

statistical significance. Based on our discussions with the FDA, the abdominoplasty trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. Key highlights from the abdominoplasty trial include:

 

  •  

Met primary endpoint and achieved ~50% greater analgesic effect than opioid comparator: High dose LTG-001 (450mg loading followed by 300mg every 12 hours) met its primary endpoint of Summed Pain Intensity Difference from 0 to 48 hours (SPID48) versus placebo, achieving a 62.1-point (p<0.001) improvement versus placebo and numerically exceeding the SPID48 of the trial’s opioid comparator, hydrocodone bitartrate/acetaminophen (HB/APAP), which is commonly known as Vicodin, which was a 40.9-point improvement versus placebo (p=0.001).

 

  •  

Achieved rapid onset of meaningful pain relief: Median time to a ≥2-point reduction in NPRS score was 52 minutes with high dose LTG-001, and 83 minutes for HB/APAP, the opioid comparator in the trial.

 

  •  

Demonstrated opioid sparing: 52.3% of patients receiving high dose LTG-001 remained opioid-free during the 48-hour treatment period (p<0.001). Pain experienced by these patients was sufficiently managed by LTG-001 alone and required no rescue medicine. In the placebo group, only 22.1% remained opioid-free.

 

  •  

Dose response observed: Low dose LTG-001 (300mg loading followed by 150mg every 12 hours) also demonstrated statistically significant improvement versus placebo (SPID48 of 37.8; p=0.003), roughly comparable to the effect of HB/APAP, the opioid comparator in the trial.

LTG-001 has been generally well-tolerated and has generated favorable clinical pharmacology data characterized by limited DDI potential and balanced renal and hepatic clearance in preclinical studies.

Based on our discussions with the FDA, we believe our proposed CMC manufacturing and stability plan for the commercial material for LTG-001 is reasonable for supporting regulatory approval.

In order to submit a New Drug Application (NDA) seeking FDA approval of LTG-001 as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, we are also required to conduct an open-label safety trial to attain a certain number of safety exposures at the intended commercial dose and to demonstrate safety across a mix of demographics and surgical settings to more adequately match the real-world setting.

We plan to initiate a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in participants undergoing bunionectomy and an open-label Phase 3 safety trial exploring LTG-001 within a broader population of patients with moderate to severe acute pain across a variety of post-surgical and non-surgical settings in the second half of 2026, with topline results expected in the second half of 2027. In addition to oral dosing, LTG-001 is also being advanced as a potential intravenous (IV) formulation to support use in hospital settings and enable transition from inpatient postoperative care to outpatient pain management.

LTG-321 is our next-generation candidate for the inhibition of Nav1.8, initially being developed for the treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain, starting with OA. LTG-321 is structurally distinct from LTG-001. LTG-321’s differentiated profile may enable a lower effective dose and once-daily dosing, characteristics we believe are particularly important for a chronic-use setting. In the Phase 1 trial, data as of May 15, 2026 showed that LTG-321 demonstrated robust pharmacodynamic (PD) activity as measured by an increased pain tolerance threshold, with continued activity at 24 hours after a single dose in the CPT. We have refined the CPT methodology and it has provided a quantifiable and repeatable clinical endpoint that has translated into clinical trial outcomes for our lead product candidate. We have initiated a Phase 2 proof-of-concept trial investigating LTG-321 in patients with OA

 

113


Table of Contents

of the knee. The trial is designed as a randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled within subject crossover trial in approximately 120 patients with WOMAC pain as the primary endpoint to establish clinical proof-of-concept in chronic musculoskeletal pain and inform subsequent pivotal trial design. We expect to report topline results in the second half of 2027.

Our earlier stage pipeline consists of LTG-418, a next-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain. LTG-418 is structurally distinct from LTG-001 and LTG-321 and is predicted to have a dose which will be substantially lower than the expected doses for LTG-001 and LTG-321. We believe the predicted lower dose with LTG-418 is one of the features that may enable additional opportunities for other formulations and routes of administration including gels, patches, eye drops, inhalers and injectables, expanding our reach within the pain market and offering patients therapeutic options beyond oral and IV delivery. Suitable tolerability was demonstrated in a completed 14-day non-GLP toxicology study and in the in-life portion of an ongoing 14-day non-GLP toxicology study in non-human primates (NHPs).

We are also in discovery of additional ion channel modulators involved in peripheral transmission of pain that represent potential complementary mechanisms of action to Nav1.8 inhibition for additional pain relief including in other chronic pain etiologies like neuropathic pain.

Our differentiated approach to addressing the shortcomings of current pain management and drug development is built on overcoming challenges in developing novel pain medicines through development of preclinical tools including electrophysiology in human DRG neurons and NHP microneurography to measure the effect of compounds on pain target engagement, optimization of CPT as a reliable biomarker that allows rapid in-human evaluation of analgesic effect with minimal investment and deep expertise in clinical trial design and execution.

We have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows since our inception, consistent with our operating plan. Our net losses were $61.2 million and $109.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2025, respectively. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $266.1 million and cash and cash equivalents of $42.2 million. Given our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows, and based on our current operating plan, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through the sale of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible notes. Based on our current operating plans, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through      .

We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect. The expected net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will not be sufficient for us to fund our product candidates through clinical trials, regulatory approval and commercialization, and we will need to raise substantial additional capital in order to do so. We plan to monitor expenses and may raise additional capital opportunistically through the sale of public or private equity, debt financings or other capital sources, which may include our existing and any future licensing or collaboration arrangements, strategic collaborations and other strategic arrangements with third parties. Our ability to access capital when needed is not assured, and if capital is not available to us when, and in the amounts, needed, and on acceptable terms, we may need to delay, scale back or abandon some or all of our development programs and other operations, which could materially affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

114


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of (i) research and development expenses and (ii) general and administrative expenses.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of external and internal costs related to the development of our product candidates.

External costs include:

 

  •  

expenses incurred in connection with conducting clinical trials including investigator grants and site payments for time and pass-through expenses and expenses incurred under agreements with CROs, other vendors or central laboratories and service providers engaged to conduct our trials;

 

  •  

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates for clinical supply, including costs for laboratory supplies, research materials and reagents;

 

  •  

expenses incurred in connection with research, laboratory consumables and preclinical studies.

Internal costs include:

 

  •  

personnel-related expenses, including salaries and related benefits and stock-based compensation expense for personnel engaged in research and development functions; and

 

  •  

facilities, depreciation, and other expenses, which include allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and supplies.

We track direct external research and development expenses by stage of program, clinical or preclinical. We track outsourced development, outsourced personnel costs and other external research and development costs of specific programs. Our internal research and development expenses are deployed across multiple programs and, as such, are not separately tracked. Significant judgment and estimates are made in determining the accrued or prepaid expense balances at the end of any reporting period.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. We cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the preclinical and clinical development of any of our product candidates. Certain factors, among others, that contribute to this uncertainty include future trial designs and regulatory requirements, which cannot be determined with accuracy at this time based on our stage of development. Additionally, product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially in connection with our planned preclinical and clinical development activities.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries and related benefits and stock-based compensation expense, professional fees for legal, accounting, audit, tax and consulting services, travel expenses and facility-related expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs. We expense all

 

115


Table of Contents

general and administrative expenses as incurred. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to improve our infrastructure and operate as a public company. This may include expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, additional insurance, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest income (expense), net primarily consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents. We expect interest income to vary each reporting period depending on our average money market fund balance during the period and market interest rates.

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

Our redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is accounted for at fair value at inception, with changes in the fair value recorded as a component of other income (expense), net in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss at each reporting period through settlement. Refer to Note 3 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of the preferred stock tranche liability.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024, and 2025

The following table supplements the discussion below and summarizes our results of operations for the years presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
       
     2024     2025     Change  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 56,784     $ 99,530     $ 42,746  

General and administrative

     6,667       10,862       4,195  

Total operating expenses

     63,451       110,392       46,941  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (63,451 )      (110,392 )      (46,941 ) 

Interest income, net

     (2,264 )      (2,943 )      (679 ) 

Change in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

     —       1,674       1,674  

Other (income) expense, net

     (4 )      44       48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     (2,268 )      (1,225 )      1,043  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (61,183 )    $ (109,167 )    $ (47,984 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and Development

The following table summarizes our external and internal costs for the years presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2024      2025      Change  

Direct Program Costs LTG-001

   $ 18,711      $ 54,137      $ 35,426  

Other clinical and non-clinical programs

     26,144        23,634        (2,510 ) 

Personnel-related R&D expenses

     9,171        16,891        7,720  

Other R&D expenses

     2,758        4,868        2,110  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 56,784      $ 99,530      $ 42,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses were $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $99.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase of $42.7 million was primarily due to an increase of $35.4 million in direct costs related to clinical and non-clinical development of LTG-001, an increase of $7.7 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount to support our development activities, including stock-based compensation, and an increase of $2.1 million in other R&D expenses, offset by a $2.5 million decrease in direct program costs for other clinical programs.

The $35.4 million increase in direct costs related to clinical and non-clinical development of LTG-001 was primarily due to increased expenses of $32.7 million for clinical trials, a $6.5 million increase in clinical manufacturing related expenses and $0.3 million increase in general R&D related expenses, offset by a $4.1 million decrease in discovery and non-clinical related activities for LTG-001.

The $2.5 million decrease related to other clinical programs was mainly comprised of a $5.7 million increase in clinical and clinical-related activities related to LTG-321, our next generation candidate for the inhibition of Nav1.8, offset by a $5.9 million decrease in clinical and non-clinical expenses related to a clinical program which has since been terminated, and a $2.4 million decrease in discovery expenses related to next generation Nav1.8 inhibitor molecules due to timing of such research activities.

The $2.1 million increase in other R&D expenses is mainly driven by a $1.4 million increase in outside services and a $0.6 million increase primarily from travel and entertainment and other immaterial research and development costs.

General and Administrative

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the years presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2024      2025      Change  

Employee-related, including stock-based compensation

   $ 4,191      $ 7,171      $ 2,980  

Legal and professional services

     1,131        1,718        587  

Consulting and contractor

     93        522        429  

IT, facilities, office and other

     1,252        1,451        199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

   $ 6,667      $ 10,862      $ 4,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased from $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The $4.2 million increase in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to a $3.0 million increase in employee-related costs, including stock-based compensation, a $0.6 million increase in legal and professional fees, a $0.4 million increase in consulting and external contractor-related expenses and a $0.2 million increase in IT and facilities-related expenses.

 

117


Table of Contents

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026

The following table supplements the discussion below and summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
       
     2025     2026     Change  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 18,688     $ 17,633     $ (1,055 ) 

General and administrative

     2,824       5,803       2,979  

Total operating expenses

     21,512       23,436       1,924  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,512 )      (23,436 )      (1,924 ) 

Interest income, net

     (517 )      (474 )      43  

Change in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

     (48 )      —       48  

Other (income) expense, net

     5       (1 )      (6 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     (560 )      (475 )      85  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (20,952 )    $ (22,961 )    $ (2,009 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and Development

The following table summarizes our external and internal costs for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
        
     2025      2026      Change  

Direct Program Costs LTG-001

   $ 7,199      $ 6,690      $ (509 ) 

Other clinical and non-clinical programs

     6,869        4,646        (2,223 ) 

Personnel-related R&D expenses

     3,622        4,962        1,340  

Other R&D expenses

     998        1,335        337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 18,688      $ 17,633      $ (1,055 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expenses were $18.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $17.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026. The decrease of $1.1 million was primarily due to a decrease of $0.5 million of direct costs related to clinical and non-clinical development of LTG-001 and a $2.2 million decrease in direct program costs for other clinical programs, offset by an increase of $1.3 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount to support our development activities, including stock-based compensation, and an increase of $0.3 million in other R&D expenses.

The $0.5 million decrease in direct costs related to clinical and non-clinical development of LTG-001 was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in expenses for clinical trials, and a $0.1 million increase in general R&D related expenses for LTG-001, offset by $1.8 million decrease in clinical manufacturing related expenses and $0.1 million decrease in discovery and non-clinical related activities for LTG-001.

The $2.2 million decrease related to other clinical programs was mainly comprised of a $1.4 million decrease in discovery and non-clinical expenses, a $0.4 million decrease in clinical manufacturing expenses, a $0.4 million decrease in general research and development expenses and a $0.1 million decrease in clinical trial expenses.

 

118


Table of Contents

The $1.4 million decrease in discovery and non-clinical expenses for other clinical programs was mainly driven by a $1.0 million decrease related to a clinical program which has since been terminated, a $0.9 million decrease related to LTG-321, our next generation candidate for the inhibition of Nav1.8, offset by a $0.5 million increase related to next generation Nav1.8 inhibitor molecules due to timing of such research activities.

The $0.1 million decrease in clinical expenses for other clinical programs was driven by a $1.4 million decrease related to a clinical program which has since been terminated, offset by a $1.3 million increase in clinical trial expenses related to LTG-321, our next generation candidate for the inhibition of Nav1.8.

The $0.3 million increase in other R&D expenses is primarily driven by a $0.3 million increase in travel and entertainment expenses, R&D related software and subscription expenses and other immaterial research and development costs.

General and Administrative

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
        
     2025      2026      Change  

Employee-related, including stock-based compensation

   $ 1,563      $ 2,604      $ 1,041  

Legal and professional services

     628        1,356        728  

Consulting and contractor

     99        408        309  

IT, facilities, office, and other

     534        1,435        901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

   $ 2,824      $ 5,803      $ 2,979  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased from $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, to $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026. The $3.0 million increase in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in employee-related costs, including stock-based compensation, a $0.9 million increase in IT and facilities-related expenses, $0.7 million increase in legal and professional fees, and a $0.3 million increase in consulting and external contractor-related expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Since our inception, we have primarily funded our operations through the sale of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible notes. We have not generated any revenue from product sales and have incurred significant annual operating losses and negative cash flows from our operations. As of March 31, 2026, we had $42.2 million in cash and cash equivalents.

In June 2026, we issued unsecured convertible promissory notes (the Convertible Notes) to certain investors in an aggregate principal amount of $35.0 million. The Convertible Notes mature 12 months from the initial issuance of the Convertible Notes, if not earlier converted, and accrue simple interest on a daily basis at 5% per annum. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, the Company has the ability to issue and sell an additional $20.0 million of Convertible Notes in a

 

119


Table of Contents

subsequent closing prior to the closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, the Convertible Notes and any accrued but unpaid interest will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the price per share of our common stock sold in this offering.

Future Funding Requirements

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to generate any meaningful revenue unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of and commercialize any of our product candidates, and we do not know when, or if, that will occur. We will continue to require substantial additional capital to develop our product candidates and fund operations for the foreseeable future. Moreover, we expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the development of and seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates. Further, we are subject to all the risks associated with the development of new biopharmaceutical products, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may harm our business. Our expenses will increase if, and as, we:

 

  •  

advance our product candidates through preclinical and clinical development;

 

  •  

seek regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

  •  

seek to discover and develop additional product candidates;

 

  •  

establish a sales, marketing, medical affairs and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval and intend to commercialize on our own or jointly;

 

  •  

expand our operational, financial and management systems and increase personnel, including personnel to support our development, manufacturing and commercialization efforts and our operations as a public company;

 

  •  

maintain, expand, protect and enforce our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

  •  

acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies.

Based on our current operating plans, we estimate that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of the date of this prospectus, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through      . If this offering is unsuccessful, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

However, our forecast for the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. In order to complete the development of our product candidates and to build the sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure that we believe will be necessary to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, we will require substantial additional funding. Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue from the commercialization of our product candidates, we may seek to raise any necessary additional capital through the sale of public or private equity, debt financings or other capital sources, which may include our existing and any future licensing or collaboration arrangements, strategic collaborations and other strategic arrangements with third parties. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be or could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, including restricting our operations and limiting our ability to incur liens, issue additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments or engage in merger, consolidation, licensing or asset sale transactions. If we raise funds through collaborations,

 

120


Table of Contents

strategic partnerships and other similar arrangements with third parties, we may be required to grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. We may be unable to raise additional funds or to enter into such agreements or arrangements on favorable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development or future commercialization efforts.

We have based our projections of operating capital requirements on our current operating plans, which are based on several assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we may use all of our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of product candidates, we are unable to estimate the exact amount and timing of our working capital requirements. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

  •  

the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing our product candidates, and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

  •  

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

  •  

the costs of future activities, including product sales, medical affairs, marketing, manufacturing and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

  •  

the costs of manufacturing commercial-grade products and sufficient inventory to support commercial launch;

 

  •  

the revenue, if any, received from the commercial sale of our products, should any of our product candidates receive marketing approval;

 

  •  

the cost and timing of hiring new employees to support our continued growth;

 

  •  

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

  •  

the ability to establish and maintain collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

 

  •  

the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies; and

 

  •  

the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or milestone payments related to or royalties on, our current or future product candidates, if any.

A change in the outcome of any of these or other factors with respect to the development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. Furthermore, our operating plan may change in the future, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements associated with such operating plan.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the sources and uses of our cash for the years presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
       
     2024     2025     Change  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (50,955 )    $ (97,557 )    $ (46,602 ) 

Cash used in investing activities

     (72 )      (136 )      (64 ) 

Cash provided by financing activities

     607       149,496       148,889  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ (50,420 )    $ 51,803     $ 102,223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2024, was mainly comprised of our net loss of $61.2 million, offset by the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $6.9 million and non-cash charges of $3.3 million. The non-cash charges were primarily related to stock-based compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025, was mainly comprised of our net loss of $109.2 million, offset by the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $2.5 million and non-cash charges of $9.1 million. The non-cash charges were primarily related to stock-based compensation expense, change in fair value of preferred stock tranche rights, and depreciation and amortization.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively, reflects our investment in property and equipment during the period.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2024, was comprised of the proceeds from stock option exercises and common stock issuance.

Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2025, reflects net proceeds of $149.5 million from our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, net of total issuance costs of $0.6 million.

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026

The following table summarizes the sources and uses of our cash for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   

 

 
     2025     2026     Change  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (21,157 )    $ (27,069 )    $ (5,912 ) 

Cash used in investing activities

     (102 )      —       102  

Cash provided by and used in financing activities

     99,434       (230 )      (99,664 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 78,175     $ (27,299 )    $ (105,474 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was mainly comprised of our net loss of $21.0 million, and the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $1.8 million, offset by non-cash charges of $1.6 million. The non-cash charges were primarily related to stock-based compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization.

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2026, was mainly comprised of our net loss of $23.0 million, and the change in net operating assets and liabilities of $6.3 million, offset by non-cash charges of $2.1 million. The non-cash charges were primarily related to stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization.

 

122


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2025, reflects our investment in property and equipment during the period, while there was no investing activity for the three months ended March 31, 2026.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2025, was comprised of $99.4 million in net proceeds from issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs.

Cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2026, was comprised of $0.1 million in proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, offset by $0.3 million in payments for deferred initial public offering costs.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

In addition to ongoing capital needs to fund our ongoing operations, our material cash requirements include the following contractual and other obligations.

Operating Leases

We lease office and laboratory space in Thousand Oaks, California under a non-cancelable operating lease that expires in June 2028 and office space in San Francisco, California under a non-cancelable operating lease that expires in July 2027.

These commitments are also recognized as operating lease liabilities on our balance sheet as of March 31, 2026. See Note 5 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements and Note 5 and Note 13 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information on our lease obligations.

License Agreement

In July 2020, we entered into a license agreement with Lieber Institute, Inc. (LIBD), which was subsequently amended in August 2020 and January 2022 (License Agreement), under which LIBD granted us a worldwide, exclusive, sub-licensable and royalty-bearing license, under certain patent and other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by LIBD. Under the License Agreement, we have agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $48.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified development and regulatory milestones with respect to the first sole product, up to an aggregate of $23.75 million for each subsequent sole product, and up to an aggregate of $95.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones with respect to all sole products. We have concluded we are not currently developing any licensed products that are sole products, and we do not have any current intentions to develop any licensed products that are sole products. For the first joint product, we have agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $4.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified regulatory milestones, and up to an aggregate of $9.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones; we do not have any milestone payment obligations for subsequent joint products. No milestones have been achieved to date under this license agreement for any licensed product. We must also pay LIBD royalties on the net sales of licensed products. The royalty rates for sole products are tiered and range from low-single digit to mid-single digit percentages and the royalty rate for joint products is a low-single digit percentage. The royalty payments are subject to reduction if, on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis, there are no valid patent claims

 

123


Table of Contents

covering the licensed product in such country or if we make certain payments to third parties for intellectual property licenses, all subject to a customary royalty floor. If we sublicense our rights to sole products or licensed patents solely owned by LIBD, then we must pay LIBD a low double-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue received from sublicensees for rights to sole products and a low single-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue from sublicensees for rights to joint products or jointly-owned patents. For a more detailed description of the License Agreement, see the section titled “Business—License Agreement with Lieber Institute.”

Purchase and Other Obligations

In addition, we have entered into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs, contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs) and other third parties for preclinical research studies and testing, clinical trials and manufacturing services. These contracts do not contain any minimum purchase commitments and are cancelable by us upon prior notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist only of payments for services provided and expenses incurred, including non-cancelable obligations of our service providers, up to the date of cancellation. We have entered into agreements with certain vendors for the provision of goods and services, which includes manufacturing services with CMOs and development services with CROs. These agreements may include certain provisions for purchase obligations and termination obligations that could require payments for the cancellation of committed purchase obligations or for early termination of the agreements. The amount of the cancellation or termination payments vary and are based on the timing of the cancellation or termination and the specific terms of the agreement.

We do not currently have, nor did we have during the periods presented, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, costs and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements are the most critical to fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Research and Development Expenses and Related Accruals and Prepaid Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate research and development costs incurred during the period, which impacts the amount of accrued expenses and prepaid balances related to such costs as of each balance sheet date. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel and service providers to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost.

 

124


Table of Contents

The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses include the costs incurred for services performed by our vendors in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced.

Research and development costs are expensed in the periods in which they are incurred. External costs consist primarily of payments to outside consultants, third-party CROs, CMOs, clinical trial sites and central laboratories in connection with our discovery and preclinical activities, process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. External expenses are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information provided to us by our service providers or our estimate of the level of service that has been performed at each reporting date. We allocate external costs by program, clinical or preclinical. Internal costs consist primarily of employee-related costs including salaries, related benefits and stock-based compensation expense for employees engaged in research and development functions. We do not allocate internal costs by program because these costs are deployed across multiple programs and, as such, are not separately classified.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of employee, officer, director and non-employee stock options.

We account for stock-based compensation using a fair value based method, which requires the recognition of compensation expense for costs related to all stock-based payments including stock awards. Stock awards vest based on the satisfaction of a service requirement and stock-based compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the applicable service period, which is generally four years. For performance-based stock options, we will assess the probability of performance conditions being achieved in each reporting period. The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized in any one period related to performance-based stock options can vary based on the achievement or anticipated achievement of the performance conditions. Forfeitures are recognized in the period in which the forfeiture occurs.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including:

 

  •  

Fair value of underlying common stock. See subsection titled “Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock” below.

 

  •  

Expected term. The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term assumption is determined based on the expected term as disclosed for comparable publicly traded biopharmaceutical companies since we do not have sufficient experience to estimate the expected term based on historical exercises.

 

  •  

Expected volatility. The expected stock price volatility assumption is determined by examining the historical volatilities for industry peers over a time period consistent with the expected term of the options, as we do not have any trading history for our common stock. We will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more historical data for our common stock becomes available.

 

  •  

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments whose term is consistent with the expected term of our stock options.

 

125


Table of Contents
  •  

Expected dividend. The expected dividend assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. The expected dividend yield is 0.0% as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility and expected terms utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock

Historically, for all periods prior to this offering, the fair value of the shares of our common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined by the board of directors with assistance from management and an independent third-party valuation firm. The methodologies used to estimate the enterprise value are performed using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the Practice Aid).

In addition to considering the results of the third-party valuation firm, the board of directors considered a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors.

For our valuations performed, we considered the stay private scenario, mergers and acquisitions (M&A) scenario and initial public offering (IPO) exit scenario and a hybrid method was used to allocate equity value to common stock under those three scenarios. In the stay-private scenario, we used a subject company transaction method, which examines prior transactions in the same or related equity of the Company. A probability-weighted expected return method was utilized to capture the value attributable to the IPO outcomes and M&A outcome.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimate, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is provided in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the closing of this offering. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on certain exemptions from various public

 

126


Table of Contents

company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, therefore, we are not subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies; however, we may adopt certain new or revised accounting standards early. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.235 billion or more in annual revenue; (ii) the date on which we first qualify as a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC; (iii) the date on which we have, in any three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year, and the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

 

127


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company committed to developing innovative non-opioid pain medicines designed to rapidly and effectively stop the transmission of pain without the risk of addiction. Pain represents one of the largest and most pervasive therapeutic markets in the United States, driving an estimated 250 million prescriptions annually across acute and chronic settings; however, a continued reliance on opioids has contributed to a persistent public health crisis with significant societal and economic costs. Our two most advanced candidates, LTG-001 and LTG-321, are oral Nav1.8 inhibitors designed to inhibit the transmission of pain. We are also advancing additional Nav1.8 candidates that can address alternative formulation and delivery approaches. Beyond Nav1.8, we plan to explore other ion channel targets involved in pain transmission that offer complementary mechanisms of action, enabling potential use in multi-modal treatment to enhance pain relief or address diverse pain etiologies. Pain is heterogeneous and can be experienced in a chronic or acute manner, within both musculoskeletal and neuropathic pain. Our initial development efforts are focused on musculoskeletal pain, where we believe there is significant unmet need and an opportunity for differentiated clinical benefit utilizing a Nav1.8 mechanism. We aim to build one of the broadest pipelines of pain therapeutics, which we believe, combined with our management team’s deep expertise in pain biology, clinical translation and trial execution, positions us to deliver meaningful patient benefit and to change the current treatment paradigm of pain medicines.

Our lead product candidate, LTG-001, is an oral Nav1.8 inhibitor designed to provide fast-acting, opioid-sparing relief for the treatment of acute pain. LTG-001 is currently in development as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, and is intended for use as needed for up to 30 days. We believe LTG-001 will address a critical unmet need in a high-volume market where opioids remain the standard of care due to a lack of effective, non-addictive alternatives with rapid onset. The 2025 U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval of the first Nav1.8 inhibitor, suzetrigine (Journavx), provides a clear development and regulatory precedent for this therapeutic class. The FDA typically has required demonstration of efficacy in at least one soft tissue model and one hard tissue (bony) model to support an approved label indication for treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. The most common models used to demonstrate efficacy in pivotal trials have been abdominoplasty (soft tissue) and bunionectomy (hard tissue), and this has informed our development strategy. We recently received positive data for LTG-001 in our randomized, placebo and comparator-controlled trial in 343 patients undergoing abdominoplasty. This clinical trial met its primary endpoint and key secondary endpoints with high statistical significance. Based on our discussions with the FDA, the abdominoplasty trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. Key highlights from the abdominoplasty trial include:

 

  •  

Met primary endpoint and achieved ~50% greater analgesic effect than opioid comparator: High dose LTG-001 (450mg loading followed by 300mg every 12 hours) met its primary endpoint of Summed Pain Intensity Difference from 0 to 48 hours (SPID48) versus placebo, achieving a 62.1-point (p<0.001) improvement versus placebo and numerically exceeding the SPID48 for the trial’s opioid comparator, hydrocodone bitartrate/acetaminophen (HB/APAP), which is commonly known as Vicodin, which was a 40.9-point improvement versus placebo (p=0.001).

 

  •  

Achieved rapid onset of meaningful pain relief: Median time to a ≥2-point reduction in Numeric Pain Rating Scale (NPRS) score was 52 minutes with high dose LTG-001, and 83 minutes for HB/APAP, the opioid comparator in the trial.

 

128


Table of Contents
  •  

Demonstrated opioid sparing: 52.3% of patients receiving high dose LTG-001 remained opioid-free during the 48-hour treatment period (p<0.001). Pain experienced by these patients was sufficiently managed by LTG-001 alone and required no rescue medicine. In the placebo group, only 22.1% remained opioid-free.

 

  •  

Dose response observed: Low dose LTG-001 (300mg loading followed by 150mg every 12 hours) also demonstrated statistically significant improvement versus placebo (SPID48 of 37.8; p=0.003), roughly comparable to the effect of HB/APAP, the opioid comparator in the trial.

LTG-001 has been generally well-tolerated and has generated favorable clinical pharmacology data characterized by limited drug–drug interaction (DDI) potential and balanced renal and hepatic clearance in preclinical studies.

Based on our discussions with the FDA, we believe our proposed CMC manufacturing and stability plan for the commercial material for LTG-001 is reasonable for supporting regulatory approval.

In order to submit a New Drug Application (NDA) seeking FDA approval of LTG-001 as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, we are also required to conduct an open-label safety trial to attain a certain number of safety exposures at the intended commercial dose and to demonstrate safety across a mix of demographics and surgical settings to more adequately match the real-world setting.

We plan to initiate a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in participants undergoing bunionectomy and an open-label Phase 3 safety trial exploring LTG-001 within a broader population of patients with moderate to severe acute pain across a variety of post-surgical and non-surgical settings in the second half of 2026, with topline results expected in the second half of 2027.

In addition to oral dosing, LTG-001 is also being advanced as a potential intravenous (IV) formulation to support use in hospital settings and enable transition from inpatient postoperative care to outpatient pain management.

LTG-321 is our next-generation candidate for the inhibition of Nav1.8, initially being developed for the treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain, starting with osteoarthritis (OA). LTG-321 is structurally distinct from LTG-001. LTG-321’s differentiated profile may enable a lower effective dose and once-daily dosing, characteristics we believe are particularly important for a chronic-use setting. In the Phase 1 trial, data as of May 15, 2026 showed that LTG-321 demonstrated robust PD activity and durability in the cold pressor test (CPT). We have refined the CPT methodology and it has provided a quantifiable and repeatable clinical endpoint that has translated into clinical trial outcomes for our lead product candidate. In results from the CPT portion of our Phase 1 trial, LTG-321 270mg showed a peak effect of 182% increase in pain tolerance threshold (PTT) versus placebo at 4 hours post-dose and LTG-321 90mg showed a peak effect of 128% increase at 2 hours, with continued activity observed at 24 hours, demonstrating a 13% greater estimated aggregate effect, or area-under-the-curve (AUC), at the high dose compared to LTG-001’s 450mg loading dose which was estimated as an average of LTG-001 300mg and LTG-001 600mg aggregate effect. We have initiated a Phase 2 proof-of-concept trial investigating LTG-321 in patients with OA of the knee. The trial is designed as a randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled within subject crossover trial in approximately 120 patients with Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) pain as the primary endpoint to establish clinical proof-of-concept in chronic musculoskeletal pain and inform subsequent pivotal trial design. We expect to report topline results in the second half of 2027.

Our earlier stage pipeline consists of LTG-418, a next-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain. LTG-418 is structurally distinct from LTG-001 and LTG-321 and is predicted to have a dose which will be substantially lower than the expected doses for LTG-001 and LTG-321. We believe the predicted lower dose with LTG-418 is one of the features that may enable additional opportunities for other formulations and routes of administration including gels, patches, eye drops, inhalers and injectables, expanding our reach within the pain market and

 

129


Table of Contents

offering patients therapeutic options beyond oral and IV delivery. Suitable tolerability was demonstrated in a completed 14-day non-GLP toxicology study and in the in-life portion of an ongoing 14-day non-GLP toxicology study in NHPs.

We are also in discovery of additional ion channel modulators involved in peripheral transmission of pain that represent potential complementary mechanisms of action to Nav1.8 inhibition for additional pain relief including in other chronic pain etiologies like neuropathic pain.

Musculoskeletal pain is one of the most prevalent healthcare challenges in the United States and can be of an acute nature or, when persistent, become chronic. Acute pain from surgery, injury, and trauma drove approximately 80 million adults in the United States to receive acute musculoskeletal pain prescriptions in 2022, while common forms of chronic pain conditions like OA and Chronic Lower Back Pain (CLBP) affected more than 60 million Americans in 2023. Despite well-recognized risks of dependence, including approximately 82,000 opioid-related deaths in 2022, along with well-documented tolerability issues, opioids remain a primary treatment for moderate to severe musculoskeletal pain across surgical and nonsurgical settings. After decades of opioid reliance, pain management is undergoing an evolution with the introduction of Nav1.8 as a viable analgesic target based on the FDA approval of suzetrigine. Suzetrigine is a first generation Nav1.8 inhibitor and is subject to several limitations including slower onset and CYP3A4-related drug contraindications, which may limit real-world use.

Neuropathic pain arises from disease or dysfunction in the nervous system and is predominantly chronic in nature, differing fundamentally in pathophysiology and likely therapeutic approach. In the United States, it is estimated that approximately 10 million patients were prescribed a medicine for peripheral neuropathic pain in 2022.

There is a continued unmet need in the pain management landscape, underscored by continued opioid reliance, few novel therapies brought to market, and limitations with first-generation Nav1.8 inhibitors. We believe our differentiated Nav1.8 product candidates that are designed to be used alone or in multi-modal treatment and broader pipeline could transform pain management without the risk of addiction.

Pipeline

We are developing a pipeline of non-opioid medicines to address broad patient needs in chronic and acute pain. We are developing therapies to be dosed both orally and through IV administration.

 

LOGO

 
*

Based on our knowledge as of the date of this prospectus.

**

Based on our discussions with the FDA, this trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain.

 

130


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our goal is to develop and deliver medicines that alleviate acute and chronic pain without causing addiction. Our portfolio includes clinical and preclinical product candidates that we believe have the potential to provide effective and rapid pain relief. The key elements of our strategy to achieve these goals are to:

 

  •  

Advance the development and potential approval of our lead product candidate, LTG-001, for acute pain. We designed LTG-001 as a differentiated, highly selective Nav1.8 inhibitor for the treatment of patients with acute pain. We believe the magnitude of analgesic effect we have seen with high dose LTG-001 in the abdominoplasty trial was due to the substantial target inhibition observed in the peripheral nerve tissue, the therapeutic site of action. We plan to initiate a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in bunionectomy and an open-label acute pain safety trial in surgical and nonsurgical patients to meet FDA requirements for patient exposures. We believe LTG-001 has the potential to be an impactful and differentiated non-addictive pain medicine. We are developing LTG-001 as both an oral twice-daily and IV therapy to enable the transition from the postoperative period to patient discharge in hospital settings. We have completed bioavailability studies for the LTG-001 IV formulation, with preliminary data indicating approximately 100% bioavailability. We are currently evaluating dosing regimens and plan to seek regulatory feedback on the clinical development strategy.

  •  

Develop our next-generation product candidate, LTG-321, initially for chronic musculoskeletal pain. We designed LTG-321 as a highly potent Nav1.8 inhibitor, with its first planned indication for the treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain. We believe LTG-321’s potency may allow for a lower effective dose and once-daily dosing, which are important commercial characteristics for chronic use. We believe LTG-321 could potentially address the unmet need in chronic pain based on the preclinical, initial tolerability and CPT data. Our ongoing Phase 1 trial produced dose proportional and predictable pharmacokinetic (PK) data. We have initiated a Phase 2 clinical trial investigating LTG-321 in patients with OA of the knee, and if positive, this trial is expected to provide proof-of-concept in chronic musculoskeletal pain and lay a foundation for potential future development in chronic musculoskeletal pain indications.

 

  •  

Advance our preclinical candidates to improve the patient treatment experience, expand commercial opportunities and support life-cycle management. Our preclinical pipeline consists of LTG-418, a next-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain with the potential to support life-cycle management and, if successfully developed and approved, expand our penetration of the pain market to include different delivery options, such as IV, gels, patches, eye drops, inhalers and injectables. We believe by broadening formulations and delivery options, we have the potential to reach a greater number of patients, improve ease of use for vulnerable populations, reduce dosing burden and support combinations for greater analgesic effect.

 

  •  

Leverage our discovery and clinical development capabilities to expand our pipeline with other innovative therapeutic candidates designed to be used alone or in combination with our Nav1.8 targeting pipeline for the treatment of pain. We have a strong, innovative, and productive discovery and clinical development team that has developed all our pipeline assets in-house and conducted more than 250 pain studies. Our expertise in pain targets and pathways, and our vision of the profile of a successful pain medicine, such as nerve compartment penetration, low DDI and rapid onset, allow us to develop product candidates designed to clearly differentiate from existing therapies to address unmet needs. This expertise may be applied to other novel investigational pain medications in either a stand-alone or combination strategy with our Nav1.8 inhibitors.

 

  •  

Maximize the commercial opportunity of our pain candidates. We have developed all of our candidates internally, own or have an exclusive license to their global rights, and are preparing to pursue commercialization. We believe there are advantages to having separate product candidates to support commercialization in acute and chronic pain, including pricing

 

131


Table of Contents
 

considerations. As such we are exploring LTG-001 in the acute pain setting and LTG-321 in the chronic pain setting. We expect to expand our team and build the capabilities required to support the potential commercialization of our pain franchise. Additionally, we may opportunistically evaluate potential commercial collaborations outside of the United States to maximize the value of our product candidates.

Our Team and Investors

We have assembled a highly experienced management team with deep expertise in discovery and clinical development of pain medicines as well as commercialization.

Our Chief Executive Officer Nima Farzan, M.B.A joined us in 2024 and has prior experience as Chief Executive Officer of two biotechnology companies, including publicly listed Kinnate Biopharma Inc. (Kinnate), where he led an initial public offering and subsequent sale of the company to XOMA Corporation, and PaxVax, where he led the company from development to commercial stage until its sale to Emergent BioSolutions. Earlier in his career, Mr. Farzan held roles in development and commercial functions at Novartis.

Our Chief Medical Officer Neil Singla, M.D. is an expert in analgesic protocol design and implementation with a deep focus on minimizing variability in clinical trials with subjective endpoints. He has been instrumental in pioneering methodologies that enhance the rigor and outcomes of pain management studies. Dr. Singla chairs the Clinical Trials Special Interest Group for the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) and previously served as Chief Executive Officer and Founder of Lotus Clinical Research, LLC, a preeminent pain clinical research organization and site network. Dr. Singla’s team collectively has conducted more than 250 pain studies, including over 50 chronic pain studies, participated in over 75 FDA Division of Anesthesiology, Addiction Medicine and Pain meetings, including 14 FDA Advisory Committees for pain drug candidates, and pioneered proprietary methodologies that enhance the rigor and clinical outcomes of pain management studies.

Our Senior Vice President of Discovery and Co-Founder Bryan Moyer, Ph.D. has more than 25 years of experience in research with an established record of leading drug discovery teams for target identification, target engagement in translatable models of human disease and clinical candidate delivery, including in pain. Prior to joining us, Dr. Moyer spent ten years at Amgen, most recently as a Scientific Director of Neuroscience focused on migraine and pain and, prior to that, nine years at Senomyx, Inc, focused on ion channel biology. Collectively, Dr. Moyer has contributed to the development of five pain and two migraine drug candidates throughout his career.

Our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer Neha Krishnamohan brings more than 15 years of finance experience to our team, having served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Corporate Development at Artiva Biotherapeutics, where she led an initial public offering and prior to that at Kinnate, which was sold to XOMA Corporation. Prior to Kinnate, Ms. Krishnamohan executed over $100 billion in mergers and acquisitions and capital markets transactions as a healthcare investment banker with Goldman Sachs.

Beyond our exceptional leadership team, we have assembled a multi-disciplinary team with strong capabilities in pain research and development to support our broad and differentiated pipeline of Nav1.8 pain therapeutics.

Our team is further supported by a strong syndicate of leading life sciences institutional investors, including Westlake BioPartners, Foresite Capital, 5AM Ventures and Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities, and we have raised approximately $321.5 million since inception. Prospective investors should not rely on the past investment decisions of our existing investors, as our existing investors may have different risk tolerances and have received their shares in prior offerings on terms and pricing that may materially differ from the pricing and terms we are providing in this offering.

 

132


Table of Contents

Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and strategies and have purchased their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the anticipated public offering price in this offering.

The Epidemiology of Pain

Pain is one of the most common reasons adults seek medical care in the United States. With an estimated 250 million prescriptions annually in the United States, it is the top prescription market by volume in the United States. As the U.S. population ages, it is expected that the demand for pain management products will increase, including branded and generic products.

Musculoskeletal Pain

Musculoskeletal pain impacts nearly everyone at some point in their life and is caused primarily by physical damage to muscle, joints or bone, and consists of both acute and chronic conditions. Musculoskeletal pain can be of an acute nature or, when persistent, become chronic.

Acute musculoskeletal pain is defined as pain with sudden onset and short duration often caused by injury, trauma or medical treatments, as well as acute exacerbations of underlying chronic conditions like OA and CLBP. The U.S. acute pain market is anchored by two primary segments, postoperative acute pain and non-surgical acute pain. Postoperative acute pain includes an estimated 27 million high-volume surgical procedures based on 2024 market data, that serve as the primary entry points for pain management, including orthopedic surgery, general surgery, plastic surgery, obstetric and gynecological procedures and ear, nose and throat (ENT) procedures as of 2025. Non-surgical acute pain is comprised of an estimated 40 million emergency room and urgency care visits based on 2022 market data as well as 11 million annual acute flares of chronic pain conditions. Acute pain generally is highly prevalent in the United States with approximately 80 million adults in the United States requiring acute pain prescription medicine in 2022.

In 2023, an estimated 60 million people in the United States suffered from chronic pain, representing approximately 24.3% of the U.S. adult population. Of these, approximately 30%, or 17.1 million people in the United States experience high-impact chronic pain, which is pain that results in substantial restriction to daily activities. Chronic musculoskeletal pain is characterized as persistent or recurrent pain often as extension of acute injury or inflammation. The most common forms of chronic musculoskeletal pain are OA and CLBP. OA affected an estimated 33 million adults in the United States, of which approximately 60% experience moderate to severe symptoms based on an industry report published in 2022. OA breaks down one or more joints in the body and as the disease progresses results in chronic joint pain as well as intense pain attacks. Chronic back pain affects an estimated 20 million adults in the United States based on a study published in 2022. According to an NIH-conducted survey, nearly two-thirds of individuals who reported chronic pain in 2019 continued to report chronic pain one year later, with only 10% having reported as being pain-free after one year, underscoring the burden across chronic pain populations. In 2020, an estimated 24 million patients in the United States were treated for chronic musculoskeletal pain.

Neuropathic Pain

Neuropathic pain arises from disease or dysfunction in the nervous system and is predominantly chronic in nature, differing fundamentally in pathophysiology and likely therapeutic approach. Neuropathic pain is categorized into peripheral neuropathic pain, which involves damage to nerves outside the brain and spinal cord, and central neuropathic pain, which arises from injury within the central nervous system itself. In the United States, it is estimated that approximately 10 million patients were prescribed a medicine for peripheral neuropathic pain in 2022.

 

133


Table of Contents

Current Approaches to Pain Management

When addressing pain, treatment strategies vary based on both the underlying etiology—musculoskeletal versus neuropathic—and the duration of symptoms, whether acute or chronic. Mild to moderate pain is typically managed with over-the-counter (OTC) agents such as aspirin, acetaminophen and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) which serve as accessible first-line options particularly in the acute musculoskeletal settings. According to 2025 claims analysis of retail prescriptions, acute pain was treated with 68% of patients receiving an opioid, 51% receiving prescription NSAIDs, 20% receiving anticonvulsants, and 60% receiving other non-opioid prescription pain medications including Nav1.8 inhibitors, antidepressants, muscle relaxants, topical / local anesthetics, and steroid injections. According to 2025 claims analysis of retail prescriptions, chronic musculoskeletal pain was treated with 53% of patients receiving an opioid, 51% receiving prescription NSAIDs, 24% receiving anticonvulsants, 10% receiving antidepressants, and 39% receiving other non-opioid prescription pain medications including Nav1.8 inhibitors, muscle relaxants, topical / local anesthetics, and steroid injections. OA pain is treated similarly to chronic musculoskeletal pain overall. In moderate to severe musculoskeletal pain, whether acute or chronic, opioids remain among the most commonly prescribed therapies despite well-recognized safety and dependency concerns. For example, despite Osteoarthritis Research Society International guidelines strongly recommending against the use of either oral or transdermal opioids for the treatment of pain in OA, a 2023 survey found physicians continued to prescribe them. For patients with severe OA, 25.3% were prescribed a weak opioid and 23.7% were prescribed a strong opioid, according to the survey results. Opioids are often used alongside or supported by topical therapies such as capsaicin and lidocaine patches, muscle relaxants, antidepressants, gabapentin, intra-articular steroid injections, intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections and background OTC analgesics. More recently, Nav1.8 inhibitors have entered the treatment paradigm, positioned to deliver opioid-level analgesic effect in moderate to severe acute musculoskeletal pain.

In contrast to musculoskeletal pain, neuropathic pain is predominantly chronic in nature and less responsive to traditional analgesics with management typically centering on adjuvant therapies including certain anticonvulsants, antidepressants and corticosteroids designed to modulate nerve signaling rather than treat inflammation directly.

The World Health Organization analgesic ladder specifies treatment on pain intensity and persistence, from simple analgesics for mild pain to opioid analgesics for moderate and severe pain, and includes three steps: step 1 non-opioid plus optional adjuvant analgesics for mild pain, step 2 weak opioid plus non-opioid and adjuvant analgesics for mild to moderate pain and step 3 strong opioid plus non-opioid and adjuvant analgesics for moderate to severe pain.

According to guidelines published by the American Academy of Family Physicians, acetaminophen and NSAIDs are first-line treatment options for most patients with acute mild to moderate pain with adjunctive medications added as appropriate for specific conditions when first-line medications are inadequate. For severe or refractory acute pain, treatment can be briefly escalated with the use of opioids, medications that target monoamine receptors, or with the use of acetaminophen/opioid or NSAID/opioid combinations.

For chronic pain, the treatment pathway may be more complex. Guidelines published by the American Society of Anesthesiologists suggest that chronic pain be addressed with multi-modal and multidisciplinary interventions. This frequently includes adjuvant analgesics and may include interventions as varied as nerve blocks or acupuncture.

 

134


Table of Contents

The table below provides an overview of select pharmacological approaches to pain management.

Figure 1: Pain Management Treatment Landscape

 

Therapeutic Modalities

 

Pain Type

 

Select Uses

 

Select Tolerability / Safety Issues

       

NSAIDs

(e.g., Anjeso)

  Musculo-skeletal  

•

Inflammatory conditions (RA/OA)

 

•

Acute musculoskeletal injury

 

•

Primary dysmenorrhea

 

•

Migraine abortive therapy

 

•

Chronic low back pain

 

•

GI bleeding

 

•

CV thrombotic events

 

•

Dyspepsia, Nausea

 

•

AKI / CKD

       

Capsaicin and Lidocaine Patches

(e.g., Qutenza, Lidoderm)

  Musculo-skeletal  

•

Postherpetic Neuralgia

 

•

Localized peripheral neuropathic pain

 

•

Application site erythema, pruritus, and localized irritation

       

Opioids

(e.g., Morphine, OxyContin, Duragesic, Olinvyk)

  Musculo-skeletal  

•

Severe acute pain

 

•

Chronic pain when non-opioids are insufficient

 

•

Cancer-related pain

 

•

Palliative care

 

•

Lethal respiratory depression

 

•

Addiction (OUD)

 

•

Risk of fatal overdose

 

•

Nausea, vomiting, OIC

       

Opioid Combinations

(e.g., Vicodin, Norco, Percocet)

  Musculo-skeletal  

•

Moderate-to-severe acute pain where a multi-modal approach (combining central and peripheral targets) is required

 

•

High abuse potential

 

•

Acute hepatotoxicity

 

•

Sedation, nausea, constipation

       

Nav1.8

(e.g., Journavx)

  Musculo-skeletal  

•

Acute post-surgical pain

 

•

Acute musculoskeletal pain

 

•

Headache, dizziness

       

Muscle Relaxants

Adjuvant Analgesics (e.g., Flexeril, Robaxin, Soma)

  Musculo-skeletal  

•

Acute musculoskeletal conditions (e.g., muscle spasms, strains, sprains, and acute low back pain)

 

•

Abuse / addiction potential

 

•

Liver disease risk

       

Antidepressants

Adjuvant Analgesics (e.g, Cymbalta)

  Musculo-skeletal & Neuropathic  

•

Diabetic peripheral neuropathy

 

•

Fibromyalgia

 

•

Chronic musculoskeletal pain

 

•

Prophylactic treatment for migraine

 

•

Risk of suicidal thoughts/behaviors

 

•

Hepatotoxicity

 

•

Dry mouth, nausea, weight gain, sexual dysfunction

       

Anticonvulsants

Adjuvant Analgesics (e.g., Lyrica, Neurontin)

  Neuropathic  

•

Postherpetic neuralgia

 

•

Diabetic peripheral neuropathy

 

•

Fibromyalgia

 

•

Spinal cord injury

 

•

Suicidality

 

•

Anaphylaxis

 

•

Angioedema

 

•

Dizziness, somnolence, weight gain, dry mouth

       

Corticosteroids

Adjuvant Analgesics (e.g., Rayos, Kenalog, Medrol, Decadron)

  Neuropathic  

•

Inflammatory arthritis

 

•

Acute inflammatory flares

 

•

Localized joint inflammation

 

•

Osteoporosis

 

•

Weight gain

 

•

Cushingoid features

Suzetrigine: First Approved Nav1.8 Inhibitor

In January 2025, suzetrigine (Vertex Pharmaceuticals, 100mg loading dose, 50mg maintenance dose), previously known as VX-548, received approval for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain in adults presenting a breakthrough in pain management as a first-in-class non-opioid, non-addictive selective pain signal inhibitor for Nav1.8.

 

135


Table of Contents

Suzetrigine’s approval was based on two acute pain Phase 3 clinical trials in bunionectomy (bony tissue pain model) and abdominoplasty (soft tissue pain model). The primary endpoint was met in both Phase 3 clinical trials of suzetrigine demonstrating a SPID48 of 48.4 points compared to placebo (p<0.0001) after abdominoplasty and 29.3 points compared to placebo (p=0.0002) after bunionectomy. Suzetrigine did not meet the first key secondary endpoint of superiority when compared to hydrocodone bitartrate/acetaminophen (HB/APAP, or Vicodin) for SPID48. HB/APAP demonstrated a SPID48 of 111.8 points compared to 70.1 points for placebo after abdominoplasty. HB/APAP demonstrated a SPID48 of 120.1 points compared to 70.6 points for placebo after bunionectomy. Speed of onset (measured as reduced pain by two points or greater on the NPRS) was 119 minutes after abdominoplasty and 240 minutes after bunionectomy surgery. Suzetrigine was generally safe and well-tolerated in these trials with a lower incidence of adverse events (AEs) observed with suzetrigine compared to HB/APAP or placebo. In the abdominoplasty trial, 81% of patients in the suzetrigine group used rescue medication (ibuprofen 400mg) during the 48-hour treatment period compared to 87.9% for placebo. In the bunionectomy trial, 85.4% patients in the suzetrigine group used ibuprofen rescue compared to 85.6% for placebo. Because these trials did not allow opioid rescue medication, measures of opioid sparing could not be assessed. Since commercialization, suzetrigine has been prescribed broadly including beyond initially targeted call points, such as primary care physicians. Additionally, longer duration of therapy than typical for opioids has been observed in the retail channel. For instance, based on retail prescription claims data from February 2025 to January 2026, retail prescriptions for Journavx are written for a volume-weighted average of approximately 17 days, and approximately one-quarter of Journavx prescriptions are written for at least 30 days.

Suzetrigine is currently being developed in diabetic peripheral neuropathy and to our knowledge is not currently being actively developed in OA or other musculoskeletal pain.

Unmet Needs

Despite the availability of multiple therapies for pain management, a substantial proportion of patients continue to experience inadequate pain control. Current treatment options require difficult tradeoffs between efficacy, safety, tolerability and risk of addiction, leaving many patients either undertreated or exposed to therapies with significant limitations or addiction potential. For instance, NSAIDs have limited efficacy and well-recognized safety concerns associated with long-term use; opioid treatments, while efficacious, are subject to misuse, with the opioid epidemic incurring significant costs at both the individual and societal levels; and suzetrigine represents a safer non-opioid alternative, but is limited by efficacy, slow onset and contraindications.

These constraints prevent adequate pain relief and force clinicians to balance incomplete analgesia against dose-limiting AEs, addiction and contraindications. Consequently, current pain management strategies are frequently multi-modal, requiring patients to receive multiple classes of medications to achieve acceptable pain management. Even with such approaches, outcomes remain suboptimal, exemplified by up to 54% of patients with OA reporting inadequate pain control despite taking prescription pain medications. This highlights the critical unmet need for safer, more effective, non-addictive pain alternatives.

NSAIDs

NSAIDs are widely used and often serve as first-line treatment options for pain management. However, NSAIDs, although effective for some patients, generally provide only small to moderate reductions in pain intensity when compared with placebo. Because individual pain therapies frequently fail to provide adequate pain relief on their own, pain management often relies on multi-modal regimens. In addition to OTC medicines, post-surgical patients are most frequently prescribed two or more therapies, with patients most frequently prescribed at least one opioid plus an additional

 

136


Table of Contents

prescription, like NSAIDs, for pain management. Notably, a large-scale analysis of hysterectomy surgeries published in 2024 revealed that approximately 84.3% of patients were treated with multi-modal analgesia.

Beyond efficacy limitations, NSAIDs’ clinical utility is constrained by well-established, dose- and duration-dependent safety risks across multiple organ systems, including gastrointestinal, renovascular, or cardiovascular. Large observational cohorts and meta-analyses demonstrate that even short-term NSAID use can increase the risk of acute kidney injury and hyperkalemia, while higher cumulative exposure is associated with increased rates of myocardial infarction, stroke, and heart failure, particularly with non-selective and COX-2-preferential agents. These risks are amplified in elderly patients with gastrointestinal, cardiovascular or renal comorbidities and individuals receiving concomitant anticoagulants, ACE inhibitors, or diuretics. Such safety concerns are especially salient in postsurgical and hospitalized populations, where physiologic stress, volume shifts, and polypharmacy heighten vulnerability to NSAID-related AEs.

As a direct consequence of these significant safety concerns, clinical guidelines and practice patterns frequently mandate dose caps, short treatment durations, gastroprotective co-therapy, or even outright avoidance of NSAIDs in substantial patient segments. This risk-driven underutilization directly limits their analgesic effectiveness and leaves a meaningful number of patients without reliable non-opioid options.

Opioids

Opioids remain commonly prescribed for both musculoskeletal and neuropathic pain. Approximately 80 million adults in the United States required acute pain prescription medicine in 2022 with approximately 68% of acute pain patients or approximately 50 million Americans receiving opioids. Opioids are commonly prescribed following outpatient procedures. In the United States, nearly 70% of surgeries are performed as an outpatient procedure, which subsequently requires the management of post-surgical pain by the patient outside a hospital environment based on a study published in 2020. According to a study published in 2017, an estimated 67-92% of patients have surplus opioids after surgery, which can be dispersed into the community.

Beyond the post-surgical setting, approximately 40 million patients seek care in the ED or urgent care for acute pain based on 2022 market data. According to market data analysis commissioned by the Company, in 2025 an estimated 83% of ED patients for acute, non-surgical pain that received and filled a discharge prescription for pain medication filled a prescription for opioids.

In 2023, approximately 125 million opioid prescriptions were dispensed and nearly 8.6 million Americans reported misusing prescription opioids in the United States. Approximately 82,000 people died from drug overdoses involving opioids in 2022, accounting for about 76% of all drug overdoses that year. This is a 10-fold increase in the number of opioid-related deaths since 1999.

Furthermore, chronic pain contributes to sustained and repeated opioid exposure. According to claims analysis, approximately 53% of chronic pain patients received opioid treatment to manage their pain in 2025. Despite the high prevalence of opioid use, patients still experience insufficient or suboptimal pain relief. It is estimated that approximately 80% of pain patients would benefit from novel pain medication, according to a 2025 industry report. We believe the continued use of opioids in treating pain in people with musculoskeletal pain underscores the significant need for new, effective and non-addictive pain management treatments in order to provide physicians and patients with better options.

 

137


Table of Contents

Safety and Tolerability

Opioid usage is associated with significant risk. According to a 2017 CDC Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 6% of patients who receive at least one day of opioid therapy develop long-term use, and rates of long-term use escalated to 13.5% for initial prescriptions eight days or longer and to 29.9% for initial prescriptions 31 days or longer. In 2023, an estimated 8.6 million Americans misused opioids. For Americans hospitalized for opioid dependence, 41% indicated their opioid misuse had started after receiving a legal opioid prescription for pain management. Following minor surgical procedures, approximately 11.1% of patients develop persistent opioid use based on a 2020 study. Beyond addiction, opioids carry meaningful safety and tolerability risks. About 40% report sedation as a side effect, which can delay mobilization, increase fall risk and contribute to delirium, particularly in older or medically complex patients. Additionally, respiratory depression, which occurs in approximately 0.5% of patients receiving opioids for acute postoperative pain, can occur in all patients receiving opioids, and is a key concern in patients with obesity, sleep apnea, pulmonary disease, or concomitant central nervous system depressant use, often leading clinicians to limit dosing at the expense of analgesic effect. Opioids are also associated with frequent gastrointestinal AEs. About 80% of patients present with constipation and 40% present with nausea, causing impaired recovery and delayed discharge. The Institute for Clinical and Economic Review (ICER) reviews consistently show higher rates of nausea and vomiting with opioid regimens compared with non-opioid options.

Controls on Opioids

While opioids are efficacious for pain management, their highly addictive nature has led to a serious epidemic of addiction and overdose in the United States. In efforts to curb opioid misuse and dispersion, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) has imposed stringent scheduling and regulatory restrictions on opioids. The DEA classifies drugs, substances, and certain chemicals into five distinct schedules based on their acceptable medical use and their potential for abuse or dependency. For example, oxycodone (including OxyContin) is a schedule II substance, reflecting its high potential for abuse and the risk of severe psychological or physical dependence.

For DEA-scheduled substances, prescribers and healthcare institutions face ongoing DEA oversight, including audits and compliance monitoring, increasing administrative burden and perceived legal risk. Opioid prescriptions are subject to strict limitations on refills and transmission, with most requiring written or secure electronic prescribing and prohibitions on calling in prescriptions except under narrowly defined emergency circumstances. These regulatory requirements add friction to clinical workflows, can delay timely access to pain relief, and further limit the practicality of opioids as a scalable solution for routine pain management.

State opioid legislation has created substantial barriers to prescribing and dispensing. As of 2019, 39 states have implemented quantity limits on acute opioid prescriptions, often restricting days’ supply, dosage and early refills. Oversight is particularly stringent in California, where prescribers must comply with the Controlled Substance Utilization Review and Evaluation System prescription drug monitoring program, including mandatory registry checks and, in some cases, advance reporting requirements that add administrative burden prior to prescribing. Many states have also enacted “pill mill” laws governing pain clinics, while controlled substance boards actively monitor prescribing behavior and can sanction physicians who trigger regulatory “red flags.” On the dispensing side, pharmacies have imposed additional limits or refusals to fill opioid prescriptions, further constraining patient access, all within a framework reinforced by ongoing DEA oversight at the federal level.

Despite ongoing legislative advocacy and controls, opioids remain a significant component of pain management strategies, with a dispensing rate of 35.4 prescriptions per 100 persons in 2024.

 

138


Table of Contents

Consequence of the Opioid Epidemic

The widespread reliance on opioids for pain management had consequences that extend far beyond individual patients and clinical settings. What began as a therapeutic response to inadequately controlled pain has evolved into a broad public health challenge with significant social and economic ramifications. High rates of opioid prescribing and misuse have driven increased healthcare utilization, strained emergency and inpatient systems, reduced workforce participation, and imposed substantial costs on public services. These downstream effects underscore that the opioid epidemic is not only a medical crisis, but also a profound societal and economic burden.

The opioid epidemic imposes substantial economic costs on the U.S. healthcare system. Opioid misuse drives significant direct healthcare expenditures including increased ED visits, hospitalizations and overdose treatment. Individuals who experienced an opioid overdose accounted for approximately $35 billion in healthcare costs. Beyond direct medical spending, opioid misuse contributes to considerable productivity losses due to disability, unemployment, and premature mortality among working-age adults.

The criminal justice system bears an additional share of the economic burden. Opioid trafficking, diversion, and related criminal-diversion programs generate expenditures associated with law enforcement, judicial proceedings and incarceration. Based on estimates published by the White House in 2025, opioid-related crime resulted in approximately $63 billion in costs attributable to increased police protection, judicial activities, correctional facilities and property loss in 2023. Together with direct medical spending, opioid-related costs were estimated by the White House in 2025 to amount to approximately $170 billion and a reduction in opioid use could save billions.

Communities also experience significant indirect costs related to social services, child welfare and broader societal disruption. Prescribing opioids creates risk of diversion beyond the intended recipient. Unused or excess opioid medications are frequently retained, shared, or redistributed through informal channels, contributing to non-medical use by family members, acquaintances, or the broader community. The persistent prevalence of opioid misuse, represented by 8.6 million Americans in 2023 and the continued high mortality burden of approximately 82,000 deaths in 2022, underscore that opioid addiction remains a critical public health challenge.

Suzetrigine, An Approved Nav1.8 Inhibitor

The approval of suzetrigine reflects progress toward safer non-opioid pain alternatives; however, reported clinical data highlight important limitations related to onset of action as well as contraindications.

In data reported from pivotal Phase 3 trials, suzetrigine demonstrated a slower onset of clinically meaningful pain relief in certain surgical pain models when compared with opioid-based regimens. Among bunionectomy patients, the median time to achieve a ≥2-point reduction in NPRS score from baseline was 240 minutes with suzetrigine, versus 90 minutes with hydrocodone bitartrate/acetaminophen, while the overall proportion of patients achieving a ≥2-point pain reduction was comparable between groups (90.1% and 92.3%, respectively).

Contraindications and DDI represent an additional limitation of suzetrigine. Certain therapies mediated by CYP3A are contraindicated, require avoiding use, or require a dose modification due to DDI with suzetrigine, limiting use in patients receiving common heart disease, blood pressure, antidepressant, anti-infective or oncology-related therapies. DDI risks are amplified in real-world pain populations where patients frequently receive multiple medications and are treated across multiple prescribing physicians. For Nav1.8 inhibitors with significant CYP3A liability, extensive labeling restrictions, prescriber burden, and medication reconciliation requirements we believe may limit uptake.

 

139


Table of Contents

Our Approach

Nav1.8 and the Transmission of Pain

Nociception is the physiological process by which a pain signal is transmitted by peripheral nociceptors, or pain-sensing neurons, to the brain where pain is perceived.

Nociceptors are specialized sensory neurons that are located in various tissues, including skin, muscles and joints. In the peripheral nervous system, the nociceptors are located in the dorsal root ganglion (DRG), a cluster of neurons in one of the roots which emerges from the spinal cord, and are a critical part of transmitting pain signals from the periphery to the central nervous system. Nociceptors are categorized according to the pain stimuli they sense, such as thermal extremes, mechanical damage or pressure, chemical irritants or integrated multi-modal signals.

Figure 2: Nav1.8 Transmits Pain Signals Independent of Source, Peripherally Blocking Pain Sensation

 

LOGO

There are nine members of the voltage-gated sodium channels (VGSC or Nav channels) family of proteins. These proteins control the excitability of neurons in the peripheral and central nervous systems and open during membrane depolarization to allow sodium to flow into the cell and then rapidly inactivate to cut off the flow. This regulated flow of sodium drives an action potential, which is the mechanism through which sensory information travels through the nervous system. Nav1.8 is a VGSC that is specifically expressed in DRG and trigeminal ganglion neurons and plays a significant role in regulating the activation of neurons transmitting a pain signal. Studies have shown that Nav1.8 is able to quickly return from inactivation which allows neurons to repeatedly fire action potentials and therefore contributes to neuronal excitability. These attributes make Nav1.8 critical to the transmission of pain signals. Further, Nav1.8 is substantially expressed in peripheral nerve tissue and not in the brain or other tissue, its inhibition has not been associated with addiction or severe tolerability concerns.

Validation of Nav1.8 as a Pain Target

The role of Nav1.8 as a pain target has been genetically validated through the investigation of both gain of function mutations and single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP) as well as validated in the clinic and from a regulatory perspective with the approval of the first Nav1.8 inhibitor, suzetrigine, in 2025. In the rare cases of gain of function mutations, the abnormal Nav1.8 protein is associated with or drives the perception of pain in small fiber neuropathy (a nerve condition that damages small nerve fibers, causing pain, and other abnormal sensations), diabetic peripheral neuropathy (nerve damage

 

140


Table of Contents

that can affect people with Type 1 or Type 2 diabetes and causes numbness, sharp pains or cramps, reduced ability to feel pain or temperature changes and other abnormal sensations) and trigeminal neuralgia (a chronic disorder that causes sudden, severe facial pain). Several SNPs have been identified within the SCN10A gene which encodes the Nav1.8 protein. These SNPs are linked to reduced pain in inflammatory bowel disease, post-surgical pain and experimentally induced mechanical pain.

The genetic and pharmacological validation of Nav1.8 as a pain target has generated significant interest in the development of pain medications that target the inhibition of Nav1.8. Although only suzetrigine is FDA approved, other drugs have shown analgesic properties in third-party clinical trials, further validating the mechanisms. One of these candidates is VX-150, an orally bioavailable pro-drug candidate that is metabolized into an active moiety that inhibits Nav1.8 function. The analgesic effects of Nav1.8 inhibition with VX-150 were observed in three Phase 2 proof-of-concept studies in acute postoperative pain, OA pain and small fiber neuropathy.

Our Differentiated Development Capabilities to Address Pain

Overcoming Challenges in Developing New Pain Medications

There has been significant interest in developing novel pain medications, particularly in light of the opioid epidemic and the need for non-addictive pain management alternatives. Despite these efforts, since the regulatory approval of OxyContin in 1996, there have been few non-opioid breakthroughs in pain medicine development, and those that have achieved regulatory approval have primarily been for the treatment of migraine rather than broader pain management.

Preclinical development of pain medications faces significant methodological hurdles. Most preclinical animal tests measure a simple physical withdrawal reflex, which does not always predict human pain. Additionally, researchers rely on surrogate behaviors in preclinical studies, which can fail to capture the nuances of experiencing suffering.

Clinical development of pain medications faces challenges in clinical trial design, partly due to pain being a subjective experience rather than an objective measure. Mitigating placebo effects, having a suitably sensitive assay/endpoint and appropriately capturing a subjective experience are examples of what must be considered while designing a clinical trial. A meta-analysis of randomized clinical trials in chronic neuropathic pain from 1990 to 2013 has shown that placebo group changes have increased while active treatment changes have remained relatively stable. This study suggests that changes in study methods may be limiting the ability of researchers to detect actual differences in active and placebo effects.

This concept also aligns with the high incidence of false-negative findings in pain medicine clinical trials, where therapies that are known to work and may already be approved by regulatory agencies fail to show an analgesic effect in a clinical trial setting.

We believe that the recent FDA approval of suzetrigine has provided a validated path from development to approval, as well as trial designs that can help mitigate known challenges in pain medication development.

We believe that our deep understanding of the pain space positions us to further build on this initial validation of Nav1.8 and the progress to date in clinical trial design. With our expertise in pain biology, we have developed proprietary tools to organically develop compounds that can be assessed in preclinical assays and translated clinically with accuracy and efficiency. Coupled with our world-class clinical team that has conducted more than 250 pain studies, we are uniquely suited to execute on a portfolio of pain product candidates.

 

141


Table of Contents

Our Differentiated Preclinical Electrophysiology and Microneurography Tools

Leveraging our expertise in ion channel pain biology and translational analysis, we employ two preclinical models, electrophysiology in human DRG neurons and NHP microneurography to measure the effect of compounds on nociceptor function and action potential firing, which are measures of target engagement. Both these models are quantifiable and do not require animal behavioral models which can be challenging to translate to humans. These models work for Nav1.8 as well as other ion channel targets that control pain signal transmission.

Manual and automated patch clamp electrophysiology assays allow us to test compound pharmacology in human DRG neurons ex vivo. The second preclinical model, a microneurography assay where an electrode is inserted into the peripheral nerve of NHPs, measures target engagement in nerve fibers in vivo across a spectrum of action potential frequencies representative of human pain disorders.

Our preclinical evaluation of ex vivo and in vivo nerve pain signaling has allowed us to validate targets, model drug activity and has yielded novel insights that drive our drug discovery strategy. Importantly, these preclinical insights have informed our strategy to focus the development of our pipeline in musculoskeletal pain over neuropathic pain. We have shown that higher levels of Nav1.8 target inhibition were required to meaningfully reduce action potentials in a model of neuropathic pain (>99% inhibition required to meaningfully reduce low frequency action potential firing) compared to musculoskeletal pain (>70% inhibition sufficient to meaningfully reduce higher frequency action potential firing).

Figure 3: Inhibition of C-fiber Nociceptor Action Potentials with LTG-001 in a Dose-Dependent Manner in NHP Microneurography Models

 

LOGO

Further we have utilized these models to show that 99% inhibition of Nav1.8 blocked only around 60% of total action potentials highlighting the value of combination therapies with novel mechanisms to further inhibit pain signaling.

We have shown that the preclinical results with Nav1.8 inhibitors were predictive of clinical analgesia, both in the CPT in healthy volunteers as well as musculoskeletal pain in patients.

 

142


Table of Contents

Cold Pressor Test as a Validated Biomarker for Clinical Trials for Pain

The lack of a biomarker which can predict clinical outcomes or a reliable human translational model has been a challenge in the development of new pain management therapies. We have identified and refined the CPT methodology and it has provided a quantifiable and repeatable, clinical endpoint that has translated into potentially pivotal trial outcomes. The CPT is a human experimental pain model to assess analgesic drug effect. Healthy volunteers immerse one hand into a bath of circulating cold water (1° ± 0.5 ° C) and are instructed to remove it only when the pain from the cold is no longer tolerable. The time from hand immersion to removal is measured as the PTT. For safety, the maximum time a participant can leave the hand immersed is 180 seconds. Our differentiated preclinical models and techniques provide target engagement analysis and enable us to optimally use the CPT as a predictive biomarker to inform clinical development decision-making.

We optimized the CPT model to have a more robust and rigorous protocol using a crossover trial design. The CPT model enables early characterization of analgesic properties in a Phase 1 clinical trial that can be completed at a low cost and in approximately three weeks. We believe this approach provides a significant advantage in the development of analgesics by identifying compounds with the potential for greatest analgesic effect and characterizing onset of action early in the development process with minimal investment.

We have validated this approach by running five CPT trials testing eight separate cohorts of Nav1.8 inhibitors across dose levels. The Nav1.8 inhibitors we have tested are LTG-001, LTG-321, suzetrigine and LTG-305 (a discontinued product candidate).

The CPT trial results from LTG-001 and LTG-321 showed dose ranging with separation across each dose level. Of the Nav 1.8 inhibitors tested in our CPT trials, the only compounds for which clinical trial data in moderate to severe pain after abdominoplasty exists are LTG-001 and suzetrigine. In the case of LTG-001 the aggregate 0-12 hour effect for LTG-001’s loading dose of 450mg (estimated as an average of LTG-001 300mg and LTG-001 600mg), was 142% in our CPT trial. In our abdominoplasty clinical trial for LTG-001, the 0-12 hour impact of 450mg of LTG-001, as measured by placebo-subtracted SPID12, was approximately 20. In our suzetrigine CPT trial, the aggregate effect for 100mg of suzetrigine (the label-specified loading dose), was 84.5%. The estimated placebo-subtracted SPID 12 of 100mg of suzetrigine (derived from published figures reported from its Phase 3 abdominoplasty trial) was approximately 11. We believe the consistency between the relative analgesic effects for both compounds across the cold pressor model and in clinical trials in patients with moderate to severe pain after abdominoplasty may serve as strong support for a clinical biomarker.

LTG-305 was tested repeatedly using the same dose, and results were highly consistent between experiments, supporting the repeatability of the CPT model. We were able to deprioritize the development of LTG-305 based on the CPT data.

Development Strategy in Musculoskeletal Pain

Rationale for Abdominoplasty and Bunionectomy for Acute Pain

We have performed extensive analysis of historical and current pain clinical trials to determine the best surgical pain models to be assessed in our own clinical trials. We noted the FDA typically has required demonstration of efficacy in at least one soft tissue model and one hard tissue (bony) model to support an approved label indication of “treatment of moderate to severe acute pain.” Per FDA guidance, these trials “should include repeat-dose design as appropriate” and treatment duration “should be no fewer than 24 hours for products that are not limited to a single dose.” Based on our analysis, the most common models used for pivotal studies directed our pivotal trial designs, which have been abdominoplasty (soft tissue) and bunionectomy (hard tissue). Both models are well known for their speed of enrollment and relatively healthy patient pools. Both models show high assay

 

143


Table of Contents

sensitivity (ability to differentiate truly efficacious drugs from placebo) due in part to the ability to complete trials in a small number of specialized centers with standardized surgery and anesthesia.

We conducted our trial in patients undergoing abdominoplasties, a soft tissue model. Abdominoplasties are surgical procedures designed to improve the aesthetic appearance of the abdomen that require effective management of postoperative acute pain. In 2022, according to the American Society for Plastic Surgeons (ASPS), there were over 160,000 performed abdominoplasties, representing a ~37% increase as compared to 2019. While largely based on surgeon discretion, it is standard procedure to prescribe opioids for post-surgical pain management.

Research has demonstrated that surgical patients carry an increased risk of becoming long-term opioid users as they are more likely to be prescribed postoperative opioids. Those prescribed opioids within seven days of surgery are estimated to have a 44% increased chance of becoming long-term users.

We plan to initiate a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in patients undergoing bunionectomies to evaluate efficacy in a hard tissue model.

Use of Rescue Medication in Placebo-Controlled Pain Clinical Trials

For ethical reasons, clinical trials in pain indications must allow “rescue medication,” an analgesic treatment participants can request if their pain is inadequately controlled by the active drug or placebo they receive in the study. The allowed rescue drug(s), allowed dose(s) and allowed frequency of rescue in a study are prespecified in the study protocol. Rescue medications are open-label, meaning the study participant is informed what drug and dose the rescue medication is, and that it’s an analgesic known to work, not a placebo. When a participant takes rescue medication, data from their efficacy assessments is often statistically imputed to minimize the effect of rescue on study outcomes.

In addition to satisfying ethical concerns, rescue medication can prevent an excessive amount of clinical trial dropouts among patients receiving placebo.

The timing and amount of a patient’s use of rescue can also provide important data on the analgesic effect of a study drug. Time to first rescue and total amount of rescue over a study treatment period can be used along with other endpoints (e.g. SPID48) to characterize the analgesic effect of a study drug vs. placebo.

Rescue regimens differ from study to study, and different analgesics (e.g., opioids, NSAIDs) may be used. In a clinical trial examining a non-opioid investigational drug, including an opioid as rescue medication allows assessments of data related to opioid sparing—the reduction or elimination of opioid use in pain settings where opioids are typically required. This may result in label language detailing the study drug’s performance vs. placebo in reducing or eliminating the need for opioids.

The use of opioid rescue in a clinical trial does not imply that the investigational drug should be administered alongside opioids in clinical practice. In a scenario in which opioid rescue is included in a study to gather data on opioid sparing, the intent is to demonstrate that the study drug may reduce the need for opioids.

Opioid Sparing Label Claim and Labeling Language

In light of the opioid crisis in the United States, the FDA has prioritized the development of novel analgesics and decreasing opioid exposure. As part of its effort the agency has provided guidance on the data required to obtain drug label claims related to elimination or reduction of opioid use (“opioid sparing” claims).

 

144


Table of Contents

The guidance mentions multiple ways in which “a non-opioid analgesic may show benefit in reducing opioid use,” the first of which is “eliminating patient use of opioid analgesics in some or all patients in a pain setting in which use of opioids would typically be required.” To obtain the relevant claim, FDA recommends showing that a product eliminates the need for an opioid analgesic in a statistically significant number of patients in a setting in which opioids are routinely required for adequate acute pain control.

The guidance further recommends that to support language describing clinically meaningful reductions in opioid analgesic use in product labeling data from adequate and well-controlled trials should be provided which means that only data from randomized, double-blinded, controlled trials can be used to support a label claim or support open-related claims or language, not data from open-label studies.

Currently, three pain therapeutics (Exparel, approved 2011, Xaracoll, approved 2020, and Zynrelef, approved 2021) have label language that includes a claim on % of opioid-free patients. All three are local anesthetic treatments administered during surgery. All the relevant language in their labels exclusively represents data from randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials. The relevant language that is in the respective labels regarding the percentage of opioid-free patients is summarized in the figure below.

Figure 4: Pain Therapeutics with Opioid-Free Label Claims and Label Language

 

LOGO

Rationale for Planned Phase 3 open-label safety trial

In order to meet regulatory guidelines around patient safety for treatments in indications such as moderate-to-severe acute pain, we are also required to conduct an open-label safety trial to attain a certain number of safety exposures at the intended commercial dose and to demonstrate safety across a mix of demographics and surgical settings to more adequately match the real-world setting. In order to meet this requirement, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 single-arm open-label trial to assess the safety of LTG-001 within a broader population of patients with moderate to severe acute pain. The planned enrollment for the trial is approximately 400 patients who will receive at least one dose of LTG-001 across a variety of post-surgical and non-surgical settings selected to match the proposed real-world use of LTG-001.

Rationale for OA as Proof-of-Concept for Chronic Pain

OA is a chronic disease that affects an estimated 33 million adults in the United States based on an industry report published in 2022. OA breaks down one or more joints in the body, and as the disease progresses results in chronic joint pain as well as intense pain attacks. OA pain is a musculoskeletal pain condition with the same underlying cause as acute postoperative pain, driven by inflammatory damage to muscle and bone. Success in acute postoperative pain is therefore highly predictive of success in OA pain, and on-market drugs for acute pain (e.g. acetaminophen, NSAIDs, opioids) also generally work in OA pain. Additionally, among chronic pain clinical trial models, OA is typically the fastest to recruit, and we believe the best model for separating active drug from placebo. This is both due to the model’s sensitivity and its status as the most common chronic pain model (research sites are better trained and experienced in OA).

 

145


Table of Contents

Proof-of-concept for the Nav1.8 inhibitor class in OA pain has been achieved previously. Vertex Pharmaceuticals’ prior-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor VX-150 achieved significant positive results in both acute postoperative pain and OA pain in Phase 2 clinical trials, suggesting that the drug class may be effective in OA pain, and that its effect in OA pain was associated with performance in acute pain in clinical trials of VX-150.

Pipeline

We are developing a pipeline of non-opioid medicines to address broad patient needs in chronic and acute pain. We are developing therapies to be dosed both orally and through IV administration.

 

LOGO

 
*

Based on our knowledge as of the date of this prospectus.

**

Based on our discussions with the FDA, this trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain.

LTG-001

LTG-001 is a novel, non-opioid, orally bioavailable small molecule that selectively and potently inhibits Nav1.8 in development for the treatment of acute pain. Because LTG-001 is a non-opioid pain medication that does not act centrally, we believe it does not carry a risk of dependency. LTG-001 is currently in development as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. LTG-001 is being developed as an oral twice daily treatment that is intended for use as needed for up to 30 days and as an IV therapy to enable transition from postoperative period to patient discharge in hospital settings.

We conducted a large-scale, randomized, double-blind, placebo- and comparator-controlled trial in 343 patients undergoing abdominoplasty at four centers in the United States. Based on our discussions with the FDA, this clinical trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. Participants received one of four trial treatments: high dose LTG-001 (450mg loading followed by 300mg every 12 hours), low dose LTG-001 (300mg loading dose followed by 150mg every 12 hours), HB/APAP (hydrocodone bitartrate 5mg/acetaminophen 325mg administered every 6 hours), the opioid comparator, or placebo. Participants stayed in-clinic and received treatment for 48 hours postoperatively and their pain was assessed on a 0-10 scale at prespecified time points. After the 48-hours in-clinic, there was a 14-day safety follow-up period.

 

146


Table of Contents

The trial met the primary endpoint of SPID48 with high dose LTG-001 achieving statistically significant pain reduction compared to placebo. Participants receiving high dose LTG-001 achieved a 62.1-point improvement in pain compared to placebo. Low dose LTG-001 and HB/APAP, the opioid comparator, also separated from placebo with statistical significance. Participants receiving low dose LTG-001 achieved a 37.8 point improvement in pain compared to placebo and participants receiving the opioid comparator, achieved a 40.9 point improvement in pain compared to placebo. Onset of meaningful pain relief, defined as time to a 2-point reduction in 0-10 pain score, occurred at 52 minutes with high dose LTG-001 and at 60 minutes with low dose LTG-001. The trial protocol allowed for opioid rescue medication to assess the effect of LTG-001 on reducing opioid intake, including key endpoints that we believe may support an opioid-free label. Approximately half of participants in each of the high and low dose LTG-001 cohorts were opioid-free during the clinical trial. LTG-001 was generally well-tolerated, with overall AE levels below those of placebo. AEs were mostly mild to moderate.

Based on our discussions with the FDA, we believe our proposed CMC manufacturing and stability plan for the commercial material for LTG-001 is reasonable for supporting regulatory approval.

We plan to initiate a placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in participants undergoing bunionectomy and an open-label Phase 3 safety trial in the second half of 2026, with topline results expected in the second half of 2027.

As part of our life-cycle management as well as our strategy to broaden access to a larger range of patients, we are also developing LTG-001 as both an oral twice-daily and IV therapy to enable the transition from the postoperative period to patient discharge in hospital settings. We have completed bioavailability studies for the LTG-001 IV formulation, with preliminary data indicating approximately 100% bioavailability. We are currently evaluating dosing regimens and plan to seek regulatory feedback on the clinical development strategy.

LTG-321

LTG-321 is our next-generation candidate for the inhibition of Nav1.8, initially being developed for the treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain, starting with OA. LTG-321 is structurally distinct from LTG-001. We believe LTG-321’s differentiated profile may enable a lower effective dose and once-daily dosing — characteristics we believe are particularly important for a chronic-use setting. We have initiated a Phase 2 proof-of-concept trial exploring LTG-321 in patients with OA of the knee.

OA is a chronic disease that affects an estimated 33 million adults in the United States based on an industry report published in 2022. The underlying driver of OA pain, inflammatory damage to muscle and bone, is mechanistically consistent with the pain experienced in acute postoperative settings. As a result, success in acute postoperative pain has historically been highly predictive of analgesic effect in OA pain, as demonstrated by the broad effectiveness of on-market analgesics such as acetaminophen, NSAIDs and opioids across both indications.

Proof-of-concept for the Nav1.8 inhibitor class in OA pain has already been established. Vertex Pharmaceuticals’ prior-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor, VX-150, demonstrated statistically significant positive results in both acute postoperative pain and OA pain in Phase 2 clinical trials, reinforcing the translatability of acute pain analgesic effect to the chronic OA setting and validating the therapeutic potential of this drug class in musculoskeletal pain.

The Phase 1 trial as of May 15, 2026 has demonstrated that LTG-321 had a dose proportional and predictable PK profile. As part of the LTG-321 Phase 1 trial, we performed PD testing with the same CPT used for LTG-001. Treatment with 270mg of LTG-321 showed a peak effect of 182% increase in PTT from baseline compared to placebo at four hours post-dose. Treatment with 90mg of LTG-321 showed a peak effect of 128% increase in PTT from baseline compared to placebo at two

 

147


Table of Contents

hours post-dose. The total aggregate effect, as measured by percent increase in AUC over 12 hours (AUC0-12) versus baseline, was 161% for 270mg of LTG-321. We had previously performed PD testing with the same CPT with LTG-001 and commercially-available suzetrigine across separate trials. In those trials, the total aggregate effect of the maintenance dose (300mg) of LTG-001 and 600mg of LTG-001 was 127% and 157%, respectively. The aggregate effect for LTG-001’s loading dose of 450mg, which was estimated as an average of LTG-001 300mg and LTG-001 600mg aggregate effect, was 142%. Further, in a CPT trial where we explored suzetrigine, the aggregate effect for 100mg, which is the label-specified loading dose, was 84.5%.

Both LTG-321 doses showed continued activity at 24 hours post-dose, the last time point assessed. We have demonstrated that steady-state exposure (measured by maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) and AUC over 24 hours) after repeat once-daily dosing with 150mg was comparable to exposure after a single dose of 270mg. Based on these results, we plan to explore the 150mg once daily dose in our planned Phase 2 trial.

Based on these data, we have initiated a Phase 2 trial investigating LTG-321 in patients with OA of the knee and expect to report topline results in the second half of 2027. If positive, we believe this trial will provide proof-of-concept for efficacy of LTG-321 in chronic musculoskeletal pain.

LTG-418 and Undisclosed Compounds

Our earlier stage pipeline consists of LTG-418, a next-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain. LTG-418 is structurally distinct from LTG-001 and LTG-321, and it is designed to be administered at a low dose, one of the features that may enable additional opportunities for formulations and routes of administration beyond oral and IV delivery. Suitable tolerability was demonstrated in a completed 14-day non-GLP toxicology study and in the in-life portion of an ongoing 14-day non-GLP toxicology study in NHPs.

We are also in discovery of additional ion channel inhibitors involved in peripheral transmission of pain that represent potential complementary mechanisms of action to Nav1.8 inhibition for additional pain relief including in other chronic pain etiologies like neuropathic pain.

Our Lead Program: LTG-001

LTG-001 is a novel, orally bioavailable small molecule that selectively and potently inhibits Nav1.8, designed to stop the transmission of pain without the risk of addiction, with the goal to provide effective, rapid-acting pain relief. LTG-001 has been observed to be well-tolerated in clinical trials to date and because it is a non-opioid that does not act centrally, it has not demonstrated a risk of dependency. To our knowledge, the magnitude of analgesic effect seen with high dose LTG-001 is the highest analgesic effect seen in an abdominoplasty trial as of the date of this prospectus.

LTG-001 is currently in development as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. LTG-001 is being developed as an oral twice daily treatment that is intended for use as needed for up to 30 days and as an IV therapy to enable transition from postoperative period to patient discharge in hospital settings.

Despite the similarities of the Nav family of proteins, preclinical studies have shown LTG-001 was over 14,000-fold selective for Nav1.8 compared to the other eight channels in the Nav family. Additionally, LTG-001 was shown to be distributed to the peripheral nerve and rapidly penetrated the nerve compartment, the site of its therapeutic action. Our Phase 1 single ascending dose (SAD)/multiple ascending dose (MAD) trial showed that LTG-001 was rapidly absorbed with dose proportional exposure. The time to maximum concentration (Tmax) of LTG-001 was achieved within 1 to 2 hours of dosing. We believe this rapid absorption of LTG-001 is why onset of analgesia occurred in under 2 hours.

 

148


Table of Contents

As part of the LTG-001 Phase 1 program, we conducted initial PD testing using the cold pressor human experimental pain model, a well-known and well-validated early-phase model for assessing analgesic drug effect. Healthy volunteers immersed one hand into a bath with circulating cold water (1° ± .5 ° C.) and were instructed to remove it only when their cold pain could no longer be tolerated. The time from immersion to hand removal was measured as PTT. Three dose levels of LTG-001 were tested in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled within-subject crossover design. A baseline PTT score was assessed for each participant, then PTT was assessed at 1, 2, 4, 8 and 12 hours after dosing of LTG-001 or placebo. Peak analgesic effect was observed 2 hours post-dose with a 195%, 152%, and 77% PTT change from baseline compared to placebo for 600mg, 300mg and 100mg respectively, showing a clear dose response. Safety data indicated LTG-001 was well tolerated, with all treatment emergent adverse events (TEAE) being mild or moderate in severity. One participant discontinued the trial due to a TEAE unrelated to LTG-001.

We conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo- and comparator-controlled trial in 343 patients undergoing abdominoplasty conducted at four centers in the United States. Based on our discussions with the FDA, this clinical trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. Participants received one of four trial treatments: high dose LTG-001 (450mg loading dose followed by 300mg every 12 hours), low dose LTG-001 (300mg loading dose followed by 150mg every 12 hours), HB/APAP (hydrocodone bitartrate 5mg/acetaminophen 325mg administered every 6 hours) the opioid comparator, or placebo. The trial HB/APAP opioid comparator arm, the same comparator used in a Phase 3 clinical trial of suzetrigine in abdominoplasty, provides a comparison with a standard-of-care opioid drug typically used for acute pain. Participants stayed in-clinic for 48 hours postoperatively and their pain was assessed on a 0-10 scale at prespecified time points. The primary endpoint was SPID48.

In addition to developing LTG-001 as an oral twice-daily therapy, we are also developing LTG-001 as a potential IV therapy to enable the transition from the postoperative period to patient discharge in hospital settings. We have completed bioavailability studies for the LTG-001 IV formulation, with preliminary data indicating approximately 100% bioavailability. We are currently evaluating dosing regimens and plan to seek regulatory feedback on the clinical development strategy.

Summary of Differentiating Attributes

We believe LTG-001 represents a significant advancement in acute pain management as characterized by its observed magnitude of analgesic effect as measured by SPID48 relative to standard-of-care in the abdominoplasty clinical trial, rapid onset of analgesia and potential regulatory path toward becoming the first systemic analgesic therapeutic to receive an opioid-free label claim.

Magnitude of Analgesic Effect

In our clinical trial in abdominoplasty, low dose and high dose LTG-001 showed statistically significant improvement in pain compared to placebo in a dose ranging manner. High dose LTG-001 showed a ~50% greater analgesic effect compared to the active HB/APAP opioid comparator arm. The trial used a similar design to Vertex Pharmaceuticals’ Phase 3 abdominoplasty trial for suzetrigine, including a similar surgical model, the same primary endpoint (SPID48), and the same active HB/APAP opioid comparator. While it is impossible to perfectly compare data across different clinical trials and the trial did not include a head-to-head comparison with suzetrigine, to our knowledge, the magnitude of analgesic effect as measured by SPID48 seen with high dose LTG-001 is the highest observed in abdominoplasty trials conducted as of the date of this prospectus. We believe the magnitude of analgesic effect we have seen with high dose LTG-001 was due to the substantial target inhibition observed in the peripheral nerve tissue, the therapeutic site of action. For example, our preclinical studies showed that the unbound nerve-to-plasma partition coefficient (Kp,uu nerve) for LTG-001 was

 

149


Table of Contents

0.8 and that LTG-001 had a 42:1 nerve to brain ratio, indicating LTG-001 was efficiently distributed to its intended site of action and did not substantially cross the blood brain barrier.

Onset of Analgesia

In our market research, onset of meaningful pain relief was identified by prescribers as a key attribute in a preferred pain management therapeutic. With competitor data showing that onset of meaningful pain relief after abdominoplasty occurred approximately 2 hours post-dose, we believe there is an opportunity to develop a treatment with a more appealing profile.

In our abdominoplasty clinical trial, treatment with high dose LTG-001 achieved meaningful pain relief at 52 minutes post-dose. The HB/APAP opioid comparator arm did not achieve meaningful pain relief until 83 minutes post-dose.

We believe the rapid onset of analgesia we have seen is due to the LTG-001’s rapid Tmax of 1 to 2 hours and rapid penetration in peripheral nerve tissue, the therapeutic site of action.

Opioid Sparing

Based on the results of the abdominoplasty clinical trial, we plan to pursue the development of LTG-001 to support a potential label that includes information regarding LTG-001’s higher proportion of opioid-free patients compared to placebo. Over half of participants in the high dose LTG-001 cohort were opioid-free during the abdominoplasty clinical trial. We believe this is due to magnitude of analgesic effect and onset of analgesia seen with LTG-001. We have designed our planned Phase 3 bunionectomy clinical trial to also include opioid sparing endpoints and, if positive, these data will provide further support for a potential opioid-free labeling language or claim. Currently, only three pain management therapeutics (Exparel, approved 2011, Xaracoll, approved 2020, and Zynrelef, approved 2021) have an opioid-free claim in their labels, and all are local anesthetic treatments administered during surgery. If approved with such labeling, LTG-001 would be the first systemic analgesic to receive this claim. We believe LTG-001 has the potential to not only provide rapid and significant pain relief but may also reduce exposure to opioids and the risk of addiction that comes with their use.

General Safety

LTG-001 was generally well-tolerated in clinical trials with a lower incidence of AEs observed compared to HB/APAP, the opioid comparator, or placebo in the abdominoplasty trial. Further, since Nav1.8 is substantially expressed in peripheral nerve tissue and not in the brain or other tissue, its inhibition has not been associated with addiction or severe tolerability concerns. Our preclinical studies have shown that LTG-001 was more than 14,000-fold selective for Nav1.8 compared to the other Nav channels.

Lack of Drug-drug Interactions (DDI)

In initial clinical pharmacology trials and preclinical studies, LTG-001 has shown modest potential for DDI. Our preclinical studies have shown balanced clearance through kidney and hepatic routes which may limit the potential for DDIs. We believe these results could support broad use of the drug in different patient types across different prescribing settings, particularly for nonsurgical acute pain management in emergency rooms, urgent care centers, and primary care settings. Ease of prescribing also supports the use of LTG-001 in combination with other pain management therapeutics, potentially providing even more substantial pain relief for patients.

Preclinical Attributes of LTG-001, Results from Toxicology and Clinical Pharmacology Studies

LTG-001 has been shown to be highly selective for Nav1.8. Despite the similarities of the Nav family of proteins, preclinical studies have shown LTG-001 was more than 14,000-fold selective for

 

150


Table of Contents

Nav1.8 compared to the other eight channels in the Nav family. LTG-001’s distribution to the nerve and biodistribution to the nerve compartment further contributed to its analgesic effect. Our preclinical studies showed the Kp,uu nerve was 0.8, plasma free fraction of 22%, and that LTG-001 had a 42:1 nerve to brain ratio, indicating LTG-001 was efficiently distributed to its intended site of action in peripheral nerve tissue and did not substantially cross the blood brain barrier.

We evaluated the biodistribution and potency of LTG-001 and suzetrigine in separate preclinical models to predict the level of Nav1.8 target inhibition that was achieved in clinical trials.

LTG-001 was dosed orally in rats and Cynomolgus monkeys (NHPs), and the level of drug in both the nerve compartment and plasma were measured by mass spectrometry to determine a nerve to plasma ratio of 0.8. This ratio was applied to the LTG-001 plasma level in humans with 22% free fraction to obtain the predicted LTG-001 nerve level in humans of 1790 nM. The potency of LTG-001 on human Nav1.8 was measured by an electrophysiology assay designed to mimic the microenvironment of the nerve compartment. This produced a potency of 281 nM on human DRG neurons. Using these values, we estimate LTG-001 achieved around 86% inhibition of Nav1.8 in the nerve, the therapeutic site of action at the target dose.

A synthesized version of suzetrigine was dosed orally in rats and the level of drug in both the nerve compartment and plasma were measured by mass spectrometry to determine a nerve to plasma ratio of 0.66. This ratio was applied to the published suzetrigine plasma level in humans with 1% free fraction to obtain the predicted suzetrigine nerve level in humans of 18 nM for the parent and active metabolite combined. The potency of suzetrigine on human Nav1.8 was measured by an electrophysiology assay designed to mimic the microenvironment of the nerve compartment. This produced a potency of 10.2 nM on human DRG neurons on average for the parent and active metabolite. Using these values, we estimate suzetrigine and active metabolite achieved around 64% inhibition of Nav1.8 in the nerve, the therapeutic site of action at the target dose.

We believe distribution to the peripheral nerve tissue but not the brain supports the activity findings of LTG-001 in clinical trials and may reduce off target effects including dependency risk. Additionally, our preclinical studies conducted in rats and NHPs demonstrated that LTG-001 exhibited low clearance and high oral bioavailability.

In vitro, we saw that LTG-001 was not a potent reversible or time-dependent inhibitor of major cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzymes, nor was it a potent inhibitor of multiple transporters systemically, suggesting a low risk of clinically relevant DDIs. These results indicate a low risk for DDI at the therapeutic dose regimen of 450mg load/300mg every 12 hours. Further, in a clinical DDI trial with the strong inhibitor itraconazole, LTG-001 demonstrated a weak DDI, as evidenced by the < 2-fold increase in LTG-001 exposure. In this clinical trial, one patient who received both itraconazole and LTG-001 experienced a TEAE (mild in severity) related to itraconazole-associated alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST) elevation, which led to withdrawal of the subject from further itraconazole administration. Following withdrawal, AE resolved without any intervention required.

In preclinical animal studies, LTG-001 was well tolerated with no AEs observed up to 1,000mg/kg/day in rats and up to 300mg/kg/day in NHPs after once daily oral administration for both the 14-day and 28-day studies. The results from our preclinical NHP GLP toxicology studies indicated an 11-fold safety margin at 28 days and a 5-fold safety margin at 13 weeks relative to the therapeutic dose of 300mg every 12 hours.

Additional Studies Conducted to Evaluate Abuse Liability and Dependency Risk for LTG-001

Currently available nonclinical and clinical data indicate that off-target pharmacologic activity at abuse-related targets is not anticipated at clinically relevant exposures of LTG-001 based on structural

 

151


Table of Contents

assessment of LTG-001, in vitro binding studies at abuse-related targets, a nonclinical biodistribution study, neurobehavioral assessments in GLP toxicity studies, as well as monitoring for abuse- and dependence-related adverse events in clinical trials of LTG-001.

In a nonclinical study in rats that evaluated the absorption and distribution of radiolabeled LTG-001, the CNS exposures of LTG-001 were low relative to systemic tissues and declined rapidly.

In 28-day GLP toxicity study in rats and NHPs, no LTG-001 related neurobehavioral changes were observed up to the highest doses tested (1000 mg/kg/day in rats and 300 mg/kg/day in NHP). During the recovery phases of the 28-day toxicology studies in rats and NHPs and the 13 week NHP study, there were no signs or observations indicative of withdrawal syndrome up to 1000 mg/kg/day in rats and 300 mg/kg/day in monkeys after 28 days or 200/150 mg/kg/day after 13 weeks in monkeys. The 28-day recovery period is >100x longer than the half-life in rats and monkeys, further supporting there were no indications of a withdrawal syndrome.

As of May 30, 2026, no abuse-related TEAEs were observed across clinical trials conducted in healthy volunteers or participants receiving LTG-001 across completed clinical trials including Phase 1 SAD/MAD and CPT trial, dental pain trial and the abdominoplasty trial.

From the data evaluated from these studies and clinical trials to date we have not observed any findings that would indicate potential for abuse or dependence.

Key Clinical Trial Results for LTG-001

Cold Pressor Phase 1 Clinical Trial of LTG-001

Clinical Trial Design

We conducted initial PD testing using the cold pressor human experimental pain model, a well-known and well-validated early-phase model for exploratory assessment of analgesic drug effect. Healthy volunteers immersed one hand into a bath of circulating cold water (1° ± 0.5 ° C) and were instructed to remove it only when their cold pain could no longer be tolerated. The time from immersion to hand removal was measured as PTT. For safety, the maximum time a participant could leave the hand immersed was 180 seconds.

Three dose levels of LTG-001 (600mg, 300mg and 100mg) were tested in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled within-subject crossover design in 20 participants per dose level. A baseline PTT score was assessed for each subject, then PTT was assessed at 1, 2, 4, 8 and 12 hours after dosing of LTG-001 or placebo. Drug analgesic effect was measured by percent increase in PTT compared to baseline at each time point, and as an AUC-012.

Prior to testing LTG-001 in cold pressor, we conducted a method validation trial at the same site using a near-identical design in pregabalin 300mg compared to placebo. Pregabalin is a well-understood analgesic known to show analgesic effect in the cold pressor model and could therefore support the sensitivity of the experimental assay and provide a benchmark for analysis of LTG-001 analgesic effect.

The only difference between the method validation trial with pregabalin and the LTG-001 trial was the length of the washout period, which was 3 days for the pregabalin trial and 7 days for the LTG-001 trial. In the method validation trial, pregabalin 300mg showed significant effect compared to placebo (26% peak effect at 4 hours), validating the experimental assay.

 

152


Table of Contents

Figure 5: Design of Phase 1 Cold Pressor Clinical Trial of LTG-001

 

LOGO

Results

LTG-001 demonstrated rapid onset and high analgesic effect as measured by PTT. Peak effects were observed at 2 hours post-dose for the 600mg and 300mg doses and at 8 hours for the 100mg dose. Peak analgesic effect was demonstrated by a 195%, 152%, and 77% PTT change from baseline compared to placebo for 600mg, 300mg and 100mg respectively, showing a clear dose response. All doses showed continued analgesic effect at 12 hours post-dose.

Figure 6: Percent Change from Baseline of Mean PTT, Placebo-Subtracted for LTG-001 in the Phase 1 CPT Clinical Trial and Pregabalin 300mg in the Method-Validation Trial

 

LOGO

Following the commercial launch of suzetrigine, we conducted an additional CPT trial with commercially-available suzetrigine at 100mg, which is the label-specified loading dose. The purposes of the trial were to characterize an additional Nav1.8 inhibitor in the cold pressor model and to better understand the potential predictivity of cold pressor data on postoperative pain data by comparing suzetrigine in CPT to published suzetrigine data in abdominoplasty and bunionectomy.

Commercially-available suzetrigine showed significant analgesic effect in cold pressor, confirming the model’s sensitivity to the Nav1.8 drug class. Peak effect was 98% PTT change from baseline compared to placebo observed at 4 hours post-dose.

 

153


Table of Contents

Figure 7: Percent Change from Baseline of Mean PTT, Placebo-Subtracted for suzetrigine in a Validation Trial of the CPT model

 

LOGO

One limitation of the CPT trial design is the 180 second maximum for a participant to leave their hand submerged in cold water, which is required for participant safety. By restricting the time a participant can keep their hand submerged, the design limits the possible PTT percent change from baseline. We believe the design of this trial, including the time limit to prioritize participant safety, likely resulted in an under-measurement of the analgesic effect of LTG-001.

Safety

LTG-001 was generally well tolerated at all dose levels. Overall, the safety profile in the CPT part of the Phase 1 trial was consistent with that observed in the other parts of the trial and revealed no new safety signals.

Abdominoplasty Clinical Trial of LTG-001

We conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo- and comparator-controlled dose-ranging clinical trial of LTG-001 in four U.S. sites as a treatment for pain for 48 hours after abdominoplasty. Based on our discussions with the FDA, this clinical trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain.

The trial enrolled 343 participants who reported moderate or severe pain after surgery. The patients were randomized 1:1:1:1 to receive high dose LTG-001 (450mg loading dose followed by 300mg every 12 hours), low dose LTG-001 (300mg loading dose followed by 150mg every 12 hours), HB/APAP (5mg hydrocodone bitartrate and 325mg acetaminophen every 6 hours), the opioid comparator, or placebo. The active HB/APAP opioid comparator arm was the same as that which has been used in previous studies of suzetrigine and provides a comparison to a standard-of-care opioid drug typically used to treat acute pain. Opioid rescue medication (oxycodone 5mg) was permitted per the protocol. Participants stayed in-clinic for 48 hours postoperatively and their pain was assessed on a 0-10 scale at prespecified time points. After the 48-hours in-clinic, there was a 14-day safety follow-up period. The baseline NPRS (numerical pain rating scale) for patients enrolled in the trial was 7.4.

The primary endpoint of the clinical trial was SPID48, which calculates the total pain reduction over time by summing the differences between a patient’s pain level at various time points and their initial baseline pain. Higher scores indicate better pain relief. If a participant received rescue medication, their

 

154


Table of Contents

pain scores were imputed using Windowed Last Observation Carried Forward, which means that an NPRS was assessed just prior to rescue administration and that score was carried forward for 6 hours (the expected duration of effect of the rescue medication). Onset of meaningful pain relief, defined as time to a 2-point reduction in the 0-10 NPRS, was a secondary endpoint. Additional endpoints include total opioid rescue medication consumption for 0 to 48 hours, proportion of participants requiring no opioid rescue medication over 48 hours, time to meaningful pain relief and incidence of nausea and vomiting.

Figure 8: Design for Dose-Ranging Trial Evaluating Safety and Efficacy in Pain After Abdominoplasty

 

LOGO

Results

Primary Endpoint: SPID48

The trial achieved the primary endpoint of SPID48 with high dose LTG-001 achieving statistically significant pain reduction compared to placebo. Participants receiving high dose LTG-001 achieved a 62.1 point improvement in pain compared to placebo with a standardized effect size of 0.74. Low dose LTG-001 and HB/APAP, the opioid comparator, also separated from placebo with statistical significance. Participants receiving low dose LTG-001 achieved a 37.8 point improvement in pain compared to placebo and participants receiving HB/APAP, the opioid comparator, achieved a 40.9 point improvement in pain compared to placebo.

Figure 9: Results of Primary Endpoint — SPID48 after Abdominoplasty for High Dose and Other Arms

 

LOGO

 

155


Table of Contents

Secondary Endpoints

Onset of meaningful pain relief was rapid for both high dose and low dose LTG-001. High dose LTG-001 achieved a 2-point NPRS reduction at 52 minutes and low dose LTG-001 achieved a 2-point reduction at 60 minutes. The HB/APAP opioid comparator arm achieved a 2-point reduction at 83 minutes and the placebo arm achieved a 2-point reduction at 88 minutes.

Figure 10: Time to 2-point Reduction in NPRS after Abdominoplasty

 

 

LOGO

We also measured the onset of pain relief using the 2-stopwatch technique. In the 2-stopwatch technique, patients are given two stopwatches, one labeled “Perceptible Relief” and one labeled “Meaningful Relief.” Patients are instructed to stop the Perceptible Relief stopwatch when they experience any pain relief at all, and to stop the Meaningful Relief stopwatch when they experience pain relief that is meaningful to them. Data for patients who use rescue medication or do not experience perceptible or meaningful relief within 6 hours of dosing are censored. Stopwatch data were used to calculate time to confirmed perceptible pain relief, which is the median time to perceptible pain relief among patients who went on to experience meaningful pain relief. Time to confirmed perceptible pain relief is a common measure of onset of initial pain relief in acute pain clinical trials.

Based on this method, the time to confirmed perceptible pain relief was 30 minutes for high dose LTG-001 and 39 minutes for low dose LTG-001. The HB/APAP opioid comparator arm achieved a time to confirmed perceptible pain relief of 43 minutes and the placebo arm achieved a time to confirmed perceptible pain relief of 72 minutes.

Per the protocol, use of opioid rescue medication, oxycodone 5mg every 6 hours, was permitted to assess the effect of LTG-001 on reducing opioid intake. Both dose levels of LTG-001 demonstrated opioid sparing, and a statistically significant greater percentage of patients on LTG-001 required no opioid compared to placebo. In total amount of rescue opioid consumed, high dose LTG-001 showed statistically significant less opioid use compared to placebo.

The percentage of patients experiencing nausea or vomiting was included as a prespecified trial endpoint to assess the clinical benefit of opioid sparing. Nausea and vomiting are common opioid-related AEs. Both dose levels of LTG-001 showed lower incidence of nausea or vomiting compared to placebo.

 

156


Table of Contents

Figure 11: Results of Opioid Sparing-Related Secondary Endpoints

 

LOGO

* Morphine Milligram Equivalent

Safety

LTG-001 was generally well tolerated, and overall AE levels were below those observed in the placebo arm. AEs were mostly mild to moderate. No AEs were meaningfully more common in any LTG-001 arm compared to placebo except pyrexia and presyncope, which were mild to moderate. Six cases (7% of participants) of pyrexia in the LTG-001 high dose cohort were reported, and five of the six cases were deemed unrelated to treatment by the trial investigator. Five cases (5.8% of participants) of presyncope in the LTG-001 high dose cohort were reported, and all cases were deemed unrelated to treatment by the trial investigator. Serious AEs reported were deemed unrelated to treatment by the trial investigator. No new safety signals for LTG-001 were identified.

Figure 12: Summary of AEs in Our Abdominoplasty Clinical Trial

 

LOGO

 
*

Note. 3% threshold represents occurrence in >2 patients

Other Clinical Trials for LTG-001: Phase 1 SAD / MAD, Phase 2 Dental Pain, and Thorough QT Trial

Phase 1: Single Ascending and Multiple Ascending Dose Clinical Trial

Trial Design

We conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial in New Zealand that included five SAD cohorts, four MAD cohorts and two additional cohorts to evaluate food effect and bioavailability. A total of 88 participants were enrolled in the Phase 1 trial, including 70 participants given LTG-001 and 18 participants given placebo.

 

157


Table of Contents

Figure 13: Trial Design for the SAD and MAD Phase 1 Clinical Trial

 

LOGO

Pharmacokinetics

We ran a preliminary food effect trial. We assessed the absorption profile of a single dose of LTG-001 (75mg) in healthy volunteers in fed and fasted states to determine if there was a food effect. Preliminary analysis showed that under fed conditions of a high-fat breakfast, the Tmax of LTG-001 was delayed and there was a modest reduction in Cmax without alteration in AUC (overall exposure). We plan to run definitive food effect studies.

We also investigated the PK profile of LTG-001 in the SAD and MAD portions of our clinical trial. The results showed that LTG-001 was rapidly absorbed and that the PK parameters were dose proportional following single dose administration. Increases in exposure for multiple dose were slightly less than dose proportional. The Tmax was achieved within 1 to 2 hours of dosing, aligning with both the rapid absorption observed and the fact that LTG-001 is an active compound that does not require metabolism to be activated. The mean half-life observed was approximately 9 hours at 300mg every 12 hours.

Importantly, the results demonstrated that at 300mg every 12 hours dose, LTG-001 achieved plasma concentrations corresponding to approximately 90% inhibition of Nav1.8, our target level of inhibition. Because rapid pain relief is a key unmet need for patients experiencing acute pain, we further explored the dosing regimen to determine how quickly 90% inhibition could be achieved. When participants were given a loading dose of 450mg, plasma concentrations sufficient for 90% inhibition of Nav1.8 were achieved within 30 minutes of dose administration.

 

158


Table of Contents

Figure 14: LTG-001 SAD / MAD Pharmacokinetic Profile

 

LOGO

Safety

LTG-001 was well tolerated in the Phase 1 clinical trial across the SAD, MAD, relative bioavailability (RB) and food-effect (FE) portions of the trial, including up to 10 days of once-daily dosing at 600mg in the MAD portion. Across all trial parts, TEAEs were mild or moderate in severity with no serious AEs reported. One participant discontinued trial participation due to a TEAE that was deemed unrelated to LTG-001 (tooth abscess). The incidence of AEs did not increase with increasing doses in either the SAD or MAD portions of the trial.

Phase 2 Proof of Concept Clinical Trial of LTG-001 in Dental Pain

Clinical Trial Design

We conducted a Phase 2 dose ranging clinical trial assessing LTG-001 in a proof-of-concept surgical model. The clinical trial was a single-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in patients with moderate to severe pain after dental surgery (third molar extraction). The primary endpoint was Summed Pain Intensity Difference from 0-12 hours post-dose (SPID12).

The purpose of the trial was to assess initial pharmacodynamic characterization of LTG-001 vs. placebo and an active comparator (suzetrigine 100mg). The trial was not designed to meet FDA standards to serve as a registrational efficacy trial. The third molar extraction model is generally confined to single-dose experiments and is understood to have assay sensitivity covering 6-12 hours postoperatively. As such it is generally not recognized as appropriate for registrational efficacy trials by the FDA, which recommends repeat-dose trial designs for drugs intended for multiple-dose use. Because efficacy data from third molar extraction trials may not be generalizable to real-world acute pain settings, use of third molar extraction is typically limited to initial proof of concept and early assessment of pharmacodynamics.

The trial enrolled 250 participants at a single site who underwent dental surgery to extract two or more third molars, or wisdom teeth. In Part 1 of the trial, 70 patients were randomized 1:1:1:1 to receive a single dose of one of 600mg, 300mg or 150mg of LTG-001 or placebo. In Part 2 of the trial, 180 patients were randomized 1:1:1:1 to receive a single dose of one of 600mg or 300mg of LTG-001, 100mg of commercially-available suzetrigine or placebo.

 

159


Table of Contents

Clinical Trial Results

In both Part 1 and Part 2, no active treatment separated from placebo with statistical significance. In Part 2, LTG-001 300mg was superior to the commercially-available suzetrigine 100mg (p=0.026).

Figure 15: Results of Primary Endpoint — SPID 12 After Dental Surgery

 

Part 2 Primary Endpoint: SPID12

 
     LTG-001
600 mg
(N=45)
    LTG-001
300 mg
(N=44)
    Suzetrigine
100 mg
(N=46)
    Placebo
(N=45)
 

SPID12 LS Mean (SE)

     1.1 (4.02 )      7.7 (4.08 )      -5.2 (3.98 )      7.7 (4.03 ) 

Difference in LS Means (SE) vs. Placebo

     -6.6 (5.70 )      0.0 (5.75 )     

2-sided p-value for Difference

     0.249       0.997      

Difference in LS Means (SE) vs. Suzetrigine

     6.2 (5.67 )      12.8 (5.71 )     

2-sided p-value for Difference

     0.274       0.026      

Safety

LTG-001 was generally well tolerated. No AE was meaningfully more common in any active arm than in placebo, except paresthesia (four instances for LTG-001 600mg). One patient who received LTG-001 150mg experienced two serious AEs (muscle spasm and autonomic nervous system imbalance) that led to trial discontinuation and resolved with standard of care. One participant in the LTG-001 600mg group experienced a transient Grade 3 elevation in ALT and AST with a mild increase in total bilirubin that did not meet Hy’s law criteria.

Phase 1 Thorough QT Trial of LTG-001

Clinical Trial Design

We conducted a Phase 1 randomized, double-blind, placebo- and positive-controlled parallel group and nested crossover trial to evaluate the effect of LTG-001 on cardiac repolarization in health adult participants. The trial enrolled 152 adult participants who were randomized 2:1:1 across 3 treatment groups: LTG-001, moxifloxacin (400mg) or placebo.

Preliminary Results

The preliminary results conducted as of February 2026 demonstrate lack of QT prolongation (upper bound of 90% confidence interval for QTcF <10ms) using concentration QT and by-time-point analyses for therapeutic and high clinical exposure scenarios. One participant who received LTG-001 experienced mild severity TEAEs of erythema on the neck and chest, dry skin, pruritus, and facial swelling, which led to study withdrawal. Following study withdrawal, AEs resolved without any intervention required.

Additional Formulations: LTG-001 IV Formulation

In addition to developing LTG-001 as an oral twice-daily therapy, we are also developing LTG-001 as a potential IV therapy to enable the transition from the postoperative period to patient discharge in hospital settings. We have completed bioavailability studies for the LTG-001 IV formulation, with preliminary data indicating approximately 100% bioavailability. We are currently evaluating dosing regimens and plan to seek regulatory feedback on the clinical development strategy.

 

160


Table of Contents

Future Development Plans for LTG-001

Planned Phase 3 Double-Blind Placebo-Controlled Bunionectomy Trial

We plan to initiate a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial in approximately 400 patients with moderate to severe acute pain after bunionectomy surgery. The primary endpoint is SPID48. Secondary endpoints include opioid-sparing assessments (% of opioid-free patients, total opioid consumption, and % of patients with nausea / vomiting) and time to meaningful pain relief (time to 2-point reduction in NPRS vs. baseline). Patients will be randomized 1:1 to receive either LTG-001 450mg loading dose followed by 300mg every 12 hours or matched placebo. Rescue medication (oxycodone 5mg orally Q4H as needed) will be permitted for patients whose pain is inadequately controlled by study treatment, similar to the abdominoplasty trial.

Planned Phase 3 Open-Label Safety Trial

In order to meet regulatory guidelines around safety of treatments in indications such as moderate-to-severe acute pain, a certain number of safety exposures are required to be explored in patients at or above the intended commercial dose across a mix of demographics and surgical or non-surgical settings to more adequately match the real-world. We plan to initiate a single-arm open-label trial to assess the safety of LTG-001 within a broader population of patients with moderate to severe acute pain. The planned enrollment for the trial is approximately 400 patients who will receive at least one dose of LTG-001 across a variety of post-surgical and non-surgical settings selected to match the proposed real-world use of LTG-001. The dose of LTG-001 that will be explored in the trial is 450mg loading dose followed by 300mg every 12 hours. Duration of dosing will be at the discretion of the prescribing clinician up to a maximum of 30 days, with a portion of patients expected to take LTG-001 for the maximum 30-day duration. Concomitant pain therapies will be allowed, in order to best match the expected real-world use of LTG-001 in a multi-modal setting. The primary endpoint is TEAEs, SAEs, discontinuations due to TEAEs, and deaths along with change in baseline for lab values and ECG findings. Secondary / exploratory endpoints include:

 

  •  

Patient Global Assessment of study drug

 

  •  

Proportion of opioid-free participants during treatment

 

  •  

Proportion of opioid-free participants after site discharge

 

  •  

Number of calls to the clinic for pain management during treatment

 

  •  

Number of hospitalizations and ER visits related to management of acute pain during treatment

We plan to initiate the placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial, in participants undergoing bunionectomy, and the open-label Phase 3 safety trial, in the second half of 2026, with topline results expected in the second half of 2027.

Additional Planned NDA-Enabling Trials and Studies

We also plan to complete other New Drug Application (NDA)-enabling trials including an absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME; mass balance) trial of LTG-001 in healthy volunteers and a 13-week toxicology study in rats.

The mass balance trial is expected to be a non-randomized open-label trial in which a single dose of radiolabeled LTG-001 will be administered in healthy volunteers to quantitatively evaluate absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of LTG-001. The results from this trial are intended to assess the extent of absorption, determine the overall pathways of metabolism and excretion and further identify circulating metabolites and their abundances relative to the parent drug.

 

161


Table of Contents

We plan to conduct the 13-week toxicology study in rats to support the overall safety margin and duration of use for the intended patient population of LTG-001. Although prior studies may not be indicative of clinical results, we previously conducted a 13-week toxicology trial in NHPs, which achieved a 5-fold safety margin at 13 weeks relative to the therapeutic dose of 300 mg BID.

Based on our discussions with the FDA, we believe our proposed CMC manufacturing and stability plan for the commercial material for LTG-001 is reasonable for supporting regulatory approval.

We anticipate submitting a NDA seeking FDA approval of LTG-001 as a potential treatment for moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain, in adults, pending successful outcomes in the Phase 3 bunionectomy trial, the Phase 3 open-label safety trial and completion of our other planned studies.

LTG-321: A Potential Nav1.8 Inhibitor for the Treatment of Chronic Pain

LTG-321 is an orally bioavailable small molecule that selectively and potently inhibits Nav1.8. Our initial focus for the development of LTG-321 is in chronic musculoskeletal pain, with a proof-of-concept Phase 2 trial initiated in OA of the knee.

While both are Nav1.8 inhibitors, LTG-321 is structurally distinct from LTG-001. The IC50 for LTG-321 observed in preclinical studies (2.5 nM) demonstrated higher potency than LTG-001 and may allow for a lower effective dose and once-daily dosing, which we believe are important characteristics for chronic use. LTG-321 has been well-tolerated in clinical trials to date. Because LTG-321 is a non-opioid pain medication that does not act centrally, we believe it does not carry a risk of dependency. To date, we have evaluated the dependency risk of LTG-321 by assessing the structure of the molecule and mechanism, completing preclinical studies, and evaluating potential abuse-and dependence-related adverse events from clinical trials evaluating LTG-321 to date. From these studies we have not observed any patterns that would indicate a potential for abuse or dependence, which is consistent with the Nav1.8 class of drugs.

Preclinical Attributes of LTG-321 and Toxicology Results

LTG-321 has been shown to be highly selective for Nav1.8. Preclinical studies have shown LTG-321 was 11,000-fold selective of Nav1.8 compared to the other eight channels in the Nav family. During our discovery and characterization of LTG-321, we found the half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) was 2.5 nM. We believe LTG-321’s observed distribution to the nerve and penetration into the nerve compartment further contributed to its efficacy. Our preclinical studies showed the Kp,uu nerve was 1.25, plasma free fraction was 11.5% and that LTG-321 had over a 132:1 nerve to brain ratio, indicating LTG-321 was efficiently distributed to its intended site of action in peripheral nerve tissue and did not substantially cross the blood brain barrier.

We believe distribution to the peripheral nerve but not the brain may support the activity of LTG-321 and potentially reduce off target effects including abuse liability and dependency risk. Additionally, our preclinical studies conducted in rats and NHPs demonstrated that LTG-321 exhibited high oral bioavailability. Our preclinical studies in dogs and NHPs demonstrated that LTG-321 exhibited low clearance.

In preclinical animal studies, LTG-321 was well tolerated with no AEs observed up to 500mg/ kg/day in rats and up to 600mg/kg/day in NHPs after once daily oral administration in 28-day GLP toxicology studies. The results from our preclinical rat and NHP GLP toxicology studies indicated 8-fold and 33-fold safety margins at 28 days, respectively for 150mg QD, the dose that is being explored in the Phase 2 trial investigating LTG-321 in patients with osteoarthritis.

 

162


Table of Contents

Additional Studies Conducted to Evaluate Abuse Liability and Dependency Risk for LTG-321

We have also evaluated the abuse liability and dependency risk of LTG-321 through assessment of the structure of the molecule and mechanism, in vitro off-target binding studies, nonclinical biodistribution studies in rat and monkey, abuse-related observations in toxicology studies, as well as evaluating potential abuse- and dependence-related adverse events from clinical trials evaluating LTG-321. From the data evaluated from these studies and clinical trials, we have not observed any findings or patterns that would indicate potential for abuse or dependence.

Phase 1 Clinical Trial Data

SAD/MAD

We have completed a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 1 clinical trial of LTG-321 in healthy volunteers. The trial enrolled four SAD cohorts and four MAD cohorts to evaluate the safety, tolerability, PK and PD of LTG-321 in healthy volunteers.

 

  •  

SAD doses: 10mg, 30mg, 90mg and 270mg.

 

  •  

MAD doses: 30mg, 90mg,150mg and 270mg once daily for 14 days.

The results from the Phase 1 trial showed that LTG-321 exhibited dose-proportional exposure across all doses tested. Across all dose levels, dose proportional increases in AUC and Cmax (SD and MD) were observed with low to moderate variability for Cmax and AUC (17-45%), median time to maximum concentration or Tmax (~ 2 to 3.5 hours) and a median half-life of 8-10 hours.

CPT

As an extension of our Phase 1 SAD/MAD clinical trial, we conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled within-participant crossover CPT to evaluate the PD effects of

LTG-321. The design of the trial was identical to the design used for LTG-001 cold pressor, with the addition of a 24-hour time point for LTG-321. We evaluated two dose levels, 270mg and 90mg, in 20 participants. PTT was assessed at baseline and again at 1, 2, 4, 8, 12 and 24 hours after dosing with LTG-321 or placebo. Efficacy was measured by increase in PTT compared to baseline at each time point, and as an AUC0-12.

Results as of May 15, 2026 showed that LTG-321 achieved high efficacy as measured by change in PTT compared to placebo at both dose levels. Peak effects were observed at 4 hours post-dose for 270mg and at 2 hours post-dose for 90mg. Peak efficacy was 182% and 128% PTT change from baseline compared to placebo for 270mg and 90mg, respectively, demonstrating a clear dose response. Further, both doses showed continued activity out to the 24-hour post-dose assessment.

 

163


Table of Contents

Figure 16: Cold Pressor Mean PTT % Change from Baseline, Placebo-Subtracted

 

LOGO

We have demonstrated that steady-state exposure (measured by Cmax and AUC over 24 hours) after repeat once-daily dosing with 150mg is comparable to exposure after a single dose of 270mg from the CPT cohort. Further once-daily dosing with 150mg achieved 95% inhibition of Nav1.8. Therefore, 150mg is the dose that is being explored in the Phase 2 OA proof-of-concept trial. In the 150mg MAD cohort, absorption was observed at 1 to 3 hours post-dose, with low to moderate variability of Cmax and AUC of approximately 35% and a half-life of approximately 9 hours.

Figure 17: LTG-321 Cmax and AUC (0-24) for 270mg CPT and 150mg Multiple Ascending Dose Cohort

 

LTG-321 Dose / Cohort

   Cmax
(ng/mL)
     AUC0-24
(h*ng/mL)
 

270mg CPT

     1050        12400  

150mg MAD Day 14

     1330        14100  

We ran a preliminary food effect trial as part of our Phase 1 SAD / MAD. We assessed the absorption profile of a single dose of LTG-321 (150mg) in healthy volunteers in fed and fasted states to determine if there was a food effect.

Preliminary analysis showed that following a high-fat breakfast, the Cmax and AUC∞ were modestly increased by 32% and 19%, respectively, in the presence of food. This increase was not deemed clinically significant. Based on these results we do not have a fasting requirement in our Phase 2 trial in OA. We plan to run definitive food effect studies.

Safety

In the Phase 1 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled first-in-human trial, enrollment has been completed for single doses of LTG-321 (10–270mg), a food effect study, multiple once-daily doses for 14 days (30–270mg), and the PD (CPT) cohorts testing single doses of 90mg and 270mg compared to placebo. Based on available data as of May 2026, LTG-321 has been well-tolerated in healthy participants. TEAEs were mild or moderate, with no severe TEAEs, serious AEs, or deaths reported. Across the study, there were no concerns pertaining to the occurrence of specific AEs or patterns of AEs. No dose-limiting toxicities were observed.

 

164


Table of Contents

Clinical Development of LTG-321

We intend to investigate LTG-321 as a treatment for chronic pain, and have initiated a Phase 2 trial of LTG-321 in patients with OA of the knee. Among chronic pain clinical trial models, OA is typically the fastest to recruit, and we believe the best model for separating active drug from placebo. This is both due to the model’s sensitivity and its status as the most common chronic pain model (research sites are better trained and experienced in OA). The Phase 2 trial is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled within-patient crossover trial in approximately 120 patients with OA of the knee. Each patient will receive two weeks of treatment followed by a two-week analgesic washout and then cross over to a second two-week treatment period. Patients who receive LTG-321 in the first period will receive placebo in the second period, and vice versa. The primary endpoint is change in WOMAC pain subscale from baseline to two weeks. Secondary endpoints include change in weekly mean average and worst pain score, change in WOMAC physical function subscale, change in participant assessment of pain score during StEPP (stair stepping task), change in WOMAC stiffness subscale, Patient Global Assessment (PGA) of trial drug, proportion of participants with favorable PGA of trial drug and total rescue medication use for target knee during each treatment period. Patients will be eligible for acetaminophen also known as paracetamol (500mg every 4 to 6 hours up to a maximum of 3,000mg per day) as rescue medication. We expect to report topline results in the second half of 2027. If positive, this trial is expected to provide proof-of-concept for LTG-321 in chronic musculoskeletal pain.

Figure 18: Phase 2 Trial Design of LTG-321 in OA of the Knee

 

LOGO

Additional Opportunities

Serial Innovation to Discover New Candidates and Expand Our Early-Stage Pipeline

Leveraging our experience in pain research and development, we have continued to innovate and improve our discovery capabilities in the next-generation development of Nav1.8 ion channel inhibitors and other ion channel modulators.

LTG-418

Our earlier stage Nav1.8 pipeline consists of next-generation Nav1.8 inhibitor molecules, which may provide effective pain management medicines at a lower dose than other Nav1.8 inhibitors.

 

165


Table of Contents

LTG-418 is a next-generation drug candidate for inhibition of Nav1.8 being developed for the treatment of acute and chronic pain. LTG-418 is structurally distinct from LTG-001 and LTG-321 and is predicted to have a dose which will be substantially lower than the expected doses for LTG-001 and LTG-321. We believe the predicted lower dose with LTG-418 is one of the features that may enable additional opportunities for other formulations and routes of administration including gels, patches, eye drops, inhalers and injectables, expanding our reach within the pain market and offering patients therapeutic options beyond oral and IV delivery.

Suitable tolerability was demonstrated in a completed 14-day non-GLP toxicology study and in the in-life portion of an ongoing 14-day non-GLP toxicology study in NHPs.

Undisclosed Compounds in Discovery

We are also in discovery of additional ion channel modulators involved in peripheral transmission of pain that represent potential complementary mechanisms of action to Nav1.8 inhibition for additional pain relief, including in other chronic pain etiologies like neuropathic pain.

Commercial

There remains substantial unmet need in acute pain as demonstrated by high off-label use and continued reliance on opioids. Medicines such as gabapentin and duloxetine are frequently used off-label and approximately 68% of patients with acute pain are still prescribed opioids, despite known risks associated with their use. High reliance on opioids has contributed to significant societal and economic costs, including substantial direct medical and law enforcement expenditures estimated by the White House in 2025 to be approximately $170 billion in 2023. Therapies that can safely and effectively reduce opioid use may offer the potential to alleviate a portion of this burden and generate multibillion-dollar savings.

Our Go-To-Market Strategy

Our planned go-to-market strategy for acute pain will be built around three integrated pillars: market access, engagement with public policy and advocacy groups, and a targeted yet appropriately scaled salesforce. Given the importance of payor coverage and institutional access in acute pain, we intend to place significant emphasis on early and sustained engagement with payors, integrated delivery networks and large institutional customers, including health systems and government-affiliated providers.

In parallel, we plan to engage with public policy stakeholders and patient advocacy organizations to support broader awareness of non-opioid approaches to pain management and to participate in discussions related to evolving federal and state initiatives aimed at reducing opioid use. In addition, changes in clinical treatment guidelines could further enable access to non-opioid therapies. We believe that thoughtful engagement in the policy environment may help support adoption by aligning clinical practice, reimbursement considerations and public health priorities.

Complementing market access and policy efforts, our commercial strategy includes deployment of a targeted but appropriately scaled sales force focused on high-value prescriber segments within acute pain. Field efforts are expected to prioritize orthopedic surgeons, pain specialists and other surgical specialties that account for a significant share of acute pain prescribing, while maintaining sufficient breadth to address the promotionally sensitive nature of the market. We believe that aligning salesforce deployment with payor engagement and policy considerations is important to support efficient execution and sustainable growth.

 

166


Table of Contents

Acute Pain: Key Call Points

Our sales force will be expected to focus on physician specialties characterized by high volumes of patients experiencing moderate to severe acute pain. We have identified two primary market segments: post-surgical acute pain and nonsurgical acute pain.

Post-surgical acute musculoskeletal pain is a significant opportunity, with an estimated 27 million relevant procedures across key surgical specialties based on 2024 market data. This segment consists of:

 

  •  

Orthopedic Surgery: approximately 20,000 physicians and 9 million procedures. Considered to be a primary call point due to the high volume and acuity of postoperative pain in their patient population

 

  •  

Plastic Surgery: approximately 7,500 physicians and 2 million procedures (excluding skin lesion procedures)

 

  •  

General Surgery: approximately 26,500 physicians and 6 million procedures

 

  •  

ENT: approximately 10,000 physicians and 3 million procedures

 

  •  

Obstetrics and Gynecology: approximately 44,000 physicians and 7 million procedures

The nonsurgical acute pain market is driven by emergency room, primary care and specialist care settings. This includes an estimated 40 million annual emergency room and urgent care visits for pain based on 2022 market data, as well as 11 million episodes of acute flares of chronic pain. We have identified the approximately 7,000 pain specialists who manage these acute flares as a key, high-value call point. While primary care and emergency medicine physicians (approximately 124,000 and approximately 50,000, respectively) treat a high volume of acute pain, we believe pain specialists represent a more concentrated and attractive initial target.

In addition to oral dosing, LTG-001 is being developed as a potential IV formulation to support use in hospital settings and enable a seamless transition from inpatient postoperative pain management to outpatient care. Published studies have highlighted that structured transitions from IV to oral analgesic therapy are an important component of postoperative pain management, helping maintain pain control during the early recovery period while facilitating discharge planning and continuity of care as patients move out of the hospital setting. Consistent with its proposed use in postoperative settings, if approved, we expect the IV formulation of LTG-001 to be supported by similar call points as oral LTG-001, including surgical specialists managing acute postoperative pain. An IV-to-oral strategy may therefore support more consistent pain management across care settings, particularly in the immediate postoperative period when oral therapy alone may be insufficient or impractical.

Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain: Our Focus

Our commercial focus will be on the estimated 24 million patients in the United States who are treated for chronic musculoskeletal pain, primarily patients suffering from OA and CLBP.

To reach these patients, our plan will be to target the health care providers (HCPs) who most frequently manage their care. While primary care physicians (PCPs) represent the frontline of diagnosis, our initial commercial efforts will concentrate on specialist groups who either prescribe pain management therapies or are part of the care team for managing these patients, including high-volume pain therapy prescribing PCPs, pain specialists and orthopedic surgeons. There is high overlap in these high-volume PCP and specialist call points with the primary targets of acute pain management.

 

167


Table of Contents

Market Research Shows Opportunity for Significant Market Share

We conducted a survey in July 2025 of 191 HCPs across five specialties (anesthesiology, surgery, pain management, emergency medicine and internal medicine), which play a key role in pain management to understand the considerations in choosing a pain treatment and to assess the preferred attributes of a Nav1.8 inhibitor by physicians.

The most important attributes when choosing a medication were strength of pain relief, safety/tolerability profile, duration of relief and speed of onset. These HCPs responded that 58% of their patients receive opioids to manage their acute pain, despite the known drawbacks of the treatment, including nearly 60% of HCPs stating that the risk of addiction or misuse with opioids is a top challenge for managing acute pain.

Furthermore, we assessed physician awareness and preference for Nav1.8 inhibitors for the treatment of acute pain. We included blinded target product profiles of LTG-001 in relation to approved Nav1.8 inhibitors. The blinded target product profile for LTG-001 that was shown was a placebo-subtracted SPID48 of 36 to 57 and onset of 1 hour. This target product profile was estimated prior to the results from the abdominoplasty trial. Based on our discussions with the FDA, the abdominoplasty trial may serve as one of the two pivotal adequate well-controlled trials required to demonstrate efficacy to support approval of LTG-001 for the treatment of moderate to severe acute pain, including postoperative pain. For the other Nav1.8 inhibitor the blinded target product profile was based off suzetrigine’s label with a placebo-subtracted SPID48 of 29 to 48 and onset of 2 to 4 hours. 77% of the HCPs surveyed preferred LTG-001’s product profile tested which included a higher SPID48 score and faster onset. 11% of the HCPs surveyed preferred the approved Nav1.8 suzetrigine and the rest had no preference. The HCPs surveyed anticipate that 51% of their patients are appropriate for treatment with a Nav1.8 inhibitor and expect to prescribe the class of inhibitors to approximately 32% of their patients. Further, our market research indicated that faster onset of pain relief was the most significant factor driving the preference in selecting a Nav1.8 with a different profile compared to the currently approved product.

Figure 19: Factors Driving HCP Preference for a Nav1.8 Inhibitor with Blinded Target Product Profile shown for LTG-001

 

LOGO

 

168


Table of Contents

These market research findings suggest that a Nav1.8 inhibitor with a clinical profile that demonstrates rapid onset of pain relief and favorable safety and tolerability, could meaningfully influence physician prescribing behavior in both acute and chronic pain. We believe the data from LTG-001 clinical trials support these desired attributes, which could create meaningful HCP and patient demand.

Competition

Today’s treatment paradigm for musculoskeletal pain consists of over-the-counter analgesics for mild to moderate symptoms, while moderate to severe pain is treated through a combination of opioids, NSAIDs, long-acting local anesthetics (for postoperative pain), acetaminophen, and recently approved selective Nav1.8 inhibitor suzetrigine. In moderate to severe pain, opioids have historically been heavily relied on due to their strong analgesic effect, which has set the standard reference for efficacy. However, in recent decades, opioids’ safety and addiction liabilities have led to a desire for alternatives among prescribers. Commonly used opioids include morphine, oxycodone (e.g. under brand names OxyContin, Percocet), hydrocodone bitartrate/acetaminophen (e.g. Vicodin) and tramadol (e.g. Ultram).

In addition to opioids, NSAIDs are also used in mono- and multi-modal regimens to manage pain, including products such as ibuprofen (e.g. Motrin), naproxen, diclofenac (e.g. Zorvolex, Zipsor, Voltaren), celecoxib (e.g. Celebrex) and IV meloxicam (e.g. Anjeso). However, NSAID therapy, although effective for some patients, generally provides only small to moderate reductions in pain intensity when compared with placebo.

The efficacy of existing pain treatments varies both in terms of pain reduction (commonly measured as SPID48) and speed of onset. In prior pivotal abdominoplasty trials conducted by the respective pain treatment manufacturers, reported SPID48 separation from placebo ranged from 29.5 for NSAID IV meloxicam, 37.8 to 48.4 for Nav1.8 inhibitor suzetrigine at 100mg loading followed by 50mg maintenance dose, and 22.4 for suzetrigine at 60mg loading followed by 30mg maintenance dose. The reported SPID48 separation for commonly used opioid combination HB/APAP (commonly known as Vicodin) was 12.5 to 41.7, and was 57.5 for opioid IV morphine at 4mg. SPID48 treatment effect versus placebo for IV tramadol (an opioid not yet FDA approved) was 59.7 in abdominoplasty. SPID24 separation from placebo for oliceridine IV at 1.5mg loading dose followed by on demand dose of 0.1mg, 1.5mg loading dose followed by 0.35mg on demand and 1.5mg loading followed by 0.5mg on demand was 2, 14.9, and 19.2 respectively. The SPID24 separation from placebo for opioid IV morphine at 4mg loading dose followed by on demand dose of 1mg was 28.1 in abdominoplasty. The AUC48 for bupivacaine hydrochloride implant, a local anesthetic was 16. The average pain reduction as measured by SPID or AUC seen from the placebo arms from these pivotal abdominoplasty trials that were conducted over a 48 hour period was approximately 123.

The time to pain relief can be measured in multiple ways and based on the respective FDA-approved labels is 60 minutes for Celebrex (celecoxib), less than 1 hour for Ultracet (tramadol/acetaminophen) and Zipsor (diclofenac), and 119 to 240 minutes for Journavx (suzetrigine).

While we are primarily focused on addressing the significant demand for non-opioid musculoskeletal pain alternatives, we may in the future pursue development of our portfolio in neuropathic pain. If we pursue neuropathic pain, we could compete directly with established generic adjunctive analgesic therapies, notably: anticonvulsants such as pregabalin (e.g. Lyrica) or gabapentin (e.g. Neurontin) for neuropathic pain and fibromyalgia; antidepressants, such as duloxetine (e.g. Cymbalta) and amitriptyline (e.g. Elavil), for conditions such as diabetic peripheral neuropathy, fibromyalgia and chronic musculoskeletal pain.

In addition to approved pain treatments, we are aware of several companies developing drug candidates for acute and chronic pain across multiple modalities. In Nav1.8 specifically, Vertex

 

169


Table of Contents

Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, Eli Lilly and Company (through its acquisition of SiteOne Therapeutics, Inc. in May 2025), Grünenthal GmbH and Merck Sharp & Dohme LLC have the most notable and advanced drug candidates in various stages and pain indications. Beyond the Nav1.8 class, the competitive landscape is expanding into novel targets, including Nav1.7 inhibitors (e.g., Xenon Pharmaceuticals’ XEN1701) and Kv7 potassium channel activators (e.g., Biohaven’s BHV-7000 and Xenon Pharmaceuticals’ XEN1120).

The biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by continuing technological advancement and significant competition. While we believe that our programs, technology, development experience and scientific knowledge provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Many of our current or future competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites, and patient enrollment for clinical trials as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Key competitive factors affecting the success of all our product candidates that we develop, if approved, are likely to be efficacy, safety, convenience, presentation, price, the level of generic competition and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors. Our competitors may also obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect the proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are commercially important to our business, including seeking, maintaining, enforcing, and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or in-licensed from third parties. We also rely, in part, on trade secrets and know-how relating to our proprietary technology, product candidates, continuing innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary position in the field of non-opioid pain medicines; however, trade secrets are difficult to protect and provide us with only limited protection. In addition, we plan to rely on data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions or adjustments when available. We also plan to rely on trademark protection for our brand in the U.S. and other jurisdictions where available.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent, trademark and other proprietary protection for our technology, inventions and improvements; to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and defend and enforce our proprietary rights, including any patents that we may own or in-license in the future; and to operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights of third parties. Intellectual property rights may not address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

We intend, or understand that our licensors intend, to pursue, in the normal course of business and when possible, patent protection covering compositions, methods of use, methods of manufacture,

 

170


Table of Contents

dosing and formulations of our lead development candidate, or any other product candidates, and other intellectual property rights. We or our licensors also may pursue patent protection with respect to manufacturing and drug development processes and technologies. Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies. We or our licensors may not be able to obtain patent protection for our compositions, methods of use, dosing and formulations, manufacturing and drug development processes and technologies throughout the world. Issued patents can provide protection for varying periods of time, depending upon the date of filing of the patent application, the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained.

In general, patents issued for applications filed in the United States can provide exclusionary rights for 20 years from the earliest filing date of the nonprovisional application or international application (PCT) to which priority is claimed. In addition, in certain instances, the term of an issued U.S. patent that is directed to or claims an FDA-approved product can be extended to recapture a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review process, which is called “patent term extension” or “PTE”. Further, the term of an issued U.S. patent may be adjusted if the issuance of an original patent is delayed due to the failure of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) to meet certain timelines during the prosecution of such patent, or if a patent is terminally disclaimed over a patent with an earlier expiration date, which is called “patent term adjustment” or “PTA”.

The restoration period for patents extended under PTE cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term, including the restoration period, must not exceed 14 years following the date of product approval by the FDA. Additionally, only one patent applicable to an FDA-approved product may be extended and only those patents with claims covering the approved product, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Furthermore, PTE only applies to the first approved use of the product, and therefore, no extension is available if a product is approved for a subsequent use. Moreover, a patent can only be extended once, and thus, if a single patent is applicable to multiple products, it can only be extended based on one product. Similar provisions are available in Europe and certain other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. The term of patents outside of the U.S. varies in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest date of filing for corresponding national phase application and/or PCT filing date plus any extensions of term that may be available under national law. The actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product-by-product basis, from country-to-country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country, and the validity and enforceability of the patent. The exclusionary period afforded by patents may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. No consistent policy regarding the scope of claims allowable in patents in the field of biopharmaceuticals has emerged in the United States. The relevant patent laws and their interpretation outside of the United States are also uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our technology or product candidates and could affect the value of such intellectual property or narrow the scope of our future owned and in-licensed patents. In particular, our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing products that infringe our intellectual property will depend in part on our success in obtaining and enforcing patent claims that cover our technology, inventions, and improvements. We cannot guarantee that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications we or our licensors may file in the future, nor can we be sure that any patents that may be granted to us or our licensors in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our products, the methods of use, or the methods of manufacture of those products.

 

171


Table of Contents

Moreover, even our issued patents do not guarantee us the right to practice our technology in relation to the commercialization of our products. Patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology space are evolving and involve many risks and uncertainties. For example, third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our product candidates and practicing our proprietary technology, and our issued patents may be challenged, invalidated, deemed unenforceable or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products or could limit the term of patent protection that otherwise may exist for our product candidates.

In addition, the scope of the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Our competitors may independently develop similar technologies that are outside the scope of the rights granted under any issued patents. For these reasons, we may face competition with respect to our lead development candidate, or any other product candidates. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any particular product candidate can be commercialized, any patent directed to such product may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing the commercial advantage the patent provides.

Our success depends in significant part on our ability and the ability of our licensors, or future licensors, licensees, or collaborators to obtain, maintain, enforce and defend patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights with respect to our lead development candidate, or any product candidates we may develop and our technology and to operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others.

As of March 18, 2026, we own three pending U.S. nonprovisional patent applications, four pending U.S. provisional applications, three PCT applications, and at least thirty-five ex-U.S. patent applications. The patent applications we own cover the composition of matter of our product candidates, and/or methods of using our product candidates. Specifically, the pending patent applications cover composition of matter for LTG-321 and methods of using product candidates, including LTG-321 and LTG-001. The pending patent applications covering composition of matter for LTG-321 and methods of using LTG-321 are pending in the United States, and material foreign jurisdictions such as European Patent Office, Eurasian Patent Office, China, Canada, Australia, Japan, Singapore, Korea, Brazil, and Mexico. The pending patent application covering method of using LTG-001 is currently a pending provisional application in the United States. The patents that may be issued from these pending patent applications are expected to expire from 2043 to 2047, excluding any PTA that might be available following the grant of the patent and any PTE that might be available following the grant of marketing authorizations.

We can provide no assurance that any of these current patent applications or future patent applications will result in issued patents or that any issued patents will provide us with any competitive advantage. Failure to obtain issued patents could have a material adverse effect on our ability to develop and commercialize our lead development candidate, or any product candidates we may develop. Furthermore, the patents we currently own, possibly in-license in the future, or patents that issue from our owned patent applications, if any, may be successfully challenged, invalidated or circumvented by third parties so that our present or future patent rights do not create an effective competitive barrier or revenue source.

We currently hold one U.S. trademark registration. We may seek additional trademark registrations in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions as we deem appropriate. There can be no assurance that any pending or future trademark applications will result in registrations, or that any registered trademarks will provide us with a competitive advantage or will not be challenged, cancelled or circumvented by third parties.

 

172


Table of Contents

In-licensed Patents and Patent Applications

We exclusively in-licensed from Lieber Institute two issued U.S. patents, one pending U.S. nonprovisional application, and at least twelve foreign patents and/or patent applications. The licensed foreign patents and/or patent applications include patents and/or patent applications in the European Patent Office, Australia, Canada, Japan, and Korea. We also co-own one pending U.S. nonprovisional patent application and at least nineteen ex-U.S. patent applications with Lieber Institute, and Lieber’s rights in this jointly owned filing are exclusively licensed to us under our existing license agreement. Each of the co-owned and exclusively in-licensed patents and applications from Lieber Institute relate to Nav1.8 inhibitors, including its composition-of-matter, uses, or its derivatives and uses thereof. The co-owned patent applications cover composition of matter for Nav1.8 inhibitors, including LTG-001, and methods of using the Nav1.8 inhibitors. These co-owned patent applications are pending in the United States, and material foreign jurisdictions such as European Patent Office, Eurasian Patent Office, China, Canada, Australia, Japan, Singapore, Korea, Brazil, and Mexico.

The issued patents, or patent that may be issued from the pending patent applications that we co-own or exclusively in-licenses from Lieber Institute are expected to expire from 2039 to 2042, excluding any PTA that might be available following the grant of the patent and any PTE that might be available following the grant of marketing authorizations.

However, there can be no assurance that any of the pending patent applications will issue. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will benefit from any PTE or favorable adjustments to the term of any of the issued patents or patents that may issue from any pending patent applications in the future. The applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), may not agree with our assessment of whether such PTE should be granted or PTAs are warranted, and, if applicable, the extension or adjustment may be more limited than we request.

Trade Secrets and Other Protections

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we may rely on trade secrets to protect certain proprietary know-how, including non-patentable inventions and processes, or innovations difficult to enforce via patents or that we elect not to patent, and any other elements of our discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information, or technology that is not covered by patents. We also protect proprietary information through non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to proprietary information, such as our employees, consultants, advisors, contractors, collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, and advisors. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants that grant us ownership of technologies that are developed by them through a relationship. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Trade secrets may also become known or be independently discovered by competitors.

Where employees, contractors, partners and consultants use third-party intellectual property in their work for us, disputes may arise over ownership of resulting know-how and inventions.

We also maintain physical and cybersecurity measures to protect data and trade secrets.

Infringement of Third-Party Proprietary Rights

Our commercial success also depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, market, and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. If we are found to infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate a third party’s intellectual property rights,

 

173


Table of Contents

we may be forced to cease developing, manufacturing, or commercializing the infringing technology or product candidate, redesign the technology or product candidate in a non-infringing manner, or obtain a license from such third party, if available. Even if obtainable, licenses may be non-exclusive, enabling competitor access to the same technologies licensed to us. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, for willful infringement. Patent litigation could be costly, disruptive, and materially affect our business. For more information regarding these risks, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property.”

License Agreement with Lieber Institute

In July 2020, we entered into a license agreement with Lieber Institute, Inc. (d/b/a Lieber Institute for Brain Development) (LIBD), which was subsequently amended in August 2020 and January 2022. Pursuant to the license agreement, LIBD granted us a worldwide, exclusive, sub-licensable and royalty-bearing license, under certain patent and other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by LIBD, including patents claiming compounds for inhibiting Nav1.8, to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import, research, develop, and commercialize products that contain any compound that is disclosed or claimed in any of the licensed patents or is developed by LIBD and is directed to or interacting with Nav1.8, provided that such products are claimed by the licensed patents (Licensed Products) for any and all uses and applications, including all diagnostic, prophylactic and therapeutic uses. We have the right, subject to certain time limitations, to elect to expand our exclusive license to include LIBD’s patents and other intellectual property rights for new compounds discovered by LIBD that were not disclosed or claimed in the licensed patents as of July 2020 and that target or interact with Nav1.8. Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, we must use commercially reasonable efforts to develop a Licensed Product and commercialize such Licensed Product in each jurisdiction in which regulatory approval is obtained.

As consideration for the license and other rights granted to us by LIBD, we issued to LIBD 2,793,592 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock equal to a mid-single digit percentage of our equity capital, on a fully diluted basis, following the initial closing of our Series A convertible preferred stock financing. Our milestone and royalty payment obligations under the license vary depending upon whether the Licensed Product is covered by at least one valid claim of a licensed patent that is solely owned by LIBD (a Sole Product) or the Licensed Product is only covered by valid claims of licensed patents that we jointly own with LIBD (a Joint Product). We have concluded our development candidate known as LTG-001 is a Joint Product. We have concluded we are not currently developing any Licensed Products that are Sole Products, and we do not have any current intentions to develop any Licensed Products that are Sole Products. We have agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $48.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified development and regulatory milestones with respect to the first Sole Product, up to an aggregate of $23.75 million for each subsequent Sole Product, and up to an aggregate of $95.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones with respect to all Sole Products. For the first Joint Product, we have agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $4.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified regulatory milestones, and up to an aggregate of $9.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones; we do not have any milestone payment obligations for subsequent Joint Products. No milestones have been achieved to date under this license agreement for any Licensed Product. We must also pay LIBD royalties on the net sales of Licensed Products. The royalty rates for Sole Products are tiered and range from low-single digit to mid-single digit percentages, and the royalty rate for Joint Products is a low-single digit percentage. The royalty payments are subject to reduction if, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, there are no valid patent claims covering the Licensed Product in such country or if we make certain payments to third parties for intellectual property licenses, all subject to a customary royalty floor. The royalty term will terminate on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis on the latest of (i) a specified number of years after first commercial sale of such Licensed Product in such country, (ii) the expiration

 

174


Table of Contents

of the last valid claim of a licensed patent that covers such Licensed Product in such country and (iii) the earlier of expiration of regulatory exclusivity or the first commercial sale of a generic product referencing such Licensed Product in such country. If we sublicense our rights to Sole Products or licensed patents solely owned by LIBD, then we must pay LIBD a low double-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue received from sublicensees for rights to Sole Products and a low single-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue from sublicensees for rights to Joint Products or jointly-owned patents.

The license agreement shall expire on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis upon the expiration of the royalty term for such Licensed Product in such country. Upon expiration of the royalty term with respect to a Licensed Product in a country, we will have a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual license with respect to such Licensed Product in such country. Either party may terminate the license agreement if the other party commits a material breach of the agreement and fails to cure that breach within the applicable specified period. We may terminate the license agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country basis upon a specified prior notice period. LIBD may terminate the license agreement if we or our affiliate or sublicensee initiates an action challenging the validity or enforceability of any licensed patents or if we fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop or commercialize a Licensed Product for a specified period, do not submit a written diligence plan to LIBD for its approval and do not initiate such LIBD-approved plan to cure the failure within a specified period. Upon termination, all rights and licenses granted to us shall terminate and revert back to LIBD, and under certain circumstances LIBD will have an exclusive, time-limited right to negotiate the terms of a license to certain of our intellectual property, data and regulatory approvals for the Licensed Products.

Manufacturing and Supply

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of our product candidates and currently have no immediate plans to build our own clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. We currently engage with multiple third-party manufacturers in other geographies for the manufacture of our product candidates. We rely on and expect to continue to engage multiple third-party manufacturers for the production of both drug substance and finished drug product. We currently obtain our supplies from these manufacturers on a purchase order basis and do not have long-term supply arrangements in place. Should any of these manufacturers become unavailable to us for any reason, we believe that there are a number of potential replacements. We have also established certain redundancies within our manufacturing and supply chain to mitigate any potential adverse impact to our business should any manufacturer or supplier fail to perform, but we cannot be sure our mitigation efforts will be successful. We believe our current manufacturers and suppliers have the scale, systems, and experience to supply our currently planned clinical trials.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and, local level, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of human drug products such as those we are developing. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and ensuring compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes, regulations and requirements both during development and post-approval requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

 

175


Table of Contents

U.S. Drug Development Process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the FDCA and its implementing regulations. A new drug must be approved by the FDA through the New Drug Application (NDA) process before it may be legally marketed in the United States. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development or approval process, or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions brought by the FDA and the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), or other governmental entities. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

  •  

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies, certain of which must be completed in accordance with FDA’s good laboratory practice regulations, and other applicable requirements;

 

  •  

submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application (IND), which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

  •  

approval by an Institutional Review Board (IRB) or ethics committee at each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

  •  

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with Good Clinical Practice requirements (GCPs) to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;

 

  •  

preparation of and submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

  •  

a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to file the application for substantive review;

 

  •  

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

  •  

satisfactory completion of FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess readiness for commercial manufacturing and conformance to the manufacturing-related elements of the application, to conduct a data integrity audit, and to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) regulations to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

  •  

satisfactory completion of potential inspections of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with GCPs; and

 

  •  

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Preclinical Studies and IND Application

Once a product candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical development stage. The preclinical development stage generally involves laboratory evaluations of chemistry, formulation, and stability, as well as studies to evaluate the product candidate’s toxicity, in an effort to support subsequent clinical testing.

Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate in the United States, the product’s developer, also referred to as the IND sponsor, must submit the results of preclinical testing, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for allowance from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans, and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. In addition to including the results of these nonclinical studies, the IND will also include a general investigational plan and a study protocol, detailing, among

 

176


Table of Contents

other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated, if the trial protocol includes an efficacy evaluation. The IND may also include any available human data or literature to support the use of the product candidate. Additional nonclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted.

The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, places the IND on clinical hold. In such case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA allowance to begin a clinical trial. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time after initiation of clinical trials due to safety concerns about ongoing or proposed clinical trials or non-compliance with specific FDA requirements, and in such case, the applicable trials may not begin or continue until the FDA notifies the sponsor that the hold has been lifted. A clinical hold may affect one or more specific studies or all studies conducted under an active IND.

Human Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCPs, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials must be conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, dosing procedures, research subject selection and exclusion criteria and the safety and effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND, and a separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent material amendments to a protocol. While the IND is active, progress reports summarizing the results of the clinical trials and nonclinical studies performed since the last progress report, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA. Sponsors also must submit written IND safety reports to the FDA and investigators in a timely matter for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans and any clinically important increased incidence of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

Furthermore, an IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the protocol before a clinical trial commences at that site and must also approve the information regarding the trial and the consent form that must be signed by each research subject or the research subject’s legal representative, monitor the study until completed, and otherwise comply with IRB regulations. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. In addition, some clinical trials also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and clinical trial results to public registries, including www.clinicaltrials.gov.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

  •  

Phase 1: The product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, excretion, distribution and elimination, and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

177


Table of Contents
  •  

Phase 2: The product candidate is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted diseases, and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

 

  •  

Phase 3: The product candidate is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide substantial evidence of efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit ratio of the product candidate and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

In some cases, the FDA may require, or sponsors may voluntarily pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved to gain more information about the product within the intended indication. These post-marketing clinical trials, sometimes referred to as “Phase 4” studies, may be used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach alignment on the next phase of development.

Concurrent with clinical trials, sponsors usually complete additional nonclinical studies and must also develop additional information about the chemical and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the finished drug product. In addition, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

U.S. Review and Approval Process

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of nonclinical studies and clinical trials, along with detailed descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug product to the satisfaction of the FDA. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of a substantial user fee, unless a waiver or exemption applies. An annual program fee is also assessed on sponsors of approved prescription drug products. FDA adjusts these user fees on an annual basis.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting the application for filing, to determine whether it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application

 

178


Table of Contents

also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once filed, the FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether it is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP requirements to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA), policies that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the filing date to complete its initial review of a standard application for a drug that is a new molecular entity, and six months from the filing date for an NDA that has been granted priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates and the review process may be extended for a three-month period by FDA to respond to new information deemed a “major amendment” to the application.

The FDA also may require the development of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (REMS) if it determines that a REMS is necessary to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks and to assure the safe use of the product. The FDA determines the requirement for a REMS, as well as the specific REMS provisions, on a case-by-case basis. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making product approval and risk mitigation decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to ensure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to ensure that the clinical trials were conducted in compliance with GCP regulations and to assure the integrity of the clinical data submitted to the FDA.

After the FDA completes its evaluation of the NDA and any inspections or advisory committee consultations, the FDA will issue either an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter (CRL), to the NDA applicant. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug for specific indications for use. A CRL indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete, and the application will not be approved in its present form. A CRL usually describes the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA. Such deficiencies may be minor, for example, requiring labeling changes, or major, for example, requiring additional clinical trials or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a CRL is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies that the FDA has identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter to the applicant. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in response to an issued CRL in either two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even if such additional data and information are submitted, however, the FDA may ultimately decide that the resubmitted NDA does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. In addition, the FDA may require a sponsor to conduct Phase 4 or

 

179


Table of Contents

other post-market trials to further assess a drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval, and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products which have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approval, including the requirement for a REMS, to assure the safe use of the drug. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. In addition, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could impact the timeline for regulatory approval or otherwise impact ongoing development programs.

In addition, the Pediatric Research Equity Act (PREA), requires a sponsor to conduct pediatric clinical trials for most drugs; specifically, in relation to applications for a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration. Under PREA, original NDAs and supplements thereto must contain a pediatric assessment unless the sponsor has received a deferral or waiver. Sponsors must also submit Pediatric Study Plans (PSPs), to the agency for review within sixty days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 clinical trial. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric trial or trials that the sponsor plans to conduct, including trial objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric trials along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from nonclinical studies, early phase clinical trials or other clinical development programs.

The required assessment must evaluate the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective, unless a waiver or deferral has been granted. The FDA may defer, on its own initiative or upon the sponsor’s request, submission of the pediatric assessments for some or all pediatric subpopulations until a specified date after approval. A deferral may be granted for several reasons, including a finding that the drug is ready for approval for use in adults before pediatric clinical trials are complete or that additional safety or effectiveness data needs to be collected before the pediatric clinical trials begin. The FDA must send a PREA non-compliance letter to any sponsor that fails to submit the required assessment, fails to keep a deferral current or fails to submit a request for approval of a pediatric formulation. The agency publicly posts such PREA non-compliance letters and sponsor’s response.

Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy, and Priority Review Designations

The FDA offers a number of programs intended to expedite the development or review of a marketing application for an investigational drug. For example, the Fast Track designation program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for developing and reviewing product candidates that are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product candidate and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a Fast Track product candidate has opportunities for more frequent interactions with the applicable FDA review team during development and, once an NDA is submitted, the application may be eligible for priority review. An NDA for a Fast Track product candidate may also be eligible for rolling review, where the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

 

180


Table of Contents

A product candidate intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for Breakthrough Therapy designation to expedite its development and review. A product candidate can receive Breakthrough Therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the Fast Track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product candidate, including involvement of senior managers.

In addition, an NDA may be eligible for priority review if the product candidate is designed to treat a serious condition, and if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or efficacy compared to available therapies for such disease or condition. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of a NDA designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. For new-molecular-entity NDAs, priority review designation means the FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months of the 60-day filing date, as compared to ten months for review of new-molecular-entity NDAs under its current PDUFA review goals.

Fast Track designation, Breakthrough Therapy designation, and priority review do not change the standards for approval, but they may expedite the development or approval process. Even if a product candidate qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

Additionally, in 2025, the FDA created a new voucher program called the Commissioner’s National Priority Voucher (CNPV) with the goal of radically expediting the drug and biological product review and approval process. The agency may award a CNPV to a company or specific product candidate that demonstrates alignment with certain national health priorities. The FDA aims to take action on a marketing application for which a CNPV is used within one to two months after the filing date.

Post-Approval Requirements

Following approval of a new drug, the manufacturer and the approved product are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to monitoring and record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences with the product, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, certain manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval. Certain modifications may require the NDA sponsor to develop additional data or conduct additional nonclinical studies and clinical trials.

There also are continuing, annual program fees for any marketed products. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. The cGMP regulations include requirements relating to organization of personnel, buildings and facilities, equipment, control of components and drug product containers and closures, production and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, holding and distribution, laboratory controls, records and reports and returned or salvaged products. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and

 

181


Table of Contents

correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting requirements on the NDA applicant and any third-party manufacturers involved in producing the approved drug product. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMPs and other aspects of quality control and quality assurance. The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of requirements for post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

  •  

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

  •  

mandated modification of promotional materials or labeling and the issuance of corrective information;

 

  •  

the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product;

 

  •  

fines, warning letters or untitled letters;

 

  •  

clinical holds on ongoing or planned clinical trials;

 

  •  

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

 

  •  

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;

 

  •  

consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs; or

 

  •  

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of prescription drug products following approval. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, e.g., unapproved uses or unapproved patient populations. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Although physicians may prescribe, in their independent professional medical judgment, legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested and approved by the FDA, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. Manufacturers may also share truthful and not misleading information about their products that is otherwise consistent with a product’s FDA-approved labeling, which helps to support well-informed clinical decision-making by physicians and other health care professionals.

The Drug Supply Chain Security Act (DSCSA) amended the FDCA with the aim of creating an interoperable electronic system to identify and trace certain prescription drugs distributed in the United States. The DSCSA mandated phased-in and resource-intensive obligations for pharmaceutical manufacturers, wholesale distributors, and dispensers over a 10-year period.

 

182


Table of Contents

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (PDMA), which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.

Marketing and Data Exclusivity

Orange Book Listing

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims covering the applicant’s product or method of using the product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an ANDA. An abbreviated new drug application (ANDA) or a Section 505(b)(2) NDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown to be bioequivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, nonclinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as generic equivalents to the listed drug and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA’s Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a Section VIII statement certifying that its proposed ANDA labeling does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been received by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

A 505(b)(2) NDA is an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. An applicant submitting a 505(b)(2) NDA is required to certify to the FDA regarding any patents listed in the Orange Book for the approved product it references to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Exclusivity

Regulatory exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications that seek to reference an FDA-approved product. The FDCA provides a

 

183


Table of Contents

five-year period of non-patent data exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to obtain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an ANDA, or 505(b)(2) NDA for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to such data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a Paragraph IV certification.

The FDCA alternatively provides three years of non-patent exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA, if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs referencing the approved application for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA that does not reference the approved application. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of marketing exclusivity available in the United States. If granted, pediatric exclusivity provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing exclusivity to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity or listed patents. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application. A product candidate may be eligible for this six-month period of exclusivity if the NDA sponsor conducts clinical trials in children and submits information requested in writing by the FDA, referred to as a Written Request, relating to the use of the product’s active moiety in children. The issuance of a Written Request does not require the sponsor to undertake the described clinical trials. In addition, the clinical trial data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, the additional protection is granted if the pediatric clinical trial is deemed to have fairly responded to the FDA’s Written Request. Although the FDA may issue a Written Request for studies on either approved or unapproved indications, it may only do so where it determines that information relating to that use of a product candidate in a pediatric population, or part of the pediatric population, may produce health benefits in that population.

DEA Regulation

The Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA, establishes registration, security, recordkeeping, reporting, storage, distribution and other requirements administered by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA). The DEA is concerned with the control of handlers of controlled substances, and with the equipment and raw materials used in their manufacture and packaging, in order to prevent loss and diversion into illicit channels of commerce.

The DEA regulates controlled substances as Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have no established medicinal use, and may not be marketed or sold in the United States. A pharmaceutical product may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest risk of abuse and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances.

Annual registration is required for any facility that manufactures, distributes, dispenses, imports or exports any controlled substance. The registration is specific to the particular location, activity and

 

184


Table of Contents

controlled substance schedule. For example, separate registrations are needed for import and manufacturing, and each registration will specify which schedules of controlled substances are authorized.

The DEA typically inspects a facility to review its security measures prior to issuing a registration. Security requirements vary by controlled substance schedule, with the most stringent requirements applying to Schedule I and Schedule II substances. Required security measures include background checks on employees and physical control of inventory through measures such as cages, surveillance cameras and inventory reconciliations. Records must be maintained for the handling of all controlled substances, and periodic reports made to the DEA. Reports must also be made for thefts or losses of any controlled substance, and to obtain authorization to destroy any controlled substance. In addition, special authorization and notification requirements apply to imports and exports.

In addition, a DEA quota system controls and limits the availability and production of controlled substances in Schedule I or II. Distributions of any Schedule I or II controlled substance must also be accompanied by special order forms, with copies provided to the DEA. The DEA may adjust aggregate production quotas and individual production and procurement quotas from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments.

To meet its responsibilities, the DEA conducts periodic inspections of registered establishments that handle controlled substances. Individual states also regulate controlled substances.

Other U.S. Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

In the United States, drug manufacturers are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including but not limited to, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), other divisions of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) (e.g., the Office of Inspector General, the Office for Civil Rights), the DOJ and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the DOJ, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, and state and local governments. These laws include anti-fraud and abuse laws, the false claims laws, transparency requirements, and similar state laws, each as amended, as applicable.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person or entity, from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term remuneration has been interpreted broadly to include anything of value. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Rather, if “one purpose” of the remuneration is to induce referrals, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute is violated. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution. The exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly and practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances.

 

185


Table of Contents

The civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity who, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to, among others, a federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know is for a medical or other item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

The federal false claims laws, including the federal False Claims Act (FCA), impose significant penalties and can be enforced by private citizens through civil qui tam actions, prohibit, any person or entity from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal government, including federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. For instance, historically, pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies’ marketing of the product for unapproved, off-label, and thus generally non-reimbursable, uses. In addition, a claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control or custody of, any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device, a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

In addition, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), imposes certain requirements on covered entities, which include certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, and their business associates and covered subcontractors that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act (Sunshine Act), and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) report information annually to CMS related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain non-physician practitioners (such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners), and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, the physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to report accurately could result in penalties. In addition, many states also govern the reporting of payments or other transfers of value, many which differ from each other in significant ways, are often not pre-empted, and may have a more prohibitive effect than the Sunshine Act, thus further complicating compliance efforts.

Also, many states have similar, and typically more prohibitive, fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or,

 

186


Table of Contents

in several states, apply regardless of the payor. In order to distribute pharmaceutical products commercially in the future, should FDA approval be granted to any of our candidates, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of drug products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities, and/or register their sales representatives, as well as to prohibit pharmacies and other healthcare entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in sales and marketing, and to prohibit certain other sales and marketing practices.

Ensuring business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations is a costly endeavor. Violations of any of the federal and state healthcare laws described above or any other current or future governmental regulations that apply may result in significant penalties, including without limitation, civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, injunctions, private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government, or refusal to allow us to enter into government contracts, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight if the manufacturer becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Coverage, Pricing, and Reimbursement

Our ability to commercialize any products successfully will also depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for our drug candidates, if approved, will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and other third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, determine which products they will cover and establish reimbursement levels. Assuming coverage is obtained for a given product by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Therefore, coverage and adequate reimbursement for new products is critical to the acceptance of such products. Coverage decisions may depend upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available.

Government authorities and other third-party payors are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of cost containment, such as including price controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of less expensive products and procedures. Further, HHS imposes rebates on many Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D products to penalize price increases that outpace inflation on an annual basis. HHS has also been empowered to negotiate the price of certain single-source drugs that have been on the market for at least seven (7) years under Medicare as part of the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program. Each year up to twenty (20) products will be selected by HHS for the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program. Products subject to the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program are expected to experience a significant reduction in reimbursement from the Medicare program on a per unit basis. Government and other third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for health care products, examining the cost effectiveness of new drugs, in addition to their safety and efficacy, and limiting or attempting to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement.

 

187


Table of Contents

Further, no uniform policy requirement for coverage and reimbursement exists among third-party payors in the United States, which causes significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor and health care provider to health care provider. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that requires the provision of scientific and clinical support for the use of new products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Further, coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we or our collaborators receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

There may also be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved products, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the product is approved by the FDA. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a product will be paid for in all cases or at a rate which the health care providers who purchase those products will find cost effective. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization. Additionally, there may be pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our drug candidates, once approved, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, and additional legislative changes.

Coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, the price of, or our ability to successfully commercialize, any drug candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

Healthcare Reform in the United States and Potential Changes to Healthcare Laws

The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. By way of example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the ACA), was signed into law, intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose taxes and fees on the healthcare industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

There have been executive, judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. Moreover, there have been a number of health reform initiatives that have impacted the ACA. For example, on July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the OBBBA) was signed into law, which narrowed access to ACA marketplace exchange enrollment and declined to extend the ACA enhanced advanced premium tax credits that expired at the end of 2025, which, among other provisions in the law, are anticipated to reduce the number of Americans with health insurance. The OBBBA also is expected to reduce Medicaid spending and enrollment by implementing work requirements for some beneficiaries, capping state-directed payments, reducing federal funding, and limiting provider taxes used to fund the program. Congress is considering proposed legislation intended to further reduce healthcare costs with alternatives to replace the expired ACA subsidies.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers, which began in 2013 and will remain in effect until 2032 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On March 11, 2021,

 

188


Table of Contents

the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law, which eliminated the statutory cap on manufacturers’ Medicaid drug rebate liability, beginning January 1, 2024. The rebate was previously capped at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price.

The current administration is also pursuing policies to reduce regulations and expenditures across government agencies including at HHS, the FDA, CMS and related agencies. These actions, presently directed by executive orders or memoranda from the Office of Management and Budget, may propose policy changes that create additional uncertainty for our business. For example, the current administration has announced agreements with several pharmaceutical companies that require the drug manufacturers to offer, through a direct -to- consumer platform (TrumpRx), U.S. patients and Medicaid programs prescription drug Most-Favored Nation pricing equal to or lower than those paid in other developed nations, with additional mandates for direct-to-patient discounts and repatriation of foreign revenues. Other recent actions, for example, include (1) directing agencies to reduce agency workforce and cut programs; (2) directing HHS and other agencies to lower prescription drug costs through a variety of initiatives; (3) imposing tariffs on imported pharmaceutical products; and (4) as part of the Make America Healthy Again Commission’s Strategy Report released in September 2025, working across government agencies to increase enforcement on direct-to-consumer pharmaceutical advertising. Additionally, the current administration recently called on Congress to enact “The Great Healthcare Plan,” to codify and expand Most-Favored Nation pricing, lower government subsidies to private insurance companies, increase healthcare price transparency, expand pharmaceutical drugs available for over-the-counter purchase, and enact restrictions on pharmacy benefit manager payment methodologies, among other things. The administration also published two proposed regulations in December 2025, referred to as Globe and Guard. If finalized, these regulations would implement mandatory payment models under which manufacturers of eligible drugs would be required to pay rebates to the federal government on a portion of the units of their drugs that are reimbursed by Medicare, with the rebate amount based on most favored nation pricing. If finalized, these programs would apply to 25% of Medicare beneficiaries who reside in certain defined geographic areas. While the impact of the Globe and Guard proposed regulations, if finalized, cannot yet be determined, it is likely to be significant. These actions and policies may significantly reduce U.S. drug prices, potentially impacting manufacturers’ global pricing strategies and profitability, while increasing their operational costs and compliance risks. In June 2024, the U.S. Supreme Court’s Loper Bright decision greatly reduced judicial deference to regulatory agencies, which could increase successful legal challenges to federal regulations affecting our operations. Congress may introduce and ultimately pass health care related legislation that could impact the drug approval process and make changes to the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program.

At the state level, individual states are increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access, marketing cost disclosure, drug price reporting and other transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Some states have also enacted legislation creating so-called prescription drug affordability boards, which ultimately may attempt to impose price limits on certain drugs in these states. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs.

Foreign Government Regulation

To market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products.

 

189


Table of Contents

The approval process varies from country to country, can involve additional testing beyond that required by FDA, and may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing, promotion, and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country. Failure to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. U.S. authorities that enforce the FCPA, including the DOJ, deem most health care professionals and other employees of foreign hospitals, clinics, research facilities and medical schools in countries with public health care or public education systems to be “foreign officials” under the FCPA. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Additional Regulation

In addition to the foregoing, state, federal, and foreign laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

Data Privacy and Security

Numerous state, federal, and foreign laws, regulations and standards govern the collection, use, access to, confidentiality, and security of personal information and health-related data, including clinical trial data, and could apply now or in the future to our operations or the operations of our partners. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy and security laws, comprehensive data privacy laws, and consumer protection laws and regulations, govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of personal information, including health-related data. Further, our collection and processing of personal information from individuals in the EU and other jurisdictions outside of the United States, through clinical trials or otherwise, may render us subject to foreign laws, such as the GDPR, which govern the privacy and security of personal information, including health-related data. Our use of machine learning technology may also be subject to evolving laws and regulations, which may require us to, among other things, make specific disclosures or control unwanted bias and discrimination. Privacy and security laws, regulations and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to complicate compliance efforts, and can result in investigations, proceedings, or actions that lead to significant civil and/or criminal penalties and restrictions on data processing.

 

190


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our principal office is located in Thousand Oaks, California, where we lease approximately 11,300 square feet of office and laboratory space. This lease expires in June 2028. We also sublease additional corporate office space in South San Francisco, California, consisting of approximately 2,400 square feet. This sublease expires in July 2027. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space would be available if needed.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2026, we had 59 full-time employees and no part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our human capital resources objectives include identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. We have not experienced any work stoppages as a result of labor disputes or strikes. The principal purposes of our equity and cash incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of stock-based and cash-based compensation awards, in order to increase stockholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. There are currently no claims or actions pending against us, the ultimate disposition of which we believe could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

191


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information for our executive officers and directors as of July 1, 2026:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Nima Farzan

     50      Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Neha Krishnamohan

     39      Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer

Neil Singla, M.D.

     54      Chief Medical Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Timothy P. Walbert(2)(3)

     59      Chair

Sara Bonstein(1)

     45      Director

Deborah Palestrant, Ph.D.(4)

     52      Director

Kevin Raidy(1)

     58      Director

Beth Seidenberg, M.D.(3)

     69      Director

Todd N. Smith(1)(2)

     56      Director

James B. Tananbaum, M.D.(2)(3)

     63      Director
 
(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

(4)

Dr. Palestrant has notified us that she intends to resign from our board of directors effective as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Executive Officers

Nima Farzan has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2024. Previously, Mr. Farzan served as an Executive-in-Residence at Foresite Capital, a life sciences focused venture capital firm, from April 2024 to July 2024. From March 2020 to April 2024, Mr. Farzan served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Kinnate Biopharma, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company, where he advanced three precision oncology compounds into clinical development and led the company through its initial public offering and subsequent acquisition by XOMA Corporation. From October 2018 to February 2020, Mr. Farzan served as an advisor for several life sciences companies, including Emergent BioSolutions, Inc. and MODA Pharmaceuticals. From September 2011 to October 2018, Mr. Farzan served in several capacities, including as President, Chief Executive Officer and member of the board of directors of PaxVax, Inc., a privately held specialty vaccine company (acquired by Emergent BioSolutions). Prior to PaxVax, Mr. Farzan held various positions of increasing seniority, including Vice President of U.S. Marketing, at Novartis AG, a publicly held pharmaceutical company, and served as an associate at The Boston Consulting Group, a privately held business consulting firm. Mr. Farzan has served on the board of directors of Keros Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, since March 2020. Mr. Farzan earned his B.A. in Human Biology with honors from Stanford University and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

We believe that Mr. Farzan’s experience in leadership positions in the biotechnology industry, his educational background and his strong scientific knowledge qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Neha Krishnamohan has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer since February 2026. Prior to becoming our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer, Ms. Krishnamohan served as a member of our board of directors and Chair of our Audit Committee

 

192


Table of Contents

from April 2025 to February 2026. Ms. Krishnamohan served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Corporate Development at Artiva Biotherapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company, from April 2024 to December 2025. Previously, from June 2021 to April 2024, Ms. Krishnamohan served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Corporate Development at Kinnate Biopharma Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company, until its acquisition by XOMA Corporation. From July 2008 to June 2021, Ms. Krishnamohan worked at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an investment bank, where she served most recently as Vice President, Healthcare Investment Banking, from January 2015 to June 2021, and as an Associate in the Healthcare Investment Banking Group, from August 2011 to December 2014. Ms. Krishnamohan has served on the board of directors of Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, since September 2022. Ms. Krishnamohan earned her B.S.E. with a double major in Biomedical Engineering and Economics from Duke University.

Neil Singla, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since April 2024. Dr. Singla founded Lotus Clinical Research, LLC (Lotus), a specialty clinical research company, and served in several positions from March 2001 to March 2024, including as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific Officer. During his tenure at Lotus, Dr. Singla expanded the company into a network of specialty research centers, a full-service clinical research organization and a scientific and regulatory consulting firm. From May 2012 to November 2019, Dr. Singla also served as Chairman of the Clinical Trials Special Interest Group for the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) and the Clinical Trials Shared Interest Group of the American Pain Society (APS), organizing and chairing scientific symposia on analgesic trials. Dr. Singla earned his B.S. in Biology from the University of Akron and his M.D. at Northeast Ohio Medical University. He completed his residency in Anesthesiology at Loma Linda University Medical Center, where he served as Chief Resident and Teaching Scholar of the Year.

Non-Employee Directors

Timothy P. Walbert has served as Chairman of our board of directors since October 2024. Since October 2023, Mr. Walbert has served as a senior advisor to Amgen Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company. Previously, Mr. Walbert was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Horizon Therapeutics Public Ltd Co (Horizon), a biotechnology company (acquired by Amgen), from June 2008 to October 2023. Prior to Horizon, he served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of IDM Pharma Inc., a biotechnology company (acquired by Takeda Pharmaceuticals). Prior to that, Mr. Walbert served as Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations at NeoPharm Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company. Mr. Walbert has served on the board of directors of multiple publicly held biotechnology companies, including Century Therapeutics, Inc. since September 2022, Mirum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. since April 2023, Sagimet Biosciences Inc. since March 2024, and BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. since February 2025, as well as Cour Pharmaceuticals Development Co., Inc. since June 2024, Odyssey Therapeutics, Inc. since October 2024, and Catalent, Inc. since February 2025 and Crystalys Therapeutics, Inc. since February 2026. He previously served on the board of directors of Aurinia Pharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly held pharmaceutical company, from 2020 to 2022, Exicure, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company, from 2019 to 2022, Assertio Holdings, Inc., a publicly held biopharma company, from 2014 to 2020, Raptor Pharmaceutical Corp., a publicly held biotechnology company, from 2010 to 2014, XOMA Corporation, a publicly held biotechnology company, from 2011 to 2017, and Sucampo Pharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, from 2016 to 2018. Mr. Walbert was previously a member of the board of directors of the Biotechnology Innovation Organization, the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturing Association, the Illinois Biotechnology Innovation Organization and World Business Chicago. Mr. Walbert earned his B.A. in Business from Muhlenberg College.

 

193


Table of Contents

We believe that Mr. Walbert’s extensive experience in the biotechnology industry, including as a president and chief executive officer of multiple publicly held biotechnology companies, qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Sara M. Bonstein has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2026. Ms. Bonstein has more than two decades of operational and financial leadership in the life sciences industry and has served as Chief Financial Officer at Insmed, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, since January 2020. Prior to joining Insmed, she served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer at OncoSec Medical Incorporated, a biotechnology company, from May 2018 to January 2020 and as Chief Financial Officer at Advaxis, Inc., a biotechnology company, from February 2014 to April 2018. Prior to Advaxis, Ms. Bonstein served in various finance roles of increasing responsibility, including at Eli Lilly & Company and Johnson & Johnson. Ms. Bonstein has served as a member of the board of directors of Xilio Therapeutics, Inc., a public biotechnology company, since August 2021. Previously, Ms. Bonstein served on the board of directors of scPharmaceuticals Inc., a public pharmaceutical company (acquired by MannKind Corporation), from August 2021 to August 2025. Ms. Bonstein holds a B.S. in finance from The College of New Jersey and an M.B.A. from Rider University.

We believe Ms. Bonstein’s experience as a senior executive of several life sciences companies, including her finance and operations expertise and knowledge of the life sciences industry, qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Deborah Palestrant, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2020. Since November 2018, Dr. Palestrant has served as a Partner of 5AM Ventures, a venture capital firm focused on life sciences companies, and Partner and Executive Chair of 4:59 Initiative, a 5AM Ventures company. From July 2017 to November 2018, Dr. Palestrant served as Vice President of Corporate Development & Strategy at Relay Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held precision medicines company. From November 2013 to July 2017, Dr. Palestrant served as Senior Director of Business Development & Strategy at Editas Medicine, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company. Dr. Palestrant has served as a member of the board of directors of multiple privately held biopharmaceutical companies, including Renasant Bio since March 2023, Nido Biosciences, Inc. since September 2023, and Falcon Bio since November 2024. She has also served as a member of the board of directors and as Treasurer of the New England Venture Capital Association since January 2020 and as a member of the board of managers of Life Science Cares Boston since December 2023. Dr. Palestrant previously served on the board of directors of multiple privately held biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies, including Nvelop Therapeutics from July 2022 to December 2024, Seeker Biologics, Inc. from March 2019 to October 2023, and Ziada Therapeutics, Inc. from February 2024 to December 2025. Dr. Palestrant earned her B.S. in Biochemistry at the University of California, Los Angeles, her M.B.A. from Northeastern University and her Ph.D. in Biochemistry and Molecular Biophysics from Columbia University, and completed a postdoctoral fellowship at The Scripps Research Institute.

We believe that Dr. Palestrant’s experience in life sciences venture capital, drug discovery and strategic development qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Kevin Raidy has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2025. Since December 2023, Mr. Raidy has served as Senior Managing Director and Head of Healthcare Opportunities at Blue Owl Capital, an asset management company, overseeing all private and public equity investment activities related to healthcare opportunities. From November 2017 to December 2023, Mr. Raidy founded and served as Managing Partner of Cowen Healthcare Investments (Cowen), which later became part of Blue Owl Capital. At Cowen, Mr. Raidy served as Head of Investment Banking from January 2012 to November 2017 and as Co-Head of the Equity Capital Markets Group from June 2010 to January 2012. From August 1993 to January 2003, Mr. Raidy worked at Shipley

 

194


Table of Contents

Raidy Capital Partners, a boutique investment banking firm he co-founded. Mr. Raidy serves as a member of the board of directors at NodThera Ltd., Neuron23, Sundance Biosciences and Aro Biopharmaceuticals, each a privately held biotechnology company. Mr. Raidy earned his B.S. in Economics with a concentration in Finance from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe that Mr. Raidy’s experience in managing and leading both early stage and established companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Beth Seidenberg, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2024. Dr. Seidenberg has served as a founding Managing Director of Westlake BioPartners, a life sciences venture capital firm, since September 2018. Since May 2005, Dr. Seidenberg has served as Managing Member of venture capital funds advised by Kleiner Perkins Caufield and Byers, LLC, a venture capital firm, where she primarily focuses on life sciences investing. From February 2002 to May 2005, Dr. Seidenberg served as the Senior Vice President, Head of Global Development and Chief Medical Officer at Amgen Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company. Prior to that, Dr. Seidenberg held various positions, including as Senior Vice President of Global Development at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, and as Vice President of Pulmonary-Immunology at Merck & Co., Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Seidenberg has served on the board of directors of Vera Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company, since June 2016, Kyverna Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, since September 2018, Sagimet Biosciences Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company, since April 2007, and several other privately held life sciences companies. Dr. Seidenberg previously served on the board of directors of Acelyrin, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, from October 2020 to March 2025, Atara Biotherapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company from August 2012 to June 2023, and Progyny, Inc., a publicly held fertility benefit management company, from May 2010 to November 2024. Dr. Seidenberg earned her B.S. in Biology and Anthropology from Barnard College and her M.D. from the University of Miami School of Medicine and completed her post-graduate training at the Johns Hopkins University, George Washington University and the National Institutes of Health.

We believe that Dr. Seidenberg’s experience in the life sciences industry as a senior executive and venture capitalist, as well as her training as a physician, qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Todd N. Smith has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2026. Mr. Smith has served as Chief Executive Officer at Corium, LLC, a privately held biopharmaceutical company, since July 2024, as Operating Partner of NewVale Capital, LLC, a life sciences-focused growth equity firm, since January 2024, as Senior Advisor at Athyrium Capital Management, LP, a life sciences-focused investment firm, since September 2024, and as Founder of Apollo Care, LLC, a privately held healthcare technology company (Apollo Care), since January 2021. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer at Valinor Pharma, LLC, a privately held pharmaceutical company (Valinor Pharma) (acquired by Grünenthal), from April 2023 to July 2024, as President, Chief Commercial Officer and Head of Business Development at Tolmar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a privately held pharmaceutical company (Tolmar Pharmaceuticals), from March 2022 to April 2023, and as Chief Executive Officer of Assertio Holdings, Inc., a publicly held pharmaceutical company (Assertio Holdings), from January 2017 to December 2020. Mr. Smith has served as a member of the board of directors of Quetzal Therapeutics, LLC, a privately held biopharmaceutical company, since October 2025, as a member of the board of directors of BVI Medical, Inc., a privately held medical device company, since July 2017, and as a member of the board of directors of Apollo Care since January 2021. Previously, Mr. Smith served as a member of the board of directors of Vault Pharma, Inc., a privately held biotechnology company, from June 2015 to September 2025, as a member of the board of directors of Valinor

 

195


Table of Contents

Pharma from April 2023 to July 2024, as a member of the board of directors of Bright Path Laboratories, Inc., a privately held biotechnology company, from September 2016 to March 2023, as a member of the board of directors of Tolmar Pharmaceuticals from March 2022 to April 2023, and as a member of the board of directors of Assertio Holdings from January 2017 to December 2020. Mr. Smith holds a B.A. in political science from Norwich University.

We believe Mr. Smith’s experience as a senior executive and board member of several life sciences companies and knowledge of the life sciences industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

James Tananbaum, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2024. Since June 2010, Dr. Tananbaum has served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Foresite Capital Management LLC, a U.S.-focused healthcare investment firm, which he founded. From 2000 to 2010, Dr. Tananbaum served as Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prospect Venture Partners L.P. II and III, healthcare venture partnerships. Previously, Dr. Tananbaum founded Theravance, Inc. (now Theravance Biopharma, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, and Innoviva, Inc., a publicly held healthcare asset management company) in 1997. Prior to that, Dr. Tananbaum founded GelTex, Inc., a pharmaceutical company (acquired by Sanofi-Genzyme) in 1991. Dr. Tananbaum has served on the board of directors of Alumis, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, since January 2021, and Eikon Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, since September 2019. Dr. Tananbaum previously served on the board of directors of Fabric Genomics, a privately held biotechnology company, from December 2019 to April 2025, Kinnate Biopharma, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company, from June 2020 to April 2024, and Quantum-SI Incorporated, a publicly held biotechnology company, from June 2021 to May 2022. Dr. Tananbaum earned his B.S. and B.S.E.E. in Applied Math and Electrical Engineering/Computer Science from Yale University and his M.B.A. and M.D. from Harvard University.

We believe that Dr. Tananbaum’s knowledge and experience in the biotherapeutics industry, as well as his deep understanding of our company, our business and our strategic objectives, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

None of our directors or executive officers has been involved in any legal proceeding listed in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K in the past 10 years except as follows:

Mr. Smith served in various roles at Novum Pharma, LLC (Novum Pharma) from 2015 to 2019, serving most recently as Chief Executive Officer and Director. In February 2019, Novum Pharma filed a voluntary petition for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (Bankruptcy Court). In August 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the sale of substantially all of the assets of Novum Pharma and granting related relief (the Sale Order). Pursuant to the Sale Order, the sale of substantially all of Novum Pharma’s assets closed in March 2022.

Family Relationships and Other Arrangements

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors. Pursuant to our amended and restated voting agreement, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, the following directors were designated as members of our board of directors:

 

  •  

Mr. Farzan, designated pursuant to his service as our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  •  

Dr. Seidenberg, designated by Westlake BioPartners Fund I, L.P.;

 

196


Table of Contents
  •  

Dr. Tananbaum, designated by Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P.;

 

  •  

Dr. Palestrant, designated by 5AM Ventures VI, L.P.;

 

  •  

Mr. Raidy, designated by Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities IV LP and Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities EF IV LP;

 

  •  

Mr. Walbert, designated by mutual agreement of the other then-seated members of our board of directors;

 

  •  

Ms. Bonstein, designated by mutual agreement of the other then-seated members of our board of directors; and

 

  •  

Mr. Smith, designated by mutual agreement of the other then-seated members of our board of directors.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of eight members. Dr. Palestrant has notified us that she intends to resign from our board of directors effective as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Following Dr. Palestrant’s resignation, our board of directors will consist of seven members. Such resignation from our board of directors is an ordinary course transition in connection with our public company preparedness. There have been no disagreements between us and the resigning director on any matter relating to our operations, policies or practices. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and on an ad hoc basis as required. In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the closing of this offering, respectively, we will divide our board of directors into three classes, as follows:

 

  •  

Class I, which will consist of Ms. Bonstein and Mr. Farzan, whose terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held following this offering;

 

  •  

Class II, which will consist of Mr. Raidy, Mr. Smith and Dr. Tananbaum, whose terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held following this offering; and

 

  •  

Class III, which will consist of Dr. Seidenberg and Mr. Walbert, whose terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held following this offering.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized size of our board of directors is currently seven members. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our voting stock.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. Walbert, who has authority, among other things, to call and preside over board of directors meetings, to set meeting agendas and to determine materials to be distributed to the board of directors. Accordingly, the Chair has substantial ability to

 

197


Table of Contents

shape the work of the board of directors. We believe that separation of the positions of Chair and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors in its oversight of our business and affairs. In addition, we have a separate chair for each committee of our board of directors. The chair of each committee is expected to report annually to our board of directors on the activities of their committee in fulfilling their responsibilities as detailed in their respective charters or specify any shortcomings should that be the case.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The audit committee of our board of directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of our board of directors. Going forward, we expect that the audit committee will receive reports from management periodically regarding our assessment of risks. In addition, the audit committee reports regularly to our board of directors, which also considers our risk profile. The audit committee and our board of directors focus on the most significant risks we face and our general risk management strategies. While our board of directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects management to consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the audit committee and our board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board of directors’ leadership structure, which also emphasizes the independence of our board of directors in its oversight of its business and affairs, supports this approach.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established or will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time. Each committee has adopted or will adopt a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq), which we will post on our website, www.latigobio.com, upon the closing of this offering. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as a textual reference. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Audit Committee

Upon the closing of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Ms. Bonstein, Mr. Raidy and Mr. Smith. Ms. Bonstein will serve as the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the listing standards of the Nasdaq and SEC independence requirements. The primary functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

  •  

evaluating the performance, qualifications and independence of our independent auditor and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditor or engage new independent auditor;

 

198


Table of Contents
  •  

determining and approving the engagement of our independent auditor to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

  •  

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditor on our engagement team as required by law;

 

  •  

prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditor;

 

  •  

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditor and management;

 

  •  

reviewing, with our independent auditor and management, major issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, including any significant changes in selection or application of accounting principles, significant regulatory or accounting initiatives or developments, as well as off-balance sheet structures, that may have a material impact on our financial statements;

 

  •  

reviewing, with our management, the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  •  

reviewing with management and our independent auditor any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

 

  •  

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, as well as other matters;

 

  •  

preparing the audit committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  •  

reviewing, approving or ratifying and providing oversight of any related-person transactions in accordance with our related-person transaction policy;

 

  •  

reviewing and monitoring compliance with programs and policies designed to ensure adherence to applicable laws and our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

  •  

reviewing and assessing our risk management, risk assessment and major risk exposures with respect to financial, accounting, operational, tax, privacy and cybersecurity and information technology risks;

 

  •  

reviewing on a periodic basis our investment policy and related-person transactions policy; and

 

  •  

reviewing and evaluating, at least on an annual basis, the performance of the audit committee and the adequacy of the audit committee charter.

Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Bonstein qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered prior experience, business acumen and independence. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

199


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Upon the closing of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Smith, Dr. Tananbaum and Mr. Walbert. Mr. Walbert will serve as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and satisfies the independence requirements. The primary functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

  •  

overseeing our overall compensation practices and objectives, and assessing whether our compensation practices establish appropriate incentives in light of our specific business objectives;

 

  •  

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

 

  •  

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

 

  •  

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the establishment or modification of our equity-based compensation plans and any other of our incentive compensation plans;

 

  •  

evaluating risks associated with our compensation policies and practices and assessing whether risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us;

 

  •  

reviewing and discussing with management our policies and practices related to our management of human capital resources and corporate culture;

 

  •  

modifying and overseeing the compensation clawback or similar policies;

 

  •  

reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the form and amount of director compensation;

 

  •  

providing recommendations to the full board of directors on compensation-related proposals to be considered at our annual meeting of stockholders, including any applicable advisory votes on executive compensation and the frequency of such votes, incentive and other compensation plans and amendments to such plans;

 

  •  

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;

 

  •  

administering our incentive and equity-based compensation plans;

 

  •  

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

  •  

reviewing and approving the list of companies, if any, to be included in any compensation peer group used to determine pay levels based on criteria the compensation committee deems appropriate;

 

  •  

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) any employment or post-employment agreement or arrangement (including severance and change in control benefits) applicable to any of our executive officers;

 

  •  

reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” to be included in our annual proxy statement or annual report on Form 10-K, in accordance with the rules of the SEC;

 

200


Table of Contents
  •  

preparing the compensation committee report on executive officer compensation as required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement or annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC;

 

  •  

reviewing with management and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the plans for succession of our Chief Executive Officer and other key executives; and

 

  •  

reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and the compensation committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq Exchange rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Dr. Seidenberg, Dr. Tananbaum and Mr. Walbert. Dr. Seidenberg will serve as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of this committee satisfies the independence requirements. The primary functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

  •  

identifying, reviewing, screening and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

  •  

determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;

 

  •  

overseeing evaluations of director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;

 

  •  

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors concerning the size, structure, composition and functioning of the board and its committees;

 

  •  

reviewing any stockholder proposals submitted for inclusion in our proxy statement and recommending to the full board of directors any statements by us in response, and considering stockholder nominees for election to our board of directors at our annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  •  

considering and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors and executive officers;

 

  •  

developing a set of corporate governance guidelines, periodically reviewing these guidelines and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such guidelines;

 

  •  

overseeing our environmental, social and governance strategies, targets, policies, performance and reporting; and

 

  •  

reviewing and assessing on at least an annual basis the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

201


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our current or former executive officers serve as a member of the compensation committee. None of our officers serve, or have served during the last completed fiscal year, on the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or person performing similar functions. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be available on the Corporate Governance section of our website, www.latigobio.com. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as a textual reference. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that, with the exception of Mr. Farzan, none of our directors have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares held by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

202


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2025, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, were:

 

  •  

Nima Farzan, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

  •  

Timothy Lugo, our former Chief Financial Officer(1); and

 

  •  

Neil Singla, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer.

 
(1)

Mr. Lugo, our former Chief Financial Officer, separated from our company effective January 30, 2026, and was succeeded by Neha Krishnamohan, who currently serves as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer, effective February 2, 2026. Ms. Krishnamohan previously served as a member of our board of directors from April 2025 to February 2026.

Summary Compensation Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2025

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Total
($)
 

Nima Farzan
President and Chief Executive Officer

     2025        590,094        473,800 (2)      5,992,846        7,056,740  

Timothy Lugo(3)
Former Chief Financial Officer

     2025        446,419        110,800 (4)      1,089,609        1,646,828  

Neil Singla, M.D.
Chief Medical Officer

     2025        564,438        446,119 (2)      2,441,813        3,452,370  
 
(1)

In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2025. These amounts have been computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by our named executive officers upon vesting or exercise of the stock options or the sale of the common stock underlying such awards.

(2)

The amounts disclosed represent discretionary bonuses earned in the year ended December 31, 2025 and paid in the first quarter of 2026. For additional information, please see the subsection titled “—Annual Bonus.”

(3)

Mr. Lugo separated from our company effective January 30, 2026. For more information, please see the subsection titled “—Employment Arrangements with our Named Executive Officers” below.

(4)

This represents the amount of Mr. Lugo’s 2025 bonus that he received in February 2026 pursuant to his separation agreement with our company, dated January 30, 2026. For more information, please see the subsections titled “—Employment Arrangements with our Named Executive Officers” and “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Annual Base Salary

Our named executive officers receive base salaries to compensate them for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation, taking into account such named executive officer’s qualifications, experience, the scope of such named executive officer’s responsibilities and competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions within the industry and geography. Base salaries are reviewed

 

203


Table of Contents

periodically and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience. Our named executive officers received a salary adjustment in March 2025. The 2025 annual base salary rates for our named executive officers, following the March 2025 adjustment, are set forth in the table below.

 

Name

   2025 Base Salary
(effective March 1, 2025)
 

Nima Farzan

   $ 592,250  

Timothy Lugo

   $ 448,050  

Neil Singla, M.D.

   $ 566,500  

Annual Bonus

In addition to base salaries, our named executive officers are eligible to receive discretionary annual bonuses based on the achievement of certain performance criteria established and determined by our board of directors, including those related to research and development and clinical milestones and other corporate goals. The amount of any discretionary bonus is determined following the end of the year to which the bonus relates. For the year ended December 31, 2025, discretionary cash bonus targets, as a percentage of base salary, were 50% for Mr. Farzan, 40% for Mr. Lugo and 45% for Dr. Singla. The discretionary bonuses ultimately earned by our named executive officers for 2025 are reported above in the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table. Mr. Lugo received the amount of his 2025 bonus payment pursuant to his separation agreement, as further discussed under the subsection titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and those of our stockholders with those of our employees, including our named executive officers. The board of directors or an authorized committee thereof is responsible for approving equity grants.

Prior to this offering, we have granted stock options pursuant to our 2019 Stock Plan (2019 Plan), to certain of our executives. Following this offering, we will grant equity awards under the terms of our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (2026 Plan). The terms of our equity plans are described below under the subsection titled “—Equity Benefit Plans.” Our named executive officers received the following stock option awards in the year ended December 31, 2025:

 

  •  

On February 5, 2025, our board of directors granted a refresh stock option award to each of Messrs. Farzan and Lugo and Dr. Singla, covering 4,345,913, 790,167 and 1,885,676 shares of our common stock, respectively. These awards have an exercise price of $0.86 per share and vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares underlying each option vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 1/48 of the shares underlying the option vesting on a monthly basis thereafter (or if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us through each vesting date.

 

  •  

On April 8, 2025, our board of directors granted additional stock option awards to each of Messrs. Farzan and Lugo and Dr. Singla, covering 874,171, 158,940, and 317,881 shares of our common stock, respectively. These awards have an exercise price of $0.86 per share and vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares underlying each option having vested on January 28, 2026, and 1/48 of the shares underlying the option vesting on a monthly basis thereafter (or if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us through each vesting date.

 

  •  

On April 8, 2025, our board of directors also granted stock option awards to each of Messrs. Farzan and Lugo and Dr. Singla, covering 1,748,341, 317,880 and 635,760 shares of our

 

204


Table of Contents
 

common stock, respectively. These shares have an exercise price of $0.86 per share with vesting contingent upon the second closing of our Series B preferred stock financing, which occurred on September 16, 2025. 25% of the shares underlying each award vested on January 28, 2026, and 1/48th of the shares underlying the option will vest on a monthly basis thereafter on the 28th of each month (or if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us through each vesting date.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2025

The following table presents the outstanding equity awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2025.

 

     Option Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant
Date
    Vesting
Commencement
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

(#)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable

(#)
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Nima Farzan

     7/31/2024 (2)      7/15/2024        10,942,623        —       $ 0.34        7/30/2034  
     2/5/2025 (2)      1/28/2025        4,345,913        —       $ 0.86        2/4/2035  
     4/8/2025 (2)      1/28/2025        874,171        —       $ 0.86        4/7/2035  
     4/8/2025 (3)      1/28/2026        1,748,341        —       $ 0.86        4/7/2035  

Timothy Lugo(6)

     9/3/2024 (4)      9/3/2024        663,517        1,459,740      $ 0.34        9/2/2034  
     2/5/2025 (4)      1/28/2025        —         790,167      $ 0.86        2/4/2035  
     4/8/2025 (4)      1/28/2025        —         158,940      $ 0.86        4/7/2035  
     4/8/2025 (5)      1/28/2026        —         317,880      $ 0.86        4/7/2035  

Neil Singla, M.D.

     7/31/2024 (4)      4/1/2024        1,642,154        2,299,017      $ 0.34        7/30/2034  
     2/5/2025 (4)      1/28/2025        —         1,885,676      $ 0.86        2/4/2035  
     4/8/2025 (4)      1/28/2025        —         317,881      $ 0.86        4/7/2035  
     4/8/2025 (5)      1/28/2026        —         635,760      $ 0.86        4/7/2035  
 
(1)

All of the option awards were granted under the 2019 Plan, the terms of which plan is described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans—2019 Stock Plan.”

(2)

One-fourth of the total shares vests on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and one-forty eighth of the total shares vests each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date (or if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to continuous service with our company as of each such date. The option may be early exercised prior to vesting subject to a repurchase right in favor of our Company. The shares subject to this option are subject to acceleration as set forth in the applicable named executive officer’s offer letter agreement. For more information, please see the subsection titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” below.

(3)

Vesting for this option grant was subject to and contingent upon the consummation of the second closing of our Series B preferred stock financing, which occurred on September 16, 2025. One-fourth of the total shares vested on January 28, 2026, and one-forty eighth of the total shares will vest each month thereafter on the 28th day of the month (or if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the named executive officer’s continuous service with our company as of each such date. The option may be early exercised prior to vesting subject to a repurchase right in favor of our Company. The shares subject to this option are subject to acceleration as set forth in the applicable named executive officer’s offer letter agreement. For more information, please see the subsection titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” below.

(4)

One-fourth of the total shares vests on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and one-forty eighth of the total shares vests each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date (or if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the named executive officer’s continuous service with our company as of each such date. The shares subject to this option are subject to acceleration as set forth in the applicable named executive officer’s offer letter agreement. For more information, please see the subsection titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” below.

 

205


Table of Contents
(5)

Vesting for this option grant was subject to and contingent upon the consummation of the second closing of our Series B preferred stock financing, which occurred on September 16, 2025. One-fourth of the total shares vested on January 28, 2026, and one-forty eighth of the total shares will vest each month thereafter on the 28th day of the month (or if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to continuous service with our company as of each such date. The shares subject to this option are subject to acceleration as set forth in the applicable named executive officer’s offer letter agreement. For more information, please see the subsection titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” below.

(6)

Pursuant to the Lugo Separation Agreement (as defined below), in connection with his separation from employment with our company as of January 30, 2026, Mr. Lugo received accelerated vesting of the outstanding and unvested options that would have vested had he remained in continuous service with us through February 5, 2026, and he forfeited the remaining unvested options. See “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control—Mr. Lugo” below for more details.

Employment Arrangements With Our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into offer letters with each of our named executive officers. The material terms of each of these agreements are described below. These agreements provide for base salaries and incentive compensation, and each component reflects the scope of each named executive officer’s anticipated responsibilities and the individual experience they bring to our company. The employment of each of our named executive officers is “at will” and may be terminated at any time.

Mr. Farzan. We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Farzan on May 28, 2024 (Farzan Offer Letter), pursuant to which Mr. Farzan was hired as our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement governs the terms of Mr. Farzan’s employment with us, has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Pursuant to the Farzan Offer Letter, Mr. Farzan is entitled to an annual base salary of $575,000 and a discretionary annual bonus targeted at 50% of his base salary, each subject to adjustment in accordance with our employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

On July 15, 2026, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Farzan in connection with his service as our Chief Executive Officer (Farzan Agreement), which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will supersede and replace the Farzan Offer Letter. Under the Farzan Agreement, Mr. Farzan is entitled to an annual base salary of $687,500, subject to review and adjustment from time to time. The Farzan Agreement also provides that Mr. Farzan is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus at a target amount of 60% of his then-current base salary. Mr. Farzan will also be eligible for certain severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Mr. Lugo. We entered into an at-will offer letter agreement with Mr. Lugo on July 15, 2024 (Lugo Offer Letter), pursuant to which Mr. Lugo was hired as our Chief Financial Officer. The agreement governed the terms of Mr. Lugo’s employment with us, had no specific term and provided for at-will employment. Pursuant to the Lugo Offer Letter, Mr. Lugo was entitled to an annual base salary of $435,000 and a discretionary annual bonus targeted at 40% of his base salary, each subject to adjustment in accordance with our employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. On January 30, 2026, we entered into a Separation Agreement with Mr. Lugo (Lugo Separation Agreement), pursuant to which Mr. Lugo separated from our company effective January 30, 2026. The severance benefits provided to Mr. Lugo under the Lugo Separation Agreement are described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Dr. Singla. We entered into an offer letter agreement with Dr. Singla on March 16, 2024 (Singla Offer Letter), pursuant to which Dr. Singla was hired as our Chief Medical Officer and Executive Vice President, Head of Clinical Development. The agreement governs the terms of Dr. Singla’s employment with us, has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Pursuant to the Singla Offer Letter, Dr. Singla is entitled to an annual base salary of $550,000 and a discretionary annual bonus targeted at 45% of his base salary, each subject to adjustment in accordance with our employee

 

206


Table of Contents

compensation policies in effect from time to time. Dr. Singla was also entitled to receive a $150,000 sign-on bonus, which was fully earned following 12 months of his active employment with us.

On July 15, 2026, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Dr. Singla in connection with his service as our Chief Medical Officer (Singla Agreement), which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will supersede and replace the Singla Offer Letter. Under the Singla Agreement, Dr. Singla is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $589,160, subject to review and adjustment from time to time. The Singla Agreement also provides that Dr. Singla is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus at a target amount of 45% of his then-current base salary. Dr. Singla will also be eligible for certain severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

Regardless of the manner in which a named executive officer’s service terminates, each named executive officer is entitled to receive accrued and unpaid wages earned through the named executive officer’s last day of employment.

Mr. Lugo’s Separation Agreement

Pursuant to the Lugo Separation Agreement, Mr. Lugo received the following severance benefits upon his separation: (i) 5 months of his then-current base salary, (ii) payment of his 2025 annual bonus, (iii) accelerated vesting of his then-outstanding options as if he had completed service through February 5, 2026 and (iv) an extension to the post-termination exercise period for his outstanding and vested options until the earlier of (A) 12 months following his separation date, (B) the expiration date of his options or (C) any earlier date provided in the applicable equity plan.

Severance Plan

Upon and following this offering, each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Lugo) will be eligible to receive severance benefits upon certain terminations of employment under the terms of our Severance Plan, which was adopted in July 2026 (Severance Plan). The Severance Plan supersedes and replaces in its entirety any prior severance benefits included in the Farzan Offer Letter and Singla Offer Letter.

Upon a termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason (each as defined in our Severance Plan) outside of the period (a) for Mr. Farzan, beginning 3 months prior to and ending 12 months following the effective date of a change in control, and (b) for Dr. Singla, beginning on and ending 12 months following the effective date of a change in control (CIC Period), each of our named executive officers will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (i) cash severance in the form of salary continuation over the specified severance period (12 months for Mr. Farzan and 9 months for Dr. Singla) and (ii) payment of COBRA premiums for the duration of the applicable severance period (12 months for Mr. Farzan and 9 months for Dr. Singla).

Upon a termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason during the applicable CIC Period, each of our named executive officers will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits in lieu of those described above: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to a specified portion of the named executive officer’s base salary (18 months for Mr. Farzan and 12 months for Dr. Singla), (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to a specified percentage of the named executive officer’s annual target bonus for the year in which the change in control termination occurs (150% for Mr. Farzan and 100%

 

207


Table of Contents

for Dr. Singla), (iii) payment of COBRA premiums for the duration of the applicable severance period (18 months for Mr. Farzan and 12 months for Dr. Singla), and (iv) accelerated vesting of all then-outstanding and unvested time-based equity awards held by the named executive officer.

All severance benefits under our Severance Plan are subject to the named executive officer’s execution (and non-revocation) of an effective release of claims against us. If any payments or benefits provided under our Severance Plan or otherwise would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Mr. Farzan and Dr. Singla will receive the greater of (x) the largest portion of such payments that would not be subject to the excise tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the payments, in each case, whichever produces the greater after-tax benefit to the executive. Our Severance Plan does not provide for any excise tax gross-up payments.

Our named executive officers’ equity awards are further subject to the terms of our 2019 Plan and 2026 Plan, as applicable, and the applicable award agreements thereunder. A description of the termination and change in control provisions in our 2019 Plan and 2026 Plan and awards granted thereunder is provided below under “—Equity Benefit Plans,” and a description of the vesting provisions of each equity award held by our named executive officers which is outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2025 is provided above under “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2025.”

Other Compensation and Benefits

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, which includes medical, dental and life insurance coverage, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We pay a portion of the premiums for the medical and dental insurance, including our named executive officers. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers. In addition, we provide the opportunity to participate in a 401(k) plan to our employees, including each of our named executive officers, as discussed in the subsection titled “—401(k) Plan” below.

401(k) Plan

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees may defer eligible compensation on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, up to the statutorily prescribed annual limits on contributions under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code). Contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan (except for Roth contributions) and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future, if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Equity Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant stock options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain and motivate employees, consultants and directors, and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and

 

208


Table of Contents

financial success. The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

2026 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2026 Plan in June 2026 and our stockholders approved our 2026 Plan in     . Our 2026 Plan is a successor to and continuation of our 2019 Plan and will become effective on the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once our 2026 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under our 2019 Plan.

Types of Awards. Our 2026 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards and other forms of stock awards to employees, directors, and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2026 Plan after it becomes effective will be     shares, which is the sum of: (i)     new shares, plus (ii)     shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan, plus (iii) up to     returning shares as such shares become available from time to time. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2027 (assuming the 2026 Plan becomes effective in 2026) through January 1, 2036, in an amount equal to 5.0% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding (including shares of our common stock and shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion, or exchange of all then-outstanding pre-funded warrants, or other rights exercisable for or convertible into, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock (whether vested or unvested), but excluding shares issuable upon the exercise of then-outstanding options and the shares reserved and available for issuance under our then-existing equity incentive plan(s) and employee stock purchase plan(s), if any) on the last day of the calendar month before the date of each automatic increase, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs under our 2026 Plan is     shares.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2026 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2026 Plan. Additionally, shares become available for future grant under our 2026 Plan if they were issued under stock awards under our 2026 Plan if we repurchase them or they are forfeited. This includes shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors (referred to herein as the plan administrator), will administer our 2026 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more persons or bodies the authority to do one or more of the following (i) designate recipients (other than officers) of specified stock awards provided that no person or body may be delegated authority to grant a stock award to themselves; (ii) determine the number of shares subject to such stock award; and (iii) determine the terms of such stock awards. Under our 2026 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards and underlying agreements, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration and the form of consideration, if any, payable on exercise or settlement of the award.

In addition, subject to the terms of the 2026 Plan, the administrator also has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2026 Plan, including the authority to reprice any outstanding option or

 

209


Table of Contents

stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2026 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2026 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and (ii) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock units are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock units may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of our common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2026 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

Performance Awards. The 2026 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The plan administrator may structure awards so that the shares of our stock, cash, or other property will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. The performance criteria that will be used to establish such performance goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the plan administrator: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before

 

210


Table of Contents

interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; share price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholder’s equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the plan administrator.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any fiscal year following the year in which the underwriting agreement for this offering is executed, including stock awards granted and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed $750,000 in total value, or in the event such non-employee director is first appointed or elected to the board of directors during such fiscal

 

211


Table of Contents

year, $1,000,000 in total value (in each case, calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes).

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2026 Plan; (ii) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (iii) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs; and (iv) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions. The following applies to stock awards under the 2026 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction, unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2026 Plan), any stock awards outstanding under the 2026 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the transaction). With respect to performance awards with multiple vesting levels depending on performance level, unless otherwise provided by an award agreement or by the plan administrator, the award will accelerate at 100% of target. If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then with respect to any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants, such awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the transaction. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner and is not obligated to take the same actions with respect to all participants.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a transaction, the plan administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the stock award (including, at the discretion of the plan administrator, any unvested portion of such stock award), over (ii) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

Under our 2026 Plan, a corporate transaction is defined to include: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; (ii) the sale or disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities; (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction; and (iv) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder.

 

212


Table of Contents

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2026 Plan, awards granted under our 2026 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Under the 2026 Plan, a change in control is defined to include (i) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock; (ii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity); (iii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders; and (iv) an unapproved change in the majority of the board of directors.

Clawback. All awards granted under the 2026 Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that we are required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, our board of directors may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in a stock award agreement as our board of directors determines necessary or appropriate.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer stock awards under our 2026 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2026 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2026 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date our board of directors adopted our 2026 Plan or (ii) the date of stockholder approval. No stock awards may be granted under our 2026 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our ESPP in June 2026 and our stockholders approved our ESPP in    . The ESPP will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure and retain the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. Our ESPP will include two components. One component will be designed to allow eligible U.S. employees to purchase our shares of our common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. The other component will permit the grant of purchase rights that do not qualify for such favorable tax treatment in order to allow deviations necessary to permit participation by eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Share Reserve. Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of     shares of our common stock under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2027 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective in 2026) through January 1, 2036, by the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of the automatic increase (including shares of our common stock and shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion, or exchange of all then-outstanding pre-funded warrants, or other rights exercisable for or convertible into, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock (whether vested or

 

213


Table of Contents

unvested), but excluding shares issuable upon the exercise of then-outstanding options and the shares reserved and available for issuance under our then-existing equity incentive plan(s) and employee stock purchase plan(s), if any); and (ii)     shares; provided that before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (i) and (ii). As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our ESPP. Our board of directors may delegate concurrent authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share that is at least the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering; or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (i) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year; or (ii) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time of less than two years. No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (i) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP; (ii) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (iii) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights; and (iv) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions (as defined in the ESPP), including: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; (ii) the sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities; (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction; and (iv) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such

 

214


Table of Contents

transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within ten business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

2019 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2019 Plan in December 2019. Our 2019 Plan was most recently amended in January 2025. The 2019 Plan will be terminated on the date the 2026 Plan becomes effective, and thereafter no further stock awards will be granted under the 2019 Plan. However, any outstanding stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2019 Plan and award agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until any stock awards terminate or expire by their terms.

Types of Awards. Our 2019 Plan allows for the direct award or sale of shares and for the grant of incentive stock options (ISOs), to employees, including employees of any subsidiary or parent, and grants of nonstatutory stock options (NSOs) to our employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. Subject to certain capitalization adjustments, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2019 Plan will not exceed 71,195,118 shares of our common stock. The shares may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. As of December 31, 2025, only options have been granted under the 2019 Plan.

Shares previously issued under our 2019 Plan that are reacquired by us will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. In the event that shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the 2019 Plan are withheld by us in payment of the purchase price, exercise price or withholding taxes, such shares will remain available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. In the event that shares subject to stock awards expire or are cancelled, such shares will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2019 Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors or one or more duly authorized committees of our board of directors (referred to herein as the plan administrator) administers our 2019 Plan and the stock awards granted under it. Under our 2019 Plan, the plan administrator has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable to administer the 2019 Plan.

Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of the fair market value for certain major stockholders). Options granted under the 2019 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

 

215


Table of Contents

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years (or five years, for certain major stockholders). The plan administrator shall determine the effect on a stock award of the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence, or any other change or purported change in a holder’s status.

The purchase price or exercise price of shares issued under the 2019 Plan will be payable in cash or cash equivalents. The plan administrator may also permit payment through (i) services rendered, (ii) promissory note, (iii) surrender of stock, (iv) if the stock is publicly traded, a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (v) net exercise or (vi) any other form of payment permitted by Delaware law.

Options generally are not transferable except by (i) a beneficiary designation or (ii) will or the laws of descent and distribution. A stock option agreement may also provide that a nonstatutory stock option may be transferrable by gift or domestic relations order.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2019 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, all outstanding awards will be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or if there is no definitive transaction action, in a manner determined by our board of directors). Such treatment may include one or more of the following:

 

  •  

continuation of the award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);

 

  •  

assumption of an option by the surviving corporation or its parent;

 

  •  

substitution of the option by the surviving corporation or its parent for a new option;

 

  •  

cancellation of the option in exchange for a payment for the vested portion of the option equal to (A) the value of the property received by the holder of a share of stock as a result of the transaction over (B) the per-share exercise price of the option;

 

  •  

cancellation of the option without payment, provided that the optionee will be notified of such treatment and given an opportunity to exercise the option (to the extent vested) during a period of not less than 5 business days preceding the effective date of the transaction, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of the transaction and (B) such shorter period still offers the optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the option;

 

  •  

suspension of the optionee’s right to exercise the option during a limited period of time preceding the closing of the transaction if such suspension is administratively necessary to permit the closing of the transaction; and

 

  •  

termination of the optionee’s right to early exercise.

The board of directors also has the discretion to accelerate, in whole or part, the vesting and exercisability of awards in connection with a corporate transaction.

Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, (i) the number and kind of shares available for future grant, (ii) the number and kind of shares covered by each outstanding option, (iii) the exercise price under each outstanding option and the purchase price applicable to any unexercised stock purchase right and (iv) any repurchase price will be proportionately adjusted and such adjustment shall occur automatically.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors may amend, suspend, or terminate the 2019 Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner, the 2019 Plan will automatically terminate January 27, 2035. No stock awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

216


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Mr. Farzan, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors, but does not receive any additional compensation for service as a director. Ms. Krishnamohan was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer in February 2026 following the separation of our former Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Lugo, from our company in January 2026. Ms. Bonstein was appointed to our board of directors in April 2026, and Mr. Smith was appointed to our board of directors in May 2026. The compensation earned by or paid to Mr. Farzan as a named executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 is set forth above under “Executive and Director Compensation—Summary Compensation Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2025.”

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)(2)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
     Total ($)  

Timothy P. Walbert

     100,000        387,025        3,180        490,205  

Neha Krishnamohan(4)

     37,500        583,122        —         620,622  

Deborah Palestrant, Ph.D.

     —         —         —         —   

Kevin Raidy

     —         —         —         —   

Beth Seidenberg, M.D.

     —         —         —         —   

James B. Tananbaum, M.D.

     —         —         —         —   
 
(1)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2025 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the non-employee director. See Notes 2 and 9 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions used in the calculation.

(2)

As of December 31, 2025, the aggregate number of shares underlying outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock held by our non-employee directors was 2,118,903 held by Mr. Walbert and 678,049 held by Ms. Krishnamohan. None of our other non-employee directors held options to purchase shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2025. None of our non-employee directors held other unvested stock awards as of December 31, 2025.

(3)

Amounts represent travel expenses paid by us on behalf of Mr. Walbert.

(4)

In February 2026, Ms. Krishnamohan resigned from our board of directors and was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer.

Post-IPO Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

In June 2026, our board of directors adopted our Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (Director Compensation Policy) to be effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The Director Compensation Policy provides that each non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

 

  •  

an annual cash retainer of $40,000;

 

  •  

an additional annual cash retainer of $60,000 for service as non-executive chair of the board of directors;

 

  •  

an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000, $7,500 and $5,000 for service as a non-chair member of the audit committee, compensation committee, and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively; and

 

  •  

an additional annual cash retainer of $20,000, $15,000 and $10,000 for service as chair of the audit committee, chair of the compensation committee, and chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively (in lieu of the committee member retainer above).

Each of the annual cash retainers will be paid in equal quarterly installments, payable in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter in which the service occurred. If a non-employee director joins our

 

217


Table of Contents

board of directors or a committee of our board of directors at a time other than effective as of the first day of a fiscal quarter, each annual cash retainer described above will be pro-rated on days served in the applicable fiscal quarter, with the pro-rated amount paid for the first fiscal quarter in which such non-employee director provides the service and regular full quarterly payments thereafter. All annual cash retainers are vested upon payment. Moreover, the Director Compensation Policy provides that each such non-employee director will be eligible to receive the following option grants for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors:

 

  •  

an initial option grant to purchase 246,000 shares of our common stock, vesting monthly over 3 years; and

 

  •  

an annual option grant to purchase 123,000 shares of our common stock, vesting on the earlier of (i) the date that is 12 months following the grant date or (ii) the date of our next annual stockholder meeting.

Each of the option grants described above will be granted under our 2026 Plan, the terms of which are described in more detail above under “—Equity Benefit Plans—2026 Equity Incentive Plan.” Each such option grant will vest and become exercisable subject to the director’s continuous service with us, provided that each option will vest in full upon a “change in control” (as defined in the 2026 Plan) of the company, subject to the director’s continuous service through immediately prior to the change in control. The term of each option will be ten years, subject to earlier termination as provided in the 2026 Plan.

We will reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings provided that each such non-employee director submit appropriate documentation substantiating such expenses to us and in accordance with our travel and expense policy.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering limits the liability of our current and former directors and officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors and officers of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors or officers, except liability for:

 

  •  

any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

  •  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  •  

as a director, unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions;

 

  •  

as an officer, derivative claims brought on behalf of the corporation by a stockholder; or

 

  •  

any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will

 

218


Table of Contents

advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers, and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding.

We believe that the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), may be permitted for directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, executive officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a Rule 10b5-1 plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy and any applicable Rule 10b5-1 guidelines. 

 

219


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2023, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2025, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock at the time of such transaction, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described in the sections titled “Executive and Director Compensation” and “Executive and Director Compensation—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Series A-2 Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2023, we issued and sold to investors, in connection with our Series A-2 convertible preferred stock private placement financing (Series A-2 Financing), an aggregate of 72,327,505 shares of our Series A-2 convertible preferred stock (Series A-2 Preferred) at a purchase price of $0.89869 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $65.0 million.

The following table summarizes the shares of Series A-2 Preferred issued to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with our directors, in each case, at the time of the Series A-2 Financing.

 

Participants

   Series A-2
Preferred
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners(1)

     33,381,925      $ 30,000,002.20  

Entities affiliated with Foresite Capital(2)

     25,036,443        22,500,000.98  

Entities affiliated with 5AM Ventures(3)

     11,127,308        10,000,000.44  
 
(1)

Consists of (i) 2,225,462 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by Westlake BioPartners Fund I, L.P.; (ii) 8,901,847 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by Westlake BioPartners Opportunity Fund I, L.P.; and (iii) 22,254,616 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by Westlake BioPartners Fund II, L.P. Entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Dr. Seidenberg, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of Westlake BioPartners.

(2)

Consists of (i) 10,014,577 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P.; (ii) 10,014,577 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by Foresite Capital Opportunity Fund V, L.P.; and (iii) 5,007,289 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by Foresite Capital Fund VI LP. Entities affiliated with Foresite Capital hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Dr. Tananbaum, a member of our board of directors, is the founder and chief executive officer of Foresite Capital.

(3)

Consists of (i) 5,563,654 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by 5AM Opportunities II, L.P.; and (ii) 5,563,654 shares of Series A-2 Preferred purchased by 5AM Ventures VI, L.P. Entities affiliated with 5AM Ventures hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Dr. Palestrant, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at 5AM Ventures.

Common Stock Issuances

In February 2024, we issued and sold to entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners an aggregate of 990,244 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.34 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $0.2 million. 509,623 shares of our common stock were purchased by Westlake BioPartners Fund I, L.P., 179,604 shares of our common stock were purchased by Westlake BioPartners Opportunity Fund I, L.P. and 301,017 shares of our common stock were purchased by Westlake BioPartners Fund II, L.P. Entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Dr. Seidenberg, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director at Westlake BioPartners.

 

220


Table of Contents

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

From January to September 2025, we issued and sold to investors, in connection with our Series B convertible preferred stock private placement financing (Series B Financing), an aggregate of 95,364,024 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock (Series B Preferred) at a purchase price of $1.5729 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $150.0 million.

The following table summarizes the shares of Series B Preferred issued to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with our directors, in each case, at the time of the Series B Financing.

 

Participants

   Series B
Preferred
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Blue Owl Healthcare(1)

     19,072,806      $ 29,999,998.03  

Westlake BioPartners Fund II, L.P.(2)

     9,536,403        14,999,999.01  

5AM Opportunities II, L.P.(3)

     9,536,403        14,999,999.01  

Entities affiliated with Foresite Capital(4)

     9,536,401        14,999,995.87  
 
(1)

Consists of (i) 18,406,281 shares of Series B Preferred purchased by Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities IV LP; and (ii) 666,525 shares of Series B Preferred purchased by Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities EF IV LP. Entities affiliated with Blue Owl Healthcare hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Mr. Raidy, a member of our board of directors, is a senior managing director of Blue Owl Healthcare.

(2)

Entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Dr. Seidenberg, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director at Westlake BioPartners.

(3)

Entities affiliated with 5AM Ventures hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Dr. Palestrant, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at 5AM Ventures.

(4)

Consists of (i) 2,860,920 shares of Series B Preferred purchased by Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P.; (ii) 1,907,280 shares of Series B Preferred purchased by Foresite Capital Opportunity Fund V, L.P.; and (iii) 4,768,201 shares of Series B Preferred purchased by Foresite Capital Fund VI LP. Entities affiliated with Foresite Capital hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Dr. Tananbaum, a member of our board of directors, is the founder and chief executive officer of Foresite Capital.

Convertible Notes

In June 2026, we issued the Convertible Notes to certain investors in an aggregate principal amount of $35.0 million. The Convertible Notes mature 12 months from the initial issuance of the Convertible Notes if not earlier converted, and will accrue simple interest on a daily basis at 5% per annum. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, we have the ability to issue and sell an additional $20.0 million of Convertible Notes in a subsequent closing prior to closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, the Convertible Notes and any accrued but unpaid interest will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the price per share of our common stock sold in this offering.

The following table summarizes the Convertible Notes purchased by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with our board of directors, in each case, at the time of the initial issuance of the Convertible Notes:

 

Participants

   Principal Amount  

Foresite Capital Fund VI, L.P.(1)

   $ 3,500,000.00  

Entities affiliated with Blue Owl Healthcare(2)

     3,181,818.00  

Westlake BioPartners Fund II, L.P.(3)

     2,959,092.00  
 
(1)

Entities affiliated with Foresite Capital hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Dr. Tananbaum, a member of our board of directors, is the founder and chief executive officer of Foresite Capital.

(2)

Entities affiliated with Blue Owl Healthcare hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Mr. Raidy, a member of our board of directors, is a senior managing director of Blue Owl Healthcare.

 

221


Table of Contents
(3)

Entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners hold more than 5% of our outstanding stock. Dr. Seidenberg, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director at Westlake BioPartners.

Consulting Agreements

In April 2025, we entered into a consulting agreement with Nancy Stagliano, Ph.D. (Stagliano Consulting Agreement), following Dr. Stagliano’s resignation as the chair of our board of directors, pursuant to which Dr. Stagliano provides ad hoc advisory and business development services to us. In connection with the Stagliano Consulting Agreement, Dr. Stagliano has continued to vest in all of her outstanding options granted under the 2019 Plan, which include: (i) an option to purchase 572,997 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.18; (ii) an option to purchase 276,507 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.32; (iii) an option to purchase 247,561 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.34; and (iv) an option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.86. We may terminate the Stagliano Consulting Agreement, with or without cause, upon five days’ prior written notice to Dr. Stagliano. We did not pay any consulting fees to Dr. Stagliano during the year ended December 31, 2025.

In June 2023, we entered into a consulting agreement (Wasserman Consulting Agreement) with Scott Wasserman, M.D. following Dr. Wasserman’s resignation as our Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which Dr. Wasserman provided ad hoc advisory services to us. In connection with the Wasserman Consulting Agreement, until the termination of the Wasserman Consulting Agreement on November 22, 2024, Dr. Wasserman continued to vest in all of his outstanding options granted under the 2019 Plan, which included: (i) an option to purchase 3,491,989 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.18; and (ii) an option to purchase 1,106,029 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.32. We did not pay any consulting fees to Dr. Wasserman during the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024.

Investor Agreements

In connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, we entered into investors’ rights, right of first refusal and co-sale and voting agreements, which contain, among other things, registration rights, information rights, voting rights and rights of first refusal, with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with 5AM Ventures, entities affiliated with Blue Owl Healthcare, entities affiliated with Foresite Capital and entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners. These agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights granted under our investors’ rights agreement, as more fully described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” See also the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation

 

222


Table of Contents

and amended and restated bylaws upon the closing of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board.

In addition, we have entered, and intend to enter, into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Stock Option Grants to Directors and Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our directors and executive officers, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to  % of the shares of our common stock being offered hereby to our directors, officers, employees, business associates, investors and friends and family of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and investors, as part of a directed share program. The directed share program will not limit the ability of our directors, officers and their family members, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, to purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock. We do not currently know the extent to which these related persons will participate in our directed share program, if at all, or the extent to which they will purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will adopt a written related person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and continuing oversight of “related person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, and entities owned or controlled by such persons or entities in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related person transaction to our audit committee (or, where review by our audit committee would be inappropriate for reasons of conflict of interest or otherwise, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, all of the parties thereto, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the purpose of the transaction, the material facts, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available, an assessment of whether the terms are comparable to the terms available from unrelated third parties or to employees generally and management’s recommendation. To identify related person transactions in advance, we rely on

 

223


Table of Contents

information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

  •  

the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

  •  

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

  •  

the terms of the transaction;

 

  •  

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

  •  

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

 

224


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of     , 2026, as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, for:

 

  •  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  •  

each of our directors;

 

  •  

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  •  

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on     shares of our common stock outstanding as of     , 2026, assuming the Preferred Stock Conversion and Convertible Notes Conversion (as if each had occurred as of    , 2026), each of which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on the sale of     shares of our common stock in this offering, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and Convertible Notes Conversion (as if each had occurred as of     , 2026) in connection with the closing of this offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of     , 2026. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., 1300 Rancho Conejo Boulevard, Suite 305, Thousand Oaks, California 91320. We believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

The following table does not reflect any potential purchases by our executive officers, directors, their affiliated entities or holders of more than 5% of our common stock in this offering, including through the directed share program described under “Underwriting—Directed Share Program,” or any equity awards granted to our executive officers or directors contingent on this offering. If any shares are purchased by and to the extent any such equity awards have been granted to these persons or entities, the number and percentage of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them after this offering will differ from the amounts set forth in the following table.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percentage     Number      Percentage  

5% or Greater Stockholders:

          

Entities affiliated with Westlake BioPartners(1)

            %             % 

Entities affiliated with Foresite Capital(2)

            %             % 

Entities affiliated with 5AM Ventures(3)

            %             % 

Entities affiliated with Blue Owl Healthcare(4)

            %             % 

 

225


Table of Contents
     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percentage     Number      Percentage  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

            %             % 

Nima Farzan(5)

          

Timothy Lugo(6)

            %             % 

Neil Singla, M.D.(7)

            %             % 

Timothy P. Walbert(8)

            %             % 

Sara Bonstein(9)

            %             % 

Deborah Palestrant, Ph.D.

            %             % 

Kevin Raidy

            %             % 

Beth Seidenberg, M.D.

            %             % 

Todd N. Smith(10)

            %             % 

James B. Tananbaum, M.D.

            %             % 

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(11)

            %             % 
 
*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of (i)(a)    shares of common stock, (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series Seed preferred stock, (c)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, and (d)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock held by Westlake BioPartners Fund I, L.P. (Fund I), (ii)(a)    shares of common stock and (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock held by Westlake BioPartners Opportunity Fund I, L.P. (Opportunity Fund), and (iii)(a)    shares of common stock, (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock and (c)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock held by Westlake BioPartners Fund II, L.P. (Fund II). The general partners of Fund I, Opportunity Fund and Fund II are Westlake BioPartners GP I, LLC (GP I), Westlake BioPartners Opportunity GP I, LLC (Opportunity GP) and Westlake BioPartners GP II, LLC (GP II), respectively. GP I may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held directly by Fund I. Beth Seidenberg, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is the sole managing director of GP I and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Fund I. Opportunity GP may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held directly by Opportunity Fund. Dr. Seidenberg is the sole managing director of Opportunity GP and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Opportunity Fund. GP II may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held directly by Fund II. Dr. Seidenberg is the managing director of GP II and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Fund II. The principal business address of each of the foregoing entities is 3075 Townsgate Rd., Suite 140, Westlake Village, California 91361.

(2)

Consists of (i)(a)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock and (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock held by Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P. (Fund V), (ii)(a)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock and (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock held by Foresite Capital Opportunity Fund V, L.P. (Opportunity Fund V) and (iii)(a)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock and (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock held by Foresite Capital Fund VI LP (Fund VI). Foresite Capital Management V, LLC (FCM V) is the general partner of Fund V and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by Fund V. Foresite Capital Opportunity Management V, LLC (FCOM V) is the general partner of Opportunity Fund V and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Opportunity Fund V. Foresite Capital Management VI, LLC (FCM VI) is the general partner of Fund VI and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by Fund VI. James B. Tananbaum, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is the sole managing member of FCM V, FCOM V and FCM VI and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by Fund V, Opportunity Fund V and Fund VI, respectively. Each of Fund V, Opportunity Fund V, Fund VI and Dr. Tananbaum disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The principal business address of Dr. Tananbaum and each of the foregoing entities is 900 Larkspur Landing Circle, Suite 150, Larkspur, California 94939.

(3)

Consists of (i)(a)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock and (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock held by 5AM Ventures VI, L.P. (5AM Ventures VI) and (ii)(a)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A-2 preferred stock and (b)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock held by 5AM Opportunities II, L.P. (5AM Opportunities, and, together with 5AM Ventures VI, 5AM Ventures). 5AM Partners VI, LLC (Partners VI), is the sole general partner of 5AM Ventures VI and 5AM Opportunities II (GP), LLC (Opportunities II GP) is the sole general partner of 5AM Opportunities. Dr. Kush M. Parmar and Andrew J. Schwab are the managing members of each Partners VI and Opportunities II GP and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the

 

226


Table of Contents
  securities beneficially owned by 5AM Ventures VI and 5AM Opportunities. Each of Partners VI, Opportunities II GP, Dr. Parmar and Mr. Schwab disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The principal business address of 5AM Ventures is 4 Embarcadero Center, Suite 3110, San Francisco, California 94111.
(4)

Consists of (i)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock held by Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities IV LP (Blue Owl IV) and (ii)    shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock held by Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities EF IV LP (Blue Owl IV EF, and, together with Blue Owl IV, the Blue Owl Healthcare Holders). Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities Advisors LLC, an indirect subsidiary of Blue Owl Capital Holdings LP, is the investment manager of the Blue Owl Healthcare Holders and exercises voting and investment power through an investment committee comprised of Kevin Raidy (a member of our board of directors), Timothy Anderson, Sandip Agarwala and Brandyn Itzkowitz, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The principal business address of the Blue Owl Healthcare Holders is c/o Blue Owl Healthcare Advisers LLC, 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(5)

Consists of (i)    shares of common stock and (ii)    shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Farzan that are exercisable within 60 days of    , 2026.

(6)

Consists of    shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Lugo that are exercisable within 60 days of    , 2026.

(7)

Consists of    shares of common stock subject to options held by Dr. Singla that are exercisable within 60 days of    , 2026.

(8)

Consists of    shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Walbert that are exercisable within 60 days of    , 2026.

(9)

Consists of shares of common stock subject to options held by Ms. Bonstein that are exercisable within 60 days of     , 2026.

(10)

Consists of shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Smith that are exercisable within 60 days of     , 2026.

(11)

Consists of (i) the shares described in notes (5) – (10) above and (ii)    shares of common stock subject to options held by Ms. Krishnamohan that are exercisable within 60 days of    , 2026.

 

227


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 999,999,999 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. All of our authorized preferred stock upon the closing of this offering will be undesignated. The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stockholders and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the closing of this offering, respectively, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL). This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

As of March 31, 2026, we had 5,943,817 shares of our common stock outstanding held of record by 15 stockholders. This amount excludes our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, which will convert into 264,397,128 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering. Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2026, and assuming (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion and Convertible Notes Conversion, (ii) the issuance by us of      shares of our common stock in this offering and (iii) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, there will be      shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

Voting

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law. There are no cumulative voting rights.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights, Preferences and Privileges

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

228


Table of Contents

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Convertible Preferred Stock

As of March 31, 2026, there were 264,397,128 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding, held of record by 29 stockholders.

In connection with the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into 264,397,128 shares of our common stock.

Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of March 31, 2026, 63,299,052 shares of our common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, issued under our 2019 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.55 per share. For information regarding the terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans.”

Convertible Notes

In June 2026, we issued unsecured convertible promissory notes to certain investors in an aggregate principal amount of $35.0 million. The Convertible Notes mature 12 months from the initial issuance of the Convertible Notes, if not earlier converted, and will accrue simple interest on a daily basis at 5% per annum. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, we have the ability to issue and sell an additional $20.0 million of Convertible Notes in a subsequent closing prior to the closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, the Convertible Notes and any accrued but unpaid interest will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the price per share of our common stock sold in this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into an aggregate of      shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming interest ceases to accrue as of    , 2026.

 

229


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, certain holders of     shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement (investors’ rights agreement) between us and holders of our preferred stock. These shares are collectively herein referred to as registrable securities. The investors’ rights agreement includes demand registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under this agreement will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Form S-1 Demand Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain holders of registrable securities are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, upon the request of the holders of at least a majority of our outstanding registrable securities, as defined in the investors’ rights agreement, to file a registration statement with respect to outstanding registrable securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public, net of selling expenses, of at least $50.0 million, and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all or a portion of their registrable securities for public resale. We are not obligated to take any action in response to such request (i) during the period that is estimated to be 60 days before the date of filing and 180 days after the effective date of a company-initiated registration, (ii) if we have already effected two registrations pursuant to such requests for registration on Form S-1 or (iii) if the initiating holders propose to dispose of shares of registrable securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3. Additionally, if we furnish to the holders requesting such registration a certificate signed by our chief executive officer stating that, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving us, (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential, or (iii) render us unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then we shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than 90 days after the request of the initiating holders is given; provided, however, that we may not invoke this right more than once in any 12-month period and we may not register any securities for our own account or that of any other stockholder during such 90 day period other than an excluded registration, as defined in the investors’ rights agreement.

Form S-3 Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, we will be required, upon request of the holders of at least 10% of our outstanding registrable securities, as defined in the investors’ rights agreement, to register their registrable securities under the Securities Act so long as the total amount of registrable shares requested to be registered has an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public, net of selling expenses, of at least $50.0 million. We are not obligated to take any action in response to such request during the period that is estimated to be 30 days before the date of filing and 90 days after the effective date of a company-initiated registration. We are required to effect only two registrations in any twelve-month period pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement. Additionally, if we furnish to the

 

230


Table of Contents

holders requesting such registration a certificate signed by our chief executive officer stating that, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving us, (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential, or (iii) render us unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then we shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than 90 days after the request of the initiating holders is given; provided, however, that we may not invoke this right more than once in any 12-month period and we may not register any securities for our own account or that of any other stockholder during such 90 day period other than an excluded registration.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of our common stock in the registration, subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in such registration under specified circumstances.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL (Section 203). Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

  •  

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  •  

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  •  

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include (subject to exceptions):

 

  •  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

231


Table of Contents
  •  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder (in one transaction or a series of transactions);

 

  •  

any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation of any stock of the corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder;

 

  •  

any transaction involving the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

  •  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly, of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within the three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the closing of this offering, respectively, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

 

  •  

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);

 

  •  

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

  •  

provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding common stock;

 

  •  

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

  •  

divide our board of directors into three classes with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

232


Table of Contents
  •  

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

  •  

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

  •  

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

  •  

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chair of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors;

 

  •  

provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and any appellate court therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on our behalf, (ii) any claim or cause of action that is based upon a violation of a duty owed by any of our current or former director, officer, employees or stockholder, to us or our stockholders; (iii) any claim or cause of action against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (iv) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (v) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any claim or cause of action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to our internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants; provided, however, that if the designation of such court as the sole and exclusive forum for a claim or action referred to in foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) would violate applicable law, then the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for such claim or cause of action; and

 

  •  

provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant named in such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters for any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering. The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our then-outstanding common stock.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LTGO.” We believe that upon the closing of this offering, we will meet the standards for listing on Nasdaq, and the closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing.

 

233


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Equiniti Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 48 Wall Street, Floor 23, New York, New York 10005.

 

234


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, based on 5,943,817 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2026 and assuming (i) the issuance of      shares of our common stock in this offering, (ii) the Preferred Stock Conversion and Convertible Notes Conversion (as if each had occurred as of March 31, 2026), and (iii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, we will have an aggregate of approximately     shares of our common stock outstanding.

Of these shares, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any shares, subject to lock-up agreements. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below and, if subject to lock-up agreements, may only be sold after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up and market stand-off agreements described below.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may also be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition, investment or other transaction.

In addition, shares of our common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be

 

235


Table of Contents

deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates will be entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described below. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  •  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately     shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  •  

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale, provided in each case that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits our affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below and in the section titled “Underwriting.”

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under the 2019 Plan, the 2026 Plan and the ESPP. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our equity securities, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus,

 

236


Table of Contents

subject to specified exceptions as detailed further in the section titled “Underwriting,” we or they will not, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and Leerink Partners LLC, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to sale or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. Substantially all of our optionholders are subject to a market stand-off agreement with us, which imposes similar restrictions.

Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See the sections titled “Registration Rights” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering and the expiration or release from the terms of applicable lock-up agreements, holders of an aggregate of     shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of our common stock issuable upon the Preferred Stock Conversion, or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares subsequently purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

After the closing of this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

 

237


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code, or the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly with retroactive effect, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax laws, including but not limited to:

 

  •  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  •  

“controlled foreign corporations”;

 

  •  

“passive foreign investment companies”;

 

  •  

“foreign controlled foreign corporations”;

 

  •  

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  •  

banks, financial institutions, investment funds, real estate investment trusts, insurance companies, brokers, dealers, or traders in securities or foreign currencies;

 

  •  

tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;

 

  •  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  •  

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

 

  •  

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our stock at any time;

 

  •  

persons who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

  •  

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment;

 

  •  

persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of an employee option or otherwise as compensation; and

 

  •  

corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof and the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

238


Table of Contents

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the partnership and the partners thereof generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

  •  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  •  

a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

  •  

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  •  

a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have not paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts that exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits and, therefore, are not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any amount distributed in excess of basis will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the subsection titled “—Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

Subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish us or our paying agent with a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. This certification must be provided to

 

239


Table of Contents

us or our paying agent before the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment in the United States), the non-U.S. holder generally will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder generally must furnish a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent. However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

  •  

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

  •  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  •  

our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest (USRPI), by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (USRPHC), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations.

The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded” (as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations) on an established securities market. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

 

240


Table of Contents

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for different treatment) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, but such gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those distributions. These information reporting requirements apply regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends and even if no withholding was required. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on, or the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding may apply if the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

FATCA

FATCA imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. FATCA currently applies to certain U.S. source payments such as dividends paid on our common stock. Under applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA would have applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock, but under proposed regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on such proposed regulations pending finalization), no withholding would apply with respect to payments of gross proceeds.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

241


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC, Leerink Partners LLC and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

              

Jefferies LLC

              

Leerink Partners LLC

              

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

              
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional      shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase      additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $           $       

Total

   $           $       

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities,” during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and Leerink Partners LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section titled “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or

 

242


Table of Contents

exchangeable for our common stock with respect to the transfer, distribution or disposition of Lock-Up Securities (i) as one or more bona fide gifts or charitable contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) upon death by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) if the lock-up party is a natural person, to any member of the lock-up party’s immediate family or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such lock-up party or the immediate family of such lock-up party or, if such lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor, trustee or beneficiary of the trust or the estate of a trustor, trustee or beneficiary of such trust, (iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund or other entity of which the lock-up party and the immediate family of the lock-up party are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests or controlled by, or under common control with, the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above, (vi) if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of such lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity which fund or entity is controlled or managed by, or under common control with the lock-up party or affiliates of such lock-up party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the lock-up party is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a transfer, distribution or disposition by the lock-up party to its stockholders, partners, members, any investment fund controlled, managed or advised by any affiliate of the lock-up party or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, partners, members, investment fund controlled, managed or advised by any affiliate of the lock-up party or other equityholders, (vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree, separation agreement or similar court order, (viii) to us from one of our current or former employees, independent contractors or other service providers upon death, disability, termination of employment or cessation of services, in each case, of such employee, independent contractor or other service provider, (ix) if the lock-up party is not one of our officers or directors, in connection with a sale of such lock-up party’s shares of common stock acquired (A) from the underwriters in this offering or (B) in open market transactions after the closing date of this offering or (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise) that are scheduled to expire or automatically vest or settle during the Lock-up Period, including any transfer to us for the payment of the exercise price, tax withholdings or remittance payments or other obligations due as a result of the vesting, settlement or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights, or in connection with the conversion of convertible securities, in all such cases pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, or pursuant to the terms of convertible securities, each as described in this prospectus, provided that any securities received upon such vesting, settlement, exercise or conversion that are not transferred to cover any such obligations shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement; (xi) to us in connection with the conversion, exchange or reclassification of any of our outstanding equity securities into shares of common stock, or any reclassification, exchange or conversion of shares of common stock, in each case as described and as contemplated in this prospectus, provided that any such shares of common stock received upon such conversion, exchange or reclassification shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement, provided that (A) in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (xi) above, such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value, (B) in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer or distribution that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee, as the case may be, shall sign and deliver a lock up agreement containing the same restrictions set forth above, (C) in the case of clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, no filing by any party (including, without limitation, any donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributor or distributee) under the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Lock-Up Securities shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, and (D) in the case of clauses (i), (ii),

 

243


Table of Contents

(vii), (viii), (x) and (xi) above, no filing under the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made, and if any such filing, report or announcement shall be legally required during the lock-up period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto (A) the circumstances of such transfer or distribution and (B) in the case of a transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (vii) above, that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee has agreed to be bound by a lock-up agreement containing the same restrictions set forth above.

In addition, the lock-up party may (a) enter into or amend a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the transfer, sale or other disposition of the lock-up party’s Lock-Up Securities, if then permitted by us, provided that none of the securities subject to such plan may be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of until after the expiration of the lock-up period and no public announcement, report or filing under the Exchange Act, or any other public filing, report or announcement, shall be voluntarily made regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan during the lock-up period, and if any such filing, report or announcement shall be legally required during the lock-up period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that none of the securities subject to such plan may be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to such plan until after the expiration of the lock-up period, or (b) transfer its Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of us, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of our outstanding voting securities (or the voting securities of the surviving entity); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the lock-up party’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement.

The restrictions on transfers or other dispositions by us described above do not apply to us with respect to (i) the sale of shares of common stock pursuant to this offering, (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock upon the vesting, settlement or exercise restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus pursuant to our equity plans or other arrangement described in this prospectus, (iii) the issuance of shares of common stock upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this prospectus as described in this prospectus, (iv) the issuance of shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock, in each case pursuant to our equity plans described in this prospectus, (v) the issuance, or the offer or entry into any agreement providing for the issuance, of shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock in connection with (x) the bona fide acquisition by us of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity, or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by us in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, or (y) the our bona fide joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions with persons or entities, or (vi) the filing of any registration statement(s) on Form S-8 relating to the securities granted or to be granted pursuant to (x) our equity plans described or other arrangement in effect as of the date hereof described in this prospectus or (y) any assumed employee benefit plan contemplated by clause (v)(x); provided, that (A) in the case of clause (v), the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (v) shall not exceed 7.5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering; and (ii) in the case of clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), we shall (a) cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and Leerink Partners LLC, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement and (b) enter stop transfer instructions with our transfer agent and registrar on such securities.

 

244


Table of Contents

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of the business potential and our earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LTGO”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $     . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $45,000.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory,

 

245


Table of Contents

investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to our assets, securities and/or instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to    % of the shares of common stock offered hereby to our directors and officers and certain of our employees, business associates, investors and friends and family of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and investors. The sales will be made at our direction by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, and its affiliates through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but the number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Except for any shares acquired by our directors and officers, shares purchased pursuant to the directed share program will not be subject to lock-up restrictions described elsewhere in this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which have been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State

 

246


Table of Contents

and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  (a)

where the offer is conditional on the admission of shares of common stock to trading on the London Stock Exchange plc’s main market (in reliance on the exception in paragraph 6(a) of Schedule 1 of the POATR);

 

  (b)

to any qualified investor as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR;

 

  (c)

to fewer than 150 persons (other than qualified investors as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 of the POATR), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

  (d)

in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the POATR.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares of common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication to any person which presents sufficient information on: (a) the shares of common stock to be offered; and (b) the terms on which they are to be offered, to enable an investor to decide to buy or subscribe for the shares and the expressions “POATR” means the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024.

Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions, and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

247


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

No shares have been offered or sold, and no shares may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (SFO) and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the shares has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the shares may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the shares will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the shares, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the shares described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any shares in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA or (ii) to an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA and (where applicable) Regulation 3 of the Securities and Futures (Classes of Investors) Regulations 2018.

Any reference to the “SFA” is a reference to the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time and a reference to any term as defined in the SFA or any provision in the SFA is a reference to that term or provision as modified or amended from time to time including by such of its subsidiary legislation as may be applicable at the relevant time.

 

248


Table of Contents

The shares are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Switzerland

The offering of the Shares in Switzerland is exempt from requirement to prepare and publish a prospectus under the Swiss Financial Services Act (FinSA) because such offering is made to professional clients within the meaning of the FinSA only and the shares will not be admitted to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and no such prospectus has been or will be prepared for or in connection with the offering of the shares.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended, the “FIEA”), and the underwriters will not offer or sell any shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEA and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Brazil

The offer and sale of the shares have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários, or CVM) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No 160, dated 13 July 2022, as amended (CVM Resolution 160) or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The shares may only be offered to Brazilian professional investors (as defined by applicable CVM Regulation), who may only acquire the shares through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. The trading of these shares on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.

 

249


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham  & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.latigobio.com, at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as a textual reference. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

250


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Audited Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2025

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements as of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and 2026

  

Condensed Balance Sheets

     F-31  

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-32  

Condensed Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-33  

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

     F-34  

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

     F-35  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

March 27, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2025.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2024     2025  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,918     $ 69,437  

Restricted cash

     —     $ 192  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,246       4,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     21,164       73,829  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     759       625  

Property and equipment, net

     651       446  

Other assets

     290       616  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 22,864     $ 75,516  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 7,068     $ 5,015  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     6,980       12,868  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     387       563  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     14,435       18,446  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     464       127  

Other long-term liabilities

     35       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     14,934       18,608  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

$0.0001 par value per share, 169,033,104 shares and 264,397,134 shares authorized at December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively; 169,033,104 shares and 264,397,128 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $137,899 and $287,899 at December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively

     137,529       288,582  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 230,000,000 and 342,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively; 5,280,354 shares and 5,643,973 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively

     —       —  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,365       11,457  

Accumulated deficit

     (133,964 )      (243,131 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (129,599 )      (231,674 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 22,864     $ 75,516  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,   
     2024     2025  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 56,784     $ 99,530  

General and administrative

     6,667       10,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     63,451       110,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (63,451 )      (110,392 ) 

Interest income

     (2,264 )      (2,943 ) 

Change in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

     —       1,674  

Other (income) expense, net

     (4 )      44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     (2,268 )      (1,225 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (61,183 )    $ (109,167 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss per share — basic and diluted

   $ (14.02 )    $ (20.12 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share — basic and diluted

     4,363       5,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2023

    169,033,104     $ 137,529       3,464,633     $ —     $ 1,238     $ (72,781 )    $ (71,543 ) 

Issuance of Common stock

    —       —       990,244       —       337       —       337  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —       —       90,184       —       20       —       20  

Issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options

    —       —       735,293       —       —       —       —  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —       —       —       2,770       —       2,770  

Net Loss

    —       —       —       —       —       (61,183 )      (61,183 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

    169,033,104       137,529       5,280,354       —       4,365       (133,964 )      (129,599 ) 

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of preferred stock tranche liability of $458 and issuance costs of $566

    63,576,017       98,976       —       —       —       —       —  

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock upon settlement of preferred stock tranche liability, net of issuance costs of $53

    31,788,007       52,077       —       —       —       —       —  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —       —       363,619       —       117       —       117  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    —       —       —       —       250       —       250  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —       —       —       6,725       —       6,725  

Net loss

    —       —       —       —       —       (109,167 )      (109,167 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2025

    264,397,128     $ 288,582       5,643,973     $ —     $ 11,457     $ (243,131 )    $ (231,674 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,   
     2024     2025  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (61,183 )    $ (109,167 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Non-cash lease expense

     327       444  

Depreciation

     244       249  

Stock-based compensation expense

     2,770       6,725  

Change in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

     —       1,674  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,159 )      (979 ) 

Other assets

     98       (234 ) 

Accounts payable

     5,752       (1,961 ) 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,548       6,138  

Operating lease liabilities

     (352 )      (446 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (50,955 )      (97,557 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (72 )      (136 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (72 )      (136 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs paid

     —       149,379  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     270       117  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     337       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     607       149,496  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (50,420 )      51,803  

Cash, and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year

     68,338       17,918  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year

   $ 17,918     $ 69,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

   $ —     $ 310  

Supplemental disclosure for non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Settlement of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $ —     $ 2,132  

Reclassification from liability to equity upon vesting of early exercised stock options

   $ —     $ 250  

Property and equipment held in accounts payable

   $ 92     $ —  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Organization

Description of Business

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (Latigo or the Company) is a clinical-stage biotechnology company committed to developing innovative non-opioid pain medicines designed to rapidly and effectively stop the transmission of pain without the risk of addiction.

The Company was incorporated in Delaware in November 2018, under the name Desmond, Inc. In December 2019, the Company changed its name to Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. The Company is headquartered in Thousand Oaks, California.

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $69.4 million. The Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. The Company has incurred net losses of $61.2 million and $109.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively. The net cash used in operating activities was $51.0 million and $97.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively.

The Company believes that the existing cash and cash equivalents are not sufficient to meet the anticipated operating and capital expenditure requirements for the 12 months following the date of these financial statements. As a result, there is substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The accompanying financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

The Company has historically funded its operations primarily through the issuance of convertible promissory notes, demand notes and redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Company expects to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future, and its ability to achieve and sustain profitability will depend on the successful development, approval and commercialization of any product candidates it may develop, and on the achievement of sufficient revenue to support its cost structure. The Company may never achieve profitability and, unless and until it does, it will need to continue to raise additional capital. The Company will need to raise significant additional capital to fund ongoing research and development activities and maintain future operations. The Company’s management plans to monitor expenses and may raise additional capital through a combination of public and private equity. The Company’s ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if capital is not available to the Company when, and in the amounts, needed, on the terms which are favorable, the Company could be required to delay, scale back, or abandon some or all of its planned development programs and other operations, which could materially harm the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is

 

F-7


Table of Contents

meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) and Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates form the basis for judgments the Company makes about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other relevant assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected within these financial statements include, but are not limited to, useful lives of property and equipment, the rate used in determining the present value of lease payments, fair value of assets and liabilities, research and development accruals, the valuation of the Company’s common stock and stock-based awards granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plan, the valuation of the preferred stock tranche liability, uncertain tax positions and the valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Segment Information

The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise where separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (CODM) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information on a company-wide basis for purposes of allocating resources and assessing financial performance.

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institutions holding its cash and cash equivalents to the extent recorded in the balance sheet. Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company invests its cash equivalents in money market funds. Cash and cash equivalents may be held in financial institutions in amounts that exceed federally insured limits, and the Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts and does not believe it is exposed to any unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, the outcome of clinical trials, development by competitors of new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technologies, compliance with government regulations, ability to secure additional capital to fund operations and potential delays associated with the Company’s anticipated and planned trials. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other clinical stage biopharmaceutical companies, including, but not limited to, changes in any of the following areas that the Company believes could have a material adverse effect on its future financial position or results of operations: risks related to the successful discovery and development of its product candidates, ability to raise additional capital, development of new technological innovations by its competitors and delay or inability to obtain drug substance and finished drug product from the Company’s third-party contract manufacturers necessary for the Company’s product candidates, protection of intellectual property

 

F-8


Table of Contents

rights, litigation or claims against the Company based on intellectual property rights and regulatory clearance and market acceptance for any of the Company’s product candidates for which the Company receives marketing approval.

Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization of a product. These efforts require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel and infrastructure and extensive compliance-reporting capabilities. Even if the Company’s development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

Moreover, the Company is subject to risks and uncertainties as a result of global business, political and macroeconomic events and conditions, including increasing financial market volatility and uncertainty, inflation, interest rate fluctuations, uncertainty with respect to the federal budget and debt ceiling and potential government shutdowns related thereto, potential instability in the global banking system, cybersecurity events, the impact of war or military conflict, including regional conflicts around the world, and public health pandemics. The extent to which business, political and macroeconomic factors, including increasing financial market volatility and uncertainty, will impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The extent to which the increasing financial market volatility and uncertainty may directly or indirectly impact the financial statements is highly uncertain and subject to change.

Cash, and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are reported at fair value. At December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company’s cash equivalents are in money market funds.

A reconciliation of cash, and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the Company’s balance sheets to the amount reported within its statements of cash flows was as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2024      2025  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,918      $ 69,437  

Restricted cash

     —        284  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, and cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 17,918      $ 69,721  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted cash is comprised of cash that is restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements. The Company did not have any restricted cash reported as of December 31, 2024. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2025 consists of $0.3 million related to the Company’s lease of office space in San Francisco, California. Restricted cash balances are classified as current or non-current based on the expected duration of the restriction.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment is recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated useful lives of the assets or the respective lease term. The estimated useful life of each asset category is as follows:

 

Fixed Assets Category

   Estimated Useful Life

Laboratory equipment and furniture

   3 - 5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of remaining
lease term or
estimated useful life

Depreciation begins at the time the asset is placed in service. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gains and losses are reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. There have been no impairments of the Company’s long-lived assets in the periods presented.

Operating Leases

At inception of a contract, the Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease. For each lease, the Company determines the classification as either an operating lease or a financing lease. Lease recognition occurs at the lease commencement date and lease liability amounts are determined based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The lease term may include options to extend or terminate the lease only when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.

The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments if the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate based on the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term, an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Right-of-use (ROU) assets represent the Company’s right to use underlying assets for the lease term and operating lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments under the lease. ROU assets are measured as the lease liability plus initial direct costs and prepaid lease payments, less lease incentives granted by the lessor.

The Company elected to apply the practical expedient of combining lease and non-lease components for the real estate lease asset class. Fixed lease payments on operating leases are recognized as lease expense over the expected term of the lease on a straight-line basis. Variable lease expenses that are not considered fixed are recognized as incurred.

In addition, the Company elected the short-term lease practical expedient that allows the lessee to not record a lease liability and ROU asset for all leases with a term of 12 months or less.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company did not have any material finance leases.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company records all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at their respective fair values on the dates of issuance, less issuance costs and, if applicable, net of preferred stock tranche liabilities. In the event of a deemed liquidation event, the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid a certain liquidation preference out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders. Redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the balance sheet as certain deemed liquidation events are not solely within the Company’s control.

The Company has not adjusted the carrying values of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences because of the uncertainty of whether or when such an event would occur. As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, it was not probable that such a deemed liquidation event would occur.

Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The purchase agreements for the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock provide the Company an obligation to issue additional shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in subsequent closings.

The Company’s obligation to issue additional shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a future date was determined to be a freestanding instrument that should be accounted for as a liability. At initial recognition, the Company recorded the preferred stock tranche liability on the balance sheet at fair value. The preferred stock tranche liability is subject to remeasurement at each subsequent reporting date until settled, with changes in fair value recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Immediately prior to the settlement of the preferred stock tranche liability in September 2025 the Company remeasured the preferred stock tranche liability. The preferred stock tranche liability was then settled and the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was recorded at fair value, less issuance costs.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs related to research, design, development, clinical trials, regulatory activities, medical affairs activities, salaries and benefits of research and development personnel, and allocated facility-related expenses. Payments made prior to the receipt of goods and services to be used in research and development are deferred and recognized as expense in the period in which the related goods are received or services are rendered.

The Company has entered into various agreements with outsourced contract manufacturing and development vendors. The Company estimates accrued research and development expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known at that time. At each balance sheet date, the Company confirms the accuracy of its estimates with internal personnel and external service providers, and makes adjustments, if necessary. Research and development accruals are estimated based on the level of services performed, progress of the studies, including the phase or completion of events, and contracted costs. The estimated costs of research and development services provided, but not yet invoiced, are included in accrued expenses on the balance sheets. If the actual timing of the

 

F-11


Table of Contents

performance of services or the level of effort varies from the original estimates, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made under these arrangements in advance of the performance of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses and other current assets until the services are rendered. To date, there have been no material adjustments to the Company’s estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, including stock-based compensation expense; professional fees for legal, accounting, auditing, tax and consulting services; travel expenses; and facility-related expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs. The Company expenses all general and administrative expenses as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based payments at fair value. The grant date fair value of options granted is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Option awards vest based on the satisfaction of a service requirement and stock-based compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the applicable service period, which is generally four years. For performance-based stock options, the Company will assess the probability of performance conditions being achieved in each reporting period. The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized in any one period related to performance-based stock options can vary based on the achievement or anticipated achievement of the performance conditions. Forfeitures are recognized in the period in which the forfeiture occurs.

The Company permits certain employees to exercise stock options prior to vesting. Shares issued upon early exercise are subject to a repurchase right that lapses as the underlying options vest. Proceeds received from early exercise of unvested options are recorded as a liability until the underlying shares vest, at which time the liability is reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The early exercise of options does not accelerate recognition of stock-based compensation expense.

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that these assets may not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible.

The Company recognizes uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Tax positions are initially recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and relevant facts. Judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of the audit, and effective settlement of audit issues.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The Company’s policy is to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense, as necessary.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss represents all changes in stockholders’ deficit except those resulting from distributions to stockholders. There was no difference between net loss and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common stock and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stock options, and common stock subject to repurchase related to unvested early exercise of stock options are considered potentially dilutive securities.

Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the redeemable convertible preferred stock is considered a participating security because it participates in dividends with common stock. The Company also considers the shares issued upon the early exercise of stock options subject to repurchase to be participating securities because holders of such shares have non-forfeitable dividend rights in the event a dividend is paid on common stock. The holders of all series of redeemable convertible preferred stock and the holders of early exercised shares subject to repurchase do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for those periods because the impact of potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act). Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, an emerging growth company has the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance either (i) within the same periods as otherwise applicable to public business entities, or (ii) within the same time periods as non-public business entities, including early adoption when permissible. With the exception of accounting guidance the Company elected to early adopt, when permissible, the Company has elected to adopt new or revised accounting guidance within the same time periods as non-public business entities.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740), which enhances the disclosures required for income taxes in annual financial statements. The amendment is effective for annual reporting beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025. Beginning with the Company’s 2025 annual reporting, the Company adopted, through prospective application, ASU 2023-09, which requires that a public entity disclose specific categories in its annual income tax rate reconciliation table and provide additional qualitative information for reconciling items representing at least 5% of pre-tax income or loss from continuing operations, using the federal statutory tax rate. The standard also requires an annual breakdown of income taxes paid by jurisdiction (i.e., federal, state and foreign), with further disaggregation by jurisdictions representing at least 5% of total income taxes paid (See Note 10. Income Taxes).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, aimed at enhancing the clarity and usefulness of segment disclosure. This update requires public business entities to disclose significant segment expenses that contribute to profitability measures and provide more detailed reconciliations to enhance user understanding. The disclosures required under ASU 2023-07 are also required for public entities with a single reportable segment. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 (See Note 12. Segment Reporting).

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40), which requires that a public entity disclose the amounts of (a) purchases of inventory, (b) employee compensation, (c) depreciation and (d) intangible asset amortization included in each relevant expense caption presented on the face of the income statement. The standard also requires an entity to disclose a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively as well as disclose the total amount of selling expenses and, annually, the entity’s definition of selling expenses. ASU 2024-03 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, with either retrospective or prospective application. The standard allows for early adoption of these requirements; the Company is currently evaluating the disclosure impacts of its adoption.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, or an exit price, in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under U.S. GAAP, the Company discloses and recognizes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses that approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2—Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are supported by little or no market data.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments for the periods ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, other than the preferred stock tranche liability, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Assets

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets, which consists of cash equivalents, that were measured on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2024  
     Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Money market funds

     Level 1      $ 12,036      $ —      $ —      $ 12,036  

 

     December 31, 2025  
     Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Money market funds

     Level 1      $ 67,478      $ —      $ —      $ 67,478  

There has been no transfer between levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the periods presented.

Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability was based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

The preferred stock tranche liability was valued as a forward contract. The value was determined using a probability-weighted present value calculation. In determining the fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability obligation, estimates and assumptions impacting the fair value included the per share estimated fair value of the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, discount rates, estimated time to tranche closing, and probability of the second tranche closing.

The following reflects the significant quantitative inputs used in the valuation of the preferred stock tranche liability at the initial closing and the second tranche closing of the Series B preferred stock financing:

 

     Initial closing  
     January     March  

Implied fair value of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 1.56     $ 1.54  

Discount rate

     4.24 %      4.24 % 

Time to tranche closing (years)

     0.67       0.58  

Probability of tranche closing

     100.00       100.00  

Upon settlement of the preferred stock tranche liability in September 2025, the fair value of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was $1.64.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The following provides a roll forward of the fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

     2025  

Beginning balance, January 1

   $ —  

Issuance

     458  

Change in fair value

     1,674  

Settlement

     (2,132 ) 
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31

   $ —  
  

 

 

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2024      2025  

Prepaid Clinical Research Organizations (CRO) expenses

   $ 2,739      $ 1,434  

Clinical deposits

     —        2,016  

Other prepaid expenses

     507        750  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 3,246      $ 4,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2024     2025  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 1,190     $ 1,200  

Office furniture and fixtures

     66       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,256       1,300  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (605 )      (854 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 651     $ 446  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.2 million for both of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025.

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2024      2025  

Accrued research and development expenses

   $ 4,444      $ 8,364  

Accrued bonus expense

     1,679        3,892  

Early option exercise liability

     250        —  

Accrued consulting and professional services

     190        266  

Accrued compensation and benefits expenses

     345        311  

Other accrued expenses

     72        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 6,980      $ 12,868  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

5. Leases

Operating Leases    

In June 2021, the Company entered into an operating lease for 7,638 square feet of office and research and development space in Thousand Oaks, California. The lease term is for approximately 5.3 years, with no renewal option. Upon commencement of the lease, on October 1, 2021, the Company recognized a ROU asset and a lease liability of approximately $1.7 million.

In June 2025, the Company entered into a lease for 2,375 square feet of office space in San Francisco, California, that set to expire on July 31, 2027. Upon signing, the Company recognized a ROU asset and a lease liability of approximately $0.3 million.

The following table summarizes the presentation of the Company’s operating leases in its balance sheet (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2024      2025  

Assets

     

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ 759      $ 625  

Liabilities

     

Operating lease liabilities, current

     387        563  

Operating lease liabilities, long-term

     464        127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 851      $ 690  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company recognized expense related to its operating leases of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. For each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, operating cash flows included $0.4 million and $0.5 million of cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of the operating lease liabilities, respectively.

Variable lease costs such as common area maintenance costs and other operating costs are not included in the operating lease liabilities and are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, these variable lease costs were $0.2 million.

The Company does not have any material finance leases or sublease activities. The leases are not subject to residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, the weighted-average remaining lease term was 2.08 years and 1.25 years, respectively, and the weighted-average incremental borrowing rate used to determine the operating lease liabilities was 6.49% and 8.37%, respectively.

The undiscounted future non-cancellable lease payments under the Company’s lease agreements as of December 31, 2025 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Operating
Lease
Liabilities
 

2026

   $ 596  

2027

     130  

Total future undiscounted payments

     726  
  

 

 

 

Less: imputed interest

     36  
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities:

   $ 690  
  

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

6. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company enters into contracts in the normal course of business with various third parties for clinical trials, preclinical research studies and testing, manufacturing and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination upon notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist of payments for services provided or expenses incurred up to the date of cancellation and may include termination penalties or non-cancellable fees. Under such agreements, the exact amounts owed by the Company in the event of termination will be based on the timing of the termination and the exact terms of the agreement. If cancelled, these contracts are not anticipated to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

License Agreement with Lieber Institute, Inc.

In July 2020, the Company entered into a License Agreement with Lieber Institute, Inc. (d/b/a: Lieber Institute for Brain Development), or LIBD, which was subsequently amended in August 2020 and January 2022. Pursuant to the license agreement, LIBD granted to the Company a worldwide, exclusive, sub-licensable and royalty-bearing license, under certain patent and other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by LIBD, including patents claiming compounds for inhibiting Nav1.8, to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import, research, develop, and commercialize products that contain any compound that is disclosed or claimed in any of the licensed patents or is developed by LIBD and is directed to or interacting with Nav1.8, provided that such products are claimed by the licensed patents (Licensed Products) for any and all uses and applications, including all diagnostic, prophylactic and therapeutic uses. The Company has the right, subject to certain time limitations, to elect to expand its exclusive license to include LIBD’s patents and other intellectual property rights for new compounds discovered by LIBD that were not disclosed or claimed in the licensed patents as of July 2020 and that target or interact with Nav1.8. Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, the Company must use commercially reasonable efforts to develop a Licensed Product and commercialize such Licensed Product in each jurisdiction in which regulatory approval is obtained.

As consideration for the license and other rights granted to the Company by LIBD, on September 23, 2020 the Company issued 2,793,592 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock equal to a mid-single digit percentage of the Company’s equity capital, on a fully diluted basis, following the Company’s initial closing of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock financing.

The Company’s milestone and royalty payment obligations under the license vary depending upon whether the Licensed Product is covered by at least one valid claim of a licensed patent that is solely owned by LIBD, or a Sole Product, or the Licensed Product is only covered by valid claims of licensed patents that the Company jointly owns with LIBD, or a Joint Product. The Company has concluded its development candidate known as LTG-001 is a Joint Product. The Company has concluded it is not currently developing any Licensed Products that are Sole Products, and the Company does not have any current intentions to develop any Licensed Products that are Sole Products.

The Company has agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $48.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified development and regulatory milestones with respect to the first Sole Product, up to an aggregate of $23.75 million for each subsequent Sole Product, and up to an aggregate of $95.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones with respect to all Sole Products.

For the first Joint Product, the Company has agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $4.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified regulatory milestones, and up to an aggregate of $9.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones; the Company does not have any milestone payment obligations for subsequent Joint Products. No milestones have been achieved to date under this license agreement for any Licensed Product.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Company must also pay LIBD royalties on the net sales of Licensed Products. The royalty rates for Sole Products are tiered and range from low-single digit to mid-single digit percentages, and the royalty rate for Joint Products is a low-single digit percentage. The royalty payments are subject to reduction if, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, there are no valid patent claims covering the Licensed Product in such country or if the Company makes certain payments to third parties for intellectual property licenses, all subject to a customary royalty floor. The royalty term will terminate on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis on the latest of (i) a specified number of years after first commercial sale of such Licensed Product in such country, (ii) the expiration of the last valid claim of a licensed patent that covers such Licensed Product in such country and (iii) the earlier of expiration of regulatory exclusivity or the first commercial sale of a generic product referencing such Licensed Product in such country. If the Company sublicenses its rights to Sole Products or licensed patents solely owned by LIBD, then it must pay LIBD a low double-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue received from sublicensees for rights to Sole Products and a low single-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue from sublicensees for rights to Joint Products or jointly-owned patents.

The license agreement shall expire on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis upon the expiration of the royalty term for such Licensed Product in such country. Upon expiration of the royalty term with respect to a Licensed Product in a country, the Company will have a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual license with respect to such Licensed Product in such country. Either party may terminate the license agreement if the other party commits a material breach of the agreement and fails to cure that breach within the applicable specified period. The Company may terminate the license agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country basis upon a specified prior notice period. LIBD may terminate the license agreement if the Company or its affiliate or sublicensee initiates an action challenging the validity or enforceability of any licensed patents or if the Company fails to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop or commercialize a Licensed Product for a specified period, do not submit a written diligence plan to LIBD for its approval and do not initiate such LIBD-approved plan to cure the failure within a specified period. Upon termination, all rights and licenses granted to the Company shall terminate and revert back to LIBD, and under certain circumstances LIBD will have an exclusive, time-limited right to negotiate the terms of a license to certain of the Company’s intellectual property, data and regulatory approvals for the Licensed Products.

As the Company determined that the acquired licensed technology had no alternative future use, no intangible asset was recognized on the balance sheet.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation, as the Company operates in an industry susceptible to patent legal claims. The Company accounts for estimated losses with respect to legal proceedings and claims when such losses are probable and estimable. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company was not a party to any material legal proceedings or claims and no liabilities were recorded for loss contingencies.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. As permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its bylaws, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is or was serving in such capacity. The Company is also party to indemnification agreements with its officers and directors. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company is not currently aware of any indemnification claims. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for these indemnification rights and agreements as of December 31, 2024 or 2025.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In December 2019, the Company issued 6,032,384 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.3548 per share in exchange for $1.0 million in cash and the conversion/settlement of $1.1 million in outstanding demand notes and accrued interest.

In August 2020, the Company issued 42,673,220 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.6913 per share to multiple investors, raising a total of $29.5 million in cash. The Company also issued 6,260,833 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for the conversion/settlement of $3.7 million of outstanding convertible promissory notes and accrued interest.

In September 2020, the Company issued 2,793,592 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, with fair market value of $0.6913 per share to Lieber Institute, Inc. pursuant to, and as partial consideration for, the license agreement (Note 6).

In September 2022, the Company issued 38,945,570 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.89869 per share to multiple investors, raising a total of $35.0 million in cash.

In October 2023, the Company issued 72,327,505 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.89869 per share to multiple investors, raising a total of $65.0 million in cash.

In January 2025, the Company entered into a Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued a total of 63,576,017 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.5729 per share for gross cash proceeds of $100.0 million and incurred aggregate issuance costs of $0.6 million in two closings in January and March 2025 (initial closing).

The Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement provided the Company an obligation to issue an additional 31,788,007 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (preferred stock tranche liability) at a price of $1.5729 per share in a subsequent closing on or before September 30, 2025. Upon the initial closing of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company recorded a preferred stock tranche liability of $0.4 million. The fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability was allocated from the gross cash proceeds of $100.0 million of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance, and the residual value was then allocated to the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In September 2025, pursuant to the terms outlined in the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock Purchase Agreement and upon approval by the company’s board of directors (Board of Directors), the Company settled the preferred stock tranche liability, issuing 31,788,007 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.5729 per share for gross cash proceeds of $50.0 million and incurred issuance cost of $0.1 million. As a result of this issuance, the preferred stock tranche liability of $2.1 million was settled and the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was recorded at its fair value of $52.1 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following as of December 31, 2024 and 2025 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     December 31, 2024  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Original
Issue
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value at
 

Series Seed

     6,032,384        6,032,384      $ 0.3548      $ 2,140      $ 2,123  

Series A

     51,727,645        51,727,645        0.6913        35,759        35,634  

Series A-2

     111,273,075        111,273,075        0.8987        100,000        99,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
     169,033,104        169,033,104         $ 137,899      $ 137,529  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2025  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Original
Issue
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series Seed

     6,032,384        6,032,384      $ 0.3548      $ 2,140      $ 2,123  

Series A

     51,727,645        51,727,645        0.6913        35,759        35,634  

Series A-2

     111,273,075        111,273,075        0.8987        100,000        99,772  

Series B

     95,364,030        95,364,024        1.5729        150,000        151,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
     264,397,134        264,397,128         $ 287,899      $ 288,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights, privileges, and preferences of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividend Rights

The holders of Series Seed, Series A, Series A-2 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the original issue price for each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock, representing annual rates of $0.0284, $0.0553, $0.0719 and $0.1258 per share, respectively, adjustable for certain events, such as stock splits and combinations. In addition, in the event dividends are declared on the common stock, holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an equivalent dividend as would be payable on an as-if-converted basis. The Company has declared no dividends to date.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or a deemed liquidation event, including a merger or consolidation, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the respective original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or deemed liquidation event. Any remaining amounts are distributed to the holders of common stock. If the proceeds are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock their full liquidation preference, then the proceeds available for distribution are payable ratably among the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock at a conversion rate, which is the respective redeemable convertible preferred stock original issuance price per share divided by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The conversion price is initially equal to the respective redeemable convertible preferred stock original issuance price, and is subject to adjustments for diluting issuances, down-round provisions, stock splits, other dividends or distributions, merger or reorganization. As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, the conversion price is equal to the original issuance price for all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

All outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion rate, upon the earlier of (i) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company or (ii) upon a vote or a written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis.

Redemption

The redeemable convertible preferred stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

Voting Rights

Each holder of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holder are convertible. Holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis, and on all matters presented to the stockholders of the Company.

Election of Directors

At any time when at least 12,715,204 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

At any time when at least 22,254,615 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

At any time when at least 10,345,529 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Company.

The holders of record of the shares of common stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the redeemable convertible preferred stock), exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Company.

8. Common Stock

As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company was authorized to issue 230,000,000 and 342,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock, respectively. Common stockholders are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company and

 

F-22


Table of Contents

are entitled to dividends, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the priority rights of holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, no dividends were declared by the Company.

Common stock reserved for future issuance, on an as-converted to common stock basis, as of December 31, 2024 and 2025 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2024      2025  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     169,033,104        264,397,128  

Stock options, issued and outstanding

     41,923,529        58,971,993  

Equity awards, authorized for future issuance

     6,279,601        10,011,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     217,236,234        333,380,392  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Stock-Based Compensation

2019 Stock Plan

In 2019, the Company adopted the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., 2019 Stock Plan (the 2019 Plan), which authorizes the Company to grant incentive stock options (ISOs), non-qualified stock options (NSOs) and the direct award or sale of shares to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. ISOs can only be granted to employees. The 2019 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, or the Board of Directors may appoint a committee to which it delegates such administration.

The 2019 Plan shall terminate automatically ten years after the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of shares reserved under the 2019 Plan. As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, there were approximately 50.1 million and 71.2 million shares of common stock authorized, respectively, and 6.3 million and 10.0 million shares of common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the 2019 Plan, respectively.

Option awards generally vest over a four-year period, with either 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and monthly thereafter or with monthly vesting over the four-year period. The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2019 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of option awards is determined by the Board of Directors and shall not exceed 10 years from grant date, or in the case of ISOs granted to a ten percent stockholder, the term is no more than 5 years from the grant date.

The following table summarizes the Company’s option activity for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025:

 

     Shares
Subject to
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
share
     Weighted-
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in
thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2024

     41,923,529     $ 0.32        8.82      $ 18,643  

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2024

     42,658,822     $ 0.32        8.83      $ 18,951  

Granted

     21,826,435       0.86        

Exercised

     (363,619 )      0.32           201  

Cancelled or forfeited

     (4,265,816 )      0.65        

Expired

     (148,536 )      0.34        
  

 

 

         

 

F-23


Table of Contents
     Shares
Subject to
Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
share
     Weighted-
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in
thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2025

     58,971,993      $ 0.49        8.27      $ 25,755  
  

 

 

          

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2025

     19,642,762      $ 0.30        7.10      $ 12,353  
  

 

 

          

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2025

     58,971,993      $ 0.49        8.27      $ 25,755  
  

 

 

          

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 was $0.49 per share and $0.61 per share, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 was $0.9 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for stock options that were in-the-money at each reporting period. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Executive Officer and Director Grants

In February 2024, the Board of Directors approved the grant of a stock option award for approximately 0.7 million shares to a director, with vesting subject to the achievement of a performance condition related to the consummation of a deemed liquidation event. Subsequently, in January 2025, the Company determined that the performance condition was not achieved, and the stock option award was cancelled.

In July and August 2024, the Board of Directors approved the grants of stock option awards for a total of approximately 17.7 million shares to three executive officers joining the company, including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Medical Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Executive Officer’s grant allows for early exercise of the stock options. In August 2024, the Board of Directors approved the early exercise of stock option awards for approximately 0.7 million shares related to the Chief Executive Officer’s grant. The cash proceeds received from the early exercise of $0.3 million were recorded as an early exercise liability in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2024. In July 2025, upon full vesting of the underlying shares issued pursuant to early exercise of stock options, the related early exercise liability was reclassified in its entirety to additional paid-in capital, resulting in no further remaining liability balance.

In November 2024, the Board of Directors modified the terms of stock option awards for approximately 4.6 million shares previously granted to a former executive officer. Under the modified terms, the post-termination exercise period for vested options was extended from three months to five years. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million related to this modification, which is included in general and administrative operating expenses on the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

In April 2025, the Board of Directors approved a total of 2,965,586 stock option awards to certain executive officers and a member of the Board of Directors. The stock option awards include vesting criteria subject to the achievement of performance-based conditions related to the second tranche closing of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in addition to service conditions. The Company assessed the probability that the performance criteria will be met at the grant

 

F-24


Table of Contents

date. The grant date fair value of the awards was $0.61. The Company recognized expense for the stock options of $0.4 million in 2025 and there was $0.8 million of unamortized stock-based compensation related to the portion of stock options vesting over the three-year vesting period.

Stock Option Valuation

In determining the fair value of the options granted, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Fair Value of Common Stock

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by independent third parties, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors. In 2025, the Company considered the stay private scenario, mergers and acquisitions (M&A) scenario and initial public offering (IPO) exit scenario. In the stay-private scenario, the subject company transaction method was used, which examines prior transactions in the same or related equity of the Company. Probability-weighted expected return method was utilized to capture the value attributable to the IPO outcomes and M&A outcome. A hybrid method was used to allocate equity value to common stock under the stay private, IPO and M&A scenarios.

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period that the Company’s options granted are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term). The Company has very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock option grants. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior becomes available.

Volatility

As the Company is not publicly traded, the expected volatility for the Company’s stock options was determined by using an average of historical volatilities of selected industry peers deemed to be comparable to the Company’s business corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

Expected Dividends

The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The expected dividend yield is 0% as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying dividends on its common stock.

Risk-Free Rate

The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The fair value of option granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 were estimated using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2024    2025

Expected dividend yield

   –%    –%

Risk-free interest rate

   3.49% – 4.17%    3.68% – 4.29%

Expected volatility

   78.7% – 81.6%    73.6% – 80.1%

Expected term (in years)

   5.3 – 6.1    5.9 – 6.1

The following table summarizes the components of stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2024      2025  

Research and development

   $ 1,285      $ 3,038  

General and administrative

     1,485        3,687  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 2,770      $ 6,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024 and 2025, the total stock-based compensation expense related to stock options not yet recognized were $15.0 million and $19.6 million, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.29 years and 2.72 years, respectively.

10. Income Taxes

The Company did not record an income tax provision in 2024 and 2025 because it had net taxable losses. The Company’s significant jurisdictions are the United States and California.

Reconciliation of Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate to the statutory U.S. federal rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2024  

U.S. Federal statutory tax rate

   $ (12,805 ) 

State income tax

     (2,157 ) 

Permanent differences

     488  

Tax credits

     (2,100 ) 

Change in valuation allowance

     16,574  
  

 

 

 

Total effective income tax rate

   $ —  
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents
     Years Ended
December 31, 2025
 
     Amount     %  

U.S. Federal statutory tax rate

   $ (22,993 )      21.00 % 

Tax credits:

    

R&D Tax Credit

     (1,726 )      1.58 % 

Change in valuation allowance

     24,846       (22.69 )% 

Non-taxable or non-deductible items:

    

Nondeductible Items

     828       (0.76 )% 

Other

     (43 )      0.04 % 

Changes in Unrecognized Tax Benefits

     (912 )      0.83 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   $ —       0.00 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Tax Payments

The Company did not pay any income taxes or receive material refunds for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025.

Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.

The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2024     2025  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses

   $ 12,183     $ 34,431  

Capitalized research and development

     15,731       14,274  

Research and development credits

     5,966       4,696  

Operating lease liabilities

     179       145  

Stock-based compensation

     167       1,080  

Fixed assets

     160       112  

Other

     393       818  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     34,779       55,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     (159 )      (131 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (159 )      (131 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (34,620 )      (55,425 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —     $ —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

ASC 740 requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses, temporary differences and credit carryforwards be recorded as an asset to the extent that the Company assesses that realization is “more likely than not.” Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. Due to the Company’s history of operating losses, the Company believes that the recognition of the deferred tax assets is currently not

 

F-27


Table of Contents

more likely than not to be realized and, accordingly, has provided a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, the net increase in the valuation allowance was $16.6 million and $20.8 million, respectively.

Net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards were as follows (in thousands, except years):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
      
     2024      2025      Expiration
Years

Net operating losses, federal

   $ 51,390      $ 157,939      Do not expire

Net operating losses, state

     19,927        18,108      2038-2045

Tax credits, federal

     5,010        4,837      2042-2045

Tax credits, state

     3,713        2,317      N/A

The Company files U.S. federal and state tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. Due to net operating loss and credit carryforwards, all of the Company’s federal and state tax returns remain subject to examination by the U.S. federal and some state authorities. The actual amount of any taxes due could vary significantly depending on the ultimate timing and nature of any settlement. Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

On July 4, 2025 the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the OBBBA) was enacted. The OBBBA legislation includes several changes to federal tax law that generally allow for more favorable deductibility of certain business expenses beginning in 2025, including the restoration of immediate expensing of domestic research and development expenditures, reinstatement of 100% bonus depreciation, and more favorable rules for determining the limitation on business interest expense. These changes are reflected in the income tax provision for the period ended December 31, 2025, primarily related to the reduction of capitalized research and development and the increase to the net operating losses in deferred tax assets. The Company will continue to assess the OBBBA’s impact on its financial statements for future periods.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
 

Balance as of January 1, 2024

   $ 729  

Additions based on current year tax provision

     1,546  

Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

     (9 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2025

     2,266  

Additions based on current year tax provision

     956  

Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

     (1,095 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2025

   $ 2,127  
  

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, no interest or penalties were required to be recognized relating to unrecognized tax benefits. In the event the Company should need to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax liabilities, this amount will be

 

F-28


Table of Contents

recorded as an accrued expense and an increase to income tax expense. None of the liabilities for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2025 would impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized because the Company is in a full valuation allowance.

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places a limitation (Section 382 Limitation) on the amount of taxable income that can be offset by NOL carryforwards after a change in control (generally greater than 50% change in ownership within a three-year period) of a loss corporation. California has similar rules. Due to these “change in ownership” provisions, utilization of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation regarding their utilization against taxable income in future periods. The Company has experienced ownership changes in the past. As a result of the ownership changes, approximately $1.8 million of the California net operating losses are permanently limited and will expire unused for California income tax purposes, and such amounts are excluded from the California net operating losses carryforwards as of December 31, 2025. Subsequent ownership changes may result in additional limitations.

11. Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     2024     2025  

Numerator:

    

Net Loss

   $ (61,183 )    $ (109,167 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (61,183 )      (109,167 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     4,619,909       5,426,909  

Less: Weighted-average common shares subject to repurchase

     (257,152 )      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding used to calculate net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     4,362,757       5,426,909  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (14.02 )    $ (20.12 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include redeemable convertible preferred stock and stock options, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following shares from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as of December 31, 2024 and 2025 because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2024      2025  

Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,032,384        6,032,384  

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,727,645        51,727,645  

Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     111,273,075        111,273,075  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —        95,364,024  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     169,033,104        264,397,128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     41,923,529        58,971,993  

Unvested early exercised stock options

     735,293        —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total antidilutive securities

     42,658,822        58,971,993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

12. Segment Reporting

The accounting policies of the segment are the same as those described in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

The Company operates as one operating and reportable segment. The Company’s CODM reviews and evaluates net loss to monitor budget versus actual results and to analyze cash flows for purposes of allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Segment assets provided to the CODM are consistent with those reported on the Balance Sheets.

In addition to the significant expense categories included within net loss presented in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss, disaggregated expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2024     2025  

Research and development expenses:

    

LTG-001

   $ 18,711     $ 54,137  

Other clinical and non-clinical programs

     26,144       23,634  

Personnel related

     9,171       16,891  

Other R&D expenses

     2,758       4,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     56,784       99,530  

General and administrative expenses

     6,667       10,862  

Other income (expense), net

     (2,268 )      (1,225 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ 61,183     $ 109,167  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

13. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all events occurring through March 27, 2026, and determined that there have been no events that have occurred that would require adjustments to the Company’s disclosures in the financial statements except for the transaction described below.

Subsequent to December 31, 2025, on March 25, 2026, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Lease (Lease Amendment) to expand its existing leased office and laboratory space located in Thousand Oaks, California. Pursuant to the Lease Amendment, the Company expanded the leased premises to include an additional approximately 3,700 rentable square feet. The expansion premises are expected to be delivered to the Company on April 1, 2026, which also serves as the commencement date for the additional space. The Lease Amendment extends the lease term for both the existing and expansion premises from January 31, 2027 to June 30, 2028.

The Lease Amendment will result in additional lease payments of $1.1 million over the term of the lease.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     December 31,     March 31,  
     2025     2026  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 69,437     $ 42,177  

Restricted cash

     192       192  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,200       4,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     73,829       46,843  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     625       501  

Property and equipment, net

     446       399  

Other assets

     616       2,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 75,516     $ 50,581  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 5,015     $ 4,457  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     12,868       9,532  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     563       502  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     18,446       14,491  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     127       52  

Other long-term liabilities

     35       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     18,608       14,578  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

$0.0001 par value per share, 264,397,134 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026; 264,397,128 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026; aggregate liquidation preference of $287,899 at December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026

     288,582       288,582  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock:

$0.0001 par value per share, 342,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026; 5,643,973 shares and 5,943,817 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, respectively

     —       —  

Additional paid-in capital

     11,457       13,513  

Accumulated deficit

     (243,131 )      (266,092 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (231,674 )      (252,579 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 75,516     $ 50,581  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2025     2026  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 18,688     $ 17,633  

General and administrative

     2,824       5,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,512       23,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,512 )      (23,436 ) 

Interest income

     (517 )      (474 ) 

Change in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

     (48 )      —  

Other (income) expense, net

     5       (1 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     (560 )      (475 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (20,952 )    $ (22,961 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss per share — basic and diluted

   $ (4.17 )    $ (3.93 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share — basic and diluted

     5,023       5,839  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except for share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2024

    169,033,104     $ 137,529       5,280,354     $ —     $ 4,365     $ (133,964 )    $ (129,599 ) 

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of preferred stock tranche liability of $458K and issuance costs of $566K

    63,576,017       98,976       —       —       —       —       —  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —       —       —       1,475       —       1,475  

Net loss

    —       —       —       —       —       (20,952 )      (20,952 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2025

    232,609,121     $ 236,505       5,280,354     $ —     $ 5,840     $ (154,916 )    $ (149,076 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2025

    264,397,128     $ 288,582       5,643,973     $ —     $ 11,457     $ (243,131 )    $ (231,674 ) 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —       —       299,844       —       78       —       78  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —       —       —       1,978       —       1,978  

Net loss

    —       —       —       —       —       (22,961 )      (22,961 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2026

    264,397,128     $ 288,582       5,943,817     $ —     $ 13,513     $ (266,092 )    $ (252,579 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2025     2026  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (20,952 )    $ (22,961 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Non-cash lease expense

     85       124  

Depreciation

     67       47  

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,475       1,978  

Change in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

     (48 )      —  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,110 )      (274 ) 

Other assets

     146       (2,261 ) 

Accounts payable

     (24 )      (558 ) 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (702 )      (3,028 ) 

Operating lease liabilities

     (94 )      (136 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (21,157 )      (27,069 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (102 )      —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (102 )      —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs paid

     99,434       —  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     —       78  

Payment of deferred initial public offering costs

     —       (308 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by and used in financing activities

     99,434       (230 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     78,175       (27,299 ) 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

     17,918       69,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 96,093     $ 42,422  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure for non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Unpaid deferred initial public offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ —     $ 1,953  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Organization

Description of Business

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (Latigo or the Company) is a clinical-stage biotechnology company committed to developing innovative non-opioid pain medicines designed to rapidly and effectively stop the transmission of pain without the risk of addiction.

The Company was incorporated in Delaware in November 2018, under the name Desmond, Inc. In December 2019, the Company changed its name to Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. The Company is headquartered in Thousand Oaks, California.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Information

The condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 was derived from the Company’s audited financial statements but does not contain all of the footnote disclosures from the annual financial statements. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed financial statements as of March 31, 2026 and for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, have been prepared by the Company, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for interim financial statements. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. Accordingly, these unaudited interim condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s condensed financial position as of March 31, 2026 and condensed results of operations and comprehensive loss, condensed statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and condensed cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026 have been made. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the full fiscal year.

Liquidity

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $42.2 million. The Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. The Company has incurred net losses of $21.0 million and $23.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, respectively. The net cash used in operating activities was $21.2 million and $27.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, respectively.

The Company believes that the existing cash and cash equivalents are not sufficient to meet the anticipated operating and capital expenditure requirements for the 12 months following the date of these unaudited interim condensed financial statements. As a result, there is substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The Company has historically funded its operations primarily through the issuance of convertible promissory notes, demand notes and redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Company expects to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future, and its ability to achieve and sustain profitability will depend on the successful development, approval, and commercialization of any product candidates it may develop, and on the achievement of sufficient revenue to support its cost structure. The Company may never achieve profitability and, unless and until it does, it will need to continue to raise additional capital. The Company will need to raise significant additional capital to fund ongoing research and development activities and maintain future operations. The Company’s management plans to monitor expenses and may raise additional capital through a combination of public and private equity. The Company’s ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if capital is not available to the Company when, and in the amounts, needed, on the terms which are favorable, the Company could be required to delay, scale back, or abandon some or all of its planned development programs and other operations, which could materially harm the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) and Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform the prior period presentation to the current period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of unaudited interim condensed financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures reported in the unaudited interim condensed financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates form the basis for judgments the Company makes about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other relevant assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected within these unaudited interim condensed financial statements include, but are not limited to, useful lives of property and equipment, the rate used in determining the present value of lease payments, fair value of assets and liabilities, research and development accruals, the valuation of the Company’s common stock and stock-based awards granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plan, the valuation of the preferred stock tranche liability, uncertain tax positions and the valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Segment Information

The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise where separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (CODM) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information on a company-wide basis for purposes of allocating resources and assessing financial performance.

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institutions holding its cash and cash equivalents to the extent recorded in the balance sheet. Financial instruments, which

 

F-36


Table of Contents

potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company invests its cash equivalents in money market funds. Cash and cash equivalents may be held in financial institutions in amounts that exceed federally insured limits, and the Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts and does not believe it is exposed to any unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, the outcome of clinical trials, development by competitors of new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technologies, compliance with government regulations, ability to secure additional capital to fund operations, and potential delays associated with the Company’s anticipated and planned trials. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other clinical stage biopharmaceutical companies, including, but not limited to, changes in any of the following areas that the Company believes could have a material adverse effect on its future financial position or results of operations: risks related to the successful discovery and development of its product candidates, ability to raise additional capital, development of new technological innovations by its competitors and delay or inability to obtain drug substance and finished drug product from the Company’s third-party contract manufacturers necessary for the Company’s product candidates, protection of intellectual property rights, litigation or claims against the Company based on intellectual property rights and regulatory clearance and market acceptance for any of the Company’s product candidates for which the Company receives marketing approval.

Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization of a product. These efforts require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel and infrastructure and extensive compliance-reporting capabilities. Even if the Company’s development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

Moreover, the Company is subject to risks and uncertainties as a result of global business, political and macroeconomic events and conditions, including increasing financial market volatility and uncertainty, inflation, interest rate fluctuations, uncertainty with respect to the federal budget and debt ceiling and potential government shutdowns related thereto, potential instability in the global banking system, cybersecurity events, the impact of war or military conflict, including regional conflicts around the world, and public health pandemics. The extent to which business, political and macroeconomic factors, including increasing financial market volatility and uncertainty, will impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

The preparation of unaudited interim condensed financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited interim condensed financial statements and accompanying notes. The extent to which the increasing financial market volatility and uncertainty may directly or indirectly impact the unaudited interim condensed financial statements is highly uncertain and subject to change.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are reported at fair value. At March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company’s cash equivalents are in money market funds.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported in the Company’s balance sheets to the amount reported within its statements of cash flows was as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2025      2026  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 69,437      $ 42,177  

Restricted cash, current

     192        192  

Restricted cash, noncurrent (“Other assets”)

     92        53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 69,721      $ 42,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted cash is comprised of cash that is restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026 consists of $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related to the Company’s lease of office space in San Francisco, California. Restricted cash balances are classified as current or non-current based on the expected duration of the restriction.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment is recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated useful lives of the assets or the respective lease term. The estimated useful life of each asset category is as follows:

 

Fixed Assets Category

   Estimated Useful Life

Laboratory equipment and furniture

   3 -5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of remaining
lease term or
estimated useful life

Depreciation begins at the time the asset is placed in service. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gains and losses are reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. There have been no impairments of the Company’s long-lived assets in the periods presented.

Operating Leases

At inception of a contract, the Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease. For each lease, the Company determines the classification as either an operating lease or a financing lease. Lease recognition occurs at the lease commencement date and lease liability amounts are determined based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The lease term may include options to extend or terminate the lease only when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments if the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate based on the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term, an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Right-of-use (ROU) assets represent the Company’s right to use underlying assets for the lease term and operating lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments under the lease. ROU assets are measured as the lease liability plus initial direct costs and prepaid lease payments, less lease incentives granted by the lessor.

The Company elected to apply the practical expedient of combining lease and non-lease components for the real estate lease asset class. Fixed lease payments on operating leases are recognized as lease expense over the expected term of the lease on a straight-line basis. Variable lease expenses that are not considered fixed are recognized as incurred.

In addition, the Company elected the short-term lease practical expedient that allows the lessee to not record a lease liability and ROU asset for all leases with a term of 12 months or less.

As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, the Company did not have any material finance leases.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company records all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at their respective fair values on the dates of issuance, less issuance costs and, if applicable, net of preferred stock tranche liabilities. In the event of a deemed liquidation event, the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid a certain liquidation preference out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders. Redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the balance sheet as certain deemed liquidation events are not solely within the Company’s control.

The Company has not adjusted the carrying values of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences because of the uncertainty of whether or when such an event would occur. As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, it was not probable that such a deemed liquidation event would occur.

Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The purchase agreements for the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock provide the Company an obligation to issue additional shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in subsequent closings.

The Company’s obligation to issue additional shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a future date was determined to be a freestanding instrument that should be accounted for as a liability. At initial recognition, the Company recorded the preferred stock tranche liability on the balance sheet at fair value. The preferred stock tranche liability is subject to remeasurement at each subsequent reporting date until settled, with changes in fair value recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Immediately prior to the settlement of the preferred stock tranche liability in September 2025 the Company remeasured the preferred stock tranche liability. The preferred stock tranche liability was then settled and the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was recorded at fair value, less issuance costs.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs related to research, design, development, clinical trials, regulatory activities, medical affairs activities, salaries and benefits of research and development personnel, and allocated facility-related expenses. Payments made prior to the receipt of goods and services to be used in research and development are deferred and recognized as expense in the period in which the related goods are received or services are rendered.

The Company has entered into various agreements with outsourced contract manufacturing and development vendors. The Company estimates accrued research and development expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known at that time. At each balance sheet date, the Company confirms the accuracy of its estimates with internal personnel and external service providers, and makes adjustments, if necessary. Research and development accruals are estimated based on the level of services performed, progress of the studies, including the phase or completion of events, and contracted costs. The estimated costs of research and development services provided, but not yet invoiced, are included in accrued expenses on the balance sheets. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the original estimates, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made under these arrangements in advance of the performance of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses and other current assets until the services are rendered. To date, there have been no material adjustments to the Company’s estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, including stock-based compensation expense; professional fees for legal, accounting, auditing, tax and consulting services; travel expenses; and facility-related expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs. The Company expenses all general and administrative expenses as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based payments at fair value. The grant date fair value of options granted is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Option awards vest based on the satisfaction of a service requirement and stock-based compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the applicable service period, which is generally four years. For performance-based stock options, the Company will assess the probability of performance conditions being achieved in each reporting period. The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized in any one period related to performance-based stock options can vary based on the achievement or anticipated achievement of the performance conditions. Forfeitures are recognized in the period in which the forfeiture occurs.

The Company permits certain employees to exercise stock options prior to vesting. Shares issued upon early exercise are subject to a repurchase right that lapses as the underlying options vest. Proceeds received from early exercise of unvested options are recorded as a liability until the underlying shares vest, at which time the liability is reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The early exercise of options does not accelerate recognition of stock-based compensation expense.

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the

 

F-40


Table of Contents

financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that these assets may not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible.

The Company recognizes uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Tax positions are initially recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and relevant facts. Judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of the audit, and effective settlement of audit issues.

The Company’s policy is to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense, as necessary.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss represents all changes in stockholders’ deficit except those resulting from distributions to stockholders. There was no difference between net loss and comprehensive loss as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common stock and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stock options, and common stock subject to repurchase related to unvested early exercise of stock options are considered potentially dilutive securities.

Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the redeemable convertible preferred stock is considered a participating security because it participates in dividends with common stock. The Company also considers the shares issued upon the early exercise of stock options subject to repurchase to be participating securities because holders of such shares have non-forfeitable dividend rights in the event a dividend is paid on common stock. The holders of all series of redeemable convertible preferred stock and the holders of early exercised shares subject to repurchase do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for those periods because the impact of potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company’s deferred offering costs consist of legal, accounting and other general and administrative costs directly attributable to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”). These

 

F-41


Table of Contents

costs are capitalized and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the completion of the offering. In the event the planned IPO is terminated, all deferred offering costs will be reclassified to general and administrative expenses in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As of March 31, 2026, $2.3 million of deferred offering costs were included within other assets in the unaudited interim condensed balance sheet. As of December 31, 2025, there were no deferred offering costs.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act). Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, an emerging growth company has the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance either (i) within the same periods as otherwise applicable to public business entities, or (ii) within the same time periods as non-public business entities, including early adoption when permissible. With the exception of accounting guidance the Company elected to early adopt, when permissible, the Company has elected to adopt new or revised accounting guidance within the same time periods as non-public business entities.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40), which requires that a public entity disclose the amounts of (a) purchases of inventory, (b) employee compensation, (c) depreciation and (d) intangible asset amortization included in each relevant expense caption presented on the face of the income statement. The standard also requires an entity to disclose a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively as well as disclose the total amount of selling expenses and, annually, the entity’s definition of selling expenses. ASU 2024-03 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with either retrospective or prospective application. The standard allows for early adoption of these requirements; the Company is currently evaluating the disclosure impacts of its adoption.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, or an exit price, in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under U.S. GAAP, the Company discloses and recognizes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

F-42


Table of Contents

(Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses that approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2—Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are supported by little or no market data.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments for the periods ended December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, other than the preferred stock tranche liability, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Fair Value of Financial Assets

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets, which consists of cash equivalents, that were measured on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2025  
     Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Money market funds

     Level 1      $ 67,478      $ —      $ —      $ 67,478  

 

     March 31, 2026  
     Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Money market funds

     Level 1      $ 37,797      $ —      $ —      $ 37,797  

There has been no transfer between levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the periods presented.

Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability was based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

The preferred stock tranche liability was valued as a forward contract. The value was determined using a probability-weighted present value calculation. In determining the fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability obligation, estimates and assumptions impacting the fair value included the per share estimated fair value of the Company’s Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, discount rates, estimated time to tranche closing, and probability of the second tranche closing.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the significant quantitative inputs used in the valuation of the preferred stock tranche liability at the initial and the subsequent closings of the Series B preferred stock financing in 2025. There were no significant changes in fair value or the underlying assumptions between the March 2025 measurement date and March 31, 2025.

 

     Initial closing  
     January     March  

Implied fair value of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 1.56     $ 1.54  

Discount rate

     4.24 %      4.24 % 

Time to tranche closing (years)

     0.67       0.58  

Probability of tranche closing

     100 %      100 % 

The following provides a roll forward of the fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

     2025  

Beginning balance, January 1

   $ —  

Issuance

     458  

Change in fair value

     (48 ) 

Settlement

     —  
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, March 31

   $ 410  
  

 

 

 

The preferred stock tranche liability was settled in September 2025, upon the closing of the second tranche, resulting in no remaining balance as of March 31, 2026.

4. Balance Sheet Components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2025      2026  

Prepaid Clinical Research Organization (CRO) expenses

   $ 1,434      $ 2,057  

Clinical deposits

     2,016        1,778  

Other prepaid expenses

     750        639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 4,200      $ 4,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,  
     2025     2026  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 1,200     $ 1,200  

Office furniture and fixtures

     100       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,300       1,300  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (854 )      (901 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 446     $ 399  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.1 million and immaterial for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2025      2026  

Accrued research and development expenses

   $ 8,364      $ 6,402  

Accrued bonus expense

     3,892        844  

Accrued consulting and professional services

     301        2,224  

Accrued compensation and benefits expenses

     311        62  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 12,868      $ 9,532  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Leases

Operating Leases

In June 2021, the Company entered into an operating lease for 7,638 square feet of office and research and development space in Thousand Oaks, California. The lease term is for approximately 5.3 years, with no renewal option.

In June 2025, the Company entered into a lease for 2,375 square feet of office space in San Francisco, California, that is set to expire on July 31, 2027.

On March 25, 2026, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Lease (Lease Amendment) to expand its existing leased office and laboratory space located in Thousand Oaks, California. Pursuant to the Lease Amendment, the Company expanded the leased premises to include an additional approximately 3,700 rentable square feet. The expansion premises are to be made available and delivered to the Company on April 1, 2026, which also serves as the commencement date for the additional space. As the commencement date for the additional space is April 1, 2026, the Lease Amendment had no impact on the Company’s right-of-use asset or lease liability as of March 31, 2026. The Lease Amendment extends the lease term for both the existing and expansion premises from January 31, 2027 to June 30, 2028. The amendment will result in additional lease payments of $1.1 million over the term of the lease.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company enters into contracts in the normal course of business with various third parties for clinical trials, preclinical research studies and testing, manufacturing and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination upon notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist of payments for services provided or expenses incurred up to the date of cancellation and may include termination penalties or non-cancellable fees. Under such agreements, the exact amounts owed by the Company in the event of termination will be based on the timing of the termination and the exact terms of the agreement. If cancelled, these contracts are not anticipated to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

License Agreement with Lieber Institute, Inc.

In July 2020, the Company entered into a License Agreement with Lieber Institute, Inc. (d/b/a: Lieber Institute for Brain Development), or LIBD, which was subsequently amended in August 2020 and January 2022. Pursuant to the license agreement, LIBD granted to the Company a worldwide, exclusive, sub-licensable and royalty-bearing license, under certain patent and other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by LIBD, including patents claiming compounds for inhibiting Nav1.8, to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import, research, develop, and commercialize

 

F-45


Table of Contents

products that contain any compound that is disclosed or claimed in any of the licensed patents or is developed by LIBD and is directed to or interacting with Nav1.8, provided that such products are claimed by the licensed patents (Licensed Products) for any and all uses and applications, including all diagnostic, prophylactic and therapeutic uses. The Company has the right, subject to certain time limitations, to elect to expand its exclusive license to include LIBD’s patents and other intellectual property rights for new compounds discovered by LIBD that were not disclosed or claimed in the licensed patents as of July 2020 and that target or interact with Nav1.8. Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement, the Company must use commercially reasonable efforts to develop a Licensed Product and commercialize such Licensed Product in each jurisdiction in which regulatory approval is obtained.

As consideration for the license and other rights granted to the Company by LIBD, on September 23, 2020 the Company issued 2,793,592 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock equal to a mid-single digit percentage of the Company’s equity capital, on a fully diluted basis, following the Company’s initial closing of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock financing.

The Company’s milestone and royalty payment obligations under the license vary depending upon whether the Licensed Product is covered by at least one valid claim of a licensed patent that is solely owned by LIBD, or a Sole Product, or the Licensed Product is only covered by valid claims of licensed patents that the Company jointly owns with LIBD, or a Joint Product. The Company has concluded its development candidate known as LTG-001 is a Joint Product. The Company has concluded it is not currently developing any Licensed Products that are Sole Products, and the Company does not have any current intentions to develop any Licensed Products that are Sole Products.

The Company has agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $48.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified development and regulatory milestones with respect to the first Sole Product, up to an aggregate of $23.75 million for each subsequent Sole Product, and up to an aggregate of $95.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones with respect to all Sole Products.

For the first Joint Product, the Company has agreed to pay LIBD up to an aggregate of $4.0 million upon the achievement of pre-specified regulatory milestones, and up to an aggregate of $9.5 million upon the achievement of pre-specified sales milestones; the Company does not have any milestone payment obligations for subsequent Joint Products. No milestones have been achieved to date under this license agreement for any Licensed Product.

The Company must also pay LIBD royalties on the net sales of Licensed Products. The royalty rates for Sole Products are tiered and range from low-single digit to mid-single digit percentages, and the royalty rate for Joint Products is a low-single digit percentage. The royalty payments are subject to reduction if, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, there are no valid patent claims covering the Licensed Product in such country or if the Company makes certain payments to third parties for intellectual property licenses, all subject to a customary royalty floor. The royalty term will terminate on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis on the latest of (i) a specified number of years after first commercial sale of such Licensed Product in such country, (ii) the expiration of the last valid claim of a licensed patent that covers such Licensed Product in such country and (iii) the earlier of expiration of regulatory exclusivity or the first commercial sale of a generic product referencing such Licensed Product in such country. If the Company sublicenses its rights to Sole Products or licensed patents solely owned by LIBD, then it must pay LIBD a low double-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue received from sublicensees for rights to Sole Products and a low single-digit percentage of non-royalty sublicensing revenue from sublicensees for rights to Joint Products or jointly-owned patents.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The license agreement shall expire on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis upon the expiration of the royalty term for such Licensed Product in such country. Upon expiration of the royalty term with respect to a Licensed Product in a country, the Company will have a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual license with respect to such Licensed Product in such country.

Either party may terminate the license agreement if the other party commits a material breach of the agreement and fails to cure that breach within the applicable specified period. The Company may terminate the license agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country basis upon a specified prior notice period. LIBD may terminate the license agreement if the Company or its affiliate or sublicensee initiates an action challenging the validity or enforceability of any licensed patents or if the Company fails to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop or commercialize a Licensed Product for a specified period, do not submit a written diligence plan to LIBD for its approval and do not initiate such LIBD-approved plan to cure the failure within a specified period. Upon termination, all rights and licenses granted to the Company shall terminate and revert back to LIBD, and under certain circumstances LIBD will have an exclusive, time-limited right to negotiate the terms of a license to certain of the Company’s intellectual property, data and regulatory approvals for the Licensed Products.

As the Company determined that the acquired licensed technology had no alternative future use, no intangible asset was recognized on the balance sheet.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation, as the Company operates in an industry susceptible to patent legal claims. The Company accounts for estimated losses with respect to legal proceedings and claims when such losses are probable and estimable. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. As of March 31, 2026, the Company was not a party to any material legal proceedings or claims and no liabilities were recorded for loss contingencies.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. As permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its bylaws, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is or was serving in such capacity. The Company is also party to indemnification agreements with its officers and directors. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement.

The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company is not currently aware of any indemnification claims. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for these indemnification rights and agreements in these unaudited interim condensed financial statements.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In December 2019, the Company issued 6,032,384 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.3548 per share in exchange for $1.0 million in cash and the conversion/settlement of $1.1 million in outstanding demand notes and accrued interest.

In August 2020, the Company issued 42,673,220 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.6913 per share to multiple investors, raising a total of $29.5 million in cash. The Company also issued 6,260,833 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for the conversion/settlement of $3.7 million of outstanding convertible promissory notes and accrued interest.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

In September 2020, the Company issued 2,793,592 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, with fair market value of $0.6913 per share to Lieber Institute, Inc. pursuant to, and as partial consideration for, the license agreement (Note 6).

In September 2022, the Company issued 38,945,570 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.89869 per share to multiple investors, raising a total of $35.0 million in cash.

In October 2023, the Company issued 72,327,505 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.89869 per share to multiple investors, raising a total of $65.0 million in cash.

In January 2025, the Company entered into a Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued a total of 63,576,017 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.5729 per share for gross cash proceeds of $100.0 million and incurred aggregate issuance costs of $0.6 million in two closings in January and March 2025 (initial closing).

The Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement provided the Company an obligation to issue an additional 31,788,007 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (preferred stock tranche liability) at a price of $1.5729 per share in a subsequent closing on or before September 30, 2025. Upon the initial closing of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company recorded a preferred stock tranche liability of $0.4 million. The fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability was allocated from the gross cash proceeds of $100.0 million of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance, and the residual value was then allocated to the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In September 2025, pursuant to the terms outlined in the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock Purchase Agreement and upon approval by the Company’s board of directors (Board of Directors), the Company settled the preferred stock tranche liability, issuing 31,788,007 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.5729 per share for gross cash proceeds of $50.0 million and incurred issuance cost of $0.1 million. As a result of this issuance, the preferred stock tranche liability of $2.1 million was settled and the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was recorded at its fair value of $52.1 million.

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following as of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     December 31, 2025  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Original
Issue
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series Seed

     6,032,384        6,032,384      $ 0.3548      $ 2,140      $ 2,123  

Series A

     51,727,645        51,727,645        0.6913        35,759        35,634  

Series A-2

     111,273,075        111,273,075        0.8987        100,000        99,772  

Series B

     95,364,030        95,364,024        1.5729        150,000        151,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
     264,397,134        264,397,128         $ 287,899      $ 288,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents
     March 31, 2026  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Original
Issue
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series Seed

     6,032,384        6,032,384      $ 0.3548      $ 2,140      $ 2,123  

Series A

     51,727,645        51,727,645        0.6913        35,759        35,634  

Series A-2

     111,273,075        111,273,075        0.8987        100,000        99,772  

Series B

     95,364,030        95,364,024        1.5729        150,000        151,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
     264,397,134        264,397,128         $ 287,899      $ 288,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights, privileges, and preferences of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividend Rights

The holders of Series Seed, Series A, Series A-2 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the original issue price for each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock, representing annual rates of $0.0284, $0.0553, $0.0719 and $0.1258 per share, respectively, adjustable for certain events, such as stock splits and combinations. In addition, in the event dividends are declared on the common stock, holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an equivalent dividend as would be payable on an as-if-converted basis. The Company has declared no dividends to date.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or a deemed liquidation event, including a merger or consolidation, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the respective original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or deemed liquidation event. Any remaining amounts are distributed to the holders of common stock. If the proceeds are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock their full liquidation preference, then the proceeds available for distribution are payable ratably among the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock at a conversion rate, which is the respective redeemable convertible preferred stock original issuance price per share divided by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The conversion price is initially equal to the respective redeemable convertible preferred stock original issuance price, and is subject to adjustments for diluting issuances, down-round provisions, stock splits, other dividends or distributions, merger or reorganization. As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, the conversion price is equal to the original issuance price for all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

All outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion rate, upon the earlier of (i) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company or (ii) upon a vote or a written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis.

Redemption

The redeemable convertible preferred stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

Voting Rights

Each holder of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holder are convertible. Holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis, and on all matters presented to the stockholders of the Company.

Election of Directors

At any time when at least 12,715,204 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

At any time when at least 22,254,615 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

At any time when at least 10,345,529 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of record of the shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Company.

The holders of record of the shares of common stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the redeemable convertible preferred stock), exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Company.

8. Common Stock

As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, the Company was authorized to issue 342,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. Common stockholders are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company and are entitled to dividends, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the priority rights of holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, no dividends were declared by the Company.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Common stock reserved for future issuance, on an as-converted to common stock basis, as of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2025      2026  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     264,397,128        264,397,128  

Stock options, issued and outstanding

     58,971,993        63,299,052  

Equity awards, authorized for future issuance

     10,011,271        5,384,368  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     333,380,392        333,080,548  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Stock-Based Compensation

2019 Stock Plan

In 2019, the Company adopted the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., 2019 Stock Plan (the 2019 Plan), which authorizes the Company to grant incentive stock options (ISOs), non-qualified stock options (NSOs) and the direct award or sale of shares to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. ISOs can only be granted to employees. The 2019 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, or the Board of Directors may appoint a committee to which it delegates such administration.

The 2019 Plan shall terminate automatically ten years after the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of shares reserved under the 2019 Plan. As of December 31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, there were approximately 71.2 million shares of common stock authorized, and 10.0 million and 5.4 million shares of common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the 2019 Plan, respectively.

Option awards generally vest over a four-year period, with either 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and monthly thereafter or with monthly vesting over the four-year period. The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2019 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of option awards is determined by the Board of Directors and shall not exceed 10 years from grant date, or in the case of ISOs granted to a ten percent stockholder, the term is no more than 5 years from the grant date.

The following tables summarize the Company’s option activity for the 2019 Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026:

 

     Shares
Subject to
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
share
     Weighted-
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in
thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2024

     41,923,529     $ 0.32        8.82      $ 18,643  

Vested and expected to vest

     42,658,822       0.32        8.83      $ 18,951  

Granted

     13,173,022       0.86        

Exercised

     —       —           —  

Cancelled or forfeited

     (742,683 )      0.34        

Expired

     —       —        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of March 31, 2025

     54,353,868     $ 0.45        8.88      $ 22,449  
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable as of March 31, 2025

     9,898,109     $ 0.24        6.48      $ 6,104  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest

     55,089,161     $ 0.45        8.88      $ 22,831  
  

 

 

         

 

F-51


Table of Contents
     Shares
Subject to
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
share
     Weighted-
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in
thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2025

     58,971,993     $ 0.49        8.27      $ 25,755  

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2025

     58,971,993     $ 0.49        8.27      $ 25,755  

Granted

     7,149,749       0.96        

Exercised

     (299,844 )      0.26           232  

Cancelled or forfeited

     (2,522,846 )      0.54        

Expired

     —       —        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of March 31, 2026

     63,299,052     $ 0.55        8.06      $ 45,839  
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable as of March 31, 2026

     25,474,162     $ 0.39        6.91      $ 22,373  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2026

     63,299,052     $ 0.55        8.06      $ 45,839  
  

 

 

         

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, was $0.61 and $0.65 per share, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, was $8.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for stock options that were in-the-money at each reporting period. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, was none and $0.2 million, respectively.

Executive Officer and Director Grants

In February 2024, the Board of Directors approved the grant of a stock option award for approximately 0.7 million shares to a director, with vesting subject to the achievement of a performance condition related to the consummation of a deemed liquidation event. Subsequently, in January 2025, the Company determined that the performance condition was not achieved, and the stock option award was cancelled. Accordingly, no stock-based compensation expense was recognized in connection with this award.

In July and August 2024, the Board of Directors approved the grants of stock option awards for a total of approximately 17.7 million shares to three executive officers joining the company, including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Medical Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Executive Officer’s grant allows for early exercise of the stock options. In August 2024, the Board of Directors approved the early exercise of stock option awards for approximately 0.7 million shares related to the Chief Executive Officer’s grant. The cash proceeds received from the early exercise of $0.3 million were recorded as an early exercise liability in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s balance sheet as of March 31, 2025. In July 2025, upon full vesting of the underlying shares issued pursuant to early exercise of stock options, the related early exercise liability was reclassified in its entirety to additional paid-in capital, resulting in no further remaining liability balance.

In April 2025, the Board of Directors approved a total of 2,965,586 stock option awards to certain executive officers and a member of the Board of Directors. The stock option awards include vesting criteria subject to the achievement of performance-based conditions related to the second tranche closing of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in addition to service conditions. The Company assessed the probability that the performance criteria will be met at the grant

 

F-52


Table of Contents

date. The grant date fair value of the awards was $0.61 per share. In the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company recognized expense for the stock options of $0.1 million and there was $1.1 million of unamortized stock-based compensation related to the portion of stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.76 years.

Stock Option Valuation

In determining the fair value of the options granted, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Fair Value of Common Stock

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by independent third parties, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors. In 2025 and for the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company considered the stay private scenario, mergers and acquisitions (M&A) scenario and initial public offering (IPO) exit scenario. In the stay-private scenario, the subject company transaction method was used, which examines prior transactions in the same or related equity of the Company. Probability-weighted expected return method was utilized to capture the value attributable to the IPO outcomes and M&A outcome. A hybrid method was used to allocate equity value to common stock under the stay private, IPO and M&A scenarios.

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period that the Company’s options granted are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term). The Company has very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock option grants. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior becomes available.

Volatility

As the Company is not publicly traded, the expected volatility for the Company’s stock options was determined by using an average of historical volatilities of selected industry peers deemed to be comparable to the Company’s business corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

Expected Dividends

The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The expected dividend yield is 0% as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying dividends on its common stock.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Risk-Free Rate

The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options.

The fair value of option granted during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026 were estimated using the following assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,
     2025    2026

Expected dividend yield

   —%    —%

Risk-free interest rate

   4.07% – 4.29%    3.81% – 3.95%

Expected volatility

   79.2% – 80.1%    73.5% – 73.9%

Expected term (in years)

   5.9 – 6.1    6.0 – 6.1

The following table summarizes the components of stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2025      2026  

Research and development

   $ 750      $ 880  

General and administrative

     725        1,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,475      $ 1,978  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2026, the total stock-based compensation expense related to stock options not yet recognized was $20.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.71 years, respectively.

10. Income Taxes

The Company’s tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of its annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any, that arise during the period. Each quarter, the Company updates its estimate of the annual effective tax rate and, if the estimated annual effective tax rate changes, the Company makes a cumulative adjustment in such period. No such adjustment was made as of March 31, 2026. The Company’s effective federal and state tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026 was 0%, and the Company did not record any income tax expense or benefit during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, primarily as a result of estimated net operating losses for the fiscal year to date offset by the increase in the valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset. All losses before income taxes arose in the United States.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

11. Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2025     2026  

Numerator:

    

Net Loss

   $ (20,952 )    $ (22,961 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (20,952 )      (22,961 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     5,280,354       5,838,986  

Less: Weighted-average common shares subject to repurchase

     (257,152 )      —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding used to calculate net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     5,023,202       5,838,986  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (4.17 )    $ (3.93 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include redeemable convertible preferred stock and stock options, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following shares from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026, because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2025      2026  

Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,032,384        6,032,384  

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,727,645        51,727,645  

Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     111,273,075        111,273,075  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     63,576,017        95,364,024  

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     54,353,868        63,299,052  

Unvested early exercised stock options

     735,293        —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total antidilutive securities

     287,698,282        327,696,180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Segment Reporting

The accounting policies of the segment are the same as those described in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

The Company operates as one operating and reportable segment. The Company’s CODM reviews and evaluates net loss to monitor budget versus actual results and to analyze cash flows for purposes of allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Segment assets provided to the CODM are consistent with those reported on the unaudited interim condensed balance sheets.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

In addition to the significant expense categories included within net loss presented in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss, disaggregated expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2025     2026  

Research and development expenses:

    

Direct Program Costs LTG-001

   $ 7,199     $ 6,690  

Other clinical and non-clinical programs

     6,869       4,646  

Personnel-related R&D expenses

     3,622       4,962  

Other R&D expenses

     998       1,335  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     18,688       17,633  

General and administrative expenses

     2,824       5,803  

Other income, net

     (560 )      (475 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ 20,952     $ 22,961  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

13. Subsequent Event

The Company has evaluated all events occurring through May 15, 2026, the dates these financial statements were available to be issued, and also through July 17, 2026, the date these financial statements were available to be re-issued, and determined that there have been no events that have occurred that would require adjustments to the Company’s disclosures in the unaudited interim condensed financial statements, except for the transaction described below.

On June 17, 2026, the Company issued unsecured convertible promissory notes (the Convertible Notes) to certain investors in an aggregate principal amount of $35.0 million. The Convertible Notes mature 12 months from the initial issuance of the Convertible Notes, if not earlier converted, and accrue simple interest on a daily basis at 5% per annum. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, the Company has the ability to issue and sell an additional $20.0 million of Convertible Notes in a subsequent closing.

 

F-56


Table of Contents
 
 

    Shares

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

Prospectus

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Jefferies

Leerink Partners

Guggenheim Securities

 

 

Through and including     , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

   , 2026

 

 
 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount Paid or
To Be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

     $13,810    

FINRA filing fee

     15,500    

Nasdaq listing fee

     *    

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *    

Legal fees and expenses

     *    

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

     *    

Printing and engraving expenses

     *    

Miscellaneous

     *    
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

     $   *    
  

 

 

 
 
*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

As permitted by Sections 102 and 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL), we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

  •  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  •  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  •  

any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

  •  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, our bylaws provide that:

 

  •  

we may indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  •  

we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

  •  

the rights provided in our bylaws are not exclusive.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We have entered or will enter into, and intend to continue to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements generally require us to, among other things, indemnify our officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act).

We have purchased and currently intend to maintain insurance on behalf of each and every person who is one of our directors or officers, within the limits and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

The form of underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with this initial public offering provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors who sign this registration statement for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2023 to the date of this registration statement. Also included is the consideration received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(1) In October 2023, in connection with our Series A-2 convertible preferred stock private placement financing, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 72,327,505 shares of our Series A-2 Preferred, at a purchase price of $0.8987 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $65.0 million.

(2) In February 2024, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 990,244 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.34 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $0.3 million.

(3) In January 2025, in connection with our Series B convertible preferred stock private placement financing, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 31,788,009 shares of our Series B Preferred at a purchase price of $1.5729 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $50.0 million.

(4) In March 2025, we issued and sold to investors an additional 31,788,008 shares of our Series B Preferred at a purchase price of $1.5729 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $50.0 million.

(5) In September 2025, we issued and sold to investors an additional 31,788,007 shares of our Series B Preferred at a purchase price of $1.5729 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $50.0 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(6) In June 2026, we issued and sold unsecured convertible promissory notes to investors in the aggregate principal amount of $35.0 million.

(7) From January 2023 through the date of this registration statement, we granted under our 2019 Stock Plan (2019 Plan) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 67,779,031 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.59 per share. From January 2023 through the date of this registration statement, we have issued an aggregate of      shares of our common stock upon exercise of stock options for an approximate aggregate consideration of $    million.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) through (6) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was able to bear the investment’s economic risk and had access to the type of information normally provided in a prospectus for a registered securities offering.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (7) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Section 4(a)(2). The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our 2019 Plan.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
number
  

Description of exhibit

 1.1+    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
 3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
 3.3    Bylaws, as amended by Amendment No.1 dated August 21, 2020 and Amendment No. 2 dated October 17, 2020, as currently in effect.
 3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
 4.1+    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
 4.2†    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated January 28, 2025, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein.
 4.3†    Form of Convertible Promissory Note.
 5.1+    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2*    Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2019 Stock Plan, as amended.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
 

Description of exhibit

10.3*   Forms of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement (Installment Exercise), Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement (Early Exercise) and Summary of Stock Grant and Stock Grant Agreement (for Services) under the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2019 Stock Plan.
10.4*   Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5*   Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise under the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6*   Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.7*+   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.8*^†   Separation Agreement, dated January 30, 2026, between the Registrant and Timothy Lugo.
10.9*^   Independent Chair Offer Letter, dated October 25, 2024, between the Registrant and Timothy P. Walbert.
10.10^   License Agreement, dated July 22, 2020, between the Registrant and Lieber Institute, Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated August 6, 2020 and Amended and Restated Amendment No.  2 dated as of January 28, 2022.
10.11*   Executive Employment Agreement, between the Registrant and Nima Farzan, dated July 15, 2026, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.
10.12*   Executive Employment Agreement, between the Registrant and Neil Singla, M.D., dated July 15, 2026, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.
10.13*   Executive Employment Agreement, between the Registrant and Neha Krishnamohan, dated July 15, 2026, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.
10.14*   Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan.
10.15*†   Director Offer Letter, dated March 20, 2026, between the Registrant and Sara Bonstein.
10.16*†   Director Offer Letter, dated May 26, 2026, between the Registrant and Todd Smith.
23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2+   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
107   Filing Fee Table.
 
+

To be filed by amendment.

*

Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

^

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, certain portions of this exhibit have been redacted because they are both not material and are the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC, upon its request, an unredacted copy of this exhibit.

†

Certain schedules and exhibits to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Thousand Oaks, California, on July 17, 2026.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Nima Farzan
  Nima Farzan
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Nima Farzan and Neha Krishnamohan and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Nima Farzan

Nima Farzan

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 17, 2026

/s/ Neha Krishnamohan

Neha Krishnamohan

 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  July 17, 2026

/s/ Timothy P. Walbert

Timothy P. Walbert

 

Chair

  July 17, 2026

/s/ Sara Bonstein

Sara Bonstein

 

Director

  July 17, 2026

/s/ Deborah Palestrant, Ph.D.

Deborah Palestrant, Ph.D.

 

Director

  July 17, 2026

/s/ Kevin Raidy

Kevin Raidy

 

Director

  July 17, 2026

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Beth Seidenberg, M.D.

Beth Seidenberg, M.D.

 

Director

  July 17, 2026

/s/ Todd N. Smith

Todd N. Smith

 

Director

  July 17, 2026

/s/ James B. Tananbaum, M.D.

James B. Tananbaum, M.D.

 

Director

  July 17, 2026

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on November 20, 2018, under the name Desmond, Inc.

2. That the Board of Directors of this corporation (the “Board of Directors”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 606,397,134. The Corporation has two classes of stock, referred to as Common Stock and Preferred Stock. There are 342,000,000 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and 264,397,134 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), 6,032,384 of which are hereby designated as “Series Seed Preferred Stock”, 51,727,645 of which are hereby designated as “Series A Preferred Stock”, 111,273,075 of which are hereby designated as “Series A-2 Preferred Stock”; and 95,364,030 of which are hereby designated as “Series B Preferred Stock”.

 

1


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, preferences and special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the powers, preferences and special rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held as of the applicable record date for each meeting of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting unless (and then only to the extent) required by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

The shares of Preferred Stock shall have the powers, preferences and special rights set forth in this Part B of this Article Fourth. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth. References to “Preferred Stock” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series Seed Preferred Stock, collectively.

1. Dividends. In any calendar year, the holders of then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds and assets at the time legally available therefor, dividends equal to the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below) specified for such shares of such series of Preferred Stock, prior and in preference, to any declaration or payment of any distribution or dividend on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No distributions or dividends shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein, all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock, and any distributions or dividends with respect to the Common Stock shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by

 

2


each such holder as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the applicable Dividend Rate for each series of Preferred Stock. The “Dividend Rate” of the Preferred Stock shall mean eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price. The “Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.57292 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.89869 per share for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $0.6913 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $0.3548 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up: Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock. In the event of (a) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and (b) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), as applicable, on a pari passu basis based on their respective Liquidation Amounts (as defined below) and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of each such series of Preferred Stock equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Preferred Stock (and all shares of all other series of Preferred Stock that would receive a larger distribution per share if such series of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock) been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence for each series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, is hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or the consideration payable to stockholders, as the case may be, shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution or the consideration payable, as applicable, in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

3


2.2 Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment in full of all Liquidation Amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.3.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis (the “Requisite Holders”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance in which

 

  (i)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party, and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance,

except any such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock or other equity interests that represent, immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or other equity interests of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation or entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation or entity immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication, or continuance, the parent corporation or entity of such surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or

(b) (1) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (2) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, domestication, continuance, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

4


2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event. The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan with respect to such transaction, or terms of such transaction (any such agreement, plan or terms, the “Transaction Document”), provide that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be allocated to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2.

2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined herein).

2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Transaction Document shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting.

3.1 General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible (as provided in Section 4 below) as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

 

5


3.2 Election of Directors.

3.2.1 So long as at least 12,715,204 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director”).

3.2.2 So long as at least 22,254,615 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the holders of record of the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series A-2 Director”).

3.2.3 So long as at least 10,345,529 shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “Series A Directors” and together with the Series B Director and Series A-2 Director, the “Preferred Directors”).

3.2.4 Any director elected as provided in this Subsection 3.2 may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of such stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series of capital stock shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series of capital stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing and the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors

 

6


are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Directors’ action to fill such vacancy by removing any person so appointed by the Board of Directors at any time and electing their own designee.

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. So long as at least 40,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer, continuance, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, waiver, statutory conversion or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such prior consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

3.3.1 liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event;

3.3.2 amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of any series of the Preferred Stock;

3.3.3 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue any securities (whether equity, convertible debt or a unit of debt and equity securities or any other security convertible into or exercisable for any such security) unless the same ranks junior to all series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, or increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

3.3.4 (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

3.3.5 purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former

 

7


employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at no greater than the original purchase price thereof, and (iv) the exercise of the Corporation’s right of first refusal, which exercise is approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

3.3.6 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or create any lien or security interest (except for purchase money liens or statutory liens of landlords, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, and warehousemen, equipment leases, bank lines of credit or trade payables arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business) or incur other indebtedness for borrowed money, including but not limited to obligations and contingent obligations under guarantees, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $250,000, unless approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

3.3.7 create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or permit any subsidiary to create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue, any shares of any class or series of capital stock, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

3.3.8 increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors;

3.3.9 enter into any transaction with any director or officer of the Corporation, unless approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of disinterested directors);

3.3.10 sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber any material technology or intellectual property of the Corporation, other than non-exclusive licenses granted to service providers under a fee-for-service contract contemplated by a budget approved by the Board of Directors;

3.3.11 enter into any joint venture or other similar strategic arrangement involving the potential payment, contribution, or assignment by, or to, the Corporation of assets (including cash) greater than $500,000;

3.3.12 (i) create or adopt any equity (or equity-linked) compensation plan; or (ii) amend any such plan to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder, unless approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

3.3.13 hire, terminate, or change the compensation of, or approve any stock or option awards to or any subsequent change thereto, the Chief Executive Officer, or executive-level individual reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer, unless approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors; or

 

8


3.3.14 do any of the foregoing with respect to any subsidiary of the Corporation.

4. Optional Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1 Right to Convert.

4.1.1 4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such whole number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Conversion Price” for a series of Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock. Such initial Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Notwithstanding the foregoing and notwithstanding Section 4.3.1, the optional right to convert shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 4.1.1 shall be suspended, and no optional conversion may be effective, from and after the Original Issue Date (as defined below) until immediately after the earlier of (x) consummation of the Second Closing (as defined in that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the Original Issue Date by and among the Corporation and the other parties named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Series B SPA”)) and the associated Special Mandatory Conversion, or, if any (y) termination of the Second Closing; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on the right to optionally convert shares into Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.1.1 shall not affect the calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock deemed issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock for purposes of (A) voting rights under this Certificate of Incorporation, or (B) determining amounts payable in respect of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in connection with a dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation or pursuant to a Deemed Liquidation Event.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2 Fractional Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable to a holder of Preferred Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall be the nearest whole share, after aggregating all fractional interests in shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of all shares of that same series of Preferred Stock being converted by such holder (with any fractional interests after such aggregation representing 0.5 or greater of a whole share being entitled to a whole share). For the avoidance of doubt, no fractional interests in shares of Common Stock shall be created or issuable as a result of the conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.1.1.

 

9


4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, and (ii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted applicable Conversion Price.

 

10


4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on such series of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidence of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

11


  (i)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock;

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

 

  (iii)

shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors prior to the Original Issue Date, or, if approved after the Original Issue Date, approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (iv)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors, or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (v)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third-party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (vi)

shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Qualified IPO (as defined below);

 

  (vii)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition by the Corporation, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (viii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

12


  (ix)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

 

  (x)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series Seed Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series Seed Preferred Stock, calculated together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series B Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

13


(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price provided for in this

 

14


Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP2” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) “CP1” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued or deemed issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

15


4.4.5 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

  (iii)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

16


  (ii)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, then, upon the final such issuance, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

17


Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the affected series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which

 

18


such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of such series of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

4.10 Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion.

5.1 Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (such offering, a “Qualified IPO”) or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1. and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

19


5.2 Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

5A. Special Mandatory Conversion. Any capitalized but undefined term used in this Section 5A shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Series B SPA.

5A.1. Trigger Event. In the event that any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock is deemed a Defaulting Purchaser pursuant to the Series B SPA, then each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder and any Affiliate (as defined below) thereof shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such holder, be converted into shares of Common Stock at the rate of one-tenth (1/10th) of a share of Common Stock for each one share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the Second Closing. Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.”

 

20


5A.2. Procedural Requirements. Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5A.1 shall be sent written notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5A. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5A.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5A.2. As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock so converted pursuant to Section 5A.1, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

5A.3. Restriction on Transfer. So as not to abrogate the intent of this Section 5A, (i) no Purchaser may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any shares of Series B Preferred Stock or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise at any time prior to the consummation of the Second Closing, or other extinguishment of any outstanding obligations to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock under the Series B SPA, without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested Preferred Directors); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Purchaser shall be permitted to transfer shares of Series B Preferred Stock to Affiliates.

5A.4. Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5A, “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any holder of shares of Preferred Stock, any person, entity or firm which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such holder, including, without limitation, any entity of which the holder is a partner or member, any partner, officer, director, member or employee of such holder and any venture capital fund or other investment company now or hereafter existing of which the holder is a partner or member which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners, managing members or investment advisors of such holder or shares the same management company or investment advisor with such holder.

6. Redemption. The Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of any holder or holders.

 

21


7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption or acquisition.

8. Waiver. Except as otherwise set forth herein, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Holders; provided that, at any time more than one (1) series of Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of any series of Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of such series of Preferred Stock only by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

9. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each director shall be entitled to one vote on each matter presented to the Board of Directors.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places or in such manner or manners as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

22


Any amendment, repeal or elimination of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director or officer of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or elimination.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal, modification or elimination of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or elimination; or (b) increase the liability of any director, officer or agent of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal, modification or elimination.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation while such Covered Person is performing services in such capacity. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, in addition to any other vote required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, will be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article Eleventh.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or the

 

23


Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine or that otherwise relates to the internal affairs of the Corporation, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

THIRTEENTH: For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Certificate of Incorporation from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (in addition to any other consent required under this Certificate of Incorporation), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

*   *   *

3. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on January 28, 2025.

 

By:  

/s/ Nima Farzan

Name: Nima Farzan
Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify that:

ONE: The name of this corporation is Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. The date of filing of the original certificate of incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was November 20, 2018, under the name Desmond, Inc.

TWO: This certificate of incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

THREE: Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation of this corporation, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

SECTION 1.

The name of this corporation is Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECTION 2.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 S Dupont Hwy, City of Dover, County of Kent, Zip Code 19901, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

SECTION 3.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

SECTION 4.

Section 4.1 The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,009,999,999 shares, consisting of 999,999,999 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1


Section 4.2 The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares of such series and to determine for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be set forth in a certificate of designation adopted by the Board and filed in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 4.3 Irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, but subject to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall vote together, and not as separate classes, on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.

Section 4.4 Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this certificate of incorporation (as amended from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other affected series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

SECTION 5.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and stockholders, or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

Section 5.1  MANAGEMENT OF THE BUSINESS.

Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that shall constitute the Board shall be fixed exclusively by the Board.

Section 5.2  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Filing Date”), the initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Filing Date, the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Filing Date, the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 5.3  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock to remove directors elected by such series of Preferred Stock, any individual director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 5.4  VACANCIES.

Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors or fill vacancies in respect of such directors, any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected to fill a newly created directorship or vacancy in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders held to elect the class of directors to which such director is elected and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 5.5  PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS ELECTION RIGHTS.

Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Section 5.6  BYLAW AMENDMENTS.

The Board is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the bylaws of the Corporation (as amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the

 

3


stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

Section 5.7  STOCKHOLDER ACTIONS.

a.  The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

b.   Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by consent in lieu of a meeting, unless taking such action by consent in lieu of a meeting is approved by all directors of the Corporation then in office.

c.  Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the request of a majority of the directors then in office, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

SECTION 6.

No director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal. Solely for purposes of this Section 6, “officer” shall have the meaning provided in Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

SECTION 7.

Section 7.1  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and any appellate court therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (A) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of the Corporation; (B) any claim or cause of action that is based upon a violation of a duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation, to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (C) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; (D) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (E) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (F) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to the Corporation’s internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent

 

4


permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that if such court does not have, or declines to accept, jurisdiction over such a claim or cause of action, then the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for such claim or cause of action.

Section 7.2  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant named in such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by the Corporation, its officers and directors, the underwriters for any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering.

Section 7.3  This Section 7 has been adopted under the provisions of Section 115 of the DGCL that were effective on August 2, 2025. If Section 115 of the DGCL is amended, restated or repealed after such date, the Bylaws may be amended to adopt any bylaw authorized by the DGCL as so amended, restated or repealed. The provisions of this Section 7 shall become inoperative from and after the date any such bylaw is adopted.

SECTION 8.

Section 8.1  Any person or entity holding, owning, or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 8.2  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal, at any time and from time to time, any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon the stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to this reservation. For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, Section 242(d) of the DGCL shall apply to amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 8.3  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of applicable law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, Sections 5, 6, 7 and this Section 8.

SECTION 9.

Section 9.1  If any provision or provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of the Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

5


The Corporation has caused this certificate of incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on      , 2026.

 

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.
By:  

 

   Nima Farzan
   Chief Executive Officer

 

6

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE BYLAWS

OF

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.,

A Delaware corporation

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE BYLAWS of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Bylaws”) is made as of October 17, 2020.

1. Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 of Article VI of the Bylaws are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by any two officers of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form. The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates. If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing


requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the registered owner thereof shall be given a notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a), 218(a) or 364 of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Transfers. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

2. Except as specifically amended herein, the Bylaws of the corporation shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

The undersigned certifies:

1. That the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”); and

2. That the foregoing Amendment No. 2 to the Bylaws constitutes the entire amendment to the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors by unanimous written consent on October 17, 2020.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed by name as of October 27, 2020.

 

/s/ Vicki Holloway

Vicki Holloway
Secretary


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

BYLAWS

OF

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE BYLAWS of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Bylaws”), is made as of August 21, 2020.

1. The Bylaws are hereby amended by the addition thereto of a new Article XI, which reads in its entirety as follows:

“ARTICLE XI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

11.1 Restrictions on Transfer. No stockholder of the corporation may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or in any manner dispose of any share of Common Stock of the corporation, or any rights or interests therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, other than by means of a Permitted Transfer (as defined below). Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.2 below, if any provision(s) of any agreement(s) currently in effect by and between the corporation and any stockholder conflicts with this Article XI, this Article XI shall govern, and the remaining provision(s) of such agreement(s) that do not conflict with this Article XI shall continue in full force and effect.

11.2 Permitted Transfers . For purposes of this Article XI, a “Permitted Transfer” shall mean any of the following:

(a) any transfer by a stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation;

(b) any transfer by a stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to one or more of such stockholder’s “family members” (as defined below);

(c) any transfer for bona fide estate planning purposes, either during the applicable stockholder’s lifetime or on his or her death by will or intestacy to (i) his or her spouse, including any life partner or similar statutorily recognized domestic partner, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant of such stockholder (or his or her spouse, including any life partner or similar statutorily recognized domestic partner) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “family members”), or any other relative/person approved by consent of the Board of Directors, (ii) any custodian or trustee of any trust for the benefit of such stockholder or any such family members, or (iii) any partnership or limited liability company, the ownership interests of which are owned wholly by such stockholder or any such family members;


(d) any transfer by a stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares effected pursuant to such stockholder’s will or the laws of intestate succession;

(e) if a stockholder is an entity, any transfer by such stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the partners, members, former partners, former members, stockholders, other equity holders, and/or affiliates of such stockholder;

(f) any transfer of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock of the corporation;

(g) any transfer by an affiliate of a non-employee member of the Board of Directors;

(h) any transfer of shares of Common Stock that were issued prior to the approval of the amendment to the Bylaws inserting this Article XI unless a holder of such shares has consented to be bound by, or voted or consented in favor of, the transfer restrictions contained herein;

(i) any transfer of shares of Common Stock that is subject to and made in accordance with any right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, by and among the corporation and the other parties thereto (the “Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement”), provided that, in the event of a conflict between this Article XI and the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, the provisions of the First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement shall control; and/or

(j) any transfer approved by the prior written consent of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Except with respect to the shares of Common Stock transferred under clause (a), such transferred shares shall remain subject to the transfer restrictions of this Article XI.

11.3 Void Transfers . Any transfer of shares shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this Article XI are strictly observed and followed.

11.4 Termination of Restriction of Transfer. The foregoing restriction on transfer shall lapse immediately prior to the corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

11.5 Legends. The certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall bear on their face a legend substantially similar to the following so long as the foregoing transfer restriction remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

2


2. Except as specifically amended herein, the Bylaws of the corporation shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

The undersigned certifies:

1. That the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”); and

2. That the foregoing Amendment No. 1 to the Bylaws constitutes the entire amendment to the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors by unanimous written consent on August 21, 2020.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as of August 21, 2020.

 

/s/ Vicki Holloway

Vicki Holloway
Secretary


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

1.1

  Registered Office      1  

1.2

  Offices      1  

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

2.1

  Location      1  

2.2

  Timing      1  

2.3

  Notice of Meeting      1  

2.4

  Stockholders’ Records      1  

2.5

  Special Meetings      2  

2.6

  Notice of Meeting      2  

2.7

  Business Transacted at Special Meeting      2  

2.8

  Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means      2  

2.9

  Voting Thresholds      3  

2.10

  Number of Votes Per Share      3  

2.11

  Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action      3  

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     4  

3.1

  Authorized Directors      4  

3.2

  Vacancies      4  

3.3

  Board Authority      4  

3.4

  Location of Meetings      5  

3.5

  First Meeting      5  

3.6

  Regular Meetings      5  

3.7

  Special Meetings      5  

3.8

  Quorum      5  

3.9

  Action Without a Meeting      6  

3.10

  Telephonic Meetings      6  

3.11

  Committees      6  

3.12

  Minutes of Meetings      6  

3.13

  Compensation of Directors      6  

3.14

  Removal of Directors      7  

 

i


ARTICLE IV NOTICES

     7  

4.1

  Notice      7  

4.2

  Waiver of Notice      7  

4.3

  Electronic Notice      7  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     8  

5.1

  Required and Permitted Officers      8  

5.2

  Appointment of Required Officers      8  

5.3

  Appointment of Permitted Officers      8  

5.4

  Officer Compensation      8  

5.5

  Term of Office; Vacancies      8  

5.6

  Chairman Presides      8  

5.7

  Absence of Chairman      8  

5.8

  Powers of Chief Executive Officer      9  

5.9

  Chief Executive Officer’s Signature Authority      9  

5.10

  Absence of Chief Executive Officer      9  

5.11

  Powers of President      9  

5.12

  Absence of President      9  

5.13

  Duties of Secretary      9  

5.14

  Duties of Assistant Secretary      10  

5.15

  Duties of Treasurer      10  

5.16

  Disbursements and Financial Reports      10  

5.17

  Treasurer’s Bond      10  

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

     10  

6.1

  Stock Certificates      10  

6.2

  Facsimile Signatures      11  

6.3

  Lost Certificates      11  

6.4

  Transfer of Stock      11  

6.5

  Fixing a Record Date      11  

6.6

  Registered Stockholders      12  

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12  

7.1

  Dividends      12  

7.2

  Reserve for Dividends      12  

7.3

  Checks      12  

7.4

  Fiscal Year      12  

7.5

  Corporate Seal      12  

 

ii


7.6

  Indemnification      12  

7.7

  Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation      13  

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

     14  

ARTICLE IX LOANS TO OFFICERS

     14  

ARTICLE X RECORDS AND REPORTS

     14  

 

iii


BYLAWS OF

DESMOND, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

1.2 Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Location. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in Los Angeles, CA, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

2.2 Timing. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year following the adoption of these bylaws, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Stockholders’ Records. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting,


or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least fifty percent (50%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

2.6 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

2.7 Business Transacted at Special Meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.8 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means.

(a) Quorum; Meeting Adjournment. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) Presence by Remote Means. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

2


(1) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

2.9 Voting Thresholds. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.10 Number of Votes Per Share. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action.

(a) Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

(b) Electronic Consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can

 

3


determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(c) Notice of Action. Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Authorized Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.2 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3.3 Board Authority. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

4


3.4 Location of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.5 First Meeting. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer upon notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

3.8 Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office, and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders pursuant to Section 3.1 of Article III hereof shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

5


3.9 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.10 Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.11 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

3.12 Minutes of Meetings. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

3.13 Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

6


3.14 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1 Notice. Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

4.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

4.3 Electronic Notice.

(a) Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(b) Effective Date of Notice. Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7


(c) Form of Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Required and Permitted Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer and/or a president, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

5.2 Appointment of Required Officers. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief Executive Officer and/or a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice presidents.

5.3 Appointment of Permitted Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Officer Compensation. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Term of Office; Vacancies. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.6 Chairman Presides. Unless the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the Chairman of the Board, so long as the Chief Executive Officer is a director of the corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

5.7 Absence of Chairman. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

8


THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

5.8 Powers of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

5.9 Chief Executive Officer’s Signature Authority. The Chief Executive Officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may sign certificates for shares of stock of the corporation.

5.10 Absence of Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the president shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE PRESIDENTS

5.11 Powers of President. Unless the Board of Directors appoints a president of the corporation, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the president of the corporation. The president of the corporation shall have such powers as required by law and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

5.12 Absence of President. In the absence of the president or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the vice president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

5.13 Duties of Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

 

9


5.14 Duties of Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

5.15 Duties of Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

5.16 Disbursements and Financial Reports. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

5.17 Treasurer’s Bond. If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the corporation.

5.18 Duties of Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

10


If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.2 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

6.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.5 Fixing a Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

11


6.6 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

7.2 Reserve for Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.3 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

7.6 Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

 

12


Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his or her duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

7.7 Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

 

13


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

LOANS TO OFFICERS

9.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE X

RECORDS AND REPORTS

10.1 The application and requirements of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted thereunder.

 

14


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

DESMOND, INC.

The undersigned, Scott Ryles, hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected and acting Secretary of DESMOND, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the bylaws attached hereto constitute the bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Organizational Meeting by the Directors on November 20, 2018.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this November 20, 2018.

 

/s/ Scott Ryles

Scott Ryles, Secretary

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

SECTION 1.

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may at any time establish other offices both within and without the State of Delaware.

SECTION 2.

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 2.1 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may adopt a corporate seal. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

SECTION 3.

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 3.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board (or its designee). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) and Section 3.9 below.

Section 3.2 Annual Meetings.

(a)  The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and time as may be determined from time to time by the Board (or its designee). Any annual meeting of stockholders may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board, or any director or officer of the Corporation to whom the Board delegates such authority, at any time before or after notice of such meeting has been given to stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and proposals of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders:

(i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (or any supplement thereto);


(ii) by or at the direction of the Board (or a duly authorized committee thereof); or

(iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 3.2(b) of these bylaws (as may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) and who is a stockholder of record at the time of the annual meeting of stockholders, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the procedures and requirements set forth in this Section 3.2.

For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, and only such nominations shall be made and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures below.

 

  (1)

For nominations for the election to the Board to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(b)(3) and must update and supplement the information contained in such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(c). In addition to all of the information required by Section 3.2(b)(4), such stockholder’s notice shall include as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting:

(A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee,

(B) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of each class or series of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee and list of any pledge of or encumbrances on such shares,

(D) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition,

(E) the questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 3.2(e), completed and signed by such nominee, and

(F) all other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved and whether or not proxies are being or will be solicited), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed or provided to the Corporation pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) (including such person’s written consent to being named in a proxy statement, associated proxy card and other filings as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected).

The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or to serve on any committee or sub-committee of the Board, in either case under any applicable stock exchange listing requirements, applicable law or the Policies (as defined below). The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at an annual


meeting on its own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at an annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting. A stockholder may not designate any substitute or alternate nominees unless the stockholder provides timely notice of such substitute or alternate nominee(s) in accordance with this Section 3.2, in the case of an annual meeting, or Section 3.3, in the case of a special meeting (and such notice contains all of the information, representations, questionnaires and certifications with respect to such substitute or alternate nominee(s) that are required by the Bylaws with respect to nominees for director).

 

  (2)

For business other than nominations for the election to the Board to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(b)(3), and must update and supplement the information contained in such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(c). In addition to all of the information required by Section 3.2(b)(4), such stockholder’s notice shall include as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting,

(B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment),

(C) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and

(D) any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the Corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent.

 

  (3)

To be timely, the written notice required by Section 3.2(b)(1) or 3.2(b)(2) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting (for purposes of notice required for action to be taken at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its initial public offering of common stock, the date of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to have occurred on June 15th in such immediately preceding calendar year); provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.2(b)(3), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 70 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held (or deemed to have been held), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the later of the close of business on (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation.

In no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or the public announcement thereof) of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or for which a public announcement of the date of the meeting has been made by the Corporation, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.


  (4)

The written notice required by Sections 3.2(b)(1) or 3.2(b)(2) shall also include, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made and any affiliate who controls (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) either of the foregoing stockholder or beneficial owner, directly or indirectly (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”):

(A) the name and address of each Proponent, including, if applicable, such name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records;

(B) the class, series and number of shares of each class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) by each Proponent (provided, that for purposes of this Section 3.2(b)(4), such Proponent shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own all shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership whether immediately or at any time in the future);

(C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal (and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, other than a revocable proxy given in response to a proxy solicitation made to 10 or more persons) between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and/or any other persons (including their names) including without limitation, any agreements, arrangements or understandings required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of 1934 Act Schedule 13D, regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable;

(D) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation at the time of giving notice, will be entitled to vote at the meeting, and that such stockholder (or a qualified representative thereof) intends to appear at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(1)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(2));

(E) a representation whether any Proponent or any other participant (as defined in Item 4 of Schedule 14A under the 1934 Act) will engage in a solicitation with respect to such nomination or proposal and, if so, the name of each participant in such solicitation and the amount of the cost of solicitation that has been and will be borne, directly or indirectly, by each participant in such solicitation, and a representation as to whether the Proponents intend or are part of a group which intends to:

(x) deliver, or make available, a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee,

(y) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination and/or

(z) solicit proxies in support of any proposed nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the 1934 Act;

(F) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic or voting terms of, such Derivative Transactions;


(G) a certification regarding whether each Proponent has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with such Proponent’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or such Proponent’s acts or omissions as a stockholder or beneficial owner of the Corporation; and

(H) any other information relating to each Proponent required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) A stockholder providing the written notice required by Section 3.2(b)(1) or (2) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information (other than the representations required by Section 3.2(b)(4)(E)) provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (ii) the date that is five Business Days (as defined below) prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting; provided, that no such update or supplement shall cure or affect the accuracy (or inaccuracy) of any representations made by any Proponent, any of its affiliates or associates, or a nominee or the validity (or invalidity) of any nomination or proposal that failed to comply with this Section 3.2 or is rendered invalid as a result of any inaccuracy therein.

In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 3.2(c), such update and supplement must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five Business Days after the later of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting or the public announcement of such record date. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.2(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than two Business Days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting (or if there are fewer than two Business Days between the date for the meeting, or the date of the immediately preceding adjournment or postponement thereof, and the date for the adjourned or postponed meeting, not later than the day prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting).

(d)  Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.2(b)(3) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 3.2(b)(3), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.2 and that complies with the requirements in Section 3.2(b)(1), other than the timing requirements in Section 3.2(b)(3), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(e) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation pursuant to a nomination under clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a) or clause (ii) of Section 3.3(c), each Proponent must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Sections 3.2(b)(3), 3.2(d) or 3.3(c), as applicable) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a


completed written questionnaire with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee (in the form provided by the Secretary within 10 days following a written request therefor by a stockholder of record) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary within 10 days following written request therefor by a stockholder of record) that such person:

(i) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question that (x) has not been disclosed in the questionnaire or (y) could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law;

(ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation or a nominee that has not been disclosed in such questionnaire;

(iii) would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation (and a statement as to whether such person, if elected, intends to comply with), all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation that are publicly disclosed or which were provided by the Secretary with the written representation and agreement required by this Section 3.2(e) (together, the “Policies”); and

(iv) if elected as a director of the Corporation, intends to serve the entire term until the next meeting at which such candidate would face re-election.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Bylaws, unless otherwise required by applicable law, in the event that any Proponent (i) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act with respect to one or more proposed nominees and (ii) subsequently fails to

(x) comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the 1934 Act (or fails to timely provide reasonable evidence sufficient to satisfy the Corporation that such Proponent has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the 1934 Act in accordance with the next sentence) or

(y) inform the Corporation that they no longer plan to solicit proxies in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 under the 1934 Act by delivering a written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation within two (2) Business Days after the occurrence of such change,

then the nomination of each such proposed nominee shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that the nominee is included (as applicable) as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials for any stockholder meeting (or any supplement thereto) and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of the election of such proposed nominees may have been received by the Corporation (which proxies and votes shall be disregarded).

If any Proponent provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act, such Proponent shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable meeting, reasonable evidence sufficient to demonstrate that it has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the 1934 Act.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and for the avoidance of doubt, the nomination of any person whose name is included (as applicable) as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials for any stockholder meeting (or any supplement thereto) as a result of any notice provided by any Proponent pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act with respect to such proposed nominee and whose nomination is not made by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof shall not be deemed (for purposes of clause (i) of Section 3.2(a) or otherwise) to have been made pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) and any such nominee may only be nominated by a Proponent pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a) and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, pursuant to and to the extent permitted under Section 3.3(c).

A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting unless the person is nominated in accordance with clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 3.2(a) and in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c), Section 3.2(d), Section 3.2(e) and Section 3.2(f), as applicable, . Only such business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 3.2(a) and in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c) and Section 3.2(f), as applicable. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Bylaws (including, without limitation, compliance with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the 1934 Act) and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with the Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations required in this Section 3.2, to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), or that such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that such proposal or nomination is set forth in (as applicable) the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination or such business may have been solicited or received.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2, unless otherwise required by applicable law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election) and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that such nomination or proposed business is set forth in (as applicable) the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such vote may have been solicited or received by the Corporation.

(g) For purposes of Sections 3.2 and 3.3,

 

  (1)

“affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act;

 

  (2)

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are closed in New York City, New York;

 

  (3)

“close of business” means 6:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a Business Day;


  (4)

“Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(A) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation;

(B) that otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the Corporation;

(C) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in value or price with respect to any securities of the Corporation; or

(D) that provides the right to vote (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a proxy solicitation made to 10 or more persons) or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, with respect to any securities of the Corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation or similar right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the Corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member; and

 

  (5)

“public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, GlobeNewswire or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act or by such other means reasonably designed to inform the public or security holders in general of such information, including, without limitation, posting on the Corporation’s investor relations website

 

  (6)

a “qualified representative” of a stockholder shall mean (A) a duly authorized officer, manager, trustee or partner of such stockholder or (B) a person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders, and such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, shall be provided to the Secretary of the Corporation at least five Business Days prior to the meeting of stockholders.

Section 3.3 Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board, or any director or officer to whom the Board has delegated such authority, at any time before or after notice of such meeting has been given to stockholders.

(b) The Board (or its designee) shall determine the date and time of such special meeting. Upon determination of the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4.


(c) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected

(i) by or at the direction of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or

(ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph and who is a stockholder of record at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with Sections 3.2(b)(1), 3.2(b)(4), 3.2(c), 3.2(e) and 3.2(f).

The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at a special meeting on its own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at a special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of submitting a proposal to stockholders for the election of one or more directors, any such stockholder of record entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Sections 3.2(b)(1) and 3.2(b)(4) shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such meeting or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which the Corporation first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting at which directors are to be elected. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 3.2(c).

In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement (or the public announcement thereof) of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or for which a public announcement of the date of the meeting has been made by the Corporation, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at the special meeting unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) of Section 3.3(c). Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with the Bylaws (including, without limitation, compliance with Rule 14a-19 under the 1934 Act), or if the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations required in Section 3.2, to declare that such nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that such nomination is set forth in (as applicable) the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination may have been solicited or received.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3, unless otherwise required by applicable law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that the nomination is set forth (as applicable) in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination may have been solicited or received by the Corporation.


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 3.2 and 3.3, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 3.2 and 3.3, and any failure to comply with such requirements shall be deemed a failure to comply with Sections 3.2 or 3.3, as applicable; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, any references in the Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Sections 3.2(a)(iii) and 3.3(c). Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to and to the extent provided in any applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 3.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, notice of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting. Such notice shall specify the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such record date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice shall be deemed given as provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

Section 3.5 Quorum and Vote Required. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by the Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Unless a different or minimum vote is provided by law or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on such matter, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except as required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

Unless a different or minimum vote is provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or any applicable stock exchange rules, in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (or plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the votes cast on such matter, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 3.6 Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or


by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes). When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication) notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and may vote at such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken or are:

(i) displayed, during the time scheduled for the meeting, on the same electronic network used to enable stockholders and proxy holders to participate in the meeting by means of remote communication; or

(ii) set forth in the notice of meeting given in accordance with Section 3.4.

At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 3.7 Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or adjournment thereof, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot. Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies from other stockholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for the exclusive use by the Board.

Section 3.8 List of Stockholders. The corporation shall prepare, no later than the tenth day before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect all of the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. Nothing in this Section 3.8 shall require the corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of ten days ending on the day before the meeting date:

(a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or

(b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.

In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.


Section 3.9 Remote Communication; Delivery to the Corporation.

(a) If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a stockholder meeting may, by means of remote communication:

 

  (1)

participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

  (2)

be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

(b) Whenever Section 3.2 or 3.3 requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of capital stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.

Section 3.10 Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, a person designated by the Board shall act as chairperson of the meeting of stockholders. If no chairperson of the meeting of stockholders is so designated, then the Chairperson of the Board, or if no Chairperson has been appointed, is absent or refuses to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or the Chief Executive Officer is absent or refuses to act, the President, or, if the President is absent or refuses to act, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes), shall act as chairperson of the meeting of stockholders. A person designated by the Board shall act as secretary of the meeting. If no secretary of the meeting is designated, then the Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to


questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters that are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

(c) The Corporation may and shall, if required by applicable law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspectors shall:

(1) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

(2) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

(3) count all votes and ballots;

(4) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

(5) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in accordance with Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, or any information provided pursuant to Sections 211(a)(2)b.(i) or (iii) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification pursuant to Section 231(b)(5) of the DGCL shall specify the precise information considered by them including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

SECTION 4.

DIRECTORS

Section 4.1 Number. The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.2 Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.


Section 4.3 Terms. The terms of directors shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.4 Vacancies; Newly Created Directorships. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the Board shall be filled as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 4.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering such director’s notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of delivery of the notice or at any later time specified therein. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 4.6 Removal. Directors shall be removed as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.7 Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board may be held at any time or date and at any place, if any, within or outside of the State of Delaware that has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board may be held at any time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as designated and called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the directors then in office.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place, if any, of all special meetings of the Board shall be given orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board need be specified in any such notice.

Section 4.8 Quorum and Voting.

(a)  Except as otherwise required by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, a quorum of the Board shall consist of a majority of the authorized number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another time, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.


(b) At each meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

Section 4.9 Action without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, such consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 4.10 Fees and Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the Board, or any duly authorized committee thereof, shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 4.11 Committees.

(a) Committees. The Board may, from time to time, appoint such committees as may be permitted by applicable law. Such committees appointed by the Board shall consist of one or more members of the Board and to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided in the resolution of the Board shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation.

(b) Term. The Board, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of preferred stock and the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.11, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of such committee member’s death, such person’s resignation from the committee or on such date that the committee member, for any reason, is no longer a member of the Board. The Board may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(c) Meetings. Unless the Board shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of any committee appointed pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be held at such times and places, if any, as are determined by the Board, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at such place, if any, that has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may


be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place, if any, of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of the time and place, if any, of special meetings of the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee then serving shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present.

Section 4.12  Duties of Chairperson of the Board. The Board shall elect from its ranks a Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board shall perform such other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board shall designate from time to time. The Chairperson of the Board, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the Board in accordance with Section 4.13 of the Bylaws.

Section 4.13 Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board shall act as chairperson of the meeting. If a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in the Secretary’s absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

SECTION 5.

OFFICERS

Section 5.1 Officers Designated. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary and the Treasurer. The Board may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem appropriate or necessary. The Board may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

Section 5.2 Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, subject to such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board or by a committee thereof to which the Board has delegated such responsibility.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside, if a director, at all meetings of the Board, unless a Chairperson of the Board has been appointed and is present thereat. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the Corporation as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in the Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board shall designate from time to time.


(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside, if a director, at all meetings of the Board, unless a Chairperson of the Board or Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present and willing to act. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the Corporation as are customarily associated with the position of chief executive officer. The President shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board (or the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer and President are not the same person and the Board has delegated the designation of the President’s duties to the Chief Executive Officer) shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board and shall record, or cause to be recorded, all acts, votes and proceedings thereof in the minute books of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice in conformity with the Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in the Bylaws and other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Treasurer or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, and each Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 5.3 Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 5.4 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.


Section 5.5 Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the Board, or by any duly authorized committee thereof or any officer upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board.

SECTION 6.

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 6.1 Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute, sign or endorse on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by applicable law or the Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

(a) All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board shall from time to time authorize so to do.

(b) Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board or otherwise required by applicable law, the execution, signing or endorsement of any corporate instrument or document by or on behalf of the Corporation may be effected manually, by facsimile or (to the extent not prohibited by applicable law and subject to such policies and procedures as the Corporation may have in effect from time to time) by electronic signature.

(c) Unless authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 6.2 Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of or interests in other corporations or entities owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies and consents with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President.

SECTION 7.

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 7.1 Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board. Certificates for the shares of stock of the Corporation, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation (including, without limitation, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary), certifying the number, and the class or series, of shares owned by such holder in the


Corporation in certificated form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 7.2 Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond (or other adequate security) sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate(s) or uncertificated shares.

Section 7.3 Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 7.4 Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determining the stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4(a).

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action,


the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to such action.

Section 7.5 Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 7.6 Additional Powers of the Board. In addition to, and without limiting, the powers set forth in the Bylaws, the Board shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it shall deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation, including the use of uncertificated shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, other applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws. The Board may appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.

SECTION 8.

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 8.1 Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 7.1), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.

SECTION 9.

DIVIDENDS

Section 9.1 Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.


Section 9.2 Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board from time to time, in its absolute discretion, determines proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board shall determine to be conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

SECTION 10.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 10.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

SECTION 11.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 11.1 Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or executive officer (for the purposes of this Section 11.1, “executive officer” has the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of the Corporation, or while serving as a director or executive officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or executive officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or executive officer, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be required to indemnify or advance expenses to any director or executive officer in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or (ii) the Proceeding (or part thereof) is initiated to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses as provided under subsection (d) of this Section 11.1 or is a compulsory counterclaim brought by such person.

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The Corporation shall have power to indemnify and advance expenses to its other officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

(c) Expenses. The Corporation shall advance to any current or former director or executive officer of the Corporation, or to any person, who while serving as a director or executive officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by such person in defending (or participating as a witness in) any Proceeding referred to in Section 11.1(a), or in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under


subsection (d) of this Section 11.1, provided, however, that any advancement of expenses incurred by a current or former director or executive officer will be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement for such expenses under this Section 11.1 or otherwise.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to current and former directors and executive officers under this Section 11.1 will be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and such director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted by this Section 11.1 to a current or former director or executive officer will be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if

(i) the claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses is denied, in whole or in part,

(ii) no disposition of a claim for indemnification is made within 60 days of request therefor, or

(iii) no disposition of a claim for an advance is made within 30 days of request therefor.

The indemnitee in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, will be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending the claim to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In (i) any suit brought to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a current or former director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 11.1 or otherwise is on the Corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 11.1 are not exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable law, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL.


(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 11.1 will continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and will inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Corporation may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 11.1.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 11.1 is only prospective and does not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any Proceeding against any current or former director or executive officer of the Corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 11 or any portion hereof is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation will nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 11 that has not been invalidated, or by any applicable law. If this Section 11 is invalid due to the application of the indemnification and advancement provisions of another jurisdiction, then the Corporation will indemnify and advance expenses to each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 11, the following definitions apply:

 

  (1)

The term “Proceeding” is to be broadly construed and includes, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

  (2)

The term “expenses” is to be broadly construed and includes, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

  (3)

The term the “Corporation” includes, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, stands in the same position under the provisions of this Section 11 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

  (4)

References to “fines” include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan.


SECTION 12.

NOTICES

Section 12.1 Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 3.4. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by applicable law, notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or courier service, facsimile or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a) or as otherwise provided in the Bylaws, with notice other than one that is delivered personally to be sent to such address or electronic mail address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address or electronic mail address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of notice, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the Corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under applicable law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.

(g) Waiver. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall


be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

SECTION 13.

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1 Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.1(h) or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation)), such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of January 28, 2025, by and among Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of October 4, 2023, by and among the Company and such Existing Investors (the “Prior Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Existing Investors are holders of a sufficient number of the securities of the Company as are required to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and such Investors (the “Purchase Agreement”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the undersigned parties;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Existing Investors and the Company hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated, and the parties to this Agreement further agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Person, or any venture capital fund or other investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment adviser of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person.

1.2 “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

1.3 “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

1


1.4 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.5 “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the development of non-opioid pain medicines, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20)% of the outstanding equity of any Competitor and does not, nor do any of its Affiliates, have a right to designate any members of the board of directors of any Competitor; provided, however, that in no event will (i) Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities IV LP and Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities EF IV LP (collectively, “Blue Owl”) or their respective Affiliates; (ii) Westlake BioPartners Fund I, L.P. (“Westlake”) or its Affiliates; (iii) 5AM Ventures VI, L.P. and 5AM Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (collectively “5AM Ventures”); and (iv) Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P. (“Foresite”) or its Affiliates, be deemed Competitors.

1.6 “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.7 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.8 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.9 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.10 “FOIA Party” means a Person that, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, may be subject to, and thereby required to disclose non-public information furnished by or relating to the Company under, the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access law, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or regulatory requirement.

 

2


1.11 “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.12 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.13 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

1.14 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.15 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, life partner or similar statutorily-recognized domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.16 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.17 “Investors” means the persons named on Schedule A hereto, each person to whom the rights of an Investor are assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1, and each person who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 6.9.

1.18 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.19 “Major Investor” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 9,536,403 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

1.20 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.21 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.22 “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series Seed Preferred Stock.

 

3


1.23 “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Special Mandatory Conversion (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases (other than the restrictions on transfer and legend requirements in Subsection 2.12), however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.24 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.25 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.26 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.27 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.28 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.29 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.30 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel (as defined below) borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.31 “Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.32 “Series A-2 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.33 “Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.34 “Series Seed Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

4


2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $50,000,000, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $50,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

5


(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a)(i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d); provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Subsection 2.1(c), then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration or a registration pursuant to Section 2.1), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

2.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Board of Directors and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable

 

6


Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

7


(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a) or otherwise, fewer than one hundred percent (100%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to one hundred eighty (180) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

8


(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of, not to exceed $125,000, one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the

 

9


Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 (other than fees and disbursements of counsel to any Holder (not including the Selling Holder Counsel), which shall be borne by the Holder engaging such counsel) shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration except to the extent such information has been corrected in a subsequent writing at least one business day prior to the sale of the securities to the Person asserting the claim.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such

 

10


registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing at least one business day prior to the sale of Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party

 

11


in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall control as to any matter provided for or addressed thereby that is not provided for or addressed by the underwriting agreement.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement or any provision(s) of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

12


(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would (i) provide to such holder or prospective holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include; or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to Registrable Securities acquired by any additional Investor that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

2.11 “Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company for its own behalf of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in applicable FINRA rules, or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap, hedging, or other transaction or arrangement that transfers, or is designed to transfer, to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership, directly or indirectly, of such securities, whether or not any such transaction or arrangement described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO and shall not apply to any securities acquired by the Holder in or subsequent to the IPO, or to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or to the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1, provided that such plan does not permit transfers during the restricted period, the sale of any shares pursuant a 10b5-1 plan, or the transfer of any shares to any Affiliate of the Holder or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or one or more of the Holder’s Immediate Family Members, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value,

 

13


and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors of the Company are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock). The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and all other applicable U.S. laws and regulations. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require any transferee of shares pursuant to an effective registration statement or, following the IPO, SEC Rule 144, in each case, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

14


The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction or following the IPO, the transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer provided that no such notice shall be required in connection therewith if the intended sale, pledge or transfer complies with SEC Rule 144. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a notice, legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation;

(b) such time after consummation of the IPO when the Holder (A) together with its “affiliates” (as determined under SEC Rule 144) holds less than 1% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company and (B) may immediately sell all of the Holder’s Registrable Securities under SEC Rule 144 without volume limitation, or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation, during a three-month period without registration; and

 

15


(c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information and Observer Rights.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, such financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP) and audited (unless otherwise agreed by the Board of Directors including a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation)) beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024, and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, a statement or report showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

(e) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request or as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company); or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

16


If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor in connection with monitoring or making decisions with respect to its investment in the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to (a) create any new information or materials or (b) provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights.

(a) As long as Westlake (together with its Affiliates) owns not less than 5,698,198 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Westlake to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such representative or its Affiliates is a Competitor of the Company.

(b) As long as 5AM Ventures (together with its Affiliates) owns not less than 5,062,925 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of 5AM Ventures to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so

 

17


provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such representative or its Affiliates is a Competitor of the Company.

(c) As long as Foresite owns not less than 9,902,441 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Foresite to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such representative or its Affiliates is a Competitor of the Company.

(d) As long as Blue Owl (together with its Affiliates) owns not less than 3,178,801 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Blue Owl to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such representative or its Affiliates is a Competitor of the Company.

3.4 Termination of Information and Observer Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1, Subsection 3.2, and Subsection 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, provided, that, with respect to clause (iii), the covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1 shall only terminate if the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities or if the Investors receive financial information rights from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company comparable to those set forth in Subsection 3.1, whichever event occurs first.

3.5 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in

 

18


general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, limited partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself and (ii) its Affiliates; provided that each such Affiliate (x) is not a Competitor or FOIA Party, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors), and (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Voting Agreement”) as an “Investor” under each such agreement each as may be amended and/or restated from time to time (provided that any Competitor or FOIA Party shall not be entitled to any rights as a Major Investor under Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof).

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During

 

19


the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c).

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1.

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; and (iii) the issuance of shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, in which the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities, or if the Investors receive participation rights from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company reasonably comparable to those set forth in Subsection 4.1, whichever event occurs first.

5. Additional Covenants.

5.1 Insurance. The Company shall obtain, within 90 days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officer’s liability insurance, in an amount not less than $5,000,000 and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors), until such time as the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

5.2 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each Person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors).

 

20


5.3 Employee Stock. All stock options issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall require approval of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision no less restrictive than Subsection 2.11. Without the prior approval by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any stock purchase, stock restriction or option agreement with any existing employee or service provider if such amendment would cause it to be inconsistent with this Subsection 5.3. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, the Company shall retain (and not waive) a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

5.4 Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of any such statement and any such factual information, but in no event shall the Company be liable to the Investors for any damages arising from any errors in the Company’s determination with respect to the applicability or interpretation of Section 1202(c) of the Code, unless such determination shall have been given by the Company in a manner either grossly negligent or fraudulent.

5.5 Board Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. The Company shall reimburse the directors and observers for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors, committee meetings or any other activities which are required or requested by the Company and that involve expenses. Each Preferred Director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of all committees of the Board of Directors, unless a committee is being formed for the purpose of independence and including such Preferred Director would obviate such purpose.

 

21


5.6 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.7 Expenses of Counsel. In the event of a transaction which is a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Voting Agreement), the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $125,000, of one counsel for the Major Investors (“Investor Counsel”), in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction which, if consummated would constitute a Sale of the Company, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients) and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related noncompete, employment, consulting and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions which, individually or when aggregated with others would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients) (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one (1) or more of the other parties to such transaction(s). In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense (or common interest) agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel and the Company’s counsel. In the event that one (1) or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense (or common interest) agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.

5.8 Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the Preferred Directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Preferred Director are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Preferred Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Preferred Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any

 

22


such Preferred Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Preferred Director), without regard to any rights such Preferred Director may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of any such Preferred Director with respect to any claim for which such Preferred Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Preferred Director against the Company. The Preferred Directors and the Investor Indemnitors are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 5.7 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Subsection 5.7 as though they were a party to this Agreement.

5.9 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each of Blue Owl (together with its Affiliates), Westlake (together with its Affiliates), Foresite (together with its Affiliates), 5AM Ventures (together with its Affiliates), and Alexandria Venture Investments, LLC is a professional investment organization, and as such reviews the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, some of which may compete directly or indirectly with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently propose to be conducted). Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from evaluating or purchasing securities, including publicly traded securities, of a particular enterprise, or investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company. The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, none of Blue Owl (and its Affiliates), Westlake (and its Affiliates), Foresite (and its Affiliates) or 5AM Ventures (and its Affiliates) shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by Blue Owl (or its Affiliates), Westlake (or its Affiliates), Foresite (or its Affiliates) or 5AM Ventures (or its Affiliates) in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer, employee or other representative of Blue Owl (or its Affiliates), Westlake (or its Affiliates), Foresite (or its Affiliates) or 5AM Ventures (or its Affiliates) to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

5.10 Cybersecurity. The Company shall, within 180 days following the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (a) identify its sensitive data and information, and restrict access (through physical and electronic controls) to those individuals who have a need to access it and (b) implement cybersecurity solution(s) (“Cybersecurity Solutions”) designed to protect its technology and systems (including servers, laptops, desktops, cloud, containers, virtual environments and data centers) and all data contained in such systems. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Cybersecurity Solutions (x) are up-to-date and include industry-standard protections (e.g., antivirus, endpoint detection and response and threat

 

23


hunting), (y) to the extent determined necessary by the Company or its Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors), are backed by a breach prevention warranty from the vendor certifying the effectiveness of such solutions, and (z) require the vendors to notify the Company of any security incidents posing a risk to the Company’s information (regardless of whether information was actually compromised). The Company shall evaluate on a regular basis whether the Cybersecurity Solutions should be updated to ensure continued effectiveness and industry-standard protections. The Company shall also educate its employees about the proper use and storage of sensitive information, including regular training as determined reasonably necessary by its Board of Directors.

5.11 FCPA. The Company covenants that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

5.12 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Subsections 5.6 and 5.7, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, whichever event occurs first.

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, together with its Affiliates, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s

 

24


Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall, as a condition to the applicable transfer, establish a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices.

(a) All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing (including electronic mail as permitted in this Agreement) and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or (as to the Company) to the address set forth on the signature page hereto, or in any case to such email address or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Cooley LLP, 10265 Science Center Drive, San Diego, CA 92121, Attention: Charles J. Bair, and if notice is given to any Investor, a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to any “cc” address noted on Schedule A for such Investor.

 

25


(b) Consent to Electronic Notice. Each party to this Agreement consents to the delivery of any stockholder notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic mail pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (or any successor thereto) at the electronic mail address set forth below such party’s name on the Schedules hereto, as updated from time to time by notice to the Company, or as on the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given by means of electronic mail is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted electronic notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Each party to this Agreement agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in such stockholder’s electronic mail address, and that failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction); (b) Subsections 3.1 and 3.2, Section 4 and any other section of this Agreement applicable to the Major Investors (including this clause (b) of this Subsection 6.6) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors, provided, that if the provisions of Section 4 are waived with respect to a particular offering of New Securities pursuant to this Subsection 6.6 but any Major Investor(s) subsequently purchases New Securities in such offering (a “Participating Major Investor(s)”), then each non-waiving Major Investor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase New Securities in such offering (on a pro rata basis proportionate to the level of participation of the Participating Major Investor purchasing the largest portion of such Participating Major Investor’s pro rata share under Section 4); (c) Subsection 3.3(d), Subsection 5.9, this clause (c) of Subsection 6.6 and any other provision of this Agreement specifically referencing Blue Owl may not be amended, modified, or terminated, and the observance of such term may not be waived in a manner that is adverse to Blue Owl, without the consent of Blue Owl; (d) Subsection 3.3(a), Subsection 5.9, this clause (d) of Subsection 6.6 and any other provision of this Agreement specifically referencing Westlake may not be amended, modified, or terminated, and the observance of such term may not be waived in a manner that is adverse to Westlake, without the consent of Westlake; (e) Subsection 3.3(c), Subsection 5.9, this clause (e) of Subsection 6.6 and any other provision of this Agreement specifically referencing Foresite may not be amended, modified, or terminated, and the observance of such term may not be waived in a manner that is adverse to Foresite, without the consent of Foresite; (f) Subsection 3.3(b), Subsection 5.9, this clause (f) of Subsection 6.6 and any other provision of this Agreement specifically referencing 5AM Ventures may not be amended, modified, or terminated, and the observance of such term may not be waived in a manner that is adverse to 5AM Ventures, without the consent of 5AM Ventures; and (g) Subsection 5.9, this

 

26


clause (g) of Subsection 6.6, and any other provision of this Agreement specifically referencing Alexandria Venture Investments, LLC may not be amended, modified, or terminated, and the observance of such term may not be waived in a manner that is adverse to Alexandria Venture Investments, LLC, without the consent of Alexandria Venture Investments, LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Schedule A hereto may be amended by the Company from time to time to add transferees of any Registrable Securities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties; and Schedule A hereto may also be amended by the Company after the date of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties to add information regarding any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment, modification or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, modification, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliates may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto), together with the Certificate of Incorporation and other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

27


6.11 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of California and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Central District of California for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of California or the United States District Court for the Central District of California, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

6.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Nima Farzan

Name: Nima Farzan
Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BLUE OWL HEALTHCARE OPPORTUNITIES IV LP
By: Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities GP IV LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kevin Raidy

Name: Kevin Raidy
Title: Authorized Signatory
BLUE OWL HEALTHCARE OPPORTUNITIES EF IV LP
By: Blue Owl Healthcare Opportunities GP IV LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kevin Raidy

Name: Kevin Raidy
Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
WESTLAKE BIOPARTNERS FUND I, L.P.
By: Westlake BioPartners GP I, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jennifer L. Kercher

Name: Jennifer L. Kercher
Title: General Counsel
WESTLAKE BIOPARTNERS OPPORTUNITY FUND I, L.P.
By: Westlake BioPartners Opportunity GP I, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jennifer L. Kercher

Name: Jennifer L. Kercher
Title: General Counsel
WESTLAKE BIOPARTNERS FUND II, L.P.
By: Westlake BioPartners GP II, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jennifer L. Kercher

Name: Jennifer L. Kercher
Title: General Counsel

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

5AM VENTURES VI, L.P.

By: 5AM Partners VI, LLC

Its: General Partner

By:  

/s/ Andrew J. Schwab

Name: Andrew J. Schwab
Title: Managing Member
[***]  

5AM OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.

By: 5AM Opportunities II (GP), LLC

Its: General Partner

By:  

/s/ Andrew J. Schwab

Name: Andrew J. Schwab
Title: Managing Member
[***]  

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CORNER VENTURES DAG FUND I, L.P.
By: Corner Ventures Management, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Marvin Tien

Marvin Tien, Managing Director
CORNER VENTURES DAG FUND I-A, L.P.
By: Corner Ventures Management, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Marvin Tien

Marvin Tien, Managing Director
CORNER VENTURES DAG FUND I-C, L.P.
By: Corner Ventures Management, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Marvin Tien

Marvin Tien, Managing Director
CORNER VENTURES DAG I-U, LLC
By: Corner Ventures Management, LLC
Its: Manager
By:  

/s/ Marvin Tien

Marvin Tien, Managing Director
CORNER VENTURES DAG PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC
By: Corner Ventures Management, LLC
Its: Manager
By:  

/s/ Marvin Tien

Marvin Tien, Managing Director

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


CORNER VENTURES LATIGO CO-INVESTMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas Goodrich

R. Thomas Goodrich
Managing Member

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND V, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Management V, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dennis D. Ryan

Name: Dennis D. Ryan
Title: Chief Financial Officer
FORESITE CAPITAL OPPORTUNITY FUND V, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Opportunity Management V, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dennis D. Ryan

Name: Dennis D. Ryan
Title: Chief Financial Officer
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND VI LP
By: Foresite Capital Management VI LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dennis D. Ryan

Name: Dennis D. Ryan
Title: Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ALEXANDRIA VENTURE INVESTMENTS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., a Maryland corporation, managing member
By:  

/s/ Aaron Jacobson

Name: Aaron Jacobson
Title: SVP – Venture Counsel

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
LIEBER INSTITUTE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Weinberger

Name: Daniel Weinberger, M.D.
Title: CEO & Director

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

[***]

Exhibit 4.3

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATES IN THE UNITED STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

([INITIAL][SUBSEQUENT] CLOSING)

 

Note Series:

 

2026A

Note Number:

 

 

Date of Note:

 

 

Principal Amount of Note:

 

$

For value received Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the undersigned holder or such party’s assigns (the “Holder”) the principal amount set forth above with simple interest on the outstanding principal amount at the rate of 5% per annum. Interest shall commence with the date hereof and shall continue on the outstanding principal amount until paid in full or converted. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days for the actual number of days elapsed. All unpaid interest and principal shall be due and payable upon request of the Majority Holders (as defined below) on or after June 17, 2027 (the “Maturity Date”).

1. Basic Terms.

(a) Series of Notes. This convertible promissory note (the “Note”) is issued as part of a series of notes designated by the Note Series above (collectively, the “Notes”), and having an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $55,000,000 and issued in a series of multiple closings to certain investors (such investors, collectively the “Holders”). The Company shall maintain a ledger of all Holders.

(b) [Closings.

(i) Initial Closing. On the date hereof (the “Initial Closing”), the Company shall issue to the Holders, and the Holders shall purchase, Notes totaling an aggregate principal amount of $35,000,000.

(ii) Subsequent Closing. After the date hereof, each Holder has committed to purchase an additional Note in a subsequent closing (the “Subsequent Closing”), in the principal amount set forth opposite such Holder’s name in the “Subsequent Commitment” column on EXHIBIT A (“Subsequent Commitment”) attached hereto, subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 1(b)(ii). The total aggregate principal amount of Notes sold in the Subsequent Closing shall not exceed $20,000,000.


At the Subsequent Closing, and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 1(b)(ii), the Company shall issue and sell to the Holder, and the Holder shall purchase from the Company, on the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Note, an additional Note in a principal amount equal to the Subsequent Commitment applicable to such Holder. The Subsequent Closing shall occur on a date and time specified by the vote or written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), which shall include a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time) and Independent Directors (defined below) then serving (collectively, the “Requisite Board Majority”); provided, that the Subsequent Closing shall occur no later than the earlier of (1) the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its common stock under the Act (“IPO”) or (2) March 31, 2027 (such earlier event, the “Triggering Event”); and, provided further, that the Subsequent Closing shall occur within ten (10) business days, but no earlier than five (5) business days, after delivery of a written notice from the Company (the “Subsequent Closing Notice”) to each of the Holders (x) confirming that the Requisite Board Majority has approved the occurrence of the Subsequent Closing to occur in advance of or in connection with the Triggering Event and (y) setting forth (A) the date of the Subsequent Closing and (B) such Holder’s Subsequent Commitment to be purchased at the Subsequent Closing. In the event that a Holder does not purchase its Subsequent Commitment in full at or prior to the Subsequent Closing, then such Holder shall be deemed a defaulting Holder (a “Defaulting Holder”). If a Holder becomes a Defaulting Holder by failing to purchase its respective Subsequent Commitment in full at or prior to the Subsequent Closing pursuant to this Section 1(b)(ii), then each non-Defaulting Holder that has purchased its respective Subsequent Commitment (each, a “Complying Holder”) in full at or prior to the Subsequent Closing shall have an option to purchase, and the Company shall sell to such Complying Holder, up to its pro rata percentage (based on the Subsequent Commitment of such Complying Holder at the Subsequent Closing compared to the total Subsequent Commitments of all Complying Holders at the Subsequent Closing (the “Final Pro Rata Commitment Amount”)) of the principal amount that the Defaulting Holder(s) failed to purchase at the Subsequent Closing, pursuant to the following procedure. The Company shall (a) ascertain the principal amount that was not purchased (the “Remaining Subsequent Closing Total”) and (b) send a notice no later than two (2) days following the Subsequent Closing (a “Final Funding Notice”) to each Complying Holder indicating (A) the Remaining Subsequent Closing Total, (B) the Final Pro Rata Commitment Amount that each Complying Holder has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase, and (C) the proposed date (a “Final Funding Date”) on which the Company proposes to issue and sell Notes reflecting the Remaining Subsequent Closing Total to the Complying Holders, which Final Funding Date shall be no fewer than five (5) days after the delivery of such Final Funding Notice. Prior to the applicable Final Funding Date, each Complying Holder shall indicate in writing to the Company the amount of the Remaining Subsequent Closing Total, if any, that such Complying Holder would like to purchase (each Complying Holder electing to purchase being referred to herein as a “Participating Holder”), which amount may exceed such Complying Holder’s Final Pro Rata Commitment Amount (such excess amount, the “Oversubscription Amount”). If one or more Complying Holders declines to exercise its option to purchase such additional Notes, or elects to purchase less than such Complying Holder’s Final Pro Rata Commitment Amount, then such rejected principal amount shall automatically be deemed to be accepted by the Participating Holders that specified an Oversubscription Amount in their respective notices delivered to the Company, allocated among such Participating Holders in proportion to their respective pro rata percentages; provided, that in no event shall an amount greater than a Participating Holder’s Oversubscription Amount be allocated to such Participating Holder. On the applicable Final Funding Date, the Company shall issue and each Participating Holder shall purchase, on the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Note, an additional Note for the principal amount allocated to such Participating Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Triggering Event is the IPO, the Final Funding Date shall be no later than the closing date of the IPO. Each Holder’s right to purchase and the Company’s obligation to sell a Note with respect to any portion of the Remaining Subsequent Closing Total that remains unsold shall automatically terminate upon the occurrence of the Triggering Event. For purposes of this Section 1(b)(ii), “Independent Directors” means the directors of the Board who are neither (x) designated by a specific stockholder of the

 

2


Company nor (y) an officer of the Company.][Reserved.]1

(c) Payments. All payments of interest and principal shall be in lawful money of the United States of America and shall be made pro rata among all Holders. All payments shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to principal.

(d) Prepayment. The Company may not prepay this Note without the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (the “Majority Holders”).

2. Conversion and Repayment.

(a) Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. In the event that the Company issues and sells shares of its preferred stock to investors (the “Investors”) while this Note remains outstanding in a preferred stock financing with total proceeds to the Company of not less than $50,000,000 (excluding the conversion of the Notes or other convertible securities issued for capital raising purposes (e.g., Simple Agreements for Future Equity)) (a “Qualified Financing”), then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and any unpaid accrued interest shall automatically convert in whole without any further action by the Holder into preferred stock sold in the Qualified Financing at a conversion price per share equal to the lowest cash price paid per share for preferred stock by the Investors in the Qualified Financing. The issuance of preferred stock pursuant to the conversion of this Note shall be upon and subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to preferred stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

(b) Conversion upon an IPO. In the event that the Company issues and sells shares of its common stock while this Note remains outstanding in the IPO, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and any unpaid accrued interest shall automatically convert in whole without any further action by the Holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price per share equal to the cash price paid per share for common stock by investors in the IPO.

(c) Change of Control. If the Company consummates a Change of Control (as defined below) while this Note remains outstanding, the Company shall repay the Holder in cash in an amount equal to (i) the outstanding principal amount of this Note plus any unpaid accrued interest on the original principal, plus (ii) a repayment premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of this Note. For purposes of this Note, a “Change of Control” means (i) a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; (iii) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s material intellectual property; or (iv) any other Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation); provided that a Change of Control shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor, indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof. The Company shall give the Holder notice of a Change of Control not less than 10 days prior to the anticipated date of consummation of the Change of Control. Any repayment pursuant to this paragraph in connection with a Change of Control shall be subject to any required tax withholdings, and may be made by the Company (or any party to such Change of Control or its agent) following the Change of Control in connection with payment procedures established in connection with such Change of Control.

 
1 

Note to Draft: Section 1(b) will only be included in the Notes issued at the Initial Closing. Notes issued at the Subsequent Closing will say “[Reserved.]” instead and will omit Exhibit A entirely.

 

3


(d) Procedure for Conversion. In connection with any conversion of this Note into capital stock, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company and deliver to the Company any documentation reasonably required by the Company (including, in the case of a Qualified Financing, all financing documents executed by the Investors in connection with such Qualified Financing). The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver the capital stock into which this Note may convert until the Holder has surrendered this Note to the Company and delivered to the Company any such documentation. Upon the conversion of this Note into capital stock pursuant to the terms hereof, in lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay the Holder cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the price at which this Note converts.

(e) Interest Accrual. If a Change of Control, Qualified Financing or IPO is consummated, all interest on this Note shall be deemed to have stopped accruing as of a date selected by the Company that is up to five (5) days prior to the consummation of such Change of Control or Qualified Financing or the closing of such IPO.

3. Representations and Warranties.

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as of the date hereof as follows:

(i) Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

(ii) Corporate Power. The Company has all requisite corporate power to issue this Note and to carry out and perform its obligations under this Note. The Board has approved the issuance of this Note based upon a reasonable belief that the issuance of this Note is appropriate for the Company after reasonable inquiry concerning the Company’s financing objectives and financial situation.

(iii) Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company, the Board and the Company’s stockholders necessary for the issuance and delivery of this Note has been taken. This Note constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, the relief of debtors and, with respect to rights to indemnity, subject to federal and state securities laws. Any securities issued upon conversion of this Note (the “Conversion Securities”), when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Note, will be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free of any liens or encumbrances and issued in compliance with all applicable federal and securities laws.

(iv) Governmental Consents. All consents, approvals, orders or authorizations of, or registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings with, any governmental authority required on the part of the Company in connection with issuance of this Note has been obtained.

 

4


(v) Compliance with Laws. To its knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, rule, regulation, order or restriction of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof in respect of the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties, which violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(vi) Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company is not in violation or default of any term of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or of any provision of any mortgage, indenture or contract to which it is a party and by which it is bound or of any judgment, decree, order or writ, other than such violation(s) that would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Note will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with, or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, decree, order or writ or an event that results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company has obtained all waivers reasonably necessary with respect to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights, including any notice or offering periods provided for as part of any such rights, in order for the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder without any third party obtaining any rights to cause the Company to offer or issue any securities of the Company as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

(vii) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Company Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii), as modified by Rules 506(d)(2) and (d)(3), under the Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Company Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The Company has complied, to the extent required, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Act. For purposes of this Note, “Company Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Act; provided, however, that Company Covered Persons do not include (A) any Holder, or (B) any person or entity that is deemed to be an affiliated issuer of the Company solely as a result of the relationship between the Company and any Holder.

(viii) Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Holder contained in subsection (b) below, the offer, issue and sale of this Note and the Conversion Securities (collectively, the “Securities”) are and will be exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act, and have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws.

(ix) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds of this Note solely for the operations of its business, and not for any personal, family or household purpose.

(x) Sanctions. Neither the Company, nor any of the Company’s officers or directors is a Sanctioned Party (as defined below). The Company agrees to promptly notify the Holder in the event the Company, or any of its officers or directors, becomes a Sanctioned Party. “Sanctioned Party” means any person with whom dealings are prohibited pursuant to applicable U.S. and non-U.S. laws, regulations, and executive orders relating to economic or trade sanctions, including: (A) any person listed on the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control’s Specially Designated Nationals (“SDN”) and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or other U.S. or non-U.S. government restricted parties lists of a similar nature; or (B) any entity that is directly or indirectly fifty percent (50%) or more owned, individually or in the aggregate, or controlled, by one or more persons

 

5


described in clause (A); or (C) any person organized, located, or ordinarily resident in any country or region that is (or the government of which is) the subject or target of a comprehensive embargo under any applicable U.S. and non-U.S. laws, regulations, and executive orders relating to economic or trade sanctions (currently, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the Crimea, Donetsk People’s Republic, and Luhansk People’s Republic regions of Ukraine).

(xi) Senior Indebtedness. The Company does not have any Senior Indebtedness. “Senior Indebtedness” shall mean, unless expressly subordinated to or made on a parity with the amounts due under this Note, all amounts due in connection with (i) indebtedness of the Company to banks or other lending institutions regularly engaged in the business of lending money (excluding venture capital, investment banking or similar institutions and their affiliates, which sometimes engage in lending activities but which are primarily engaged in investments in equity securities), and (ii) any such indebtedness or any debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness issued in exchange for such Senior Indebtedness, or any indebtedness arising from the satisfaction of such Senior Indebtedness by a guarantor.

(b) Representations and Warranties of the Holder. The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof as follows:

(i) Purchase for Own Account. The Holder is acquiring the Securities solely for the Holder’s own account and beneficial interest for investment and not for sale or with a view to distribution of the Securities or any part thereof, has no present intention of selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, and does not presently have reason to anticipate a change in such intention.

(ii) Information and Sophistication. Without lessening or obviating the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in subsection (a) above, the Holder hereby: (A) acknowledges that the Holder has received all the information the Holder has requested from the Company, (B) represents that the Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and (C) further represents that the Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of this investment.

(iii) Ability to Bear Economic Risk. The Holder acknowledges that investment in the Securities involves a high degree of risk, and represents that the Holder is able, without materially impairing the Holder’s financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of the Holder’s investment.

(iv) Further Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, the Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until:

(1) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(2) The Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration under the Act or any applicable state securities laws; provided that no such opinion shall be required for dispositions in compliance with Rule 144 under the Act, except in unusual circumstances.

 

6


(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by the Holder to an affiliate, a partner (or retired partner) or member (or retired member) of the Holder in accordance with partnership or limited liability company interests, or transfers by gift, will or intestate succession to any spouse or lineal descendants or ancestors, if all transferees agree in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if they were the Holders hereunder.

(v) Accredited Investor Status. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Act.

(vi) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Holder represents and warrants that neither (A) the Holder nor (B) to the Holder’s knowledge, any entity that controls the Holder or is under the control of, or under common control with, the Holder, is subject to any Disqualification Event, except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Act and disclosed in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. The Holder represents that the Holder has exercised reasonable care to determine the accuracy of the representation made by the Holder in this paragraph.

(vii) Foreign Investors. If the Holder is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), the Holder hereby represents that the Holder has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of the Holder’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities or any use of this Note, including (A) the legal requirements within the Holder’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (B) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (C) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (D) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of the Securities. The Holder’s subscription, payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Holder’s jurisdiction.

(viii) Sanctions. Neither the Holder, nor, to the Holder’s knowledge, any of the Holder’s officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners, is a Sanctioned Party. The Holder shall not contribute or otherwise make available any capital or other funds: (1) that to the Holder’s knowledge, originate or are otherwise derived from, directly or indirectly, a Sanctioned Party; or (2) the acceptance of which by the Company would be reasonably expected to result in a violation by the Company of applicable laws and regulations pertaining to trade and economic sanctions.

(ix) Forward-Looking Statements. With respect to any forecasts, projections of results and other forward-looking statements and information provided to the Holder, the Holder acknowledges that such statements were prepared based upon assumptions deemed reasonable by the Company at the time of preparation. There is no assurance that such statements will prove accurate, and the Company has no obligation to update such statements.

4. Events of Default.

(a) If there shall be any Event of Default (as defined below) hereunder, at the option and upon the declaration of the Majority Holders and upon written notice to the Company, this Note shall accelerate and all principal and unpaid accrued interest shall become due and payable; provided, however, that with respect to subsections (ii) and (iii) below, the occurrence of such an Event of Default shall be automatic and no election or notice shall be required to give effect to this Section 4(a). The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(i) The Company fails to pay timely any of the principal amount due under this Note on the date the same becomes due and payable or any unpaid accrued interest or other amounts due under this Note on the date the same becomes due and payable;

 

7


(ii) The Company files any petition or action for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or moratorium law or any other law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors, now or hereafter in effect, or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

(iii) An involuntary petition is filed against the Company (unless such petition is dismissed or discharged within 60 days under any bankruptcy statute now or hereafter in effect, or a custodian, receiver, trustee or assignee for the benefit of creditors (or other similar official) is appointed to take possession, custody or control of any property of the Company).

(b) In the event of any Event of Default hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by the Holder in enforcing and collecting this Note.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Waivers. The Company hereby waives demand, notice, presentment, protest and notice of dishonor.

(b) Further Assurances. The Holder agrees and covenants that at any time and from time to time the Holder will promptly execute and deliver to the Company such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Company may reasonably require in order to carry out the full intent and purpose of this Note and to comply with state or federal securities laws or other regulatory approvals.

(c) Transfers of Notes. This Note may be transferred only upon its surrender to the Company for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company. Thereupon, this Note shall be reissued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee, or a new Note for like principal amount and interest shall be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Interest and principal shall be paid solely to the registered holder of this Note. Such payment shall constitute full discharge of the Company’s obligation to pay such interest and principal.

(d) Market Standoff. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company for its own behalf of shares of its common stock or any other equity securities under the Act, on a registration statement on Form S-1, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in applicable FINRA rules, or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for common stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter

 

8


into any swap, hedging, or other transaction or arrangement that transfers, or is designed to transfer, to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership, directly or indirectly, of such securities, whether or not any such transaction or arrangement described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 5(d) shall apply only to the IPO and shall not apply to any securities acquired by the Holder in or subsequent to the IPO, or to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or to the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1, provided that such plan does not permit transfers during the restricted period, the sale of any shares pursuant a 10b5-1 plan, or the transfer of any shares to any affiliate of the Holder or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or one or more of the Holder’s immediate family members, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors of the Company are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding common stock (after giving effect to conversion into common stock of all outstanding preferred stock). Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 5(d) or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

(e) Amendment and Waiver. Any term of this Note, other than the “Principal Amount of Note”, the interest rate, the “Subsequent Commitment Amount” or this Section 5(e), may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Holders; provided, however, that (i) if any such amendment or waiver would adversely affect the Holder in a manner that is disproportionate to its effects on the holders of other Notes, then such amendment or waiver shall also require the prior written consent of the Holder, (ii) the principal amount of, and interest rate applicable to, this Note may not be amended, terminated or waived without the prior written consent of the Holder and (iii) the Holder’s “Subsequent Commitment Amount” may not be amended without the prior written consent of the Holder. Upon the effectuation of such waiver or amendment with the consent of the Majority Holders in conformance with this paragraph, such amendment or waiver shall be applied in the same manner, effective as to, and binding against the holders of, all of the Notes, if and as applicable, and the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Holder if the Holder has not previously consented to such amendment or waiver in writing; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such amendment or waiver.

(f) Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to agreements among Delaware residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

(g) Binding Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Note, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Note, except as expressly provided in this Note.

(h) Counterparts; Manner of Delivery. This Note may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

9


(i) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Note are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Note.

(j) Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Note shall be in writing (including electronic mail as permitted in this Note) and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on the signature page, or to such e-mail address or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 5(j). If notice is given to the Company, a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Cooley LLP, 10265 Science Center Drive San Diego, CA 92121, Attn: Charles Bair, e-mail: cbair@cooley.com. Each party consents (including for purposes of Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law if this Note converts into capital stock of the Company) to the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Note by electronic mail at the e-mail address set forth below on the signature page, as updated from time to time by notice to the other party. To the extent that any notice given by means of electronic mail is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected e-mail address has been provided, and such attempted electronic notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Each party agrees to promptly notify the other party of any change in its e-mail address, and that failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing. The terms of this Section 5(j) shall survive any conversion and/or repayment of this Note.

(k) Expenses. Each of the Company and the Holder shall bear such party’s respective expenses and legal fees incurred with respect to the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Note and the transactions contemplated herein.

(l) Waiver of Conflicts. Each party to this Note acknowledges that Cooley LLP (“Cooley”) has acted as counsel solely to the Company with respect to this Note and the transactions contemplated hereby (together, the “Note Financing”), and has negotiated the terms of the Note Financing solely on behalf of the Company. Cooley may have, in the past, represented and/or may, now or in the future, represent the Holder and/or its affiliates in other matters, including matters that are similar, but not substantially related, to the Note Financing. The applicable rules of professional conduct require that Cooley inform its clients of these representations and obtain their waivers of the conflicts that may arise from such representations. Each of the Company and the Holder hereby (i) acknowledges that such party has been advised about such circumstances and has had an opportunity to ask for additional information, (ii) acknowledges that, with respect to the Note Financing, Cooley has represented solely the Company and no other party, and (iii) gives its informed consent to Cooley’s representation of the Company in the Note Financing and Cooley’s representation of the Holder and/or its affiliates in other matters.

(m) Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Holder, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Note shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character by the Holder of any breach or default under this Note, or any waiver by the Holder of any provisions or conditions of this Note, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically

 

10


set forth in writing and that all remedies, either under this Note, or by law or otherwise afforded to the Holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative. This Note shall be void and of no force or effect in the event that the Holder fails to remit the full principal amount to the Company within five calendar days of the date of this Note.

(n) Entire Agreement. This Note constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein.

(o) Exculpation among Holders. The Holder acknowledges that the Holder is not relying on any person, firm or corporation, other than the Company and its officers and Board members, in making the Holder’s investment or decision to invest in the Company.

(p) Senior Indebtedness. The indebtedness evidenced by this Note is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of any Senior Indebtedness in existence on the date of this Note or hereafter incurred.

(q) Broker’s Fees. Each party hereto represents and warrants that no agent, broker, investment banker, person or firm acting on behalf of or under the authority of such party hereto is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission directly or indirectly in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. Each party hereto further agrees to indemnify each other party for any claims, losses or expenses incurred by such other party as a result of the representation in this subsection being untrue.

(r) California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION OR IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL. PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH CONSIDERATION BY THE COMPANY, THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS NOTE ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING AVAILABLE.

[Signature pages follow]

 

11


The parties have executed this Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first noted above.

 

  COMPANY:
  LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
  By:  

 

    Name:   Nima Farzan
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
  Address:     1300 Rancho Conejo Blvd., Suite 305
      Thousand Oaks, CA 91320


The parties have executed this Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first noted above.

 

  HOLDER (if an entity):
Name of Holder:      
  By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

  E-mail:    

 

  Address:    

 

 

  HOLDER (if an individual):
Name of Holder:  

 

Signature:  

 

  E-mail:    

 

  Address:    

 

     

 

 

2


EXHIBIT A

SUBSEQUENT CLOSING COMMITMENTS

 

3

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement is dated as of      , 20  (this “Agreement”) and is between Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [Name] (“Indemnitee”).

Background

The Company believes that in order to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve as directors or in other capacities, including as officers, it must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Company.

The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company and, in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity, the Company is willing to grant the Indemnitee the indemnification provided for herein. Indemnitee is willing to so serve on the basis that such indemnification be provided.

The parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses.

In consideration of Indemnitee’s service to the Company, the covenants and agreements set forth below and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Indemnification.

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”):

(a) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, or, while serving in such capacity, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(b) The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall be from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals.

(c) If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of any expenses, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by Indemnitee, but not for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such portion.

Section 2. Advance Payment of Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with an enforcement action as contemplated by Section 3(e), shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within 30 days after receipt by


the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to be indemnified by the Company in respect thereof. Such repayment obligation shall be unsecured and shall not bear interest. The Company shall not impose on Indemnitee additional conditions to advancement or require from Indemnitee additional undertakings regarding repayment other than the execution of this Agreement. The Company agrees that for the purposes of any advancement of expenses for which Indemnitee has made a written demand in accordance with this Agreement, all expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. This Section 2 shall be subject to Section 3(b) and shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6 and Section 7.

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification; Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company hereunder, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Company of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding, or of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent the Company is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to enable the Company to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

(b) With respect to any action, suit or proceeding of which the Company is so notified as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the last two sentences of this paragraph, be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any subsequently-incurred fees of separate counsel engaged by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding unless the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee, based on the advice of his or her counsel, shall have reasonably concluded (with written notice being given to the Company setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that, in the conduct of any such defense, there is or is reasonably likely to be a conflict of interest or position between the Company and Indemnitee with respect to a significant issue, then the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume such defense. In addition, the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Company’s assumption of the defense of an action, suit or proceeding in accordance with paragraph 3(b) will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that any loss and liability suffered by Indemnitee and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Company under Section 1 of this Agreement.

(d) The determination whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly and in any event within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a). If the Company determines that Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification or, as contemplated by paragraph 3(c) the Company has acknowledged such entitlement, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee of the indemnifiable amount within such 30 day period. If the Company is not deemed to have so acknowledged such entitlement or the Company’s determination of whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall not have been made within such 30 day period, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 6, nonetheless be deemed to have been made and

 

2


Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under the DGCL.

(e) In the event that (i) the Company determines in accordance with this Section 3 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, in whole or in part, under this Agreement, (ii) the Company fails to respond or make a determination of entitlement to indemnification within 30 days following receipt of a request for indemnification as described above, (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within such 30 day period, (iv) advancement of expenses is not timely made in accordance with Section 2, or (v) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding or otherwise shall also be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

(f) Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement upon submission of a request therefor in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement, as the case may be. The Company shall have the burden of proof in overcoming such presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

Section 4. Insurance and Subrogation.

(a) The Company may purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, or, while serving in such capacity, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(b) In the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

3


Section 5. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “action, suit or proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b) The term “by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, or, while serving in such capacity, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.

(c) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise incurred in connection with a claim that is indemnifiable hereunder.

(d) The term “judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan).

Section 6. Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof), however denominated, initiated by Indemnitee, except with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by Indemnitee or an action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement (which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6(b) of this Agreement), unless such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

(b) Action for Indemnification. To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless Indemnitee is successful in such action, suit or proceeding in establishing Indemnitee’s right, in whole or in part, to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder (in which case such indemnification or advancement shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL), or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite Indemnitee’s failure to establish their right to indemnification, Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification for such expenses; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(b) is intended to limit the Company’s obligations with respect to the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 2 hereof.

(c) Certain Exchange Act Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding made against Indemnitee for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the

 

4


Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act.

(d) Fraud or Willful Misconduct. To indemnify Indemnitee on account of conduct by Indemnitee where such conduct has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to have been knowingly fraudulent or constitute willful misconduct.

(e) Prohibited by Law. To indemnify Indemnitee in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal, or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing having been made, to be prohibited by law.

Section 7. Certain Settlement Provisions. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not settle any action, suit or proceeding in any manner that would impose any fine or other obligation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold his, her, its or their consent to any proposed settlement.

Section 8. Savings Clause. If any provision or provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, or, while serving in such capacity, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated.

Section 9. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of all of Indemnitee’s loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances; provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 4(c), 6 (other than clause (e)) or 7 hereof.

Section 10. Form and Delivery of Communications. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt, or (d) sent by email transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received. Notice to the Company shall be directed to [XXXXXX], Attention: Compliance Officer, email: notices@latigobio.com. Notice to Indemnitee shall be directed to [XXXXXX], email: [XXX@XXX.com], confirmation number: [(XXX)-XXX-XXXX].

 

5


Section 11. Nonexclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or alteration of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 12. No Construction as Employment Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director of the Company or in the employ of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though Indemnitee may have ceased to be a director or officer of the Company.

Section 13. Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL.

Section 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement may not be terminated by the Company without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 16. Successor and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 17. Service of Process and Venue. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Incorporating Services, Ltd. located at 3500 S Dupont Hwy, City of Dover, Delaware 19901 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (d) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (e) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

6


Section 18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Company of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

Section 19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

Section 20. Headings and Section References. The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

7


This Indemnification Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date stated above.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE:

 

Name

Exhibit 10.2

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

2019 STOCK PLAN

ADOPTED ON DECEMBER 23, 2019


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

  ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE      1  

SECTION 2.

  ADMINISTRATION      1  

(a)

  Committees of the Board of Directors      1  

(b)

  Authority of the Board of Directors      1  

SECTION 3.

  ELIGIBILITY      1  

(a)

  General Rule      1  

(b)

  Ten-Percent Stockholders      2  

SECTION 4.

  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN      2  

(a)

  Basic Limitation      2  

(b)

  Additional Shares      2  

SECTION 5.

  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES      2  

(a)

  Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement      2  

(b)

  Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights      2  

(c)

  Purchase Price      3  

SECTION 6.

  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS      3  

(a)

  Stock Option Agreement      3  

(b)

  Number of Shares      3  

(c)

  Exercise Price      3  

(d)

  Exercisability      3  

(e)

  Basic Term      3  

(f)

  Termination of Service (Except by Death)      3  

(g)

  Leaves of Absence      4  

(h)

  Death of Optionee      4  

(i)

  Restrictions on Transfer of Options      5  

(j)

  No Rights as a Stockholder      5  

(k)

  Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options      5  

(l)

  Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options      5  

SECTION 7.

  PAYMENT FOR SHARES      5  

(a)

  General Rule      5  

(b)

  Services Rendered      5  

(c)

  Promissory Note      5  

(d)

  Surrender of Stock      6  

(e)

  Exercise/Sale      6  

(f)

  Net Exercise      6  

(g)

  Other Forms of Payment      6  

SECTION 8.

  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES      6  

(a)

  General      6  

 

i


(b)

  Corporate Transactions      7  

(c)

  Reservation of Rights      8  

SECTION 9.

  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      8  

(a)

  Securities Law Requirements      8  

(b)

  No Retention Rights      8  

(c)

  Treatment as Compensation      9  

(d)

  Governing Law      9  

(e)

  Conditions and Restrictions on Shares      9  

(f)

  Tax Matters      9  

SECTION 10.

  DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL      10  

(a)

  Term of the Plan      10  

(b)

  Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan      10  

(c)

  Effect of Amendment or Termination      10  

(d)

  Stockholder Approval      10  

SECTION 11.

  DEFINITIONS      10  

 

 

ii


LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 2019 STOCK PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of this Plan is to offer persons selected by the Company an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by acquiring Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may be ISOs intended to qualify under Code Section 422 or NSOs which are not intended to so qualify.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 11.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist, as required by applicable law, of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, with respect to the terms and conditions of awards granted to Participants outside the United States, the Board of Directors may vary from the provisions of the Plan to the extent it determines it necessary and appropriate to do so; provided that it may not vary from those Plan terms requiring stockholder approval pursuant to Section 10(d) below. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of NSOs or the direct award or sale of Shares.1 Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 
1 

Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to an Employee or Consultant of a Parent company.


(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders. A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at

least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) shall be applied.

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) Basic Limitation. Not more than 71,195,118 Shares may be issued under the Plan, subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a).2 All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan may not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b) Additional Shares. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that Shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Company in payment of the Purchase Price, Exercise Price or withholding taxes, such Shares shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

(a) Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement. Each award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company. Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Grant Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days (or such other period as may be specified in the Award Agreement) after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right is not transferable and may be exercised only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 

 
2 

Please refer to Exhibit A for a schedule of the initial share reserve and any subsequent increases in the reserve.

 

2


(c) Purchase Price. The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO.

(c) Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(d) Exercisability. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

(e) Basic Term. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO, a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(f) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

 

3


(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(g) Leaves of Absence. For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(h) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

4


(i) Restrictions on Transfer of Options. An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, an NSO shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

(j) No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person files a notice of exercise, pays the Exercise Price and satisfies all applicable withholding taxes pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(k) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options or a different type of award for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price (if applicable). The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

(l) Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options. Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7. In addition, the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may also permit payment through any of the methods described in (b) through (g) below.

(b) Services Rendered. Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(c) Promissory Note. All or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

5


(d) Surrender of Stock. All or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

(e) Exercise/Sale. If the Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(f) Net Exercise. An Option may permit exercise through a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by the Board of Directors as of the exercise date) that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price or the sum of the aggregate Exercise Price plus all or a portion of the minimum amount required to be withheld under applicable tax law (with the Company accepting from the Optionee payment of cash or cash equivalents to satisfy any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price and, if applicable, any additional withholding obligation not satisfied through such reduction in Shares); provided that to the extent Shares subject to an Option are withheld in this manner, the number of Shares subject to the Option following the net exercise will be reduced by the sum of the number of Shares withheld and the number of Shares delivered to the Optionee as a result of the exercise.

(g) Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that an Award Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number and kind of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number and kind of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and any outstanding and unexercised right to purchase Shares that has not yet expired pursuant to Section 5(b), (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and the Purchase Price applicable to any unexercised stock purchase right described in clause (ii) above, and (iv) any repurchase price that applies to Shares granted under the Plan pursuant to the terms of a Company repurchase right under the applicable Award Agreement. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one

 

6


or more of the items listed in clauses (i) through (iv) above; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan as a result of an adjustment under this Section 8(a), although the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

(b) Corporate Transactions. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Options and other Plan awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which the Company is party, in the manner determined by the Board of Directors in its capacity as administrator of the Plan, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all Options and awards (or all portions of an Option or an award) in an identical manner. The treatment specified in the transaction agreement or as determined by the Board of Directors may include (without limitation) one or more of the following with respect to each outstanding Option or award:

(i) Continuation of the Option or award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

(ii) Assumption of the Option by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iii) Substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a new option for the Option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iv) Cancellation of the Option and a payment to the Optionee with respect to each Share subject to the portion of the Option that is vested as of the transaction date equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of the transaction, over (B) the per-Share Exercise Price of the Option (such excess, the “Spread”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent having a value equal to the Spread. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the transaction agreement may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Stock. If the Spread applicable to an Option is zero or a negative number, then the Option may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionee.

 

7


(v) Cancellation of the Option without the payment of any consideration; provided that the Optionee shall be notified of such treatment and given an opportunity to exercise the Option (to the extent the Option is vested or becomes vested as of the effective date of the transaction) during a period of not less than five (5) business days preceding the effective date of the transaction, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of the transaction and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option. Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent upon the closing of the transaction.

(vi) Suspension of the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option during a limited period of time preceding the closing of the transaction if such suspension is administratively necessary to permit the closing of the transaction.

(vii) Termination of any right the Optionee has to exercise the Option prior to vesting in the Shares subject to the Option (i.e., “early exercise”), such that following the closing of the transaction the Option may only be exercised to the extent it is vested.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Board of Directors has discretion to accelerate, in whole or part, the vesting and exercisability of an Option or other Plan award in connection with a corporate transaction covered by this Section 8(b).

(c) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 8, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Securities Law Requirements. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless, in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the Board of Directors, the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares as a result of such requirements.

(b) No Retention Rights. Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8


(c) Treatment as Compensation. Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(e) Conditions and Restrictions on Shares. Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, other transfer restrictions and such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In addition, Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to conditions and restrictions imposed either by applicable law or by Company policy, as adopted from time to time, designed to ensure compliance with applicable law or laws with which the Company determines in its sole discretion to comply including in order to maintain any statutory, regulatory or tax advantage.

(f) Tax Matters.

(i) As a condition to the award, grant, issuance, vesting, purchase, exercise or transfer of any award, or Shares issued pursuant to any award, granted under this Plan, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require or permit for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(ii) Unless otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from Code Section 409A, and any ambiguity in the terms of an Award Agreement and the Plan shall be interpreted consistently with this intent. To the extent an award is not exempt from Code Section 409A (any such award, a “409A Award”), any ambiguity in the terms of such award and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that to the maximum extent permissible supports the award’s compliance with the requirements of that statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary permitted under the Plan, in no event shall a modification of an Award not already subject to Code Section 409A be given effect if such modification would cause the Award to become subject to Code Section 409A unless the parties explicitly acknowledge and consent to the modification as one having that effect. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board of Directors from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Code Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being

 

9


subject to Section 409A(a)(1). In addition, if a transaction subject to Section 8(b) constitutes a payment event with respect to any 409A Award, then the transaction with respect to such award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

(iii) Neither the Company nor any member of the Board of Directors shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

SECTION 10. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders under Subsection (d) below. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. Subject to Subsection (d) below, the Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold and no Option granted under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option (or any other right to purchase Shares) granted under the Plan prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

(d) Stockholder Approval. To the extent required by applicable law, the Plan will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of its adoption date. To the extent required by applicable law, any amendment of the Plan will be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of the amendment date if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, an amendment effecting any other material change to the Plan terms will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholder only if required by applicable law. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

SECTION 11. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Award Agreement” means a Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement.

(b) “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

10


(c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(e) “Company” means Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “Consultant” means a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent3 or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(g) “Date of Grant” means the date of grant specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “Disability” means that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) “Employee” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent4 or a Subsidiary.

(j) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) “Exercise Price” means the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(l) “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(m) “Family Member” means (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(n) “Grantee” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

 
3 

Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to consultant or advisor of a Parent company.

4 

Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to an Employee of a Parent company.

 

11


(o) “ISO” means an Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b). Notwithstanding its designation as an ISO, an Option that does not qualify as an ISO under applicable law shall be treated for all purposes as an NSO.

(p) “NSO” means an Option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b) or 423(b).

(q) “Option” means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(r) “Optionee” means a person who holds an Option.

(s) “Outside Director” means a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(t) “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(u) “Participant” means a Grantee, Optionee or Purchaser.

(v) “Plan” means this Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2019 Stock Plan.

(w) “Purchase Price” means the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(x) “Purchaser” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

(y) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z) “Service” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(aa) “Share” means one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

(bb) “Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(cc) “Stock Grant Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

 

12


(dd) “Stock Option Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(ee) “Stock Purchase Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

(ff) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

13


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF SHARES RESERVED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE PLAN

SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN

The following is a summary of material modifications made to the Plan:

 

Date of Board

Approval

   Date of Stockholder
Approval
   Number of
Shares Added
    Cumulative Number
of Shares
 

12/23/2019

   12/23/2019      Not Applicable       409,292  

8/21/2020

   8/25/2020      9,228,599       9,637,891  

9/28/2022

   9/28/2022      6,165,098       15,802,989  

10/03/2023

   10/03/2023      10,770,839       26,573,828  

02/01/2024

        (990,244 )      25,583,584  

07/31/2024

   08/01/2024      14,276,955       39,860,539  

10/16/2024

   10/21/2024      10,190,826       50,051,365  

01/27/2025

   01/27/2025      21,143,753       71,195,118  

 

A

Exhibit 10.3

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 2019 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee:    «Name»
Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Vesting Schedule/Date Exercisable:    This option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 9 of the Plan.

By signing below or otherwise accepting this option in a manner acceptable to the Company, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the 2019 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of the latter documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or in the Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. Section 14 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.


OPTIONEE:        LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

     By:   

 

     Title:   

 


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT AND THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 2019 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan, the Company has granted to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 15 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

1


SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice (on a form prescribed by the Company) to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment, (ii) if requested by the Company, executing and delivering such stockholders agreements as apply to the holders of the Company’s preferred stock (including, without limitation, any right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and/or voting agreement of the Company) and (iii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.

(b) Withholding Taxes. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “Tax-Related Items”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

(c) Issuance of Shares. After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing, or electronic notation representing, the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. The Company shall cause any certificates evidencing such Shares to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents or pursuant to a form of electronic funds transfer acceptable to the Company.

 

2


(b) Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Cashless Exercise. All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid pursuant to another cashless exercise arrangement established by the Company.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become vested and exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated or becomes vested and exercisable as a result of such termination. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become vested and exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated or becomes vested and exercisable as a result of such termination. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

3


(c) Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become vested and exercisable before the Optionee’s death or becomes vested and exercisable as a result of the Optionee’s death. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(d) Additional Vesting After Termination of Service. The period of time beginning on the date that the Optionee’s Service terminates or the date that the Optionee dies while in Service and ending on the earliest of the occasions determined pursuant to Subsections (b) or (c) above, as applicable, is referred to as the “post-termination exercise period”. To the extent this option is not fully vested and exercisable on the date the Optionee’s Service terminates or the date that the Optionee dies while in Service, the Board of Directors may, during the post-termination exercise period, take action to cause this option to become vested and exercisable (in whole or in part). In no event will this option become vested or exercisable after termination of the Optionee’s Service or death unless the Board of Directors takes affirmative action pursuant to the preceding sentence or unless expressly provided in a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee. In this regard, any provision of this Agreement or another agreement that provides for vesting upon an event (including, without limitation, a change in control) will be deemed to require Service through the occurrence of such event unless the agreement clearly provides otherwise.

(e) Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods. Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

(f) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may adjust or suspend the vesting schedule set

 

4


forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company in writing. Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work when such leave ends.

(g) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions no less favorable to the Optionee than those described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions less favorable than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall

 

5


require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers. This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust or other entity established by the Optionee solely for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not any certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

6


(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall be entitled to and assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) General Restrictions. Unless the Stock is readily tradeable on an established securities market, the transfer of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement (or any interest therein) shall, at the Company’s request, be conditioned upon (i) effecting such transfer pursuant to a form of stock transfer agreement prescribed by the Company and (ii) payment of a transfer fee not to exceed $5,000.

(b) Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

 

7


(c) Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d) Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e) Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

(f) Legends. Any certificates (or electronic equivalent) evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY (AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN) MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH SUCH SHARES WERE ACQUIRED. SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE

 

8


COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

Any certificates (or electronic equivalent) evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT), THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

(g) Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(h) Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. DRAG ALONG RIGHT.

(a) Required Actions. If the Requisite Parties approve a Sale of the Company, then Optionee hereby agrees with respect to all Shares which the Optionee own(s) or over which the Optionee otherwise exercises voting or dispositive authority:

(i) if such Sale of the Company requires stockholder approval under the Certificate, the Bylaws of the Company or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) such Shares in favor of such Sale of the Company (it being understood that, within five (5) days after the delivery of a proxy or consent solicitation statement (or similar document requesting the consent or approval of stockholders) in respect of any Sale of the Company, the Stockholder shall duly execute and deliver a proxy or consent, as the case may be, in favor of such Sale of the Company);

 

9


(ii) if such transaction is a Stock Sale, to sell the same proportion of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially held by the Optionee as is being sold by the Selling Holders to the person to whom the Selling Holders propose to sell their Shares;

(iii) to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Sale of the Company;

(iv) if the consideration for such Shares pursuant to the Sale of the Company includes any securities, accept in lieu thereof an amount of cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of such securities to the extent reasonably necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws;

(v) if the Selling Holders appoint a stockholder representative (the “Stockholder Representative”) for matters affecting the stockholders of the Company under the applicable definitive transaction agreements, to consent to (i) the appointment of such Stockholder Representative, (ii) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (iii) the payment of such Stockholder’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Stockholder Representative in connection with such Stockholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such Sale of the Company and its related service as the representative of the Stockholders;

(vi) to agree to make representations and warranties and to agree to indemnity and other liability obligations in connection with the Sale of the Company on terms and conditions that, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to Optionee than to other holders of Common Stock of the Company; and

(vii) to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Sale of the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, including a written consent, release and/or joinder, and to not take any action inconsistent with the Sale of the Company.

(b) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Optionee will not be required to comply with Subsection (a) above in connection with any Sale of the Company unless (i) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s stock will receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of

 

10


their shares of such same class or series of stock and (ii) each holder of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of Common Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of Common Stock, subject, in each case, to any “rollover” or similar arrangements provided in the definitive documents relating to such Sale of the Company. If the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares pursuant to such Sale of the Company includes any securities and due receipt thereof by the Optionee would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities; or (y) the provision to any Optionee of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Optionee in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Optionee, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or the Requisite Parties, as applicable) of the securities which such Optionee would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares.

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 9(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 9(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 9(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c). In addition, to the extent required or permitted pursuant to rules established by the Company from time to time, notices may be delivered electronically.

 

11


(d) Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee); provided, however, that a modification that is otherwise favorable to the Optionee (for example, providing the Optionee with additional time to exercise this option after termination of employment or providing for additional forms of payment) but causes this option to lose its tax-favored status (for example, as an ISO) shall not require the consent of the Optionee. No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(g) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Binding Effect on Transferees, Heirs, Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee’s permitted transferees, heirs, successors and assigns; provided that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the transferee shall agree on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on transfer in Section 10 and the drag along right in Section 11. The Company shall not record any transfer of Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any such Shares unless and until such transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Subsection (h).

SECTION 14. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of First Refusal), 8 (Legality of Initial Issuance), 10 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off) and 11 (Drag Along Right), as well as the following provisions:

 

12


(a) Tax Consequences. The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low. In addition, if this option is designated as an ISO, the Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee that the option in fact qualifies for incentive stock option treatment or that it will continue to qualify for incentive stock option treatment at the time of exercise. In this regard, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company may take actions that will cause the option to cease to be eligible for incentive stock option treatment and that such actions do not require the Optionee’s consent.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) by email or other means of electronic transmission (including by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or a third party under contract with the Company). The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with any such delivery by means of electronic transmission, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date. The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

(d) Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she shall waive, and shall be deemed to have waived, any rights the Optionee would otherwise have under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights pursuant to any other applicable law) to inspect for any purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary of the Company (the “Inspection Rights”). The Optionee acknowledges and understands that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon compliance with the procedures set forth in Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to Inspection Rights pursuant thereto, and further acknowledges and agrees that the waiver set

 

13


forth herein is a knowing and voluntary waiver of such rights, that the Optionee has received sufficient consideration for such waiver and that the Company would not be willing to provide the benefits to the Optionee hereunder without the benefit of such waiver from the Optionee. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have pursuant to any written agreement with the Company.

(e) Plan Discretionary. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f) Termination of Service. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g) Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h) Authorization to Disclose. The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(i) Personal Data Authorization. The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i). The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “Data”). The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including

 

14


a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf. The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “Certificate” shall mean the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation as in effect from time to time.

(d) “Company” shall mean Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(f) “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(g) “Plan” shall mean the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2019 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(h) “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(i) “Requisite Parties” shall mean both the Board of Directors and the Selling Holders.

(j) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(k) “Sale of the Company” shall mean: (i) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company (a “Stock Sale”), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) any other transaction that qualifies as a “Liquidation Event” as defined in the Certificate.

(l) “Selling Holders” shall mean the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

 

15


(m) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(n) “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(o) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

(p) “U.S. Person” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

 

16


LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 2019 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (EARLY EXERCISE)

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee:    «Name»
Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any part of the Shares subject to this option.
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Vesting Schedule:    This option shall vest, and the Right of Repurchase shall lapse, with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. This option shall vest, and the Right of Repurchase shall lapse, with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.
Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 9 of the Plan.

By signing below or otherwise accepting this option in a manner acceptable to the Company, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the 2019 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of the latter documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or in the Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. Section 15 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.

 

OPTIONEE:        LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

     By:   

 

     Title:   

 

 

1


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT AND THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 2019 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (EARLY EXERCISE)

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan, the Company has granted to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 16 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

(b) Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

2


SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice (on a form prescribed by the Company) to the Company pursuant to Section 14(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment, (ii) if requested by the Company, executing and delivering such stockholders agreements as apply to the holders of the Company’s preferred stock (including, without limitation, any right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and/or voting agreement of the Company) and (iii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Withholding Taxes. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “Tax-Related Items”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the vesting or transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

(c) Issuance of Shares. After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing, or electronic notation representing, the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause any certificates evidencing such Shares to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c). In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause any certificates evidencing such Shares to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

3


SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents or pursuant to a form of electronic funds transfer acceptable to the Company.

(b) Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Cashless Exercise. All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid pursuant to another cashless exercise arrangement established by the Company.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated or becomes vested as a result of such termination. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated or becomes vested as a result of such termination. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

4


(c) Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become vested before the Optionee’s death or becomes vested as a result of the Optionee’s death. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(d) Additional Vesting After Termination of Service. The period of time beginning on the date that the Optionee’s Service terminates or the date that the Optionee dies while in Service and ending on the earliest of the occasions determined pursuant to Subsections (b) or (c) above, as applicable, is referred to as the “post-termination exercise period”. To the extent this option is not fully vested on the date the Optionee’s Service terminates or the date that the Optionee dies while in Service, the Board of Directors may, during the post-termination exercise period, take action to cause this option to become vested (in whole or in part). In no event will this option become vested after termination of the Optionee’s Service or death unless the Board of Directors takes affirmative action pursuant to the preceding sentence or unless expressly provided in a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee. In this regard, any provision of this Agreement or another agreement that provides for vesting upon an event (including, without limitation, a change in control) will be deemed to require Service through the occurrence of such event unless the agreement clearly provides otherwise.

(e) Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods. Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

 

5


(f) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may adjust or suspend the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company in writing. Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work when such leave ends.

(g) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) Scope of Repurchase Right. Until they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase. The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service, but the Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Exercise Price of each Restricted Share being repurchased or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Share at the time the Right of Repurchase is exercised.

(b) Lapse of Repurchase Right. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(c) Escrow. Upon issuance, any certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) if held in escrow, released to the Optionee upon his or

 

6


her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right. The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 14(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. The Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. If the Restricted Shares being repurchased are represented by certificate(s), any such certificate(s) shall be delivered to the Company. If the Restricted Shares being repurchased are not represented by certificate, the repurchase shall be effected by an appropriate book entry on the stock ledger for the Shares.

(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not any certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of any transaction described in Section 9(b) of the Plan or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

(g) Transfer of Restricted Shares. The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust or other entity established by the Optionee solely for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

7


(h) Assignment of Repurchase Right. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall be entitled to and assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions no less favorable to the Optionee than those described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions less favorable than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

8


(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers. This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust or other entity established by the Optionee solely for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not any certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall be entitled to and assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

SECTION 9. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

9


(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 10. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 11. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) General Restrictions. Unless the Stock is readily tradeable on an established securities market, the transfer of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement (or any interest therein) shall, at the Company’s request, be conditioned upon (i) effecting such transfer pursuant to a form of stock transfer agreement prescribed by the Company and (ii) payment of a transfer fee not to exceed $5,000.

(b) Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

(c) Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and

 

10


Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d) Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e) Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

(f) Legends. Any certificates (or electronic equivalent) evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY (AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN) MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH SUCH SHARES WERE ACQUIRED. SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

11


Any certificates (or electronic equivalent) evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT), THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

(g) Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(h) Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 12. DRAG ALONG RIGHT.

(a) Required Actions. If the Requisite Parties approve a Sale of the Company, then Optionee hereby agrees with respect to all Shares which the Optionee own(s) or over which the Optionee otherwise exercises voting or dispositive authority:

(i) if such Sale of the Company requires stockholder approval under the Certificate, the Bylaws of the Company or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) such Shares in favor of such Sale of the Company (it being understood that, within five (5) days after the delivery of a proxy or consent solicitation statement (or similar document requesting the consent or approval of stockholders) in respect of any Sale of the Company, the Stockholder shall duly execute and deliver a proxy or consent, as the case may be, in favor of such Sale of the Company);

 

12


(ii) if such transaction is a Stock Sale, to sell the same proportion of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially held by the Optionee as is being sold by the Selling Holders to the person to whom the Selling Holders propose to sell their Shares;

(iii) to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Sale of the Company;

(iv) if the consideration for such Shares pursuant to the Sale of the Company includes any securities, accept in lieu thereof an amount of cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of such securities to the extent reasonably necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws;

(v) if the Selling Holders appoint a stockholder representative (the “Stockholder Representative”) for matters affecting the stockholders of the Company under the applicable definitive transaction agreements, to consent to (i) the appointment of such Stockholder Representative, (ii) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (iii) the payment of such Stockholder’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Stockholder Representative in connection with such Stockholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such Sale of the Company and its related service as the representative of the Stockholders;

(vi) to agree to make representations and warranties and to agree to indemnity and other liability obligations in connection with the Sale of the Company on terms and conditions that, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to Optionee than to other holders of Common Stock of the Company; and

(vii) to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Sale of the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, including a written consent, release and/or joinder, and to not take any action inconsistent with the Sale of the Company.

(b) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Optionee will not be required to comply with Subsection (a) above in connection with any Sale of the Company unless (i) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s stock will receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of stock and (ii) each holder of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of Common Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of Common Stock, subject, in each case, to any “rollover” or similar arrangements provided in the definitive documents relating to such Sale of the Company. If the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares pursuant to such Sale of the Company includes any securities and due receipt thereof by the Optionee would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with

 

13


respect to such securities; or (y) the provision to any Optionee of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Optionee in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Optionee, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or the Requisite Parties, as applicable) of the securities which such Optionee would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares.

SECTION 13. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 9(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 9(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 9(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c). In addition, to the extent required or permitted pursuant to rules established by the Company from time to time, notices may be delivered electronically.

(d) Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee); provided, however, that a modification that is otherwise favorable to the Optionee (for example,

 

14


providing the Optionee with additional time to exercise this option after termination of employment or providing for additional forms of payment) but causes this option to lose its tax-favored status (for example, as an ISO) shall not require the consent of the Optionee. No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(g) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Binding Effect on Transferees, Heirs, Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee’s permitted transferees, heirs, successors and assigns; provided that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the transferee shall agree on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on transfer in Section 11 and the drag along right in Section 12. The Company shall not record any transfer of Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any such Shares unless and until such transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Subsection (h).

SECTION 15. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of Repurchase), 8 (Right of First Refusal), 9 (Legality of Initial Issuance), 11 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off) and 12 (Drag Along Right), as well as the following provisions:

(a) Tax Consequences. The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The

 

15


Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low. In addition, if this option is designated as an ISO, the Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee that the option in fact qualifies for incentive stock option treatment or that it will continue to qualify for incentive stock option treatment at the time of exercise. In this regard, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company may take actions that will cause the option to cease to be eligible for incentive stock option treatment and that such actions do not require the Optionee’s consent.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) by email or other means of electronic transmission (including by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or a third party under contract with the Company). The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with any such delivery by means of electronic transmission, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date. The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

(d) Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she shall waive, and shall be deemed to have waived, any rights the Optionee would otherwise have under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights pursuant to any other applicable law) to inspect for any purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary of the Company (the “Inspection Rights”). The Optionee acknowledges and understands that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon compliance with the procedures set forth in Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to Inspection Rights pursuant thereto, and further acknowledges and agrees that the waiver set forth herein is a knowing and voluntary waiver of such rights, that the Optionee has received sufficient consideration for such waiver and that the Company would not be willing to provide the benefits to the Optionee hereunder without the benefit of such waiver from the Optionee. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have pursuant to any written agreement with the Company.

 

16


(e) Plan Discretionary. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f) Termination of Service. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g) Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h) Authorization to Disclose. The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(i) Personal Data Authorization. The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i). The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “Data”). The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf. The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

 

17


SECTION 16. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “Certificate” shall mean the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation as in effect from time to time.

(d) “Company” shall mean Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(f) “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(g) “Plan” shall mean the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2019 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(h) “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(i) “Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

(j) “Requisite Parties” shall mean both the Board of Directors and the Selling Holders.

(k) “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

(l) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

(m) “Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

(n) “Sale of the Company” shall mean: (i) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company (a “Stock Sale”), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) any other transaction that qualifies as a “Liquidation Event” as defined in the Certificate.

 

18


(o) “Selling Holders” shall mean the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

(p) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(q) “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(r) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

(s) “U.S. Person” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

 

19


LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 2019 STOCK PLAN:

SUMMARY OF STOCK GRANT (FOR SERVICES)

 

   The Transferee is acquiring shares of the Common Stock of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) on the following terms:
Name of Transferee:    «Name»
Total Number of Transferred Shares:    «TotalShares»
Date of Transfer:    «DateTransfer»
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Vesting Schedule:    «Percent»% of the Transferred Shares shall vest, and the Forfeiture Condition shall lapse with respect to such shares, when the Transferee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. An additional «Fraction»% of the Transferred Shares shall vest, and the Forfeiture Condition shall lapse with respect to such shares, when the Transferee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.

By signing below or otherwise accepting this award in a manner acceptable to the Company, the Transferee and the Company agree that the acquisition of the Transferred Shares is governed by the terms and conditions of this Summary of Stock Grant, the 2019 Stock Plan and the Stock Grant Agreement. Both of these latter documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Summary of Stock Grant. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or in the Stock Grant Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

By signing below, the Transferee consents, with respect to all shares of capital stock of the Company held by the Transferee, to receive any notice given by the Company under its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”) or otherwise, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the General Corporation Law at the email address set forth below. The Transferee further acknowledges and agrees that the Company may rely upon any expressions of the Transferee’s consent to proposed corporate actions received from the email address provided below. The Transferee hereby agrees to notify the Company of any change to his or her email address set forth below, and further agrees that the provision of such notice shall constitute the Transferee’s consent to receive notice and to provide the Transferee’s expression of consent as provided herein at such address. In the event that the Company is unable to deliver notice to the Transferee at the e-mail address set forth below, the Transferee shall, within five (5) days after a request by the Company, provide the Company with a valid e-mail address to which the Transferee consents to receive notice and to provide expressions of consent as provided herein.

 

TRANSFEREE:    LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

   By:   

 

Email Address:    Title:   

 

 

     
Mailing Address:      

 

     


LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 2019 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT (FOR SERVICES)

SECTION 1. ACQUISITION OF SHARES.

(a) Transfer. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant, this Agreement and the Plan, the Company agrees to transfer to the Transferee the number of Shares set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. The transfer shall occur at the offices of the Company on the date of transfer set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant or at such other place and time as the parties may agree.

(b) Consideration. The Transferee and the Company agree that the Transferred Shares are being issued to the Transferee as consideration for a portion of the services performed by the Transferee for the Company. The value of such portion is agreed to be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Transferred Shares.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms. The transfer of the Transferred Shares is subject to the Plan, a copy of which the Transferee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 12 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. FORFEITURE CONDITION.

(a) Scope of Forfeiture Condition. Until they vest in accordance with Subsection (b) below, the Transferred Shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the Company and shall be referred to as “Restricted Shares.” The Transferee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Transferee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family or to a trust or other entity established by the Transferee solely for the benefit of the Transferee and/or one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Transferee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Subsequent Transferee to the same extent as to the Transferee.

(b) Vesting. The Transferred Shares shall vest, and the Forfeiture Condition shall lapse with respect to the Transferred Shares, in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant.

(c) Execution of Forfeiture. The Forfeiture Condition shall be applicable only if the Transferee’s Service terminates for any reason, with or without cause, including (without limitation) death or disability, before all Transferred Shares have become vested. In the event that the Transferee’s Service terminates for any reason, any certificate(s) representing any remaining Restricted Shares shall be delivered to the Company. If the Restricted Shares are not represented by certificate, the forfeiture shall be effected by an appropriate book entry on the stock ledger for the Shares. The Company shall make no payment for Transferred Shares that are forfeited.


(d) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares or into which such Restricted Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to the Forfeiture Condition. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares.

(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If Transferred Shares are forfeited in accordance with this Section 2, then the person who is to forfeit such Transferred Shares shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Transferred Shares. Such Transferred Shares shall be deemed to have been forfeited in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not any certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(f) Escrow. Upon issuance, any certificates for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property described in Subsection (d) above shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow, but only to the extent the Transferred Shares are at the time Restricted Shares. All regular cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Transferee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets or securities held in escrow hereunder, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for forfeiture and cancellation in the event that the Forfeiture Condition or Right of First Refusal applies or (ii) released to the Transferee upon the Transferee’s request to the extent the Transferred Shares are no longer Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Transferred Shares that have vested (and any other vested assets and securities attributable thereto) shall be released within 60 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Transferee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(g) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Transferee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. If the Transferee goes on a leave of absence, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may adjust or suspend the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Transferee is on a bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company in writing. Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Transferee immediately returns to active work when such leave ends.

 

2


SECTION 3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Transferee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Transferred Shares, or any interest in Transferred Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Transferred Shares. If the Transferee desires to transfer Transferred Shares, the Transferee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transferred Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Subsequent Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Transferee and by the proposed Subsequent Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Transferred Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Transferred Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, the Transferee may, not later than 90 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Transferred Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions no less favorable to the Transferee than those described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Transferee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions less favorable than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Transferee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Transferred Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Transferred Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transferred Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Transferred Shares subject to this Section 3 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Transferred Shares subject to this Section 3.

 

3


(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 3 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Transferee desires to transfer Transferred Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Transferee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers. This Section 3 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family or to a trust or other entity established by the Transferee solely for the benefit of the Transferee and/or one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Transferee transfers any Transferred Shares, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Subsequent Transferee to the same extent as to the Transferee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 3, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not any certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall be entitled to and assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 3.

SECTION 4. OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) Transferee Representations. In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Agreement, the Transferee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Transferee is acquiring and will hold the Transferred Shares for investment for his or her account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(ii) The Transferee understands that the Transferred Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Transferred Shares must be held indefinitely, unless their sale or other transfer is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or the Transferee obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required. The Transferee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Transferred Shares.

 

4


(iii) The Transferee is aware of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations. The Transferee acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied as of the Date of Transfer and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any such conditions.

(iv) The Transferee will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Transferred Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Transferee agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Transferred Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of Transferred Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Transferred Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Transferred Shares under applicable state law.

(v) The Transferee has received and has had access to such information as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Transferred Shares, and the Transferee has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Transferred Shares.

(vi) The Transferee is aware that his or her investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. The Transferee is able, without impairing his or her financial condition, to hold the Transferred Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Transferred Shares.

(b) General Restrictions. Unless the Stock is readily tradeable on an established securities market, the transfer of any Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement (or any interest therein) shall, at the Company’s request, be conditioned upon (i) effecting such transfer pursuant to a form of stock transfer agreement prescribed by the Company and (ii) payment of a transfer fee not to exceed $5,000.

 

5


(c) Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Transferred Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

(d) Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Transferee or a Subsequent Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Transferred Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Transferred Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (d). This Subsection (d) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(e) Rights of the Company. The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Transferred Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Transferred Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any Subsequent Transferee to whom Transferred Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

6


SECTION 5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon the Transferee and the Transferee’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Transferee any right to continue providing services to the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Transferee) or of the Transferee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 7. TAX ELECTION.

The acquisition of the Transferred Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of transfer set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant. The form for making the Code Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit. The Transferee should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Transferred Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Transferee acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Transferee requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

SECTION 8. LEGENDS.

Any certificates (or electronic equivalent) evidencing Transferred Shares shall bear the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY (AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN) MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH SUCH SHARES WERE ACQUIRED. SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND IMPOSES CERTAIN FORFEITURE CONDITIONS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN SUCH STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

Any certificates (or electronic equivalent) evidencing the Transferred Shares acquired under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

7


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT), THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Transferred Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9. DRAG ALONG RIGHT.

(a) Required Actions. If the Requisite Parties approve a Sale of the Company, then Transferee hereby agrees with respect to all Shares which the Transferee own(s) or over which the Transferee otherwise exercises voting or dispositive authority:

(i) if such Sale of the Company requires stockholder approval under the Certificate, the Bylaws of the Company or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) such Shares in favor of such Sale of the Company (it being understood that, within five (5) days after the delivery of a proxy or consent solicitation statement (or similar document requesting the consent or approval of stockholders) in respect of any Sale of the Company, the Stockholder shall duly execute and deliver a proxy or consent, as the case may be, in favor of such Sale of the Company);

(ii) if such transaction is a Stock Sale, to sell the same proportion of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially held by the Transferee as is being sold by the Selling Holders to the person to whom the Selling Holders propose to sell their Shares;

(iii) to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Sale of the Company;

 

8


(iv) if the consideration for such Shares pursuant to the Sale of the Company includes any securities, accept in lieu thereof an amount of cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of such securities to the extent reasonably necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws;

(v) if the Selling Holders appoint a stockholder representative (the “Stockholder Representative”) for matters affecting the stockholders of the Company under the applicable definitive transaction agreements, to consent to (i) the appointment of such Stockholder Representative, (ii) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (iii) the payment of such Stockholder’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Stockholder Representative in connection with such Stockholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such Sale of the Company and its related service as the representative of the Stockholders;

(vi) to agree to make representations and warranties and to agree to indemnity and other liability obligations in connection with the Sale of the Company on terms and conditions that, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to Transferee than to other holders of Common Stock of the Company; and

(vii) to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Sale of the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, including a written consent, release and/or joinder, and to not take any action inconsistent with the Sale of the Company.

(b) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Transferee will not be required to comply with Subsection (a) above in connection with any Sale of the Company unless (i) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s stock will receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of stock and (ii) each holder of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of Common Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of Common Stock, subject, in each case, to any “rollover” or similar arrangements provided in the definitive documents relating to such Sale of the Company. If the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares pursuant to such Sale of the Company includes any securities and due receipt thereof by the Transferee would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities; or (y) the provision to any Transferee of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Transferee in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Transferee, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or the Requisite Parties, as applicable) of the securities which such Transferee would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares.

 

9


SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except its choice-of-law provisions), as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(b) Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Transferee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (b). In addition, to the extent required or permitted pursuant to rules established by the Company from time to time, notices may be delivered electronically.

(c) Entire Agreement. The Summary of Stock Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(d) Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Transferee and an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Transferee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision of or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Binding Effect on Transferees, Heirs, Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon Transferee’s permitted transferees, heirs, successors and assigns; provided that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the transferee shall agree on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the forfeiture condition in Section 2, the right of first refusal in Section 3, the restrictions on transfer in Section 4 and the drag along right in Section 9. The Company shall not record any transfer of Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any such Shares unless and until such transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Subsection (f).

 

10


SECTION 11. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE TRANSFEREE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on the Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement, the Transferee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 2 (Forfeiture Condition), 3 (Right of First Refusal), 4 (Other Restrictions on Transfer, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off) and 9 (Drag Along Right), as well as the following provisions:

(a) Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Transferee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this award and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) by email or other means of electronic transmission (including by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or a third party under contract with the Company). The Transferee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with any such delivery by means of electronic transmission, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.

(b) Tax Consequences and Withholding. The Transferee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Transferee’s tax liabilities. The Transferee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this award or the Transferee’s other compensation. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Transferee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Transferee (the “Tax-Related Items”)) as a result of the grant or vesting of the Transferred Shares, the Transferee, as a condition of this award, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. The Transferee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Transferee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

(c) Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Transferee acknowledges and agrees that, until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she shall waive, and shall be deemed to have waived, any rights the Transferee would otherwise have under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights pursuant to any other applicable law) to inspect for any purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary of the Company (the “Inspection Rights”). The Transferee acknowledges and understands that, but for the waiver made herein, the Transferee would be entitled, upon compliance with the procedures set forth in Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to Inspection Rights pursuant thereto, and further acknowledges and agrees that the waiver set forth herein is a knowing and voluntary waiver of such rights, that the Transferee has received sufficient consideration for such waiver and that the Company would not be willing to provide the benefits to the Transferee hereunder without the benefit of such waiver from the Transferee. This waiver applies only in the Transferee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Transferee may have pursuant to any written agreement with the Company.

 

11


(d) Plan Discretionary. The Transferee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Transferee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the transfer of the Transferred Shares does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional awards under the Plan at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional awards, including (without limitation) the times when awards will be granted, the number of Shares offered and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(e) Termination of Service. The Transferee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(f) Extraordinary Compensation. The value of the Transferred Shares shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Transferee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(g) Authorization to Disclose. The Transferee hereby authorizes and directs the Transferee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Transferee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Transferee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Transferee’s participation in the Plan, as the Transferee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(h) Personal Data Authorization. The Transferee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (h). The Transferee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Transferee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Transferee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Transferee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Transferee’s favor (the “Data”). The Transferee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Transferee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Transferee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Transferee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Transferee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Transferee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Transferee’s behalf. The Transferee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (h) by contacting the Company in writing.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Grant Agreement.

 

12


(b) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “Certificate” shall mean the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as in effect from time to time.

(d) “Company” shall mean Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) “Forfeiture Condition” shall mean the forfeiture condition described in Section 2.

(f) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(g) “Plan” shall mean the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2019 Stock Plan, as amended.

(h) “Requisite Parties” shall mean both the Board of Directors and the Selling Holders.

(i) “Restricted Share” shall mean a Transferred Share that is subject to the Forfeiture Condition.

(j) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 3.

(k) “Sale of the Company” shall mean: (i) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company (a “Stock Sale”), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) any other transaction that qualifies as a “Liquidation Event” as defined in the Certificate.

(l) “Selling Holders” shall mean the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

(m) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(n) “Subsequent Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Transferee has directly or indirectly transferred any Transferred Shares.

(o) “Transferee” shall mean the individual named in the Summary of Stock Grant.

 

13


(p) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Transferred Shares described in Section 3.

(q) “Transferred Shares” shall mean the Shares acquired by the Transferee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

14


EXHIBIT I

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2, to include in gross income as compensation for services the fair market value of the shares described below.

 

(1)    The taxpayer who performed the services is:
   Name: ______________________________________
   Address: ____________________________________
   ____________________________________________
   Social Security No.: ___________________________
(2)    The property with respect to which the election is made is ______ shares of the common stock of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.
(3)    The property was transferred to the taxpayer on __________ __, ____.
(4)    The taxable year for which the election is made is the calendar year ____.
(5)    The property is subject to forfeiture if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The forfeiture condition lapses in a series of installments over a ____-year period ending on __________ __, ____.
(6)    The fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction that by its terms will never lapse) is $______ per share x ______ shares = $__________.
(7)    No amount was paid for such property.
(8)    The amount to include in gross income is $______. [The amount in Line 6.]
(9)    A copy of this statement was furnished to Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.
(10)    This statement is executed on __________ __, ____.

 

 

       

 

Spouse (if any)      Taxpayer

Within 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, this election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service office where the taxpayer files his or her annual federal income tax return. The filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. The taxpayer must deliver a copy of the completed form to the Company.

Exhibit 10.4

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JUNE 17, 2026

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [  ]

 

1.

GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Prior Plan. As of the Effective Date, (i) no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plan; (ii) the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve plus any Returning Shares will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan; and (iii) all outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan (except to the extent such outstanding Awards result in Returning Shares that become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan). All Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Plan Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of Employees, Directors and Consultants, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) SARs; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) RSU Awards; (vi) Performance Awards; and (vii) Other Awards.

(d) Adoption Date; Effective Date. The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date, but no Award may be granted prior to the Effective Date.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(c) and any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards will be equal to the sum of (i) [________] shares, plus (ii) the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, plus (iii) the number of Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time. In addition, subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock will automatically increase on January 1 of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2027 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2036, in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of Fully Diluted Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding year; provided, however, that the Board may act prior to January 1 of a given year to provide that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock.

(b) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a) and subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is three times the Share Reserve.

 

1


(c) Share Reserve Operation.

(i) Limit Applies to Common Stock Issued Pursuant to Awards. For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limit on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards and does not limit the granting of Awards, except that the Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy its obligations to issue shares pursuant to such Awards. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(3), NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NYSE American Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(ii) Actions that Do Not Constitute Issuance of Common Stock and Do Not Reduce Share Reserve. The following actions do not result in an issuance of shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of shares subject to the Share Reserve and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the shares covered by such portion of the Award having been issued; (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Common Stock); (3) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; or (4) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

(iii) Reversion of Previously Issued Shares of Common Stock to Share Reserve. The following shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Reserve will be added back to the Share Reserve and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (2) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; and (3) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

3. ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS.

(a) Eligible Award Recipients. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(b) Specific Award Limitations.

(i) Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Recipients. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

(ii) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any

 

2


Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or any Incentive Stock Options otherwise do not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Award Agreement(s).

(iii) Limitations on Incentive Stock Options Granted to Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless (1) the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Option and (2) the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of such Option.

(iv) Limitations on Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs. Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 405) unless the stock underlying such Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A because the Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Awards otherwise comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A.

(c) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is the number of shares specified in Section 2(b).

(d) Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any fiscal year, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director, will not exceed (1) $750,000 in total value or (2) in the event such Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board during such fiscal year, $1,000,000 in total value, in each case, calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes. For avoidance of doubt, compensation will count towards this limit for the fiscal year in which it was granted or earned, and not later when distributed, in the event it is deferred.

4. OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option and SAR will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board. Each Option will be designated in writing as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is not so designated or if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then such Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the shares purchased upon exercise of each type of Option will be separately accounted for. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The terms and conditions of separate Options and SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each applicable Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

3


(a) Term. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of such Award or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise or Strike Price. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Exercise Price for Options. In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise provided by the Company. The Board has the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and as determined by the Board, by one or more of the following methods of payment to the extent set forth in the applicable Award Agreement:

(i) by cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such delivery is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment, (3) such delivery would not violate any Applicable Law or agreement restricting the redemption of the Common Stock, (4) any certificated shares are endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate, and (5) such shares have been held by the Participant for any minimum period necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment as a result of such delivery;

(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) such shares used to pay the exercise price will not be exercisable thereafter and (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such net exercise is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment; or

 

4


(v) in any other form of consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under Applicable Law.

(d) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Appreciation Distribution for SARs. In order to exercise any SAR, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents that are vested and being exercised under such SAR, over (ii) the strike price of such SAR. Such appreciation distribution may be paid to the Participant in the form of Common Stock or cash (or any combination of Common Stock and cash) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(e) Transferability. Options and SARs may not be transferred to third party financial institutions for value. The Board may impose such additional limitations on the transferability of an Option or SAR as it determines. In the absence of any such determination by the Board, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply, provided that except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration and provided, further, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may permit transfer of an Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request, including to a trust if the Participant is considered to be the sole beneficial owner of such trust (as determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while such Option or SAR is held in such trust, provided that the Participant and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the execution of transfer documentation in a format acceptable to the Company and subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

(f) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting and/or exercisability of an Option or SAR as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Options and SARs will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service for Cause. Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Participant’s Options and SARs will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising any portion

 

5


(including any vested portion) of such Awards on and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such forfeited Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the forfeited Award, or any consideration in respect of the forfeited Award.

(h) Post-Termination Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service for Reasons Other than Cause. Subject to Section 4(i), if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent vested, but only within the following period of time or, if applicable, such other period of time provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)):

(i) three months following the date of such termination if such termination is a termination without Cause (other than any termination due to the Participant’s Disability or death);

(ii) 12 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s Disability;

(iii) 18 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s death; or

(iv) 18 months following the date of the Participant’s death if such death occurs following the date of such termination but during the period such Award is otherwise exercisable (as provided in (i) or (ii) above).

Following the date of such termination, to the extent the Participant does not exercise such Award within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of the maximum term of such Award), such unexercised portion of the Award will terminate, and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the terminated Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the terminated Award, or any consideration in respect of the terminated Award.

(i) Restrictions on Exercise; Extension of Exercisability. A Participant may not exercise an Option or SAR at any time that the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause and, at any time during the last thirty days of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period: (i) the exercise of the Participant’s Option or SAR would be prohibited solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law; or (ii) the immediate sale of any shares of Common Stock issued upon such exercise would violate the Company’s Trading Policy, then the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will be extended to the last day of the calendar month that commences following the date the Award would otherwise expire, with an additional extension of the exercise period to the last day of the next calendar month to apply if any of the foregoing restrictions apply at any time during such extended exercise period, generally without limitation as to the maximum permitted number of extensions; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)).

 

6


(j) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR, whether or not vested, granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, will be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, any vested portion of such Award may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant of such Award in the event of (i) such Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which such Award is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) such Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Award Agreement or another applicable agreement or, in the absence of any such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines). This Section 4(j) is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(k) Whole Shares. Options and SARs may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock or their equivalents.

5. AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award and RSU Award will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board; provided, however, that each applicable Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Form of Award.

(1) Restricted Stock Awards: To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be (A) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until such shares become vested or any other restrictions lapse, or (B) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant will have voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

(2) RSU Awards: An RSU Award represents a Participant’s right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units subject to the RSU Award. As a holder of an RSU Award, a Participant is an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s unfunded obligation, if any, to issue shares of Common Stock in settlement of such Award and nothing contained in the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or any other person. A Participant will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any RSU Award (unless and until shares are actually issued in settlement of a vested RSU Award).

 

7


(ii) Consideration.

(1) Restricted Stock Awards: A Restricted Stock Award may be granted in consideration for (A) cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of consideration (including future services) as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(2) RSU Awards: Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of grant, an RSU Award will be granted in consideration for the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate, such that the Participant will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than such services) with respect to the grant or vesting of the RSU Award, or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the RSU Award. If, at the time of grant, the Board determines that any consideration must be paid by the Participant (in a form other than the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the RSU Award, such consideration may be paid in any form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(iii) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(iv) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, (1) the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant under his or her Restricted Stock Award that have not vested as of the date of such termination as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (2) any portion of his or her RSU Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon such termination, and (3) the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to or issuable pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, or any consideration in respect of the Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award.

(v) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid or credited, as applicable, with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement.

(vi) Settlement of RSU Awards. An RSU Award may be settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or cash (or any combination thereof) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement. At the time of grant, the Board may determine to impose such restrictions or conditions that delay such delivery to a date following the vesting of the RSU Award.

 

8


(b) Performance Awards. With respect to any Performance Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, the other terms and conditions of such Award, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be determined by the Board.

(c) Other Awards. Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for under Section 4 and the preceding provisions of this Section 5. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete discretion to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

6. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and the maximum number of shares by which the Share Reserve may annually increase pursuant to Section 2(a); (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 2(b); and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and exercise price, strike price or purchase price of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created in order to implement any Capitalization Adjustment. The Board shall determine an appropriate equivalent benefit, if any, for any fractional shares or rights to fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in the preceding provisions of this Section.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may determine to cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award.

 

9


(i) Awards May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar awards for Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of an Award or substitute a similar award for only a portion of an Award, or may choose to assume, continue or substitute the Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be set by the Board.

(ii) Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants”), the vesting of such Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Awards may be exercised) will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction). With respect to the vesting of Performance Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and that have multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the vesting of such Performance Awards will accelerate at 100% of the target level upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction. With respect to the vesting of Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and are settled in the form of a cash payment, such cash payment will be made no later than 30 days following the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction or such later date as required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(iii) Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

 

10


(iv) Payment for Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Award may not exercise such Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the effective time, to the excess, if any, of (1) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Award), over (2) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

(e) No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company, the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any Change in Control, any Corporate Transaction, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

7. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in subsection (c) below.

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (1) which of the persons eligible under the Plan will be granted Awards; (2) when and how each Award will be granted; (3) what type or combination of types of Award will be granted; (4) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person will be permitted to receive an issuance of Common Stock or other payment pursuant to an Award; (5) the number of shares of Common Stock or cash equivalent with respect to which an Award will be granted to each such person; (6) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award; and (7) the terms of any Performance Award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock, including the amount of cash payment or other property that may be earned and the timing of payment.

 

11


(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award Agreement stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To prohibit the exercise of any Option, SAR or other exercisable Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the consummation of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock, including any Corporate Transaction, for reasons of administrative convenience.

(vi) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not Materially Impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by Applicable Law. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan will not be Materially Impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(viii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(ix) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(x) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(xi) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit and facilitate participation in the Plan by, or take advantage of specific tax treatment for Awards granted to, Employees, Directors or Consultants who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws of the relevant non-U.S. jurisdiction).

 

12


(xii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Other Award, under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to another Committee or a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Each Committee may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee or subcommittee to which it has delegated its authority hereunder and may, at any time, revest in such Committee some or all of the powers previously delegated. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with any Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Rule 16b-3 Compliance. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act that is available under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Award will be granted by the Board or a Committee that consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, as determined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act and thereafter any action establishing or modifying the terms of the Award will be approved by the Board or a Committee meeting such requirements to the extent necessary for such exemption to remain available.

(d) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board or any Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(e) Delegation to Other Person or Body. The Board or any Committee may delegate to one or more persons or bodies the authority to do one or more of the following to the extent permitted by Applicable Law: (i) designate recipients, other than Officers, of Awards, provided that no person or body may be delegated authority to grant an Award to themself; (ii) determine the number of shares subject to such Awards; and (iii) determine the terms of such Awards; provided, however, that the Board or Committee action regarding such delegation will fix the terms of such delegation in accordance with Applicable Law, including without limitation Sections 152

 

13


and 157 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Unless provided otherwise in the Board or Committee action regarding such delegation, each Award granted pursuant to this section will be granted on the applicable form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Board or the Committee, with any modifications necessary to incorporate or reflect the terms of such Award. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Board nor any Committee may delegate to any person or body (who is not a Director or that is not comprised solely of Directors, respectively) the authority to determine the Fair Market Value.

8. TAX WITHHOLDING.

(a) Withholding Authorization. As a condition to acceptance of any Award under the Plan, a Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate arrangements to satisfy, any Tax-Related Item withholding obligations, if any, of the Company and/or an Affiliate that arise in connection with the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award, as applicable. Accordingly, a Participant may not be able to exercise an Award even though the Award is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, unless and until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Satisfaction of Withholding Obligation. To the extent permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any Tax-Related Item withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (v) by allowing a Participant to effectuate a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; (vi) allowing the Participant to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer (including, without limitation, a commitment under a previously established written trading plan that meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act); or (vii) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by Applicable Law, the Company has no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (i) agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other Company compensation and (ii) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, each Participant acknowledges any Option or SAR granted under the Plan is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise or strike price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common

 

14


Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Award. Additionally, as a condition to accepting an Option or SAR granted under the Plan, each Participant agrees not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise price or strike price is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

(d) Withholding Indemnification. The Company and/or its Affiliate may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering statutory or other withholding rates, including minimum or maximum rates applicable in a Participant’s jurisdiction. In the event of overwithholding, the Participant may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash (with no entitlement to the equivalent in Common Stock) or, if not refunded, the Participant may seek a refund from the local tax authorities. In the event of underwithholding, the Participant may be required to pay any additional Tax-Related Items directly to the applicable tax authority or to the Company and/or its Affiliate. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s and/or its Affiliate’s withholding obligation in connection with such Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or its Affiliates, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and/or its Affiliates harmless from any failure by the Company and/or its Affiliates to withhold the proper amount. Further, if the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, the Participant will be deemed to have been issued the full number of shares subject to the Award, notwithstanding that a number of the shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

(b) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(c) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(d) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award

 

15


unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award is reflected in the records of the Company.

(e) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate at will (unless otherwise required under Applicable Law) and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that a Participant may have with respect to any Award (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. Further, nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award will constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or service or confer any right or benefit under the Award or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of the Award Agreement and/or Plan.

(f) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(g) Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Plan Administrator’s request.

(h) Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Common Stock (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

 

16


(i) Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law and any clawback policy that the Company otherwise adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under Applicable Law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

(j) Securities Law Compliance. A Participant will not be issued any shares in respect of an Award unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Each Award also must comply with other Applicable Law governing the Award, and a Participant will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with Applicable Law.

(k) Transfer or Assignment of Awards; Issued Shares. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the form of Award Agreement, Awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant. After the vested shares subject to an Award have been issued, or in the case of a Restricted Stock Award and similar awards, after the issued shares have vested, the holder of such shares is free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, the terms of the Trading Policy and Applicable Law.

(l) Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of any Award granted under the Plan, as determined upon grant, vesting or settlement, shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating any Participant’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

(m) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may also establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(n) Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that

 

17


makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months and one day following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(o) Choice of Law. This Plan and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

10. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency, as may be deemed to be necessary, having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant is not eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any Applicable Law.

11. SEVERABILITY.

If all or any part of the Plan or any Award Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of the Plan or such Award Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of the Plan or any Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

18


12. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of: (i) the Adoption Date; or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

19


13.  DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) “Adoption Date” means the date the Plan is first approved by the Board or Compensation Committee, as applicable.

(b) “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c) “Applicable Law” means the Code and any applicable U.S. and non-U.S. securities, exchange control, tax, federal, state, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (including under the authority of any applicable self-regulating organization such as the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(d) “Award” means any right to receive Common Stock, cash or other property granted under the Plan (including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, an RSU Award, a SAR, a Performance Award or any Other Award).

(e) “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award. The Award Agreement generally consists of the Grant Notice and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Award and which is provided, including through electronic means, to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee). Any decision or determination made by the Board shall be a decision or determination that is made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its designee), and such decision or determination shall be final and binding on all Participants.

(g) “Capital Stock” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(h) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

20


(i) “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the Company has determined in its sole discretion that the Participant has engaged in any one or more of the following: (i) the Participant’s conviction of, indictment, or plea of no contest with respect to, any felony or to any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Participant’s participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty (or an attempted fraud or act of dishonesty) against the Company, or that results in (or could result in) material harm to the Company, including but not limited to material harm to reputational interests; (iii) the Participant’s violation of a fiduciary duty or other statutory or common law duty owed to the Company; (iv). The determination that a termination of the Participant’s material breach of any agreement between the Participant and the Company, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, or of any applicable written Company policies; (v) the Participant’s repeated, willful refusal to substantially perform the Participant’s material duties to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant’s incapacity due to Disability); (vi) the Participant’s intentional damage to any property of the Company; or (vii) the Participant’s gross misconduct, material failure to comply with a written instruction of the Company, or conduct which in the good faith and reasonable determination of the Company demonstrates gross unfitness to serve. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated for Cause or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(j) “Change in Control” or “Change of Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing

 

21


more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply, and (C) with respect to any nonqualified deferred compensation that becomes payable on account of the Change in Control, the transaction or event described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) also constitutes a Section 409A Change in Control if required in order for the payment not to violate Section 409A of the Code.

(k) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(l) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee and any other committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board or Compensation Committee in accordance with the Plan.

(m) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(n) “Company” means Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(o) “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(p) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such

 

22


services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(q) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(r) “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

23


Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Corporate Transaction shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) the definition of Corporate Transaction (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Corporate Transaction or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply, and (C) with respect to any nonqualified deferred compensation that becomes payable on account of the Corporate Transaction, the transaction or event described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) also constitutes a Section 409A Change in Control if required in order for the payment not to violate Section 409A of the Code.

(s) “determine” or “determined” means as determined by the Board or the Committee (or its designee) in its sole discretion.

(t) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(u) “Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(v) “Effective Date” means the IPO Date, provided this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders prior to the IPO Date.

(w) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(x) “Employer” means the Company or the Affiliate of the Company that employs the Participant.

(y) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(z) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(aa) “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such

 

24


securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company, or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(bb) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the value of the Common Stock (as determined on a per share or aggregate basis, as applicable) determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) If there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, or if otherwise determined by the Board, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(cc) “Fully Diluted Capital Stock” means the number of shares of Capital Stock, determined as of the applicable date of measurement, equal to the sum of (i) the number of shares of Capital Stock issued and outstanding and (ii) the number of shares of Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion, or exchange of all then-outstanding pre-funded warrants, convertible Capital Stock or indebtedness, exchangeable Capital Stock or indebtedness, or other rights exercisable for or convertible into, directly or indirectly, shares of Capital Stock (whether vested or unvested), but excluding the number of shares of Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise of then-outstanding options and the shares reserved and available for issuance under the Company’s then-existing equity incentive plan(s) and employee stock purchase plan(s), if any.

(dd) “Governmental Body” means any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (iii) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (iv) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(ee) “Grant Notice” means the notice provided to a Participant that he or she has been granted an Award under the Plan and which includes the name of the Participant, the type of

 

25


Award, the date of grant of the Award, number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award or potential cash payment right, (if any), the vesting schedule for the Award (if any) and other key terms applicable to the Award.

(ff) “Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(gg) “IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(hh) “Materially Impair” means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant’s rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of shares subject to an Option or SAR that may be exercised; (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other Applicable Laws.

(ii) “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(jj) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(kk) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(ll) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(mm) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

26


(nn) “Other Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(c).

(oo) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” means that a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(pp) “Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

(qq) “Performance Award” means an Award that may vest or may be exercised or a cash award that may vest or become earned and paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals and which is granted under the terms and conditions of Section 5(b) pursuant to such terms as are approved by the Board. In addition, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash or other property may be used in payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock.

(rr) “Performance Criteria” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee whether or not listed herein.

 

27


(ss) “Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board may establish or provide for other adjustment items in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established. The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Award.

(tt) “Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting or exercise of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(uu) “Plan” means this Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(vv) “Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, and/or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day to day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

 

28


(ww) “Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or SAR is exercisable, as specified in Section 4(h).

(xx) “Prior Plan” means the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2019 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(yy) “Prior Plan’s Available Reserve” means the number of shares available for the grant of new awards under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date.

(zz) “Prospectus” means the document containing the Plan information specified in Section 10(a) of the Securities Act.

(aaa) “Restricted Stock Award” or “RSA” means an Award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(bbb) “Returning Shares” means shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan and that following the Effective Date: (A) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such stock award having been issued; (B) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation.

(ccc) “RSU Award” or “RSU” means an Award of restricted stock units representing the right to receive an issuance of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(ddd) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(eee) “Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(fff) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(ggg) “Section 409A Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(hhh) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(iii) “Share Reserve” means the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan as set forth in Section 2(a).

 

29


(jjj) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.

(kkk) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(lll) “Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable or deemed applicable to the Participant.

(mmm) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(nnn) “Trading Policy” means the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell Company shares only during certain “window” periods and/or otherwise restricts the ability of certain individuals to transfer or encumber Company shares, as in effect from time to time.

 

30

Exhibit 10.5

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has granted to you (“Optionholder”) an option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth below (the “Option”). Your Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan, and the Stock Option Agreement and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable.

 

Optionholder:

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock Subject to Option:

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Type of Grant:   [Incentive Stock Option] OR [Nonstatutory Stock Option]
Exercise and Vesting Schedule:   Subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each applicable vesting date, the Option will vest as follows:
  [__________________________________________________________]

Optionholder Acknowledgements: By your signature below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, you understand and agree that:

 

  •  

The Option is governed by this Stock Option Grant Notice (this “Grant Notice”), and the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are made a part of this document. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement (together, the “Option Agreement”) may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

  •  

[If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options granted to you) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.]

 

1


  •  

You consent to receive this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, the Prospectus and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

  •  

You have read and are familiar with the provisions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, the Notice of Exercise and the Prospectus. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the Notice of Exercise, or the Prospectus and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

  •  

The Plan and the Option Agreement set forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of other equity awards previously granted to you and any written employment agreement, offer letter, severance agreement, written severance plan or policy, or other written agreement between the Company and you in each case that specifies the terms that should govern this Option.

 

  •  

Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

   

OPTIONHOLDER:

By:  

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:  

 

     

ATTACHMENTS: Stock Option Agreement, 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, Notice of Exercise, Prospectus

 

2


ATTACHMENT I

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

As reflected by your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”), Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice (the “Option”). Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Grant Notice or the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in the Grant Notice or Plan, as applicable.

The general terms and conditions applicable to your Option are as follows:

1. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your Option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the provisions in:

(a) Section 6 regarding the impact of a Capitalization Adjustment, dissolution, liquidation, or Corporate Transaction on your Option;

(b) Section 9(e) regarding the Company’s retained rights to terminate your Continuous Service notwithstanding the grant of the Option; and

(c) Section 8 regarding certain tax consequences of your Option.

Your Option is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Option Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

2. VESTING. Your Option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, subject to the provisions contained herein and the terms of the Plan. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

3. EXERCISE.

(a) You may generally exercise the vested portion of your Option for whole shares of Common Stock at any time during its term by delivery of payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes and other required documentation to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the exercise procedures established by the Plan Administrator, which may include an electronic submission. Please review Sections 4(i), 4(j) and 7(b)(v) of the Plan, which may restrict or prohibit your ability to exercise your Option during certain periods.

(b) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, you may pay your Option exercise price as follows:

 

1


(i) cash, check, bank draft or money order;

(ii) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program as further described in Section 4(c)(ii) of the Plan if, at the time of exercise, the Common Stock is publicly traded;

(iii) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, by delivery of previously owned shares of Common Stock as further described in Section 4(c)(iii) of the Plan; or

(iv) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement as further described in Section 4(c)(iv) of the Plan.

(c) By accepting your Option, you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 3(c) will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 3(c). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 3(c) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

4. TERM. You may not exercise your Option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your Option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) 18 months after your death if you die during your Continuous Service;

(e) immediately upon a Corporate Transaction if the Board has determined that the Option will terminate in connection with a Corporate Transaction;

 

2


(f) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g) the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you die during the period provided in Section 4(b) or 4(c) above, the term of your Option shall not expire until the earlier of (i) 18 months after your death, (ii) upon any termination of the Option in connection with a Corporate Transaction, (iii) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice, or (iv) the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant. Additionally, the Post-Termination Exercise Period of your Option may be extended as provided in Section 4(i) of the Plan.

To obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your Option and ending on the day three months before the date of your Option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. If the Company provides for the extended exercisability of your Option under certain circumstances for your benefit, your Option will not necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you exercise your Option more than three months after the date your employment terminates.

5. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS. As further provided in Section 8 of the Plan: (a) you may not exercise your Option unless the applicable tax withholding obligations are satisfied; and (b) at the time you exercise your Option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your Option in accordance with the withholding procedures established by the Company. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your Option even though the Option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to your Option, unless and until such obligations are satisfied. In the event that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation in connection with your Option was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

6. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION DISPOSITION REQUIREMENT. If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, you must notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option that occurs within two years after the date of your Option grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your Option.

7. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(e) of the Plan, your Option is not transferable, except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

8. CORPORATE TRANSACTION. Your Option is subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on your behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

 

3


9. NO LIABILITY FOR TAXES. As a condition to accepting the Option, you hereby (a) agree to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from the Option or other Company compensation and (b) acknowledge that you were advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Option and have either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, you acknowledge that the Option is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option. Additionally, as a condition to accepting the Option, you agree not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

10. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

11. OTHER DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge receipt of or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Trading Policy.

12. QUESTIONS. If you have questions regarding these or any other terms and conditions applicable to your Option, including a summary of the applicable federal income tax consequences please see the Prospectus.

* * * *

 

4


ATTACHMENT II

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1


ATTACHMENT III

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

(2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

1300 Rancho Conejo Blvd., Suite 305

Thousand Oaks, CA 91320    Date of Exercise: _______________

This constitutes notice to Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) by exercising my Option for the price set forth below. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Notice of Exercise but defined in the Stock Option Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement or 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the meanings set forth in the Stock Option Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement or Plan, as applicable. Use of certain payment methods is subject to Company and/or Committee consent and certain additional requirements set forth in the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

Type of Option (check one):

     Incentive ☐         Nonstatutory ☐  

Date of Grant:

     ______________     
Number of Shares as
to which Option is
exercised:
     ______________     
Certificates to be
issued in name of:
     ______________     

Total exercise price:

    $ ______________     

Cash, check, bank draft or money order delivered herewith:

    $ ______________     

Value of ________ Shares delivered herewith:

    $ ______________     

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise):

    $ ______________     

Value of _______ Shares pursuant to net exercise:

    $ ______________     

 

2


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Plan, (ii) to satisfy the tax withholding obligations, if any, relating to the exercise of this Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an Incentive Stock Option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this Option.

I further agree that I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company that I hold, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. I further agree that in order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to shares of Common Stock that I hold until the end of such period. I also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company that I hold will be bound by this paragraph. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

3


ATTACHMENT IV

PROSPECTUS

 

1

Exhibit 10.6

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

2026 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JUNE 17, 2026

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [    ]

1. GENERAL; PURPOSE.

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes grants of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. In addition, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan to the extent the Offering is made under the 423 Component), and the Company will designate which Designated Company is participating in each separate Offering.

(c) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of Eligible Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c). References herein to the Board shall be deemed to refer to the Committee except where context dictates otherwise.

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time (A) which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Companies, (B) which Related Corporations or Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Companies, (C) which Affiliates or Related Corporations may be excluded from participation in the Plan, and (D) which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).


(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan with respect to the 423 Component.

(viii) To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, the definition of eligible “earnings,” handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements, and which, if applicable to a Designated Non-423 Company, do not have to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan and any applicable Offering Document to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Further, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may, from time to time, delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan to one or more officers of the Company or other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee (or its delegate) and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee (or a delegate of the Committee), the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed [______] shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on

 

2


January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on January 1, 2027 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2036 in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) one percent (1%) of the total number of shares of Fully Diluted Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and (y) [_______] shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 3(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless such Participant otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company or a third party designated by the Company (each, a “Company Designee”): (i) each form will apply to all of such Participant’s Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

3


5. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b) or as required by Applicable Law, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component. The Board may also exclude (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) from participation in the Plan or any Offering Employees who are “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code) of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or a subset of such highly compensated employees.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, such individual will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights under the 423 Component if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights under the 423 Component only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

 

4


(e) Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practical for any reason.

6. PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage of earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be no less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

7. PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering and authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company or a Company Designee, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company or Company Designee. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the

 

5


maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under Applicable Law or if specifically provided in the Offering and to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company or a Company Designee a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by Applicable Law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company and a Designated Company or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component.

(e) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(f) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or required by Applicable Law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

8. EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

 

6


(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such next Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law). If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one (1) whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and, subject to Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

9. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission, agency or other Governmental Body having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so is not practical or would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

10. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

 

7


(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions, without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law), to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) within ten business days (or such other period specified by the Board) prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

12. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Law.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to facilitate compliance with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component or with respect to other Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the

 

8


contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (ii) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (iii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iv) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component; and (v) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

13. TAX QUALIFICATION; TAX WITHHOLDING.

(a) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants.

(b) Each Participant will make arrangements, satisfactory to the Company and any applicable Related Corporation, to enable the Company or the Related Corporation to fulfill any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the Company’s sole discretion and subject to Applicable Law, such withholding obligation may be satisfied in whole or in part by (i) withholding from the Participant’s salary or any other cash payment due to the Participant from the Company or a Related Corporation; (ii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company; or (iii) any other method deemed acceptable by the Board. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

(c) The 423 Component is exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. The Non-423 Component is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Committee determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Committee would not violate Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto.

 

9


14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

15. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or amend a Participant’s employment contract, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

(f) If any provision of the Plan does not comply with Applicable Law, such provision shall be construed in such a manner as to comply with Applicable Law.

16. DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) “423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, whether now or subsequently established, which is at the time of determination, a “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c) “Applicable Law” means shall mean the Code and any applicable securities, federal, state, foreign, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (or under the authority of the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Stock Market or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

10


(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Capital Stock” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(h) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(i) “Common Stock” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company.

(j) “Company” means Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(k) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions and, with respect to the 423 Component, to the extent permitted by Section 423.

(l) “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

11


(m) “Designated 423 Company” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as participating in the 423 Component.

(n) “Designated Company” means any Designated Non-423 Company or Designated 423 Company, provided, however, that at any given time, a Related Corporation participating in the 423 Component shall not be a Related Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component.

(o) “Designated Non-423 Company” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as participating in the Non-423 Component.

(p) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(q) “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(r) “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation or solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(s) “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(t) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with Applicable Laws and regulations and, to the extent applicable as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(v) “Fully Diluted Capital Stock” means the number of shares of Capital Stock, determined as of the applicable date of measurement, equal to the sum of (i) the number of shares of Capital Stock

 

12


issued and outstanding and (ii) the number of shares of Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion, or exchange of all then-outstanding pre-funded warrants, convertible capital stock or indebtedness, exchangeable Capital Stock or indebtedness, or other rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, shares of Capital Stock (whether vested or unvested), but excluding the number of shares of Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise of then-outstanding options and the shares reserved and available for issuance under the Company’s then-existing equity incentive plan(s) and employee stock purchase plan(s), if any.

(w) “Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(x) “IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(y) “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(z) “Offering” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(aa) “Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(bb) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(dd) “Plan” means this Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.

(ee) “Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(ff) “Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(gg) “Purchase Right” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

13


(hh) “Related Corporation” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(ii) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(jj) “Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise of a Purchase Right and the receipt of shares of Common Stock or the sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

(kk) “Trading Day” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

14

Exhibit 10.8

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

January 30, 2026

Tim Lugo

 

Re:

Separation Agreement

Dear Tim:

This letter sets forth the substance of the separation agreement (the “Agreement”) that Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is offering to you to aid in your employment transition.

1. SEPARATION. Your employment termination date will be January 30, 2026 (the “Separation Date”). You understand and agree that you are not authorized to hold yourself out as being employed or affiliated with the Company in any way following the Separation Date.

2. FINAL PAYMENT. On the Separation Date, the Company will pay you all accrued wages earned through the Separation Date, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings. You are entitled to this payment regardless of whether or not you sign this Agreement. Because the Company has a nonaccrual paid time off policy, you do not have any accrued vacation or other paid time off and thus will not be paid out for any accrued vacation or other paid time off.

3. SEVERANCE BENEFITS. Although the Company has no obligation to do so, if you: (i) sign and return this Agreement to the Company on or within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the Separation Date; (ii) allow the releases contained herein to become effective; (iii) remain available after your Separation Date to answer any questions from the Company regarding your previous job duties; and (iv) comply with all of your legal and contractual obligations to the Company, then the Company will provide you with the following severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

(a) Cash Severance. The Company will pay you, as severance, an amount equivalent to five (5) months of your current base salary (for a total gross amount of $186,687.50), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings (the “Severance Payment”). The Severance Payment will be paid to you in a lump sum within ten (10) business days after the Effective Date (as defined below).

(b) 2025 Bonus. Provided that you satisfy the Severance Preconditions set forth above, you will receive a 2025 annual bonus of $110,800 (the “2025 Bonus”). The 2025 Bonus will be paid to you in a lump sum within ten (10) business days after the Effective Date.


(c) Accelerated Vesting. During your employment, you were granted options to purchase an aggregate of 3,390,244 shares of the Company’s common stock (collectively, the “Options”). Under the terms of your stock option agreement and the applicable plan documents, vesting of your Options will cease as of the Separation Date. However, as an additional severance benefit to you under this Agreement, subject to your satisfaction of the Severance Preconditions, the Company will accelerate the vesting of the Options such that the vesting and exercisability of any unvested shares subject to the Options that are held by you as of immediately prior to the Separation Date shall accelerate in accordance with their applicable vesting schedules as if you had completed additional service with the Company through February 5, 2026. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Options will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable stock option agreement, applicable equity incentive plan document(s), and any other equity award document(s).

(d) Extended Option Post-Termination Exercise Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any operative equity agreement(s), or any applicable equity plan(s), as an additional severance benefit under this Agreement, provided that you satisfy the Severance Preconditions set forth above, the Company will extend the period of time during which you may exercise any outstanding, vested, and unexercised Options as of the Separation Date until the earlier of: (i) twelve (12) months following the Separation Date, (ii) the applicable original expiration date(s) of the Options, or (iii) such earlier date as provided or permitted under the applicable equity plan, including without limitation in connection with a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or a corporate transaction, change of control, or similar term described in the applicable equity plan (the “Option Exercise Extension”). Except as expressly modified herein, your equity interests, including your rights to exercise vested Options, will continue to be governed by the terms of your operative agreements with the Company and the applicable equity plan.

(i) To the extent your Options are incentive stock options (“ISOs”), you understand that you must affirmatively accept the Option Exercise Extension as described below. If you accept the Option Exercise Extension in respect of your ISOs, such Options will no longer qualify as ISOs and will instead be treated for tax purposes as nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”). As a result, you understand that you must satisfy all applicable tax withholding obligations upon exercise of the Options. You should consult with your tax advisor regarding the decision to accept or reject the Option Exercise Extension of any of your ISOs. To the extent your Options are NSOs as of the Separation Date, the Option Exercise Extension will automatically apply to such NSOs that are outstanding, vested and exercisable as of the Separation Date as a Severance Benefit, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

(ii) Your ability to accept the Option Exercise Extension in respect of any of your ISOs will be open for the shorter of (i) the applicable expiration date(s) or earlier termination of your Options and (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days from the date first set forth above on this Agreement (11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on such date, the “Option Offer Expiration Time”). You acknowledge that failure to accept the Option Exercise Extension on or before the Option Offer Expiration Time only impacts your right to the Option Exercise Extension with respect to ISOs and not any other provision of this Agreement.

(iii) To accept (or decline) the Option Exercise Extension in respect of your ISOs, if any, you must deliver via email a fully completed and signed Option Exercise Extension Election Form, attached hereto as Exhibit A, to Nima Farzan [***], on or prior to the Option Offer Expiration Time.


(iv) If this Agreement is revoked or otherwise does not become effective in accordance with its terms, then the Option Exercise Extension will be of no force or effect; provided, however, that your election to accept the Option Exercise Extension may cause your ISOs to convert to NSOs even if the Option Exercise Extension does not become effective. You acknowledge that if you fail to accept the Option Exercise Extension on or prior to the Option Offer Expiration Time, then the Option Exercise Extension will not apply to any of your ISOs and such ISOs will continue to be governed by their existing terms (including the existing post-termination exercise period).

4. NO OTHER COMPENSATION OR BENEFITS. You acknowledge that, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, you have not earned and will not receive from the Company any additional compensation (including base salary, bonus, incentive compensation, or equity), severance, or benefits before, on or after the Separation Date, with the exception of any vested right you may have under the express terms of a written ERISA-qualified benefit plan (e.g., 401(k) account) or any vested stock options. By executing this Agreement, you acknowledge and agree that the Company’s obligations to provide you with any severance benefits or any other payments are hereby extinguished (except for the benefits described in this Agreement). You further expressly acknowledge and agree that the Severance Benefits, and other benefits provided herein, supersede and extinguish the Company’s obligations, if any, to pay you any severance benefits as may be contemplated in your employment agreement with the Company, dated July 15, 2024, or any other agreements, plans, or policies applicable to you.

5. EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS. You agree that, within thirty (30) calendar days after the Separation Date, you will submit your final documented expense reimbursement statement reflecting all business expenses you incurred through the Separation Date, if any, for which you seek reimbursement. The Company will reimburse you for these expenses pursuant to its regular business practice.

6. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY. On or within five (5) business days after the Separation Date, you will return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property in your possession or control, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, contact information, financial information, specifications, training materials, computer-recorded information, tangible property including, but not limited to, computers, credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof). You represent that you have made a diligent search to locate any such documents, property and information within the required timeframe. In addition, if you have used any personally owned computer, server, e-mail system, mobile phone, portable electronic device (e.g., smartphone, iPad or the like), (collectively, “Personal Systems”) to receive, store, prepare or transmit any Company confidential or proprietary data, materials or information, then within five (5) calendar days after the Separation Date, you will permanently delete and expunge all such Company confidential or proprietary information from such Personal Systems without retaining any copy or reproduction in any form (in whole or in part). You agree that, after the applicable timeframes noted above, you will neither use nor possess Company property. You also agree that within five (5) business days after the Separation Date you will update any social media and networking profiles (such as LinkedIn and Facebook) to reflect that you are no longer employed or affiliated with the Company. Your timely compliance with this paragraph is a condition precedent to your receipt of the Severance Benefits described above.


7. CONFIDENTIALITY. The provisions of this Agreement will be held in strictest confidence by you and will not be publicized or disclosed by you in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that: (a) you may disclose this Agreement in confidence to your immediate family and to your attorneys, accountants, tax preparers and financial advisors; (b) you may disclose this Agreement pursuant to a government investigation, if necessary to enforce its terms, or as otherwise required by law; and (c) you may disclose this Agreement to the extent permitted by the “Protected Rights” section below or in furtherance of your rights under Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act, if applicable.

8. NO ADMISSIONS. You understand and agree that the promises and payments in consideration of this Agreement shall not be construed to be an admission of any liability or obligation by the Company to you or to any other person, and that the Company makes no such admission.

9. RELEASE OF CLAIMS.

(a) General Release. In exchange for the consideration provided to you under this Agreement to which you would not otherwise be entitled, you hereby generally and completely release the Company, and its past, present, and future affiliated, related, parent and subsidiary entities, and its and their directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to or on the date you sign this Agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims”).

(b) Scope of Release. The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (i) all claims arising out of or in any way related to your employment with the Company, or the termination of that employment; (ii) all claims related to your compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership, equity, or profits interests in the Company; (iii) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (iv) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (v) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (the “ADEA”), the California Labor Code (as amended), the California Family Rights Act (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). You acknowledge that you have been advised, as required by California Government Code Section 12964.5(b)(4), that you have the right to consult an attorney regarding this Agreement and that you were given a reasonable time period of not less than five (5) business days in which to do so. You further acknowledge and agree that, in the event you sign this Agreement prior to the end of the reasonable time period provided by the Company, your decision to accept such shortening of time is knowing and voluntary and is not induced by the Company through fraud, misrepresentation, or a threat to withdraw or alter the offer prior to the expiration of the reasonable time period, or by providing different terms to employees who sign such an agreement prior to the expiration of the time period.


(c) Excluded Claims. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (i) any rights or claims for indemnification you may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which you are a party or under applicable law; (ii) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law; and (iii) any claims for breach of this Agreement.

(d) Protected Rights. You understand that nothing in this Agreement limits your ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the California Civil Rights Department, the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (“Government Agencies”). You further understand this Agreement does not limit your ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. While this Agreement does not limit your right to receive a government-issued award for information provided to any Government Agencies in connection with a government whistleblower program or protected whistleblower activity, you understand and agree that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, you are otherwise waiving any and all rights you may have to individual relief based on any claims that you have released and any rights you have waived by signing this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement (i) prevents you from discussing or disclosing information about unlawful acts in the workplace, such as harassment or discrimination or any other conduct that you have reason to believe is unlawful; or (ii) waives any rights you may have under Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act, if applicable (subject to the release of claims set forth herein).

(e) ADEA Waiver. You acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given for the waiver and release in this section is in addition to anything of value to which you are already entitled. You further acknowledge that you have been advised, as required by the ADEA, that: (i) your waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date that you sign this Agreement; (ii) you should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Agreement (although you may choose voluntarily not to do so); (iii) you have twenty-one (21) calendar days to consider this Agreement (although you may choose voluntarily to sign it earlier, and changes to this Agreement, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of the twenty-one (21) calendar day period); (iv) you have seven (7) calendar days following the date you sign this Agreement to revoke it (by providing written notice of your revocation to me); and (v) this Agreement will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth (8th) calendar day after the date that this Agreement is signed by you provided that you do not revoke it (the “Effective Date”).


10. SECTION 1542 WAIVER. In giving the release herein, which includes claims which may be unknown to you at present, you acknowledge that you have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which reads as follows:

“A general release does not extend to claims that the creditor or releasing party does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release and that, if known by him or her, would have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor or released party.”

You hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any other jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to your release of claims herein, including but not limited to your release of unknown claims.

11. REPRESENTATIONS. You hereby represent that you have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which you are eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, or otherwise, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which you have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

12. CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS. You acknowledge and reaffirm your continuing obligations under your At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit B, which is incorporated herein by reference, and agree to abide by those continuing obligations.

13. NON-DISPARAGEMENT. Except to the extent permitted by the “Protected Rights” section above, you agree not to disparage the Released Parties in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided that you may respond accurately and fully to any request for information if required by legal process, or in connection with a government investigation. In addition, nothing in this provision or this Agreement prohibits or restrains you from making disclosures protected under whistleblower provisions of federal or state law or from exercising your rights to engage in protected speech under Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act, if applicable.

14. NO VOLUNTARY ADVERSE ACTION. You agree that you will not voluntarily (except in response to legal compulsion or as permitted under the section of this Agreement entitled “Protected Rights”) assist any person in bringing or pursuing any proposed or pending litigation, arbitration, administrative claim or other formal proceeding against the Company, its parent or subsidiary entities, affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents.

15. COOPERATION. You agree to cooperate fully with the Company in connection with its actual or contemplated defense, prosecution, or investigation of any claims or demands by or against third parties, or other matters arising from events, acts, or failures to act that occurred during the period of your employment by the Company. Such cooperation includes, without limitation, making yourself available to the Company upon reasonable notice, without subpoena, to provide complete, truthful and accurate information in witness interviews, depositions, and trial testimony. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses you incur in connection with any such cooperation (excluding foregone wages) and will make reasonable efforts to accommodate your scheduling needs.


16. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement, including its exhibits, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between you and the Company with regard to its subject matter. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. The Company may freely assign this Agreement, without your prior written consent. You may not assign any of your duties hereunder and you may not assign any of your rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question will be modified so as to be rendered enforceable. This Agreement will be deemed to have been entered into and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of laws principles. Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. Any waiver of a breach of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which shall be deemed to be part of one original, and facsimile and electronic image signatures (including .pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, or other applicable law) shall be equivalent to original signatures.

If this Agreement is acceptable to you, please sign below and return the original to me. You have twenty-one (21) calendar days to decide whether you would like to accept this Agreement, and the Company’s offer contained herein will automatically expire if you do not sign and return it within this timeframe.

We wish you the best in your future endeavors.

 

Sincerely,
LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Nima Farzan

  Nima Farzan
  Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A – Option Exercise Extension Election Form

EXHIBIT B – At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Inventions Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement

I HAVE READ, UNDERSTAND AND AGREE FULLY TO THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT:

 

/s/ Tim Lugo

Tim Lugo

February 2, 2026

Date


EXHIBIT A

[***]


EXHIBIT B

[***]

Exhibit 10.9

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

October 25, 2024

Timothy P. Walbert

Re: Independent Chair Position on the Board of Directors of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Dear Tim:

It is my sincere pleasure to offer you the opportunity to join the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) as its independent Chair.

If you accept this offer, we will immediately seek the necessary stockholder consent to elect you to the Board and the Board’s consent to elect you as Chair. As Chair and a Board member, you will participate in regularly scheduled and special Board meetings, participate in conference calls of the Board, meet or otherwise periodically confer with Company executives, and provide assistance to the Company’s executive team with occasional meetings, site visits, conference calls and advice on an as-needed basis.

In connection with your appointment to the Board, you shall receive, subject to Board approval and pursuant to the Company’s 2019 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) equal to 0.75% of the Company’s fully diluted outstanding capitalization as of the date of your appointment. The exercise price of the Option will be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board. The Option will vest monthly in equal increments over a 48-month period, starting on the date of your appointment to the Board and contingent on your continued service on the Board. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of a change of control of the Company (as defined in the stock option agreement relating to the Option and/or the Plan), all of your outstanding unvested options would accelerate in full. All other terms and conditions of the Option will be set forth in the Plan and the Company’s form of stock option agreement, grant notice, exercise notice and other documents relating to the Plan, as approved by the Board.

For so long as you are a member of the Board, the Company will provide you with annual cash compensation equal to $100,000 paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices; provided, that your cash compensation shall be subject to any applicable non-employee director compensation policies as may be adopted by the Board from time to time. In addition, as a member of the Board, the Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel and other expenses to attend Board meetings and other Board-related functions, in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies.

You will not be an employee or agent of the Company and will have no authority to obligate the Company by contract or otherwise. You will not be eligible for any employee benefits, nor will the Company make deductions from any amounts payable to you for taxes or other withholdings. Any taxes shall be solely your responsibility.

In your capacity as a director of the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including, but not limited to, trade secrets of any current or former employer or other person or entity to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. You acknowledge that as a result of your service as a director you will obtain confidential information and proprietary information relating to or provided by the Company and its affiliates. During and after your service with the Company, you shall not use for your benefit or disclose confidential information, proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to or provided by the Company and its affiliates. You also represent and warrant that you have the full right and power to enter into and perform this letter agreement and there is no other existing contract or duty on your part inconsistent with the terms of this letter agreement (including, but not limited to, any conflict of interest policy).


To avoid conflicts of interest, it is expected that directors will disclose any personal interest they may have in a transaction that the Board considers or in which the Company otherwise is a party. Directors shall recuse themselves from participation in any decision in which there is a conflict between their personal interests and the interests of the Company. Any such “related party transaction” involving a director must be reviewed and approved by the Board (or a committee designated by the Board). As with all directors, your service as a director will be in accordance with the Company’s charter documents, including the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and applicable law.

This letter, along with the Indemnity Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT A and the stock option documentation referred to herein, constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company. This agreement supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it may only be modified in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive future relationship.

 

Sincerely,
LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Nima Farzan

  Nima Farzan
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and Agreed:     

/s/ Timothy P. Walbert

Timothy P. Walbert

 

  

  

October 25, 2024

Date


EXHIBIT A

[***]

Exhibit 10.10

CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

CONFIDENTIAL

FINAL JULY 22, 2020

LICENSE AGREEMENT

This License Agreement (this “Agreement”), entered into by and between Lieber Institute, Inc. (d/b/a: Lieber Institute for Brain Development), a nonprofit research institute with an address at 855 North Wolfe Street, Suite #300, 3rd Floor, Baltimore, MD 21205 (“LIBD”), and Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with an address at 1290 Rancho Conejo Boulevard, Suite 102, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320 (“Latigo”) (each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”), is effective as of the 22nd day of July 2020 (the “Effective Date”).

BACKGROUND

A. LIBD has developed and has rights to the LIBD Nav1.8 inhibitor program (the “Licensed Program,” as defined below in more detail); and

B. Latigo wishes to obtain a license to all compounds and technology arising from the Licensed Program to research, develop and commercialize products, and LIBD is willing to grant such a license to Latigo, all on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and promises contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

Article 1

DEFINITION OF TERMS

1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to an entity, any other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity. An entity will be deemed to “control” another if it owns or directly or indirectly controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting share capital of the other entity or, in the absence of ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting share capital of the entity, if it has the power to control the composition or activities of its board of directors or other governing body of such entity. The term “entity” includes without limitation any individual, corporation, or other organization.

1.2 “Combination Product” means a collection or group of products, services, and/or other components sold together (such as in a kit or package) for a single price that contains (i) a Licensed Product and (ii) one or more other products, services, and/or other components (each an “Other Product”) which is not the Licensed Product. For example, and without limitation, a Combination Product may be, a diagnostic panel comprising a Licensed Product and an independent diagnostic biomarker, i.e., the “Other Product”.

 

Page 1

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


1.3 “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to a Party’s objectives or obligations under this Agreement [***], taking into consideration [***]. It is anticipated that the level of Commercially Reasonable Efforts for a particular Licensed Product may [***]. For clarity, in the event of assignment of this Agreement by Latigo in accordance with Section 13.1 below, the level of effort for Commercially Reasonable Efforts shall thereafter be measured against the assignee’s efforts and resources rather than Latigo’s.

1.4 “Confidential Information” means any information disclosed by or on behalf of either LIBD or Latigo to the other under this Agreement, including information regarding the Licensed Patents or this Agreement and/or the performance of either Party hereunder, which is (a) disclosed either orally or in writing or other tangible medium, provided that if the information is provided in writing or other tangible medium it is marked “Confidential,” and if the information is provided verbally or visually it is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and thereafter promptly reduced to a writing marked “Confidential” or (b) otherwise reasonably expected to be treated in a confidential manner as a result of the circumstances of disclosure under this Agreement or by the nature of the information itself. The obligations under Article 8 (Confidentiality) shall not apply to that part of the Confidential Information that (i) is or becomes known to the public without fault of the Party receiving the information; (ii) the receiving Party can establish that it knew, without confidentiality obligations, prior to the receipt of the same from the disclosing Party; (iii) is obtained on a non-confidential basis from a third party having the right to disclose same without breach of any obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or (iv) is developed by the receiving Party independently of and without use of or reference to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

1.5 “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration or any successor drug-regulatory entity thereto.

1.6 “Field” means any and all uses and applications, including all diagnostic, prophylactic and therapeutic uses.

1.7 “Fully Diluted Basis” means the total number of shares of Latigo’s issued and outstanding common stock, assuming (a) the conversion of all issued and outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, (b) the exercise of all issued and outstanding warrants or options, and (c) the shares of common stock reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of Latigo.

1.8 “Generic Product” means, with respect to a particular Licensed Product in a country, a pharmaceutical product that is sold by a third party in such country (other than as a Sublicensee of Latigo or any of Latigo’s Affiliates under this Agreement), that (a) receives Regulatory Approval as a generic, follow-on, hybrid, or interchangeable product of such Licensed Product from the

 

Page 2

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


applicable regulatory authority in such country, (b) contains as an active ingredient the same compound as the Licensed Compound in the reference Licensed Product and (i) is approved under an abbreviated pathway under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or similar legislation in the relevant country or (ii) otherwise is approved in reliance on the NDA or foreign equivalent (or data therein) for such Licensed Product, or (c) (i) contains as an active ingredient the same compound as, or a bioequivalent compound to, the Licensed Compound in the reference Licensed Product, (ii) has the same strength, form, and method of administration as such Licensed Product, and (iii) is approved by the applicable regulatory authority in such country with the same labeling as such Licensed Product.

1.9 “Improvements” means any compound that targets or interacts with Nav1.8, which is not disclosed or claimed in the Licensed Patents as of the Effective Date, but with respect to which LIBD has the right to grant a license in accordance with this Agreement.

1.10 “Improvement Patent Rights” means LIBD’s rights under: (a) all patents and patent applications which claim Improvements; (b) all substitutions, divisions and continuations, in whole or in part; (c) all patents issuing on any of the foregoing, claiming priority thereto or sharing priority therewith, and reissues, registrations, renewals, re-examinations, and extensions of the foregoing; and (d) any and all United States and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing and all patents issuing therefrom.

1.11 “Licensed Compound” means any compound that is disclosed or that falls under the scope of one or more claims in any of the Licensed Patents, including but not limited to any and all physical chemical compounds existing as of the Effective Date that have been discovered, synthesized, characterized or developed as a result of the Licensed Program.

1.12 “Licensed Know-How” means any and all non-public know-how (including data (both primary and summary), reports, results, methods, knowledge, specifications, and formulations) and materials existing as of the Effective Date and in the possession of LIBD that (a) were used or generated or developed by or on behalf of LIBD in the course of performing the Licensed Program, and (b) are owned or controlled by LIBD. The word “control” when used in connection with Licensed Know-How means the possession (whether by ownership or otherwise) by LIBD of the right to transfer such Licensed Know-How to Latigo and to grant to Latigo the license as provided herein. Licensed Know-How is described in Appendix B attached hereto.

1.13 “Licensed Patents” means (a) any and all patent applications and issued patents owned or controlled by LIBD as of the Effective Date and listed in Appendix B attached hereto; (b) all substitutions, divisions and continuations, in whole or in part; (c) all patents issuing on any of the foregoing, claiming priority thereto or sharing priority therewith, and reissues, registrations, renewals, re-examinations, and extensions of the foregoing; (d) any and all United States and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing and all patents issuing therefrom; and (e) any and all Improvement Patent Rights that are elected as provided in Section 6.2 hereof.

1.14 “Licensed Product” means any product that contains a Licensed Compound, the making, use, or sale of which product would infringe one or more Valid Claims of a Licensed Patent in the absence of a license. For clarity, all Licensed Products containing the same Licensed Compound as the active ingredient will be considered the same Licensed Product, regardless of formulation, indication, strength, delivery, or otherwise.

 

Page 3


1.15 “Licensed Program” means any and all activities and efforts carried out by or on behalf of LIBD to, or intended to, discover, characterize, synthesize or modify any chemical compound directed to or interacting with the sodium ion channel subtype known as Nav1.8, the gene encoding therefor or its transcript.

1.16 “Licensed Subject Matter” means collectively the Licensed Compounds, Licensed Know-How and Licensed Patents.

1.17 “NDA” means, with respect to a Licensed Product, any new drug application filed with the FDA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. Article 505(b)(l), as amended from time to time, necessary for approval to use, market, import, sell, and offer for sale such Licensed Product.

1.18 “Net Sales” means

1.18.1 Cash, cash equivalents, and the fair market value of other valuable property received by Latigo, its Affiliates, or Sublicensees (“Selling Party”) upon the commercial sale, license, lease, performance, delivery or other commercial transfer of a Licensed Product less the following to the extent appropriately documented: (a) [***]; (b) [***]; (c) [***]; and (d) [***].

1.18.2 In the case of a sale of a Licensed Product within Latigo or between or among the Selling Parties for further sale by such transferee, Net Sales shall be based on the gross amount received for the first commercial sale of such Licensed Product to an end purchaser other than a Selling Party.

1.18.3 In the case of a sale of a Licensed Product by Latigo or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees to a distributor, wholesaler, reseller or similarly-situated entity (which for clarity, in each case, are not Sublicensees), Net Sales shall be based on the gross amount received for the sale of such Licensed Product by the applicable Selling Party to the distributor, wholesaler, reseller or similarly-situated entity.

1.19 “Patenting Costs” means any and all past or ongoing reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs incurred or to be incurred by the prosecuting Party, including, but not limited to, government fees, annuities, translations, and attorneys’ fees, in the course of any Prosecution activity.

1.20 “Phase 1 Clinical Study” means a human clinical study for a Licensed Product which provides for the first introduction into humans of such Licensed Product conducted in subjects the principal purpose of which is preliminary determination of safety and tolerability of a dosing regimen for such Licensed Product and otherwise meeting the requirements of 21 C.F.R.312.21(a), as amended from time to time, or analogous study outside the United States.

 

Page 4

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


1.21 “Phase 2 Clinical Study” means a human clinical study for a Licensed Product that provides for use of a Licensed Product on a limited number of subjects, designed or intended to evaluate the effectiveness of such Licensed Product and to determine the safe and effective dose range in the proposed therapeutic indication and otherwise meeting the requirements of 21 C.F.R.312.21(b), as amended from time to time, or analogous study outside the United States.

1.22 “Phase 3 Clinical Study” means a human clinical study for a Licensed Product conducted in a sufficient number of subjects which is designed or intended to establish the clinical efficacy and safety of the Licensed Product in a manner sufficient to support an application for Regulatory Approval to market or otherwise sell such Licensed Product and otherwise meeting the requirements of 21 C.F.R. 312.21(c), as amended from time to time, or an analogous study outside the United States.

1.23 “Pre-Clinical Candidate” means a Licensed Compound for which toxicological assessment under GLP conditions will be initiated.

1.24 “Prosecution” or “Prosecuting” means preparation, filing, prosecution, issuance and maintenance of any patent rights, including substitutions, continuations, divisionals, extensions, re-examinations, reissues, supplemental examination, appeals, interferences, derivation proceedings, oppositions, all other proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office (including the Patent Trial and Appeal Board) and foreign patent offices, and any judicial or other appeals of the foregoing.

1.25 “Qualified Financing” means a preferred stock financing pursuant to which Latigo issues and sells shares of its equity securities with aggregate gross proceeds to Latigo of at least [***] (including amounts received from cancellation or conversion of indebtedness).

1.26 “Regulatory Approval” means, with respect to a product, all approvals, licenses, registrations and authorizations by the applicable regulatory authority that are necessary for the marketing and sale of such product in the applicable country or jurisdiction, including pricing and reimbursement approvals to the extent required for the marketing and sale of such product in the applicable country or jurisdiction.

1.27 “Regulatory Exclusivity” means the period of any exclusive marketing rights or data exclusivity rights conferred by any regulatory authority with respect to a product in a country, excluding any exclusivity based on patent rights or patent term extensions.

1.28 “Representatives” means, with respect to a Party, its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, personnel, contractors, agents and representatives, and the respective successors, heirs and assigns of any of the foregoing. In the case of Latigo, “Representatives” includes Sublicensees and their respective directors, officers, employees, personnel, contractors, agents and representatives, and the respective successors, heirs and assigns of any of the foregoing.

 

Page 5

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


1.29 “Sublicense” means an agreement pursuant to which Latigo (i) grants or otherwise transfers any of its rights to make or sell Licensed Products under the rights licensed to Latigo hereunder, or (ii) agrees not to assert or seek a legal remedy for the practice of such rights described in clause (i). For clarity, an agreement pursuant to which Latigo assigns this Agreement pursuant to Section 13.1 shall not be a Sublicense.

1.30 “Sublicensee” means any non-Affiliate third party to which Latigo has granted a Sublicense.

1.31 “Sublicensing Revenue” means cash, cash equivalents, and the fair market value of other valuable property received by Latigo from Sublicensees in consideration for the grant of a Sublicense, including cash consideration in the form of license issue fees, lump sum payments and other licensing fees, milestone payments, or other property that has a general market value. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublicensing Revenue excludes the following: (a) [***]; (b) [***]; (c) [***]; (d) [***]; (e) [***]; and (f) [***].

1.32 “Term” has the meaning given in Section 7.1.

1.33 “Territory” means worldwide.

1.34 “Valid Claim” means any pending claim of any Licensed Patent, or issued and unexpired claim of any Licensed Patent, that has not been permanently revoked, nor held unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction that is unappealable or unappealed in the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been cancelled, withdrawn or abandoned or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise; provided that if any such pending claim does not issue within [***] ([***]) years from its filing date, such pending claim will cease to be a Valid Claim unless and until actually issued.

Article 2

GRANT; TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER

2.1 Grant to Latigo. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, LIBD hereby grants to Latigo an exclusive royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant and authorize Sublicenses as set forth below, under the Licensed Subject Matter, to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import, research, develop, and commercialize Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory.

2.2 Right to Sublicense. Latigo shall have the right to sublicense, through multiple tiers, any or all of the rights and licenses granted hereunder, provided that:

 

Page 6

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


2.2.1 each Sublicense is in writing, contains terms and conditions sufficient to enable Latigo and Latigo’s Sublicensees to comply with this Agreement, and expressly states that it is subject to this Agreement;

2.2.2 a copy of each Sublicense, which may be redacted to the extent the terms thereof are not necessary to determine compliance with this Agreement, is provided to LIBD within [***] ([***]) days following its execution, which information shall be Latigo’s Confidential Information;

2.2.3 Latigo shall be primarily responsible for complete and full compliance by all Sublicensees with the terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to Latigo; and

2.2.4 each Sublicense shall acknowledge LIBD as an express, intended third party beneficiary of the Sublicense with respect to LIBD’s rights, and with respect to obligations to LIBD, in each case under this Agreement, having the right to enforce such terms.

2.3 Affiliate Rights and Obligations. The rights granted in Section 2.1 extend to Affiliates of Latigo, except that [***]. An Affiliate that exercises rights under this Agreement shall automatically be bound by all terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to Latigo, including but not limited to indemnity and insurance provisions and the obligation to pay royalties and all other payments set forth herein. All acts or omissions by an Affiliate shall be considered acts or omissions of Latigo, which is, and shall remain, liable for them.

2.4 No Additional Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer any rights upon either Party by implication, estoppel, or otherwise as to any technology or patent rights of the other Party or any other entity except as expressly set forth herein.

2.5 Technology and Compound Transfer. LIBD shall promptly, but no later than [***] ([***]) days after the Effective Date, and at [***], provide Latigo with Licensed Know-How and Licensed Compounds (existing as of the date of such transfer, including non-GMP and GMP batches of drug substance and formulated drug products) in the control of LIBD. During the Term of this Agreement, in the event Latigo identifies any Licensed Know-How or Licensed Compounds that were not so transferred, then LIBD shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly retrieve and transfer the same to Latigo (the “Technology Transfer”). Without limiting the foregoing, LIBD shall make its personnel who were involved in the Licensed Program available by telephone, video conference or email, within reason and provided such personnel are still employed by LIBD, to Latigo to ensure the transfer of and assist with Latigo’s ability to understand and implement such Licensed Know-How and use such Licensed Compounds, including by answering questions relating to the same, at [***] for [***] ([***]) days after the Effective Date of this Agreement. For clarity, LIBD shall not disclose Licensed Know-How or Licensed Compounds to any third parties without Latigo’s express prior written consent.

 

Page 7

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


Article 3

FINANCIAL CONSIDERATION

3.1 Equity Issuance. In consideration of the license and other rights granted to Latigo hereunder, [***] ([***]) days following the later of (a) [***] and (b) [***], Latigo shall issue to LIBD a number of the type of shares of Latigo issued to investors in the Qualified Financing equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the equity capital in Latigo on a Fully Diluted Basis at the time of the initial closing of the Qualified Financing, subject to execution by LIBD of all applicable transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including, without limitation, an investor rights agreement and other related agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, [***]). For clarity purposes, LIBD will not be obligated to return such equity interest as a result of expiration or termination of this Agreement. Latigo agrees that the financing documents shall include [***].

3.2 Royalties. During the Royalty Term (defined below), Latigo shall pay to LIBD a royalty on Net Sales on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis in accordance with the following:

3.2.1 Subject to Section 3.2.2 below, for annual Net Sales of such Licensed Product in a calendar year, Latigo shall pay to LIBD a royalty in accordance with the table below.

 

Royalty Percentage

  

Annual Net Sales of such Licensed Product:

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

3.2.2 Royalties shall be paid on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis until the later of: (a) fifteen (15) years after first commercial sale of such Licensed Product in such country (even in the event that the Licensed Patents that cover such Licensed Product have expired prior to the end of the fifteen (15) year period); (b) expiration in such country of the last to expire Valid Claim within the Licensed Patents that would, in the absence of a license, be infringed by the sale, offer for sale, manufacture, importation or other use of such Licensed Product; or, if applicable (c) the earlier of (i) expiration of Regulatory Exclusivity, if any, for such Licensed Product in such country or (ii) the first commercial sale of a Generic Product that references such Licensed Product in such country (the “Royalty Term”). Upon the expiration of the Royalty Term with respect to a Licensed Product in a country, Latigo shall have a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual license under Section 2.1 with respect to such Licensed Product in such country. Furthermore, only one royalty shall be due and payable with respect to the Net Sales of a Licensed Product. No multiple royalties shall be payable because the Licensed Product, or the manufacture or use thereof, is or shall be covered by more than one Licensed Patent.

 

Page 8

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


3.2.3 Royalty Reductions.

(a) During the Royalty Term, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, in the event that there are no Valid Claims within the Licensed Patents that would, in the absence of a license, be infringed by the sale, offer for sale, manufacture, importation or other use of such Licensed Product in such country, Latigo’s royalty rate payable to LIBD pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be reduced by [***] percent ([***]%) of the applicable royalty rate.

(b) Further, Latigo may deduct, from the quarterly royalty payments it would otherwise owe to LIBD hereunder for a particular Licensed Product, an amount equal to up to [***] percent ([***]%) of all royalties actually paid to a third party(ies) during such quarter by Latigo pursuant to a written license or other written agreement with such third party in consideration for obtaining technology or intellectual property rights from such third party(ies) that is necessary in order for Latigo to make, use, sell, offer for sale, or import such Licensed Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) under no circumstance shall the effective royalty rate applicable and due to LIBD for such Licensed Product be reduced by more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the applicable royalty rate set forth in Section 3.2.1 and (ii) to the extent that any payments made by Latigo to a third party are applicable both to Licensed Products and to other products that are being developed or commercialized by Latigo, the amount of the third party payments deducted from the royalties otherwise owing to LIBD hereunder shall be adjusted proportionately between the Licensed Products and such other products. Likewise, no deduction under this Section 3.2.3 shall be made on account of royalties paid in respect of any Other Product included in a Combination Product. Latigo shall promptly provide written notice to LIBD of any third party agreement Latigo enters into that will result in a royalty reduction pursuant to this Section 3.2.3(b).

(c) The reductions cumulatively taken by Latigo pursuant to Sections 3.2.3(a) and 3.2.3(b) shall not reduce the royalty payment otherwise payable to LIBD with respect to any given country under Section 3.2 in any given calendar quarter by more than [***] percent ([***]%), provided that [***].

3.2.4 [***].

3.3 Milestone Payments. Latigo shall pay to LIBD the following one time milestone payments (“Milestone Payments”), whether triggered by actions of Latigo or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, in accordance with the following.

3.3.1 Development/Regulatory Milestone Payments. Latigo shall pay to LIBD the applicable milestone payments for each Licensed Product to accomplish the corresponding milestone event; except that [***].

 

Milestone Event

  

Milestone

Payment

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

 

Page 9

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


3.3.2 Commercial Milestone Payments. Latigo shall pay to LIBD the applicable milestone payments upon the achievement of the corresponding annual aggregate Net Sales threshold by all Licensed Products in accordance with the table below.

 

Milestone Event

  

Milestone

Payment

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

3.4 Sublicensing Payments. Latigo shall pay to LIBD a percentage of all Sublicensing Revenue equal to [***] ([***]%) percent.

Article 4

RECORDS, REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

4.1 Record Accounting. Latigo, its Affiliates, and all Sublicensees, shall keep complete and accurate books of account containing all particulars that may be necessary for the purpose of showing the amounts payable to LIBD by Latigo hereunder, and for otherwise verifying Latigo’s performance hereunder. Such books shall include for example, records pertaining to manufacturing, importation, sale and use of Licensed Products. Such books of account shall be kept at Latigo’s (or such Affiliate’s or Sublicensee’s) principal place of business, and shall be

 

Page 10

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


maintained for at least [***] ([***]) years following the end of the reporting period to which they pertain. For the sole purpose of verifying Latigo’s royalty statement or compliance in other respects with this Agreement, LIBD or its agents or representatives shall have the right at its sole expense (except as otherwise provided herein) to have an independent, certified public accountant, reasonably acceptable to Latigo, conduct an audit of records of business activities relating to this Agreement in Latigo’s (or its Affiliate’s or Sublicensee’s) principal place of business upon reasonable notice and under obligations of strict confidence. Such examinations shall be made during reasonable business hours, not more than [***] during each calendar year (except as otherwise provided herein), and not later than [***] ([***]) years following the rendering of any records pursuant to this Section 4.1. In the event an audit shows an underpayment to LIBD of [***] percent ([***]%) or more, Latigo shall bear the full reasonable, third party cost of the audit, which shall be due and payable (along with the amount of the underpayment) within [***] ([***]) days of receiving notice from LIBD. LIBD may exercise this audit right more than annually for good cause as shown by written evidence, including in the event of an underpayment of [***] percent ([***]%) or more. Should any of the foregoing examinations reveal an overpayment, then LIBD shall promptly repay to Latigo the overpaid amount within [***] ([***]) days of the final, written determination of such audit.

4.2 Quarterly Reports. Upon first commercial sale of a Licensed Product, within [***] ([***]) days of the end of each calendar quarter (or such longer period as the Parties may agree upon in good faith), Latigo shall deliver to LIBD a complete and accurate report for that quarter that includes, at a minimum, the following information for the applicable quarter, each listed by Licensed Product and by country of sale: (i) [***]; (ii) [***]; (iii) [***]; (iv) [***]; (v) [***]; (vi) [***]; and (vii) [***]. Such reports shall be considered Latigo’s Confidential Information, and shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions contained herein. If there are no sales of Licensed Products in any calendar quarter following the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product, Latigo shall report that in writing to LIBD as well.

4.3 Payments

4.3.1 Latigo shall pay to LIBD the Royalties (Section 3.2), Milestone Payments (Section 3.3), and Sublicensing Payments (Section 3.4) accruing during each calendar quarter and are due with the corresponding report for that quarter. Payments not received when due shall bear interest at [***].

4.3.2 Payments shall be paid in United States Dollars. If any currency conversion is required in connection with the payment of royalties hereunder, such conversion shall be made by using the buying rate for U.S. Dollars from such currency on the last business day of such quarter as reported in The Wall Street Journal (U.S. Internet edition).

 

Page 11

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


4.3.3 The Past Patenting Costs (as defined in Section 6.3.1) in the total amount of [***] shall be due and payable by Latigo [***] ([***]) days following the earlier of (a) [***] and (b) [***].

4.3.4 Payments once made are not refundable even if any Licensed Patent is later determined to be invalid or not applicable to a particular Licensed Product.

4.3.5 Payments to LIBD shall be made in U.S. dollars by electronic bank transfer to the following bank account:

 

BANK NAME:    [***]
ACCOUNT NAME:    [***]
BANK ACCOUNT NUMBER:    [***]
ROUTING NUMBER:    [***]

Article 5

DILIGENCE

5.1 Diligence Obligation. Latigo, acting itself and/or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees, shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to (a) develop (including filing for Regulatory Approval for) a Licensed Product for the Field in the Territory and (b) commercialize such Licensed Product in each jurisdiction in which Regulatory Approval is obtained. As between the Parties, Latigo shall conduct all development and commercialization-related activities in connection with the Licensed Program transferred hereunder, at Latigo’s sole expense.

5.2 Information Rights. Until [***], Latigo shall annually provide LIBD with summary reports evidencing its efforts in, progress made since the prior report, and future plans for, its development and commercialization of Licensed Products. Such reports shall include the information shared with Latigo’s Board of Directors with respect to the Licensed Products in the applicable period, which shall include information regarding work completed by Latigo or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, key scientific discoveries, clinical trials in progress or completed, schedule of anticipated events or milestones, notice of all FDA or other governmental filings and/or approvals regarding a Licensed Product, market plans (if any) for introduction of a Licensed Product, and significant corporate transactions involving a Licensed Product. Such reports shall be considered Latigo’s Confidential Information, and shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions contained herein. LIBD shall have the right to intermittently reasonably inquire [***] as to Latigo’s progress.

5.3 [***]. In addition to Latigo’s diligence obligations in Section 5.1, Latigo shall: (1) [***], and (2) [***]. Latigo shall promptly provide written notice to LIBD of the successful completion of both obligations described in this Section 5.3.

 

Page 12

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


Article 6

OWNERSHIP; PATENT PROSECUTION, ENFORCEMENT AND DEFENSE

6.1 Ownership of Foreground Intellectual Property. As between the Parties and as expressly provided in this Section 6.1, following the Effective Date, Latigo shall retain ownership of all compounds, products, data, results, and other subject matter made or generated by or on behalf of Latigo (together with all intellectual property rights therein, collectively, the “Foreground IP”). Latigo shall own and have responsibility for the Prosecution of any patent rights claimed or disclosed in the Foreground IP at its sole expense, including payment of applicable Patenting Costs with respect thereto.

6.2 Notice and Election of Improvements. LIBD shall promptly disclose Improvements to Latigo, and Latigo shall have the right, for a period of [***] ([***]) days, to elect to exclusively license such Improvements under this Agreement by written notice to LIBD; provided however, [***], then [***]. Upon written election by Latigo within such [***] ([***]) day period, the Parties will amend, in a timely manner, Appendix B hereto to include such Improvement Patent Rights within the Licensed Patents. LIBD shall not grant any license or other rights to such Improvements to a third party prior to the expiration of such [***] ([***]) day period. In the event that Latigo has not notified LIBD of its election to exclusively license such Improvements within such [***] ([***]) day period, LIBD may negotiate and grant a license under such Improvements to any third party; provided that [***] and [***].

6.3 Patent Prosecution of Licensed Patents

6.3.1 LIBD shall have responsibility for the Prosecution of the Licensed Patents, including choice of patent counsel; provided that such counsel is reasonably acceptable to Latigo. LIBD shall instruct patent counsel to keep Latigo informed of Prosecution of Licensed Patents, provide Latigo with copies of all material Prosecution documentation and correspondence (including office actions and draft patent applications) reasonably in advance of applicable deadlines such that Latigo has a reasonable opportunity to review and comment, give Latigo and its designees reasonable opportunity to advise LIBD on the Prosecution of the Licensed Patents, and consider in good faith Latigo’s comments and suggestions prior to taking material actions for the same. At the reasonable request of Latigo, LIBD shall consider in good faith all Prosecution actions reasonably recommended by Latigo which would expand the scope of rights sought or add dependent claims to cover specific Licensed Products; and LIBD shall notify Latigo at least [***] ([***]) days prior to any deadline if it intends to abandon, or otherwise elect to forego its rights in, any Licensed Patents and Latigo shall have the opportunity to assume control of Prosecution of such Licensed Patents in the name of LIBD at Latigo’s expense. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to ensure that each Licensed Patent reflects, to the extent practicable and to the best of Latigo’s knowledge, all items of commercial interest to Latigo. For clarity purposes, LIBD shall have final decision authority over the Prosecution of the Licensed Patents.

 

Page 13

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


6.3.2 Latigo (or its designees) shall be reasonably permitted to discuss Prosecution of the Licensed Patents with LIBD’s outside patent counsel, provided that [***]. All non-public information exchanged between the Parties or between LIBD’s outside patent counsel and Latigo regarding Prosecution of the Licensed Patents, and all shared information regarding analyses or opinions of third party intellectual property, shall be deemed Confidential Information of the disclosing Party. In addition, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, with regard to such activities, the interests of the Parties as licensor and licensee are to obtain the strongest and broadest patent protection possible, and as such, are aligned. The Parties agree and acknowledge that they have not waived, and nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of, any legal privilege concerning the Licensed Patents or the Confidential Information, including without limitation, privilege under the common interest doctrine. Each Party shall be represented by its own counsel for matters relating to this Agreement, including for purposes of review of patent filings as provided herein, and Latigo’s right to review and/or comment on patent filings made by LIBD, and Latigo’s right to discuss prosecution of the Licensed Patents with LIBD’s outside patent counsel, is not intended and shall not be deemed to create an attorney-client relationship between Latigo and the attorney(s) of LIBD and shall not prohibit counsel of LIBD from representing LIBD (or any other client) adverse to Latigo.

6.4 Patent Reimbursements

6.4.1 Past Patenting Costs. [***], provided that [***].

6.4.2 Ongoing Patenting Costs. With respect to all Patenting Costs incurred by LIBD after the Effective Date, [***]. Ongoing and future Patent Costs shall be invoiced by [***], or by [***], and [***]. In the event that [***] (a) [***], or (b) [***], [***]; provided however that [***].

6.4.3 Exclusion of Certain Rights. With respect to any action necessary to protect a particular Licensed Patent in a particular country, if Latigo instructs LIBD in writing not to take such action, which instruction must be given at least [***] ([***]) days before a particular Prosecution action is required for the protection of certain rights comprising a Licensed Patent for such Licensed Patent, [***]. Such Licensed Patent shall thereupon cease to be a Licensed Patent hereunder and Latigo shall have no further rights or obligations therein or thereto.

6.5 Infringement of the Licensed Patents.

6.5.1 If either Party believes, discovers, receives notice of, or otherwise reasonably suspects that a Licensed Patent is being, or has been, infringed by a third party, such Party shall promptly, and before communicating with such third party about the alleged infringement, notify the other Party of such belief in writing, and as part of such notice shall provide copies of all documentary evidence of the alleged infringement.

 

Page 14

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


6.5.2 Latigo shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to bring an action against an infringer of any Licensed Patent, at Latigo’s sole expense. Latigo shall notify LIBD of its intent to exercise that right within [***] ([***]) days after Latigo becomes aware of the alleged infringement. Prior to commencing any such action, Latigo shall consult with LIBD and shall carefully consider the views of LIBD regarding the advisability of the proposed action and the public interest in making its decision whether to file suit. Latigo shall not initiate an infringement action in the absence of a good faith belief in the validity of the asserted claims after reasonable investigation. For clarity, Latigo shall also have the first right to defend any cross claim or counterclaim or action for declaratory judgment related to the Licensed Patents. LIBD shall cooperate in such action as reasonably requested by Latigo, at Latigo’s sole expense. If LIBD is legally required to be named as a party to such action for standing or other purposes, Latigo may join LIBD to such action. Latigo shall reimburse LIBD for any reasonable, documented out-of-pocket external costs, expenses or liability it incurs directly in connection with any action under this Section 6.5.2 at Latigo’s request within [***] ([***]) days after receiving an invoice from LIBD for same. Settlement or other voluntary final disposition of the suit may not be concluded without the prior written consent of LIBD [***].

6.5.3 In the event that Latigo does not initiate an infringement action against an alleged infringer or defend any declaratory judgment action with respect thereto within [***] ([***]) days after LIBD notifies Latigo thereof (or such shorter period ending [***] ([***]) days prior to the last day necessary to bring, maintain or respond to such suit or claim), LIBD may initiate and prosecute such infringement action, or defend such declaratory action, in its sole discretion for its own benefit and at its sole expense. In such instances, Latigo shall cooperate as reasonably requested by LIBD, including being named as a co-plaintiff, and shall be reimbursed by LIBD for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket external expenses directly associated with such cooperation. Upon initiation of an infringement action by LIBD, LIBD shall have the right to seek resolution of the alleged infringement through litigation, settlement agreement or otherwise, provided that settlement or other voluntary final disposition of the suit may not be concluded without the prior written consent of Latigo [***]. Upon notification by LIBD to Latigo of LIBD’s intention to initiate or bring an infringement action, Latigo shall have no right to enter into a sublicense or otherwise reach an agreement with the alleged infringer that would have the effect of settling, terminating, or foreclosing LIBD’s action.

 

Page 15

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


6.5.4 The Party bringing or defending an action under this Section 6.5 (the “Enforcing Party”) shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of the status and progress thereof, and shall not purposefully take any position or action that would have a materially adverse effect on the Licensed Patents or scope, claims, validity or enforceability thereof without the prior written consent of the other Party [***]. Any damages, award, settlement or other recovery received by the Enforcing Party (including without limitation statutory damages, compensatory damages, lost profits damages, exemplary damages, increased damages, and awards of costs and attorney’s fees) shall [***], including [***]. Following such deductions, [***] of the remaining balance shall be [***] and [***].

6.6 Waiver of Invalidity Claims. Latigo, on behalf of itself, its Affiliates, and its Sublicensees, understands and agrees that the transfer of Licensed Subject Matter under this Agreement will confer substantial benefits to them, even in the absence of one of more Valid Claims. Such benefits include “early mover” advantage and knowledge transfer from LIBD during patent Prosecution. In addition, Latigo on behalf of itself, its Affiliates, and its Sublicensees understands and agrees that the consideration provided to LIBD for the Licensed Subject Matter reflects the nature and risks of early-stage technology, and the consideration required for a license to later stage technology would be significantly higher. Accordingly, Latigo, on behalf of itself, its Affiliates, and its Sublicensees, agrees that it shall not initiate any action to invalidate the any of the Licensed Patents and hereby waives any rights they may have to do so.

6.7 Patent Challenges. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Latigo or any of its Affiliates or a Sublicensee initiates an action challenging the validity or enforceability of any of the Licensed Patents, the following shall apply:

6.7.1 LIBD may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Latigo, unless Latigo or the applicable Affiliate or Sublicensee formally withdraws and ceases to pursue such action within [***] ([***]) days after receipt of LIBD’s written notice, and Latigo or such Affiliate or Sublicensee secures the dismissal with prejudice of such action as promptly as practicable thereafter;

6.7.2 No payments required by this Agreement shall be suspended or delayed during any challenge to any of the Licensed Patents and no such payments shall be subject to refund or recoupment for any reason; and

6.7.3 If such action determines that at least one claim of a Licensed Patent(s) is a Valid Claim, Latigo and the applicable challenging Affiliate and Sublicensee shall [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Latigo shall [***].

 

Page 16

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


Article 7

DURATION AND TERMINATION

7.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue, on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, until the expiration of the Royalty Term in such country and with respect to such Licensed Product, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions herein (the “Term”).

7.2 Termination for Material Breach by either Party. If either Party materially breaches this Agreement, the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the breaching Party referencing this Section 7.2 if the breaching Party fails to cure such material breach and to provide the nonbreaching Party with reasonably acceptable written evidence of such cure within forty-five (45) days (or such other period as set forth in Section 7.4) after receiving notice of such breach; provided, however, that if such breach is capable of being cured but cannot be cured within such forty-five (45) day period and the breaching Party initiates actions to cure such breach within such period and thereafter diligently pursues such actions, the breaching Party shall have such additional period as the non-breaching Party agrees is reasonable under the circumstances to cure such breach.

7.3 Termination for Convenience by Latigo. Latigo shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a country-by-country basis upon sixty (60) days advance written notice to LIBD, if such notice is provided prior to receipt of the first Regulatory Approval for a Licensed Product. If Regulatory Approval for a Licensed Product has already been obtained, Latigo shall provide LIBD with twelve (12) months advance written notice.

7.4 Termination by LIBD. For clarity, LIBD shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Latigo referencing this Section 7.4 for Latigo’s material breach if: (a) Latigo fails to complete the closing of the Qualified Financing within six (6) months of the Effective Date, provided that Latigo has not completed such closing as of the time of such notice, or (b) Latigo fails to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop and/or commercialize a Licensed Product for a consecutive period of three (3) months or longer, provided that Latigo has not resumed such Commercially Reasonable Efforts as of the time of such notice. Following LIBD’s notice of termination, Latigo shall be permitted [***] ([***]) days to submit a written diligence plan to LIBD for its approval [***], and [***] ([***]) days thereafter to initiate the approved plan in order to cure any failure with respect to only subsection (b) of this Section 7.4, otherwise this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

7.5 Effects of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, (a) all rights and licenses granted to Latigo under the terms of this Agreement, inclusive of the Licensed Program and Licensed Subject Matter licensed to Latigo hereunder, shall terminate and revert back to LIBD, and nothing herein shall be construed to release either Party from any obligation that matured prior to the effective date of such termination; (b) Latigo shall transfer back to LIBD all Licensed Know-How and Licensed Compounds, with the Technology and Compound Transfer provisions of Section 2.5 applying to Latigo mutatis mutandis; (c) all Confidential Information of the other Party shall be promptly returned or destroyed, at the disclosing Party’s election; (d) except as otherwise provided in Section 7.5.3, Latigo shall cease all production and sale of Licensed Products; (e) final reports in accordance with Article 4 (Records, Reports and Payments) shall be submitted to LIBD; and (f) all royalties and other payments, including without limitation [***], accrued or due to LIBD under this Agreement as of the termination date shall become immediately payable.

 

Page 17

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


7.5.1 Failure to Close Qualified Financing. In addition to the effects of termination specified in Section 7.5, and only in the event that LIBD terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.4 for Latigo’s failure to close the Qualified Financing, Latigo shall, within [***] ([***]) days of the termination of this Agreement, (a) transfer to LIBD copies of all data (both primary and summary), reports, results, methods, specifications, formulations, and materials relating to or in connection with Salts and Polymorphs; and (b) grant LIBD a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, sublicensable, perpetual license to use and to practice all Salts and Polymorphs for any and all purposes, including without limitation to make, have made, use, sell, have sold and import products and processes. In the circumstances described in this Section 7.5.1, the foregoing license shall be deemed automatically granted, and shall not require any additional actions or written license or other agreement on the part of Latigo. For purposes of this Section 7.5.1, “Salts and Polymorphs” means any and all salts and/or polymorphs of any Licensed Compound discovered or developed by or on behalf of Latigo during the Term together with all intellectual property rights therein.

7.5.2 RTN to LIBD Upon Termination. Without limiting the effects of termination specified in Section 7.5, upon termination of this Agreement for any reason (other than (a) termination by LIBD pursuant to Section 7.4 for Latigo’s failure to close the Qualified Financing or (b) termination by Latigo for patient safety concerns as determined by Latigo in good faith), Latigo hereby grants to LIBD the exclusive right to negotiate the terms of a license agreement as further provided in this Section 7.5.2 (the “RTN”). LIBD shall notify Latigo within [***] ([***]) days following termination of this Agreement whether or not LIBD wishes to exercise the RTN. In the event that LIBD notifies Latigo that it wishes to exercise the RTN, the Parties shall discuss in good faith for up to [***] ([***]) days (or such longer period as the Parties may agree in writing) the terms and conditions pursuant to which Latigo would grant to LIBD a license to (i) all technology and intellectual property owned or controlled by Latigo and incorporated in Licensed Products then in development, (ii) information and data (both primary and summary), reports, results, methods, specifications, formulations, and materials generated in the course of performing research or development of Licensed Products (including from the conduct of Phase 1 Clinical Studies, Phase 2 Clinical Studies, and Phase 3 Clinical Studies) and (iii) all Regulatory Approvals for any Licensed Products that have received Regulatory Approval, in each case (i) – (iii), inclusive, solely for purposes of LIBD, or its Affiliates or sublicensees, developing, making, and commercializing Licensed Products. In the event that the Parties have not agreed upon such terms and conditions for such license within such [***] ([***]) day period (or such longer period as the Parties may agree), Latigo may negotiate and grant such license to any third party; provided that [***].

7.5.3 Post-Termination Product Sales. Notwithstanding the effects of termination specified in Section 7.5, after the effective date of termination of this Agreement, unless for material breach by Latigo, Latigo and its Affiliates and Sublicensees may, for a period of up to [***] ([***]) year, sell all Licensed Products existing at the time of such termination, and complete Licensed Products in the process of manufacture at the time of such termination and sell the same, provided that Latigo shall comply with all of the terms of this Agreement, including, (i) Latigo shall pay to LIBD the royalties and other payments as required hereinabove including Article 3 (Financial Considerations), and (ii) Latigo shall submit the reports required by Section 4.2 hereof.

 

Page 18

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


7.6 Effect on Sublicenses. Upon termination of this Agreement, for any reason, Latigo shall promptly notify its Sublicensees of such termination. If a Sublicensee is not in default under the Sublicense and if the Sublicense is in conformity with this Agreement, such Sublicensee shall have the right by written notice, within [***] ([***]) days of termination, to be bound to LIBD on substantially the same terms and conditions (including financial terms) obligating Latigo as it was bound to LIBD under this Agreement, within the scope of such Sublicense; provided that in no event shall LIBD be obligated in any manner that it was not to Latigo hereunder. If the Sublicensee does not elect thereto within [***] ([***]) days after the effective date of termination of this Agreement, the Sublicense and all rights granted thereunder shall terminate.

7.7 Survival. The following provisions of this Agreement, and the defined terms and provisions used or referenced therein, shall survive termination of this Agreement: Section 3.2 (Royalties), Section 3.3 (Milestone Payments), Section 3.4 (Sublicensing Payments), Section 4.1 (Record Accounting), Section 4.2 (Quarterly Reports), Section 4.3 (Payments), Article 7 (Duration and Termination), Article 8 (Confidentiality), Article 9 (Indemnification and Insurance), Section 10.4 (Disclaimers), Article 11 (Non-Use of Names and Publicity), Article 12 (Dispute Resolution), and Article 13 (Miscellaneous).

Article 8

CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1 Confidential Information. During the Term and for a period of [***] ([***]) years thereafter, the Parties agree that all Confidential Information of the disclosing Party shall be maintained in confidence by the receiving Party and shall not be disclosed by the receiving Party to any third parties unless agreed to in writing by the Party providing the information; nor shall any such Confidential Information be used by the receiving Party for any purpose other than to perform its obligations and exercise its rights under this Agreement; except, however, the Parties agree that nothing herein shall be construed to prevent (a) the receiving Party from providing information that is required to be disclosed by law, regulation or judicial order, provided that prior to any such disclosure, the receiving Party shall promptly notify the disclosing Party and shall reasonably assist the disclosing Party, upon request, to prevent or limit such disclosure of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, or (b) Latigo from disclosing LIBD’s Confidential Information in connection with regulatory applications and filings and to actual and potential Sublicensees, sources of financing for the activities to be conducted under this Agreement and/or acquirers in connection with the exercise of rights granted to it hereunder, in each case under written obligations of confidentiality at least as protective of LIBD’s Confidential Information as those set forth herein.

8.2 Security. Latigo and LIBD agree that the confidentiality obligations hereunder shall require that each Party use those security and confidentiality procedures and practices to protect the other Party’s Confidential Information as such Party uses for its own confidential records.

 

Page 19

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


Article 9

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

9.1 Indemnification by Latigo. Latigo shall defend, indemnify, and hold LIBD and its Representatives (each, a “LIBD Indemnitee”) harmless from and against liabilities, damages, expenses, and recoveries (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Liabilities”) resulting from third party claims, suits, proceedings, actions, and demands (collectively, “Claims”) to the extent that such Claims arise out of, are based on, or relate to (a) the research, development, use, manufacture, commercialization, importation, sale, distribution or other exploitation of any Licensed Product by or under authority of Latigo or any of its Affiliates and/or Sublicensees, including without limitation where a Licensed Product causes or is alleged to have caused bodily injury, including death, to any person or physical injury to or destruction of any tangible property; (b) a material breach of any of Latigo’s representations, warranties, or obligations under the Agreement, including without limitation the failure of Latigo or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees or any of their respective employees, directors, officers or agents to comply with any applicable laws; (c) any act or omission of Latigo or any of its Representatives, whether negligent or otherwise; or (d) otherwise arising as a consequence of performance by Latigo or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees of, or exercise of rights under, this Agreement. The foregoing indemnity obligation shall be reduced to the extent that any Liability arises from, is based on, or relates to (i) a material breach of any of LIBD’s representations, warranties, or obligations under the Agreement; or (ii) the willful misconduct or negligent acts of LIBD or its Affiliates.

9.2 Indemnification Procedures. LIBD shall give written notice to Latigo promptly after learning of such Claim. LIBD shall provide Latigo with reasonable assistance, at the Latigo’s expense, in connection with the defense of the Claim for which indemnity is being sought. LIBD may participate in and monitor such defense with counsel of its own choosing at its sole expense; provided, however, that Latigo shall have the right to assume and conduct the defense of the Claim with counsel of its choice. Latigo shall not settle any Claim without the prior written consent of LIBD [***] unless the settlement involves only the payment of money by Latigo for which LIBD has no responsibility whatsoever. So long as Latigo is actively defending the Claim in good faith, LIBD shall not settle any such Claim without the prior written consent of Latigo [***]. If Latigo does not assume and conduct the defense of the Claim as provided above, (a) LIBD may defend against, and consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Claim in any manner LIBD may deem reasonably appropriate (and LIBD need not consult with, or obtain any consent from, Latigo in connection therewith), and (b) Latigo will remain responsible to indemnify (i.e., reimburse in full all expenses of) LIBD as provided in this Article 9.

9.3 Limitation of Liability. NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LIBD BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNTS ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY LIBD UNDER THIS AGREEMENT DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTHS PRIOR TO THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM FOR DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE

 

Page 20

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


CONTRARY, NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 9.3 IS INTENDED TO OR SHALL LIMIT OR RESTRICT THE INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS OF ANY PARTY UNDER SECTION 9.1 OR 9.2, OR DAMAGES AVAILABLE FOR A PARTY’S BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS IN ARTICLE 8, OR DAMAGES AVAILABLE FOR A PARTY’S FRAUD, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

9.4 Insurance. Each Party shall procure and maintain insurance, continuing throughout the Term of this Agreement and for a period of [***] ([***]) years thereafter, including product liability insurance (with respect to Latigo only, and only from and after the initiation of human clinical trials), adequate to cover its obligations hereunder and consistent with normal business practices of prudent companies similarly situated at all times during which any Licensed Product is being clinically tested in human subjects or commercially distributed or sold by such Party. It is understood that such insurance shall not be construed to create a limit of either Party’s liability with respect to its indemnification obligations under this Article 9 or that the maintenance of such insurance shall not be construed to relieve either Party of its other obligations under this Agreement. Each Party shall provide the other with written evidence of such insurance upon request. Each Party shall provide the other with written notice at least [***] ([***]) days prior to the cancellation, non-renewal or material change in such insurance. Latigo’s policy of insurance shall: (a) be issued by reputable and financially secure insurance carriers [***], (b) list LIBD, its Board of Directors, officers, employees, faculty, staff, students, agents and their successors, heirs and assigns as additional insureds, (c) be endorsed to provide that the insurer waives all subrogation rights it has or may have against any additional insured, and (d) be primary in respect of all additional insureds.

Article 10

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, DISCLAIMERS

10.1 Representations and Warranties of the Parties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that as of the Effective Date:

10.1.1 it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation or other entity as represented herein under the applicable laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or chartering;

10.1.2 it has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

10.1.3 the execution of this Agreement by its representative whose signature is set forth at the end hereof has been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action of such Party; and

10.1.4 when executed and delivered by such Party, this Agreement shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of that Party, enforceable against that Party in accordance with its terms.

 

Page 21

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


10.2 LIBD’s Representations and Warranties. LIBD represents and warrants that to the best of the knowledge of LIBD’s Associate Director of Drug Discovery as of the Effective Date:

10.2.1 it is the record owner of all patent applications within the Licensed Patents listed in Appendix B hereto;

10.2.2 it has the right, power and authority to grant the licenses set forth hereunder;

10.2.3 neither its grant of the license nor its performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement conflicts with, violates or results in a breach by LIBD of any applicable law or any provision of any LIBD agreement; requires the consent, approval or authorization of any regulatory authority or other third party in order for LIBD to enter into this Agreement, or requires the provision of any payment or other consideration by LIBD to any third party; and

10.2.4 during the Term, LIBD shall not enter into any agreement or contract that would constitute a breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

10.3 Latigo’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants.

10.3.1 Latigo hereby represents and warrants to LIBD that, during the Term, Latigo shall not enter into any material agreement or contract that would be inconsistent with any of its obligations under this Agreement.

10.3.2 Latigo and its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall carry out all obligations under this Agreement, including all activities associated with the research, development, manufacture, importation, commercialization, use and sale of Licensed Products in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Latigo’s or its Affiliates’ or Sublicensees’ intentional, continued, or recidivistic disregard to so comply with Applicable Laws shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement giving LIBD the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.2. For these purposes “Applicable Laws” means all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, requirements, ordinances or other pronouncements having the effect of law of any government, regulatory authority or political subdivision, whether domestic or foreign, any order, judgment, injunction, notice, decree or other requirement or rule of law or legal process (including common law), rules or requirements of any governmental body, each as it may be amended from time to time, including those applicable to protecting the rights, integrity and confidentiality of human trial subjects (including, to the extent applicable, approval of any human trials by an appropriately constituted institutional review board (“IRB”)), those applicable to the treatment of animals in research, those applicable to the use of biological materials and the operation of research facilities and those relating to non-discrimination, sexual harassment, and equal employment opportunity.

10.4 Disclaimers. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS ARTICLE 10, (A) NO REPRESENTATION, CONDITION OR WARRANTY WHATSOEVER IS MADE OR GIVEN BY OR ON BEHALF OF EITHER PARTY; AND (B) ALL OTHER CONDITIONS AND WARRANTIES WHETHER ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED, INCLUDING ANY CONDITIONS AND WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, LIBD DOES NOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE LICENSED PATENTS ARE VALID OR ENFORCEABLE, OR THAT ANY EXERCISE OF THE LICENSED PATENTS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE SALE OF LICENSED PRODUCTS OR OTHER,

 

Page 22


USE, COMMERCIALIZATION OR OTHER EXPLOITATION OF THE LICENSED SUBJECT MATTER, WILL NOT INFRINGE OR MISAPPROPRIATE ANY PATENT OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT OF ANY THIRD PARTY. ANY WARRANTY MADE BY LATIGO TO ITS CUSTOMERS, USERS OF ANY LICENSED PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY ARE MADE BY LATIGO ALONE AND SHALL NOT BIND LIBD OR BE DEEMED OR TREATED AS HAVING BEEN MADE BY LIBD. LIBD MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHATSOEVER AS TO ANY RESULTS TO BE ACHIEVED IN CONSEQUENCE OF LATIGO CARRYING OUT ANY DEVELOPMENT EFFORTS OR ACTIVITIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR THAT THAT THE DEVELOPMENT OR COMMERCIALIZATION OF ANY LICENSED PRODUCT WILL BE SUCCESSFUL OR THAT ANY LICENSED PRODUCT WILL BE COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITABLE.

Article 11

NON-USE OF NAMES AND PUBLICITY

11.1 Non-Use of Names. Neither Party shall use the name, trademark, service mark, trade name, or symbol or any adaptation thereof of the other Party or of any of its directors, officers, employees, investigators, agents or representatives, medical and professional staff, or Affiliates for advertising, marketing, endorsement, promotional or sales literature, publicity, or other public announcement or disclosure without the specific prior written consent of an authorized representative of the other Party or individual whose name is to be used as to each such use. Any request to make use of LIBD’s name shall be made at least [***] ([***]) business days in advance of any proposed use and be made by written request to: Communications@libd.org.

11.2 Publicity. The Parties shall maintain the existence and terms of this Agreement confidential, and neither Party shall issue any press release or other public statements related to this Agreement without the specific prior written consent of an authorized representative of the other Party as to each such use. After the first approved press release related to this Agreement, the Parties may make factual statements that Latigo has a license from LIBD under one or more of the patents or patent applications comprising the Licensed Patents and regarding the type and extent of the license. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, (i) Latigo may disclose the existence and terms of this Agreement to potential or actual investors, acquirers, Sublicensees, collaboration partners, consultants and advisors on a reasonable need to know basis subject to written obligations of confidentiality at least as restrictive as those set forth herein, or as required by securities or other applicable laws or rules, and (ii) LIBD may disclose the existence and terms of this Agreement to consultants, advisors, and its Board of Directors on a reasonable need to know basis subject to written obligations of confidentiality at least as restrictive as those set forth herein.

Article 12

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

12.1 Disputes. The Parties recognize that disputes as to certain matters may from time to time arise that relate to either Party’s rights and/or obligations hereunder. It is the objective of the Parties to establish procedures to facilitate the resolution of disputes arising under this Agreement in an expedient manner by mutual cooperation and without resort to litigation. To accomplish this objective, the Parties agree to follow the procedures set forth in this Article 12 to resolve any controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with any provision of this Agreement, including any subsequent amendments, or the validity, enforceability, construction, performance or breach hereof (and including the applicability of this Section 12.1 to any such controversy or claim), if and when a dispute arises under this Agreement.

 

Page 23

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


12.2 Initial Escalation. With respect to all disputes arising between the Parties, including any dispute relating to an alleged failure to perform, or breach, of this Agreement, or any issue relating to the interpretation or application of this Agreement, if the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute within [***] ([***]) days after such dispute is first identified by either Party in writing to the other, either Party shall have the right to refer such dispute to the senior executive officers for each Party for attempted resolution by written notice to the other Party referencing the particular dispute and this Section 12.2. In such case, a senior executive officer designated by each Party and having the right to bind such Party with respect to the matter in dispute shall have good faith negotiations within [***] ([***]) days after such notice is received, including at least one (1) meeting (including by telephone or videoconference) of the senior executive officers within [***] ([***]) days after such notice is received. If the senior executives should resolve such dispute, a memorandum setting forth their agreement will be prepared and signed by both Parties if requested by either Party. In all events, the Parties shall cooperate in an effort to limit the issues for consideration in such manner as narrowly as reasonably practicable in order to resolve the dispute.

12.3 Binding Arbitration. If the senior executive officers designated by the Parties are not able to resolve such dispute referred to them under Section 12.2 within such [***] ([***]) day period, such dispute shall be resolved through binding arbitration, which arbitration may be initiated by either Party by written notice to the other Party referencing the particular dispute and this Section 12.3 at any time after the conclusion of such period, on the following basis:

12.3.1 The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York, and all proceedings and communications shall be in English.

12.3.2 The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS pursuant to the Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures of JAMS then in effect (the “JAMS Rules”).

12.3.3 The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator, unless either Party requests a panel of three arbitrators, experienced in the pharmaceutical business and experienced with non-profit research institution practices. If a Party asks for a panel, then within [***] ([***]) days after the notice initiating the arbitration, each Party shall appoint one arbitrator by written notice to the other Party and the two Party-appointed arbitrators shall select the third arbitrator within [***] ([***]) days of their appointment. If the Party-appointed arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by JAMS.

12.3.4 Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator(s) shall be binding on the Parties and may be entered by any court or forum having jurisdiction.

12.3.5 Either Party may apply to the arbitrator(s) for interim injunctive relief until the arbitration award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved. Further, either Party also may, without waiving any remedy under this Agreement, seek from any court having jurisdiction any injunctive or provisional relief necessary to protect the rights or property of such Party pending the arbitration award.

 

Page 24

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


12.3.6 The arbitrator(s) shall have no authority to award punitive or any other type of damages not allowed pursuant to Section 9.3 of this Agreement.

12.3.7 Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses and attorneys’ fees and an equal share of the arbitrator(s)’ and any administrative fees of arbitration, unless the arbitrator(s) determine that a Party has incurred unreasonable expenses due to vexatious or bad faith position taken by the other Party, in which event, the arbitrator may make an award of all or any portion of such expense so incurred.

12.3.8 Reasons for the arbitrator(s)’ decision should be complete and explicit, including determinations of law and fact. The written reasons should also include the basis for any damages awarded and a statement of how the damages were calculated. Such written decision should be rendered by the arbitrator(s) following a full comprehensive hearing, as soon as practicable but in no event later than [***] ([***]) months following the selection of the arbitrator(s) under Section 12.3.3.

12.3.9 Except to the extent necessary to confirm or enforce an award or as may be required by law, neither Party nor any arbitrator may disclose the existence, content, or results of an arbitration without the prior written consent of both Parties.

12.3.10 In no event shall an arbitration be initiated after the date when commencement of a legal or equitable proceeding based on the dispute, controversy or claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations; provided that such limitation shall be tolled as of the date a Party notifies the other Party of such dispute, controversy or claim pursuant to this Article 12.

12.4 Injunctive Relief. Nothing herein may prevent either Party from seeking a preliminary injunction or temporary restraint order in order to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information without appropriate authorization under this Agreement.

Article 13

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted assigns and successors in interest. Except as expressly permitted in this Agreement, neither Party shall assign, delegate or subcontract any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that either Party may assign this Agreement without such consent to an Affiliate or a successor whether by a merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, sale of all or substantially all the assets or business of such Party to which this Agreement relates, or similar transaction, so long as prompt written notice is provided to the other Party, and the assignee agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For clarity, if LIBD assigns any right or interest in or to any Licensed Subject Matter, such assignment shall be void ab initio unless expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Page 25

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


13.2 Notices. Any notice or other communication given under this Agreement (excluding correspondence or communications pursuant to Section 5.2 or reports and payments under Section 4.2, 4.3, or 5.2) shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered when sent by certified first class mail, or by overnight courier with confirmed receipt, addressed to the Parties as follows (or at such other addresses as the Parties may notify each other in writing):

 

Latigo:

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

1290 Rancho Conejo Boulevard

Suite 102

Thousand Oaks, CA 91320

 

Attention: Scott M. Wasserman, MD

  

LIBD:

Lieber Institute, Inc.

855 North Wolfe Street

Suite #300, 3rd Floor

Baltimore, MD 21205

 

Attention: [***]

13.3 Governing Law. This Agreement and all disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement or any breach hereof shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law principles that would require the application of the laws of a different jurisdiction.

13.4 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement to preserve (to the extent possible) their original intent.

13.5 Interpretation. The article, section, and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement and the Background recitals are for reference purposes only, and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The words “include” or “including” shall be construed as incorporating, also, “but not limited to” or “without limitation.” The Parties acknowledge that each Party has read and negotiated the language used in this Agreement. Because all Parties participated in negotiating and drafting this Agreement, no rule of construction shall apply to this Agreement which construes ambiguous language in favor of or against any Party by reason of that Party’s role in drafting this Agreement.

13.6 Amendment and Waiver. No waiver, modification, release or amendment of any obligation under this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the Party to be bound and explicitly references this Agreement and specifies that it is the Parties’ intent to modify the terms and/or conditions set forth herein. The Parties acknowledge that invoices, purchase orders or other mechanisms for administering any payment or other obligation set forth herein shall not contain terms and conditions separate from, in addition to, and/or in conflict with this Agreement, and that any such terms, if present, shall be void and without effect, and shall not be enforceable by any Party hereto. The failure of either Party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect its rights at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either Party of any condition or term shall be deemed as a further or continuing waiver of such condition or term or of any other condition or term.

 

Page 26

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


13.7 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be responsible for delays resulting from unforeseen causes arising after the Effective Date that are beyond the reasonable control of such Party, including fire, explosion, flood, war, strike, riot, labor disturbance, pandemic, epidemic or other rapidly spreading contagion, quarantine, or acts of God or government, provided that the nonperforming Party gives the other Party prompt written notice of any delay resulting from any such event and uses Commercially Reasonable Efforts to avoid or remove such causes of nonperformance and continues performance under this Agreement with reasonable dispatch whenever such causes are removed.

13.8 Entire Agreement. The Parties hereto agree that this Agreement (including any appendices) sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties hereto as to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior written and oral agreements, understandings, promises or offers, including any term sheet which preceded its drafting, including [***] and [***].

13.9 Independent Contractors. For the purpose of this Agreement, each Party shall be, and shall be deemed to be, an independent contractor and not an agent, partner, joint venturer or employee of the other Party. Neither Party shall have authority to make any statement, representation or commitment of any kind, or to take any action which shall be binding on the other Party, except as may be explicitly authorized in writing.

13.10 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile or by electronic scan copies delivered by email, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[The remainder of this page left blank intentionally; signature page follows]

 

Page 27

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.      LIEBER INSTITUTE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Scott Wasserman, M.D.

     By:   

/s/ Daniel Weinberger, M.D.

Name:   Scott Wasserman, M.D.      Name:    Daniel Weinberger, M.D.
Title:   CEO      Title:    CEO and Director
Date:   7/22/2020      Date:    7/22/2020

 

Page 28


CONFIDENTIAL

Appendix A

LICENSED KNOW-HOW

[***]

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


CONFIDENTIAL

Appendix B

LICENSED PATENTS

[***]

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to the License Agreement (“Amendment”) is effective as of this 6th day of August, 2020 (the “Amendment Effective Date”) by and between Lieber Institute, Inc. (d/b/a: Lieber Institute for Brain Development), a nonprofit research institute with an address at 855 North Wolfe Street, Suite #300, 3rd Floor, Baltimore, MD 21205 (“LIBD”), and Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with an address at 1290 Rancho Conejo Boulevard, Suite 102, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320 (“Latigo”) (each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain License Agreement entered into by and between the Parties effective as of the 22nd day of July 2020 (the “License Agreement”), LIBD granted Latigo an exclusive license to certain patent rights and rights to future improvements with respect to Nav1.8.

WHEREAS, LIBD filed a provisional patent application on July 22, 2020 which claims such an improvement;

WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to amend the License Agreement to include such provisional patent application under Latigo’s exclusive license;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and promises contained in this Amendment, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows

ARTICLE I

ELECTION OF IMPROVEMENT

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, initially capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the License Agreement.

1.2 The Parties acknowledge that LIBD has disclosed an Improvement to Latigo in accordance with Section 6.2 of the License Agreement. Latigo hereby elects to exclusively license such Improvement and include the corresponding Improvement Patent Right under the License Agreement.

1.3 Accordingly, Appendix B of the License Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the text set forth on Appendix B hereto.

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 No Other Modifications. Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the License Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this Amendment shall be binding unless made in writing and signed by the Parties by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

2.2. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile or by electronic scan copies delivered by email, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the Amendment Effective Date by their duly authorized representatives.

 

Lieber Institute, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Weinberger, M.D.

Name: Daniel Weinberger, M.D.
Title: CEO and Director
Date: 8/6/2020
Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Scott Wasserman, M.D.

Name: Scott Wasserman, M.D.
Title: CEO
Date: 8/11/2020


Appendix B

LICENSED PATENTS

[***]

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


AMENDED AND RESTATED AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Amendment No. 2 to the License Agreement (“A&R Second Amendment”) is effective as of this 28th day of January 2022 (the “A&R Second Amendment Effective Date”) by and between Lieber Institute, Inc. (d/b/a: Lieber Institute for Brain Development), a nonprofit research institute with an address at 855 North Wolfe Street, Suite #300, 3rd Floor, Baltimore, MD 21205 (“LIBD”), and Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with an address at 1290 Rancho Conejo Boulevard, Suite 102, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320 (“Latigo”) (each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain License Agreement entered into by and between the Parties effective as of the 22nd day of July 2020 (the “License Agreement”), as amended as of (a) the 6th day of August 2020 (the “First Amendment”) and (b) the 3rd day of September 2021 (such date, the “Second Amendment Effective Date, and such amendment, the “Second Amendment”), LIBD granted Latigo an exclusive license to certain patent and other rights with respect to Nav1.8 and future improvements thereof all on the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the First Amendment added a provisional patent application (“LIBD-03”) under Latigo’s exclusive license which claimed an improvement;

WHEREAS, the Second Amendment included LTGO-03 as a jointly owned patent under Latigo’s exclusive license, including each Party’s rights and obligations with respect thereto;

WHEREAS, the Parties now wish to amend and restate the Second Amendment (including Appendix A and updating Appendix B of the License Agreement), to include LTGO-04, LTGO-08, and LTGO-09 in LTGO-03, all as set forth in this A&R Second Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and promises contained in this A&R Second Amendment, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

OMNIBUS FILING(S)

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this A&R Second Amendment, initially capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the License Agreement.

1.2 The Parties hereby replace the Second Amendment in its entirety with this A&R Second Amendment effective as of the A&R Second Amendment Effective Date. For clarity, the Second Amendment was effective from the Second Amendment Effective Date until the execution of this A&R Second Amendment on the A&R Second Amendment Effective Date.

1.3 The Parties acknowledge that certain subject matter disclosed or claimed in LTGO-03 (previously combined with now abandoned LIBD-03) and certain subject matter owned or controlled by Latigo are necessary or reasonably useful for Prosecution relating to LTGO-04, LTGO-08, and LTGO-09 (individually and collectively, the “Other LTGO Applications”, as described on Exhibit A hereto) and that both Parties would mutually benefit from the inclusion of Other LTGO Applications in the patent filing for LTGO-03 (such amended filings, the “Omnibus Filing(s)”). Accordingly, the Parties hereby agree to jointly pursue the Prosecution of LTGO-03 inclusive of the subject matter of the Other LTGO Applications as set forth herein. LIBD hereby authorizes Latigo to include subject matter previously disclosed or claimed in LIBD-03 in patent filings relating to Omnibus Filing(s) and to use and disclose such subject matter in connection with such filings and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights under the License


Agreement. In recognition of each Party’s contribution to the development of its respective subject matter, as of the A&R Second Amendment Effective Date, the Parties shall jointly own, and hereby agree they are joint owners (regardless of inventorship) of, the Omnibus Filing(s) and (a) all substitutions, divisions and continuations, in whole or in part; (b) all patents issuing on any of the foregoing, claiming priority thereto or sharing priority therewith, and reissues, registrations, renewals, re-examinations, and extensions of the foregoing; and (c) any and all United States and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing and all patents issuing therefrom (collectively, the “Joint Patents”), such that each Party owns an undivided joint interest in and to such Joint Patents. Each Party agrees to assign and hereby assigns to the other Party such joint interest in the Joint Patents. Except as otherwise provided in the License Agreement or in Section 1.6 below, neither Party shall have any obligation to obtain any approval of, nor pay a share of the proceeds to, the other Party to practice or otherwise exploit such Joint Patents, and each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction to require such approval or accounting. The Parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other and take any actions reasonably necessary to effect the purposes of this Section 1.3. During the term of the License Agreement, LIBD’s joint interest in the Joint Patents is hereby deemed included in the definition of “Licensed Patents” and exclusively licensed to Latigo under the License Agreement. Effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, LIBD agreed not to disclose any non-public data, reports, or results to the extent relating to any Joint Patents or Joint Products (as defined in Section 2.1 below) to any third parties without Latigo’s express prior written consent.

1.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the License Agreement (including Section 6.3.1 thereof), as of the A&R Second Amendment Effective Date, Latigo shall have responsibility for the Prosecution of the Joint Patents at Latigo’s expense, including choice of patent counsel, reasonably acceptable to LIBD. Latigo shall instruct patent counsel to keep LIBD informed of Prosecution of the Joint Patents, provide LIBD with copies of all material Prosecution documentation and correspondence (including office actions and draft patent applications) reasonably in advance of applicable deadlines such that LIBD has a reasonable opportunity to review and comment, give LIBD and its designees reasonable opportunity to advise Latigo on the Prosecution of the Licensed Patents, and consider in good faith LIBD’s comments and suggestions prior to taking material actions for the same. At the reasonable request of LIBD, Latigo shall consider in good faith all Prosecution actions reasonably recommended by LIBD which would expand the scope of rights sought or add dependent claims to cover specific Joint Products. For clarity, Latigo shall have final decision authority over the Prosecution of the Joint Patents. Latigo shall notify LIBD at least [***] ([***]) days prior to any deadline if it intends to abandon, or otherwise elect to forego its rights in, any Joint Patents and LIBD shall have the opportunity to assume control of Prosecution of such Joint Patents in the name of both Parties at LIBD’s expense.

1.5 Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the License Agreement (including Section 6.4.2 thereof), [***].

1.6 Upon termination of the License Agreement, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the License Agreement (including Section 7.5 thereof), (a) Latigo’s exclusive license under LIBD’s joint interest in the Joint Patents shall terminate, each Party shall retain its rights to exploit its joint interest in the Joint Patents, and nothing herein shall be construed to release either Party from any obligation that matured prior to the effective date of such termination; (b) neither Party shall be obligated to return or destroy any Confidential Information related to the Joint Patents or Joint Products; (c) Latigo may continue production and sale of Joint Products; (d) final reports in accordance with Article 4 (Records, Reports and Payments) shall be submitted to LIBD; and (e) all royalties and other payments accrued or due to LIBD under this Agreement with respect to Joint Products as of the termination date shall become immediately payable. For clarity, in the event Latigo continues to produce and sell Joint Products, per subsection (c) above, Latigo shall remain subject to the royalties and milestone payments owed to LIBD in Section 2.1 below with respect Net Sales of such Joint Products in all countries in the Territory where the Royalty Term is then in

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


effect; provided that such payments shall be reduced by [***] percent ([***]%) for [***] after the effective date of termination of the License Agreement or such longer period as is reasonably necessary to sell all Joint Products then in process of manufacture upon the effective date of termination of the License Agreement (“Joint Product Sell-Off Period”). For further clarity, the [***] percent ([***]%) reduction will not continue to apply in the event Latigo continues to sell Joint Products after the Joint Product Sell-Off Period. Section 7.5.3 of the License Agreement shall not apply to Joint Products after termination of the License Agreement.

ARTICLE II

FINANCIAL CONSIDERATION FOR LTGO-03

2.1 Sections 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.3.2, and 3.4 of the License Agreement are hereby amended and replaced in their entirety solely with respect to any Licensed Product covered by one or more Valid Claims of a Joint Patent and not covered by any Valid Claim of any other Licensed Patents (“Joint Product”), as set forth below corresponding to the applicable provisions and section numbers in the original License Agreement. Joint Products are hereby deemed included in the definition of “Licensed Product” under the License Agreement, provided that the financial consideration terms set forth in Article 3 of the License Agreement shall only apply to Licensed Products other than Joint Products (and corresponding Licensed Patents other than Joint Patents) and the amended financial consideration terms set forth herein shall only apply to Joint Products (and corresponding Joint Patents).

3.2.1 Royalties. Subject to Section 3.2.2 and Section 3.2.3 of the License Agreement, for any Net Sales of Joint Products, Latigo shall pay to LIBD a royalty of [***]% of such Net Sales. For clarity, the royalty reductions pursuant to Section 3.2.3 of the License Agreement shall apply to all Licensed Products including Joint Products.

3.3.1 Development/Regulatory Milestone Payments. Latigo shall pay to LIBD the applicable one-time milestone payments for the first Joint Product to accomplish the corresponding milestone event. For clarity, each milestone payment shall be payable once only for the first occurrence of the milestone event with the first Joint Product.

 

Milestone Event

  

Milestone

Payment

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

3.3.2 Commercial Milestone Payments. Latigo shall pay to LIBD the applicable one-time milestone payments upon the first achievement of the corresponding annual aggregate Net Sales threshold by the first Joint Product to accomplish the corresponding milestone event in accordance with the table below.

 

Milestone Event

  

Milestone

Payment

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


3.4 Sublicensing Payments. Latigo shall pay to LIBD a percentage of all Sublicensing Revenue equal to [***] ([***]%) percent to the extent the applicable Sublicense relates to any Joint Products or Joint Patents.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 No Other Modifications. Except as specifically set forth in this A&R Second Amendment, the terms and conditions of the License Agreement (as previously amended) shall remain in full force and effect. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this A&R Second Amendment shall be binding unless made in writing and signed by the Parties by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

3.2 Counterparts. This A&R Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile or by electronic scan copies delivered by email, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of this page left blank intentionally; signature page follows.]

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this A&R Second Amendment to be executed as of the A&R Second Amendment Effective Date by their duly authorized representatives.

 

Lieber Institute, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Weinberger, M.D.

Name: Daniel Weinberger, M.D.
Title: CEO and Director
Date: 2/1/2022
Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Scott M. Wasserman, M.D.

Name: Scott M. Wasserman, M.D.
Title: CEO
Date: 2/1/2022


Appendix A

[***]

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED


Appendix B

LICENSED PATENTS

[***]

 

[***] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OMITTED

Exhibit 10.11

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

for

NIMA FARZAN

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into July 15, 2026, by and between Nima Farzan (“Executive”) and Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”). This Agreement is contingent and shall only be effective immediately prior to such time as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 effective (such date, the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement of employment on the terms set forth herein to amend and restate the terms of the Executive’s continued employment with the Company.

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Offer Letter between the Executive and the Company, dated May 28, 2024 (the “Prior Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”). During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities, each as permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of President and Chief Executive Officer and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Board. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s office located in San Francisco, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Board reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location, including the Company’s office located in Thousand Oaks, California, from time to time and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.


2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $57,291.67 per month, which equates to $687,500 per year (the “Base Salary”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual discretionary bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) of up to 60% of Executive’s then current annual Base Salary (the “Target Bonus Amount”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined in the good faith discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof), based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones to be determined on an annual basis by the Board (or Compensation Committee thereof). No Annual Bonus is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the scheduled Annual Bonus payment date in order to be eligible for any Annual Bonus.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its similarly-situated employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion.

4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5. Proprietary Information Obligations.

5.1 Proprietary Information Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive executed, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“Proprietary Agreement”).

5.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

6. Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment.

6.1 Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates, and are otherwise in compliance with all applicable Company policies.

 

2.


6.2 Non-Competition During Employment. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) 1% of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange, subject in all cases to applicable Company policies, including those related to permitted outside activities and investments. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

7. Termination of Employment; Severance Benefits.

7.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

7.2 Severance Eligibility. Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which provides for certain severance and other benefits upon a Covered Termination (as defined in the Severance Plan). Complete terms of Executive’s severance eligibility will be set forth in the Severance Plan and Executive’s individual Participation Agreement, which will be provided to Executive separately and which Executive must sign and return to the Company in order to be eligible to receive any such severance benefits.

8. Dispute Resolution. To aid the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, and in exchange for the mutual promises contained in this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment, shall be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) or its successor, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures appropriate to the relief being sought (available upon request and also currently available at the following web address: (i) https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/ and (ii) https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-comprehensive-arbitration/) at a location closest to where Executive last worked for the Company or another mutually agreeable location. Any demand for arbitration must be made within the statute of limitations applicable to the claim asserted as if such claim were asserted in court. Failure to demand arbitration (or, where applicable, file a counterclaim, crossclaim, or third-party claim) within such time limitation shall serve as a waiver and release with respect to all such claims. Executive acknowledges that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to

 

3.


resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge. The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration agreement and any arbitration proceedings. This provision shall not be mandatory for any claim or cause of action to the extent applicable law prohibits subjecting such claim or cause of action to mandatory arbitration and such applicable law is not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act or otherwise invalid (collectively, the “Excluded Claims”), such as non-individual claims that cannot be waived under applicable law, claims or causes of action alleging sexual harassment or a nonconsensual sexual act or sexual contact, or unemployment or workers’ compensation claims brought before the applicable state governmental agency. In the event Executive or the Company intend to bring multiple claims, including one of the Excluded Claims listed above, the Excluded Claims may be filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration. Executive acknowledges and agrees that proceedings of any non-individual claim(s) under the California Private Attorneys General Act (“PAGA”) that may be brought in court shall be stayed for the duration and pending a final resolution of the arbitration of any individual or individual PAGA claim. Nothing herein prevents Executive from filing and pursuing proceedings before a federal or state governmental agency, although if Executive chooses to pursue a claim following the exhaustion of any applicable administrative remedies, that claim would be subject to this provision. In addition, with the exception of Excluded Claims arising out of 9 U.S.C. § 401 et seq., all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by Executive or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class, representative, or collective proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. Executive acknowledges that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive all rights to have any dispute be brought, heard, administered, resolved, or arbitrated on a class, representative, or collective action basis. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. If a court finds, by means of a final decision, not subject to any further appeal or recourse, that the preceding sentences regarding class, representative, or collective claims or proceedings violate applicable law or are otherwise unenforceable, as to a particular claim or request for relief, the parties agree that any such claim(s) or request(s) for relief be severed from the arbitration and may proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. All other claims or requests for relief shall be arbitrated. Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Questions of whether a claim is subject to arbitration and procedural questions which grow out of the dispute and bear on the final disposition are matters for the arbitrator to decide, provided however, that if required by applicable law, a court and not the arbitrator may determine the enforceability of this paragraph with respect to Excluded Claims. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as Executive or the Company would otherwise be entitled to seek in a court of law; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall pay all JAMS arbitration administrative fees in excess of the administrative fees that Executive would be required to pay if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Each party is responsible for its own attorneys’ fees, except as may be expressly set forth in Executive’s Proprietary Agreement or as otherwise provided under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from seeking or obtaining injunctive relief, or provisional remedies as permitted under applicable law, in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. The pursuit of injunctive relief shall not be deemed incompatible with or constitute a waiver of rights under this Agreement. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

4.


9. General Provisions.

9.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

9.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the Parties.

9.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

9.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof, is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter, and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements with regard to the subject matter hereof (including the Prior Agreement). This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

9.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

 

5.


9.8 Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

9.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Neha Krishnamohan
  Neha Krishnamohan, CFO & CBO

 

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Nima Farzan

Nima Farzan

 

6.

Exhibit 10.12

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

for

NEIL SINGLA, M.D.

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into July 15, 2026, by and between Neil Singla, M.D. (“Executive”) and Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”). This Agreement is contingent and shall only be effective immediately prior to such time as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 effective (such date, the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement of employment on the terms set forth herein to amend and restate the terms of the Executive’s continued employment with the Company.

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Offer Letter between the Executive and the Company, dated March 16, 2024 (the “Prior Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Medical Officer, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities, each as permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Medical Officer and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s office located in Thousand Oaks, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.


2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $49,096.67 per month, which equates to $589,160 per year (the “Base Salary”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual discretionary bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) of up to 45% of Executive’s then current annual Base Salary (the “Target Bonus Amount”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined in the good faith discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof), based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones to be determined on an annual basis by the Board (or Compensation Committee thereof). No Annual Bonus is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the scheduled Annual Bonus payment date in order to be eligible for any Annual Bonus.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its similarly-situated employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion.

4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5. Proprietary Information Obligations.

5.1 Proprietary Information Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive executed, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“Proprietary Agreement”).

5.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

 

2.


6. Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment.

6.1 Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates, and are otherwise in compliance with all applicable Company policies.

6.2 Non-Competition During Employment. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) 1% of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange, subject in all cases to applicable Company policies, including those related to permitted outside activities and investments. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

7. Termination of Employment; Severance Benefits.

7.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

7.2 Severance Eligibility. Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which provides for certain severance and other benefits upon a Covered Termination (as defined in the Severance Plan). Complete terms of Executive’s severance eligibility will be set forth in the Severance Plan and Executive’s individual Participation Agreement, which will be provided to Executive separately and which Executive must sign and return to the Company in order to be eligible to receive any such severance benefits.

8. Dispute Resolution. To aid the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, and in exchange for the mutual promises contained in this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment, shall be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) or its successor, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures appropriate to the relief being sought (available upon request and also currently available at the following web address: (i) https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/ and (ii) https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-comprehensive-arbitration/) at a location closest to where Executive last worked for the Company or another mutually agreeable location. Any demand for arbitration must be made within the statute of limitations applicable to the claim asserted as if such claim were asserted in court. Failure to demand arbitration (or, where applicable, file a counterclaim, crossclaim, or third-party claim) within such time limitation shall serve as a waiver and release with respect to all such claims. Executive acknowledges that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to

 

3.


resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge. The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration agreement and any arbitration proceedings. This provision shall not be mandatory for any claim or cause of action to the extent applicable law prohibits subjecting such claim or cause of action to mandatory arbitration and such applicable law is not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act or otherwise invalid (collectively, the “Excluded Claims”), such as non-individual claims that cannot be waived under applicable law, claims or causes of action alleging sexual harassment or a nonconsensual sexual act or sexual contact, or unemployment or workers’ compensation claims brought before the applicable state governmental agency. In the event Executive or the Company intend to bring multiple claims, including one of the Excluded Claims listed above, the Excluded Claims may be filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration. Executive acknowledges and agrees that proceedings of any non-individual claim(s) under the California Private Attorneys General Act (“PAGA”) that may be brought in court shall be stayed for the duration and pending a final resolution of the arbitration of any individual or individual PAGA claim. Nothing herein prevents Executive from filing and pursuing proceedings before a federal or state governmental agency, although if Executive chooses to pursue a claim following the exhaustion of any applicable administrative remedies, that claim would be subject to this provision. In addition, with the exception of Excluded Claims arising out of 9 U.S.C. § 401 et seq., all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by Executive or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class, representative, or collective proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. Executive acknowledges that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive all rights to have any dispute be brought, heard, administered, resolved, or arbitrated on a class, representative, or collective action basis. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. If a court finds, by means of a final decision, not subject to any further appeal or recourse, that the preceding sentences regarding class, representative, or collective claims or proceedings violate applicable law or are otherwise unenforceable, as to a particular claim or request for relief, the parties agree that any such claim(s) or request(s) for relief be severed from the arbitration and may proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. All other claims or requests for relief shall be arbitrated. Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Questions of whether a claim is subject to arbitration and procedural questions which grow out of the dispute and bear on the final disposition are matters for the arbitrator to decide, provided however, that if required by applicable law, a court and not the arbitrator may determine the enforceability of this paragraph with respect to Excluded Claims. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as Executive or the Company would otherwise be entitled to seek in a court of law; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall pay all JAMS arbitration administrative fees in excess of the administrative fees that Executive would be required to pay if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Each party is responsible for its own attorneys’ fees, except as may be expressly set forth in Executive’s Proprietary Agreement or as otherwise provided under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from seeking or obtaining injunctive relief, or provisional remedies as permitted under applicable law, in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. The pursuit of injunctive relief shall not be deemed incompatible with or constitute a waiver of rights under this Agreement. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

4.


9. General Provisions.

9.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

9.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the Parties.

9.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

9.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof, is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter, and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements with regard to the subject matter hereof (including the Prior Agreement). This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

9.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

 

5.


9.8 Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

9.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Nima Farzan
  Nima Farzan, President and CEO

 

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Neil Singla

Neil Singla, M.D.

 

6.

Exhibit 10.13

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

for

NEHA KRISHNAMOHAN

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into July 15, 2026, by and between Neha Krishnamohan (“Executive”) and Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”). This Agreement is contingent and shall only be effective immediately prior to such time as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 effective (such date, the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement of employment on the terms set forth herein to amend and restate the terms of the Executive’s continued employment with the Company.

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Offer Letter between the Executive and the Company, dated January 30, 2026 (the “Prior Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities, each as permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Executive’s residence in San Diego, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location, including the Company’s office located in Thousand Oaks, California, from time to time and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.


2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $43,333.33 per month, which equates to $520,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual discretionary bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) of up to 40% of Executive’s then current annual Base Salary (the “Target Bonus Amount”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined in the good faith discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof), based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones to be determined on an annual basis by the Board (or Compensation Committee thereof). No Annual Bonus is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the scheduled Annual Bonus payment date in order to be eligible for any Annual Bonus.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its similarly-situated employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion.

4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5. Proprietary Information Obligations.

5.1 Proprietary Information Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive executed, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“Proprietary Agreement”).

5.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

 

2.


6. Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment.

6.1 Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates, and are otherwise in compliance with all applicable Company policies.

6.2 Non-Competition During Employment. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) 1% of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange, subject in all cases to applicable Company policies, including those related to permitted outside activities and investments. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

7. Termination of Employment; Severance Benefits.

7.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

7.2 Severance Eligibility. Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which provides for certain severance and other benefits upon a Covered Termination (as defined in the Severance Plan). Complete terms of Executive’s severance eligibility will be set forth in the Severance Plan and Executive’s individual Participation Agreement, which will be provided to Executive separately and which Executive must sign and return to the Company in order to be eligible to receive any such severance benefits.

8. Dispute Resolution. To aid the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, and in exchange for the mutual promises contained in this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment, shall be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) or its successor, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures appropriate to the relief being sought (available upon request and also currently available at the following web address: (i) https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/ and (ii) https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-comprehensive-arbitration/) at a location closest to where Executive last worked for the Company or another mutually agreeable location. Any demand for arbitration must be made within the statute of limitations applicable to the claim asserted as if such claim were asserted in court. Failure to demand arbitration (or, where applicable, file a counterclaim, crossclaim, or third-party claim) within such time limitation shall serve as a waiver and release with respect to all such claims. Executive acknowledges that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to

 

3.


resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge. The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration agreement and any arbitration proceedings. This provision shall not be mandatory for any claim or cause of action to the extent applicable law prohibits subjecting such claim or cause of action to mandatory arbitration and such applicable law is not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act or otherwise invalid (collectively, the “Excluded Claims”), such as non-individual claims that cannot be waived under applicable law, claims or causes of action alleging sexual harassment or a nonconsensual sexual act or sexual contact, or unemployment or workers’ compensation claims brought before the applicable state governmental agency. In the event Executive or the Company intend to bring multiple claims, including one of the Excluded Claims listed above, the Excluded Claims may be filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration. Executive acknowledges and agrees that proceedings of any non-individual claim(s) under the California Private Attorneys General Act (“PAGA”) that may be brought in court shall be stayed for the duration and pending a final resolution of the arbitration of any individual or individual PAGA claim. Nothing herein prevents Executive from filing and pursuing proceedings before a federal or state governmental agency, although if Executive chooses to pursue a claim following the exhaustion of any applicable administrative remedies, that claim would be subject to this provision. In addition, with the exception of Excluded Claims arising out of 9 U.S.C. § 401 et seq., all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by Executive or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class, representative, or collective proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. Executive acknowledges that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive all rights to have any dispute be brought, heard, administered, resolved, or arbitrated on a class, representative, or collective action basis. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. If a court finds, by means of a final decision, not subject to any further appeal or recourse, that the preceding sentences regarding class, representative, or collective claims or proceedings violate applicable law or are otherwise unenforceable, as to a particular claim or request for relief, the parties agree that any such claim(s) or request(s) for relief be severed from the arbitration and may proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. All other claims or requests for relief shall be arbitrated. Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Questions of whether a claim is subject to arbitration and procedural questions which grow out of the dispute and bear on the final disposition are matters for the arbitrator to decide, provided however, that if required by applicable law, a court and not the arbitrator may determine the enforceability of this paragraph with respect to Excluded Claims. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as Executive or the Company would otherwise be entitled to seek in a court of law; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall pay all JAMS arbitration administrative fees in excess of the administrative fees that Executive would be required to pay if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Each party is responsible for its own attorneys’ fees, except as may be expressly set forth in Executive’s Proprietary Agreement or as otherwise provided under applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from seeking or obtaining injunctive relief, or provisional remedies as permitted under applicable law, in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. The pursuit of injunctive relief shall not be deemed

incompatible with or constitute a waiver of rights under this Agreement. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

4.


9. General Provisions.

9.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

9.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the Parties.

9.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

9.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof, is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter, and supersedes any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements with regard to the subject matter hereof (including the Prior Agreement). This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

9.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

 

5.


9.8 Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

9.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Nima Farzan
  Nima Farzan, President and CEO
EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Neha Krishnamohan

Neha Krishnamohan

 

6.

Exhibit 10.14

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

SEVERANCE PLAN

AND

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: July 13, 2026

1. Introduction. The purpose of this Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide specified severance benefits to eligible employees of the Company (as defined below) whose employment is terminated by the Company or a successor under certain circumstances. This Plan is an “employee welfare benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA (as defined below). This Plan shall supersede any existing severance plan or individual agreement between the Company and any Covered Employee (as defined below) and any other plan, policy or practice, whether written or unwritten, maintained by the Company with respect to a Covered Employee, in each case to the extent that such agreement, plan, policy or practice provides for equity acceleration or severance benefits upon the Covered Employee’s separation from the Company. This document constitutes both the written instrument under which the Plan is maintained and the required summary plan description for the Plan.

 

  2.

Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the terms below are defined as follows:

2.1. “Administrator” means the Board or Compensation Committee prior to a Change in Control (as defined below); or, after a Change in Control, one or more members of the successor Board or Compensation Committee or other persons designated by the Company’s Board or Compensation Committee prior to such Change in Control.

2.2. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3. “Cause” means, with respect to a Covered Employee, the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) the Covered Employee’s conviction of, indictment, or plea of no contest with respect to, any felony or to any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Covered Employee’s participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty (or an attempted fraud or act of dishonesty) against the Company, or that results in (or could result in) material harm to the Company, including but not limited to material harm to reputational interests; (iii) the Covered Employee’s violation of a fiduciary duty or other statutory or common law duty owed to the Company; (iv) the Covered Employee’s material breach of any agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company, including, but not limited to, the Covered Employee’s Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, or of any applicable written Company policies; (v) the Covered Employee’s repeated, willful refusal to substantially perform the Covered Employee’s material duties to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Covered Employee’s incapacity due to a disability); (vi) the Covered Employee’s intentional damage to any property of the Company; or (vii) the Covered Employee’s gross misconduct, material failure to comply with a written instruction of the Company, or conduct which in the good faith and reasonable determination of the Company demonstrates gross unfitness to serve.

2.4. “Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Equity Plan.

2.5. “Change in Control Period” means (i) with respect to Tier I Covered Employees, the period beginning three (3) months prior to and ending twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control, and (ii) with respect to Tier II Covered Employees and Tier III Covered Employees, the period beginning on the effective date of a Change in Control and ending twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control.


2.6. “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

2.7. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

2.8. “Company” means Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. and any successor.

2.9. “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been established or is then constituted, the Board; provided that, upon the establishment of a Compensation Committee of the Board, all references herein to the “Compensation Committee” shall refer to such committee.

2.10. “Covered Employee” means an employee of the Company who (i) is a Tier I Covered Employee, a Tier II Covered Employee, or a Tier III Covered Employee (in each case, as specified in the applicable Participation Agreement), and (ii) has timely and properly executed and delivered a Participation Agreement to the Company.

2.11. “Covered Termination” means a Covered Employee’s termination of employment by the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) without Cause or as a result of a Covered Employee’s resignation for Good Reason; provided, that, in either case, such termination is not due to the Covered Employee’s death or disability.

2.12. “Effective Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to which the Company’s common stock is priced for the initial public offering.

2.13. “Equity Plan” means the Company’s 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

2.14. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.15. “Good Reason” means: (i) a material reduction of the Covered Employee’s base compensation, which shall mean a reduction of at least ten percent (10%), unless such reduction is consistent with and generally applicable to similarly-situated Company employees; (ii) a material diminution of the Covered Employee’s authority, responsibilities or duties with the Company; or (iii) the Covered Employee being required by the Company to relocate the Covered Employee’s principal place of employment with the Company to a principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from the Covered Employee’s then-current principal place of employment without the Covered Employee’s prior consent; provided, however, that the Covered Employee’s termination shall only be for Good Reason if: (i) the Covered Employee gives the Board written notice of the intent to terminate for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that the Covered Employee believes constitutes Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s), (ii) the Board has a period of not less than thirty (30) days to materially cure the Good Reason resignation triggering condition following its receipt of such notice (the “Cure Period”), (iii) the Good Reason resignation triggering condition is not materially cured prior to expiration of the Cure Period, and (iv) the Covered Employee resigns from all positions with the Company within the thirty (30) day period following the expiration of the Cure Period.

2.16. “Participation Agreement” means an agreement between a Covered Employee and the Company in substantially the form of Appendix A-1 or Appendix A-2 attached hereto, and which may include such other terms as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan.


2.17. “Severance Benefits” means, as the context requires, the Standard Severance Benefits and/or the CIC Severance Benefits the Covered Employee will be provided pursuant to Section 4.

2.18. “Termination Date” means the Covered Employee’s last day of employment with the Company.

2.19. “Tier I Covered Employee” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

2.20. “Tier II Covered Employee” means an employee who is designated as a “Tier II Covered Employee” by the Administrator. Such designation may be by name or corporate level.

2.21. “Tier III Covered Employee” means an employee who is designated as a “Tier III Covered Employee” by the Administrator. Such designation may be by name or corporate level.

3. Eligibility for Severance Benefits. An individual is eligible for Severance Benefits under the Plan, in the amounts set forth in Section 4, only if such individual is a Covered Employee on the date such individual experiences a Covered Termination. A Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement shall specify whether such Covered Employee is eligible to receive Severance Benefits for a Covered Termination outside of the Change in Control Period, within the Change in Control Period, or in either circumstance.

 

  4.

Severance Benefits.

4.1. Covered Termination Outside the Change in Control Period. If, at any time outside of the Change in Control Period, a Covered Employee experiences a Covered Termination, then, subject to such Covered Employee’s compliance with Section 5 and the conditions set forth in this Plan (and solely to the extent provided in such Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement), such Covered Employee shall receive the following Severance Benefits from the Company (the “Standard Severance Benefits”):

4.1.1. Cash Severance Benefits. The Covered Employee shall receive cash severance in an amount equal to the Covered Employee’s base salary (as in effect immediately prior to any reduction giving rise to Good Reason, if applicable) for the applicable number of months set forth in the Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement (such cash amount, the “Cash Severance,” and such number of months, the “Standard Severance Period”). The Cash Severance shall be paid, less applicable tax withholdings, in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule over the Standard Severance Period, provided, that no payment of Cash Severance shall be made prior to the first payroll date following the effective date of the Release (the “Initial Payment Date”). On the Initial Payment Date, the Company shall pay the Covered Employee in a lump sum the portion of the Cash Severance that the Covered Employee would have received on or prior to the Initial Payment Date under the original schedule but for the delay while waiting for the Initial Payment Date in compliance with Section 409A (as defined below) and the effectiveness of the Release (as defined below), with the balance of the Cash Severance being paid as originally scheduled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, pay the Cash Severance in the form of a lump sum, which amount will be paid on the Initial Payment Date, but such lump sum payment of the Cash Severance shall be made only if the Company, in consultation with its advisors, determines that such payment will not result in adverse taxation under Section 409A.

4.1.2. COBRA Premiums. Provided that the Covered Employee is eligible for and timely makes the necessary elections for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA, the Company


shall pay the applicable premiums (inclusive of premiums for the Covered Employee’s dependents) for such coverage following the date of the Covered Employee’s Covered Termination for the Standard Severance Period (such period of months, the “Standard COBRA Payment Period”) (but in no event after such time as the Covered Employee is eligible for coverage under a health, dental or vision insurance plan of a subsequent employer or as the Covered Employee and the Covered Employee’s dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA coverage). The Covered Employee shall notify the Company immediately if the Covered Employee becomes covered by a health, dental, or vision insurance plan of a subsequent employer or if the Covered Employee’s dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums on the Covered Employee’s behalf, the Company will instead pay such Covered Employee on the last day of each remaining month of the Standard COBRA Payment Period a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for that month, subject to applicable tax withholding (such amount, the “Special Severance Payment”), such Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the Covered Employee’s election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to such Covered Employee’s continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the Standard COBRA Payment Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the Standard COBRA Payment Period.

4.2. Covered Termination During the Change in Control Period. If, at any time during the Change in Control Period, a Covered Employee experiences a Covered Termination, then, subject to the Covered Employee’s compliance with Section 5 and the conditions set forth in this Plan (and solely to the extent provided in such Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement), the Covered Employee shall receive the following Severance Benefits from the Company (the “CIC Severance Benefits”):

4.2.1. Cash Severance Benefits. The Covered Employee shall receive cash severance in an amount equal to the Covered Employee’s base salary (as in effect immediately prior to any reduction giving rise to Good Reason, if applicable) for the applicable number of months set forth in the Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement (such cash amount, the “CIC Cash Severance,” and such number of months, the “CIC Severance Period”). The CIC Cash Severance shall be paid, less applicable tax withholdings, in a lump sum on the later of (i) the Initial Payment Date and (ii) the first payroll date following the Change in Control.

4.2.2. Target Annual Bonus Entitlement. The Covered Employee will additionally receive a multiple of such Covered Employee’s target annual bonus, as established by the Board for the year in which the Covered Termination occurs and as set forth in the Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement (the “CIC Target Bonus”). Such payment of the CIC Target Bonus shall be made, less applicable tax withholdings, in a lump sum on the later of (i) the Initial Payment Date and (ii) the first payroll date following the Change in Control.

4.2.3. COBRA Premiums. Provided that the Covered Employee is eligible for and timely makes the necessary elections for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA, the Company shall pay the applicable premiums (inclusive of premiums for the Covered Employee’s dependents) for such coverage following the date of the Covered Employee’s Covered Termination for up to the CIC Severance Period (such period of months, the “CIC COBRA Payment Period”) (but in no event after such time as the Covered Employee is eligible for coverage under a health, dental or vision insurance plan of a subsequent employer or as the Covered Employee and the Covered Employee’s dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA coverage). The Covered Employee shall notify the Company immediately if the Covered Employee becomes covered by a health, dental, or vision insurance plan of a subsequent employer or if the Covered Employee’s dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA coverage. Notwithstanding


the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums on the Covered Employee’s behalf, the Company will instead pay such Covered Employee on the last day of each remaining month of the CIC COBRA Payment Period a Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the Covered Employee’s election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to such Covered Employee’s continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the CIC COBRA Payment Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the CIC COBRA Payment Period.

4.2.4. Equity Vesting. Each of the Covered Employee’s then-outstanding equity awards that are subject solely to time-based vesting shall accelerate and become vested and exercisable, as to the applicable percentage set forth in the Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement, of the unvested shares subject to the equity award, with the exception of any award granted after the Effective Date that explicitly overrides this provision in writing. Any awards that vest upon the satisfaction of performance criteria shall be subject to the vesting and acceleration terms, if any, as set forth in the individual agreement governing such award. Subject to Section 5, the accelerated vesting described in this section shall be effective as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in the Plan shall limit the Company’s ability to accelerate vesting and/or exercisability of outstanding equity awards pursuant to the terms of the applicable equity incentive plan of the Company. In order to give effect to the intent of the foregoing provision, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the applicable equity incentive plan of the Company or the applicable equity award agreements that provide that any then-unvested portion of the Covered Employee’s award will immediately expire upon such Covered Employee’s termination of service, such Covered Employee’s equity awards shall remain outstanding following such Covered Employee’s Covered Termination to give effect to such acceleration as necessary.

 

  5.

Conditions to Receipt of Severance.

5.1. Release Agreement. As a condition to receiving any Severance Benefits described in Section 4 herein, a Covered Employee must sign a separation agreement containing among other provisions, a release of all claims in favor of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates (the “Release”) in such form as may be provided by the Company. The Release must become effective in accordance with its terms, which must occur in no event more than sixty (60) days following the date of the applicable Covered Termination. Unless specifically requested otherwise by the Company, the Covered Employee must also resign from all offices and positions held with the Company, as of the Termination Date. In no event shall payment of any benefits under the Plan be made prior to the Termination Date or prior to the effective date of the Release. If the Company determines that any payments or benefits provided under the Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, and the Termination Date occurs at a time during the calendar year when the Release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Covered Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) occurs, then regardless of when the Release is returned to the Company and becomes effective, the Release will not be deemed effective any earlier than the latest permitted effective date; provided, that except to the extent that payments may be delayed in accordance with Section 8, on the first regular payroll date following the effective date of a Covered Employee’s Release, the Company shall (i) pay the Covered Employee a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the applicable Severance Benefits that the Covered Employee would otherwise have received through such payroll date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release and (ii) commence paying the balance, if any, of the Severance Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule.


5.2. Other Requirements. A Covered Employee’s receipt of Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 4 will be subject to such Covered Employee’s continued material compliance with the terms of the Release, the Participation Agreement, the non-disparagement provisions of a separation agreement provided by the Company, and any confidential information agreement, proprietary information and inventions agreement and any other agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company. Severance Benefits under this Plan shall terminate immediately for a Covered Employee, and any previously paid Severance Benefits shall be subject to recoupment by the Company, if such Covered Employee is in material violation, at any time, of any legal or contractual obligation owed to the Company.

5.3. Section 280G. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payment or benefit a Covered Employee would receive from the Company and its subsidiaries or an acquiror pursuant to the Plan or otherwise (a “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment will be equal to the Higher Amount. The “Higher Amount” will be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Covered Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code is necessary so that the Payment equals the Higher Amount, reduction will occur in the manner that results in the greatest economic benefit for a Covered Employee and, to the extent applicable, complies with Section 409A. In no event will the Company, any subsidiary or any stockholder be liable to any Covered Employee for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section 5.3. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting, law or valuation firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to a Covered Employee and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which such Covered Employee’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by such Covered Employee or the Company) or such other time as requested by such Covered Employee or the Company.

6. Non-Duplication of Benefits. The Severance Benefits provided to a Covered Employee are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other severance benefits or payments to which such Covered Employee may otherwise be eligible, either at law, tort, or contract, in equity, or under the Plan, in the event of any termination of such Covered Employee’s employment. The Covered Employee will not be eligible to receive severance benefits or payments upon a termination of employment that constitutes a Covered Termination other than those benefits expressly set forth herein and those benefits required to be provided by applicable law or as negotiated in accordance with applicable law (including any severance benefits that may be included in a severance agreement, employment agreement or similar contract between the Company or a subsidiary of the Company and the Covered Employee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Covered Employee is eligible to receive any benefits other than the benefits under the Plan by operation of applicable law or as negotiated in accordance with applicable law, such Covered Employee’s benefits under the Plan shall be provided only to the extent more favorable than such other arrangement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to reduce or otherwise adjust a Covered Employee’s benefits under the Plan, in whole or in part, by any other severance benefits, pay and benefits in lieu of notice, or other similar benefits payable to such Covered Employee under the Plan that become payable in connection with the Covered Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, or any other similar state law, or (ii) any policy or practice of the Company providing for the Covered Employee to remain on payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of termination. The benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy, in whole or in part, any and all statutory obligations of the


Company that may arise out of a Covered Employee’s termination of employment, and the Administrator shall so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. In no event shall a Covered Employee receive both Standard Severance Benefits and CIC Severance Benefits hereunder.

7. Clawback; Recovery. All payments and Severance Benefits provided under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of common stock of the Company or other cash or property upon the occurrence of a termination of employment for Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for Good Reason, constructive termination, or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

8. Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no severance payments or benefits will become payable until the Covered Employee has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if some or all of the Covered Employee’s Severance Benefits are subject to Section 409A and such Covered Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such Covered Employee’s separation from service (other than due to death), then such Severance Benefits otherwise due to such Covered Employee on or within the six-month period following such Covered Employee’s separation from service will accrue during such six-month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment (less applicable withholding taxes) on the date six months and one day following the date of the Covered Employee’s separation from service if necessary to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A. All subsequent payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Covered Employee dies following such Covered Employee’s separation from service but prior to the six-month anniversary of such Covered Employee’s date of separation, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum (less applicable withholding taxes) to the Covered Employee’s estate as soon as administratively practicable after the date of such Covered Employee’s death and all other benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under the Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. It is the intent of this Plan to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under the Plan comply with Section 409A, and in no event shall the Company or any of its representatives be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest, or other expenses that may be incurred by the Covered Employee on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

9. Withholding. The Company will withhold from any Severance Benefits all federal, state, local and other taxes required to be withheld therefrom and any other required payroll deductions.

10. Administration. The Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Administrator (in the Administrator’s sole discretion). The Administrator is the “named fiduciary” of the Plan for purposes of ERISA and will be subject to the fiduciary standards of ERISA when acting in such capacity. Any decision made or other action taken by the Administrator with respect to the Plan, and any interpretation by the Administrator of any term or condition of the Plan, or any related document, will be conclusive and binding on all persons and be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. Any decision made or other


action taken by the Administrator with respect to the Plan, and any interpretation by the Administrator of any term or condition of the Plan, or any related document that (i) does not affect the benefits payable under the Plan shall not be subject to review unless found to be arbitrary and capricious or (ii) does affect the benefits payable under the Plan shall not be subject to review unless found to be unreasonable or not to have been made in good faith.

11. Amendment or Termination. The Company, by action of the Administrator, reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, without advance notice to any Covered Employee and without regard to the effect of the amendment or termination on any Covered Employee or on any other individual. Any amendment or termination of the Plan will be in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Employee’s rights to receive payments and benefits pursuant to this Plan under an effective Participation Agreement may not be adversely affected, without the Covered Employee’s written consent, by an amendment or termination of this Plan.

12. Claims Procedure. Claims for benefits under the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA and the Department of Labor Regulations thereunder. Any employee or other person who believes they are entitled to any payment under the Plan (a “claimant”) may submit a claim in writing to the Administrator within ninety (90) days of the earlier of (i) the date the claimant learned the amount of such claimant’s Severance Benefits under the Plan and (ii) the date the claimant learned that they will not be eligible to receive any benefits under the Plan. In determining claims for benefits, the Administrator or its delegate has the authority to interpret the Plan, to resolve ambiguities, to make factual determinations, and to resolve questions relating to eligibility for and amount of benefits. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice will also describe any additional information or material that the Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary and the Plan’s procedures for appealing the denial (including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described below). The denial notice will be provided within ninety (90) days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to ninety (90) days), written notice of the extension will be given to the claimant (or representative) within the initial 90-day period. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision on the claim. If the extension is provided due to a claimant’s failure to provide sufficient information, the time frame for rendering the decision will be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the claimant about the failure to the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information. The Administrator has delegated the claims review responsibility to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or such other individual designated by the Administrator, except in the case of a claim filed by or on behalf of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or such other individual designated by the Administrator, in which case, the claim will be reviewed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

13. Appeal Procedure. If the claimant’s claim is denied, the claimant (or such claimant’s authorized representative) may apply in writing to an appeals official appointed by the Administrator (which may be a person, committee or other entity) for a review of the decision denying the claim. Review must be requested within sixty (60) days following the date the claimant received the written notice of a claim denial or else the claimant will lose the right to such review. A request for review must set forth all the grounds on which such request is based, all facts in support of the request, and any other matters that the claimant feels are pertinent. In connection with the request for review, the claimant (or representative) has the right to review and obtain copies of all documents and other information relevant to the claim, upon request and at no charge, and to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to such claimant’s claim. The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant (or representative) relating to the claim, without regard to


whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The appeals official will provide written notice of its decision on review within sixty (60) days after it receives a review request. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to sixty (60) days), written notice of the extension will be given to the claimant (or representative) within the initial 60-day period. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the appeals official expects to render its decision. If the extension is provided due to a claimant’s failure to provide sufficient information, the time frame for rendering the decision on review is tolled from the date the notification is sent to the claimant about the failure to the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information. If the claim is denied (in full or in part) upon review, the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice shall also include a statement that the claimant will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents and other information relevant to the claim and a statement regarding the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. The Administrator has delegated the appeals review responsibility to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, except in the case of an appeal filed by or on behalf of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, in which case, the appeal will be reviewed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

14. Arbitration. No arbitration proceeding shall be brought to recover benefits under the Plan until the claims procedures described in Sections 12 and 13 have been exhausted and the Plan benefits requested have been denied in whole or in part. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes, all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance or interpretation of this Plan, and any related Participation Agreement, will be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in the county where the Covered Employee was last employed by the Company, or such other mutually agreeable location, conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) under the then-applicable JAMS rules (currently available at the following web address: https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment). By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, each Covered Employee and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. Covered Employees will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this Section, whether by a Covered Employee or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. This paragraph shall not apply to any action or claim that cannot be subject to mandatory arbitration as a matter of law or any claims alleging sexual harassment or a nonconsensual sexual action or sexual contact, to the extent such claims are not permitted by applicable law(s) to be submitted to mandatory arbitration and the applicable law(s) are not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act or otherwise invalid. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that a Covered Employee or the Company would be eligible to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of a Covered Employee if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to prevent either a Covered Employee or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction. Any arbitration must be commenced within one year after the Covered Employee’s receipt of notification that their appeal was denied. The foregoing provisions shall apply to the extent consistent with and permitted by ERISA.


15. Source of Payments. All Severance Benefits will be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company; no separate fund will be established under the Plan; and the Plan will have no assets. No right of any person to receive any payment under the Plan will be any greater than the right of any other general unsecured creditor of the Company.

16. Inalienability. In no event may any current or former employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates sell, transfer, anticipate, assign or otherwise dispose of any right or interest under the Plan. At no time will any such right or interest be subject to the claims of creditors nor liable to attachment, execution or other legal process.

17. No Enlargement of Employment Rights. Neither the establishment nor maintenance of the Plan, any amendment of the Plan, nor the making of any benefit payment hereunder, will be construed to confer upon any individual any right to be continued as an employee of the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right to discharge any of its employees at any time, with or without Cause. However, as described in the Plan, a Covered Employee may be eligible to receive benefits under the Plan depending upon the circumstances of such Covered Employee’s termination of employment.

18. Successors. Any successor to the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) will assume the obligations under the Plan and agree expressly to perform the obligations under the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under the Plan, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business or assets which become bound by the terms of the Plan by operation of law, or otherwise.

19. Applicable Law. The provisions of the Plan will be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware (except its conflict of laws provisions).

20. Severability. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

21. Headings. Headings in this Plan document are for purposes of reference only and will not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

22. Additional Information.

 

Plan Name:

  

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan

Plan Sponsor:

  

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Identification Numbers:

  

EIN: 83-2625838

Plan Number: [____]

Plan Year:

  

Fiscal year ending December 31

Plan Administrator:

  

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.


   Attention: Administrator of the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan
  

1300 Rancho Conejo Boulevard

Suite 305

Thousand Oaks, California 91320

(805) 716 - 2927

Agent for Service of    Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.
Legal Process:    Attention: Administrator of the Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan
  

1300 Rancho Conejo Boulevard

Suite 305

Thousand Oaks, California 91320

(805) 716 - 2927

   Service of process may also be made upon the Administrator.
Type of Plan:    Severance Plan/Employee Welfare Benefit Plan
Plan Costs:    The cost of the Plan is paid by the Company.

 

  23.

Statement of ERISA Rights.

As a Covered Employee under the Plan, you have certain rights and protections under ERISA:

(a) You may examine (without charge) all Plan documents, including any amendments and copies of all documents filed with the U.S. Department of Labor. These documents are available for your review in the office of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

(b) You may obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information upon written request to the Administrator. A reasonable charge may be made for such copies.

In addition to creating rights for Covered Employees, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the Plan. The people who operate the Plan (called “fiduciaries”) have a duty to do so prudently and in the interests of you and the other Covered Employees. No one, including the Company or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a benefit under the Plan or exercising your rights under ERISA. If your claim for a severance benefit is denied, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why it was denied, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules. The claim review procedure is explained in Sections 12 and 13, above.

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents and do not receive them within thirty (30) days, you may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Administrator to provide the materials and to pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Administrator. If you have a claim which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a federal court. If it should happen that you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

If you have any questions regarding the Plan, please contact the Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, you may contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor (listed in your telephone directory) or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration at 1-866-444-3272.


APPENDIX A-1

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

SEVERANCE PLAN

Participation Agreement1

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to inform you, [ ], that you have been selected to participate in the Company’s Severance Plan (the “Plan”) as a [Tier I / Tier II]2 Covered Employee. A copy of the Plan was delivered to you with this Participation Agreement. Your participation in the Plan is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan. The capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

In order to become a Covered Employee under the Plan, you must complete and sign this Participation Agreement and return it to [ ] no later than [ ].

As described more fully in the Plan, you may become eligible for certain Severance Benefits if you experience a Covered Termination, either within or outside of the Change in Control Period.

If you become eligible for Standard Severance Benefits under Section 4.1 of the Plan, then subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

 

Cash Severance

  

[ ] months3

COBRA Premiums

  

[ ] months

If you become eligible for CIC Severance Benefits under Section 4.2 of the Plan, then subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

 

Cash Severance    [ ] months4
CIC Target Bonus    [ ]x5
COBRA Premiums    [ ] months
Equity Acceleration    100%

[If (x) you experience a Covered Termination prior to a Change in Control and become eligible to receive Standard Severance Benefits under Section 4.1 of the Plan and (y) a Change in Control subsequently occurs within three (3) months following such Covered Termination and you therefore become eligible to receive CIC Severance Benefits under Section 4.2 of the Plan, then (i) you will cease receiving the Standard Severance Benefits under Section 4.1 of the Plan and (ii) you will commence receiving the CIC Severance

 

 
1 

Note to Draft: Form is for Tier I (CEO) and Tier II (C-Suite and SVPs) Covered Employees only.

2 

Note to Draft: Select appropriate participation tier.

3 

Note to Draft: For both entries in this table: For Tier I (CEO), 12 months; for Tier II (C-Suite and SVPs), 9 months.

4 

Note to Draft: For Cash Severance and COBRA Premiums in this table: For Tier I (CEO), 18 months; for Tier II (C-Suite and SVPs), 12 months.

5 

Note to Draft: For Tier I (CEO), 1.5x; for Tier II (C-Suite and SVPs), 1x.


Benefits under Section 4.2 of the Plan, which will be offset by the corresponding Standard Severance Benefits you previously received prior to becoming eligible for the CIC Severance Benefits.]6

In order to receive any Severance Benefits for which you otherwise become eligible under the Plan, you must sign and deliver to the Company the Release, which must have become effective and irrevocable, and otherwise comply with the requirements under Section 5 of the Plan.

In accordance with Section 6 of the Plan, the benefits, if any, provided under the Plan are intended to be the exclusive benefits for you related to your termination of employment and will supersede and replace any similar severance benefits to which you otherwise would be eligible to participate in any other Company severance policy, plan, agreement or other arrangement (whether or not subject to ERISA).

By your signature below, you and the Company agree that your participation in the Plan is governed by this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. Your signature below confirms that: (i) you have received a copy of the Plan; (ii) you have carefully read this Participation Agreement and the Plan and you acknowledge and agree to its terms, including, but not limited to, Section 6 of the Plan; (iii) you agree that this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan supersede any individual agreement between you and the Company and any other plan, policy or practice, whether written or unwritten, maintained by the Company with respect to equity acceleration or severance benefits upon your separation from the Company; and (iv) decisions and determinations by the Administrator under the Plan will be final and binding on you and your successors.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

   

COVERED EMPLOYEE

 

 

Signature

   
 

Signature

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Attachment: Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan

 

 
6 

Note to Draft: To be included for Tier I only.


APPENDIX A-2 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC. 

SEVERANCE PLAN 

Participation Agreement7 

Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to inform you, [ ], that you have been selected to participate in the Company’s Severance Plan (the “Plan”) as a Tier III Covered Employee. A copy of the Plan was delivered to you with this Participation Agreement. Your participation in the Plan is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan. The capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

In order to become a Covered Employee under the Plan, you must complete and sign this Participation Agreement and return it to [ ] no later than [ ].

As described more fully in the Plan, you may become eligible for certain CIC Severance Benefits if you experience a Covered Termination during the Change in Control Period. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, you will not be eligible to receive Standard Severance Benefits under Section 4.1 of the Plan.

If you become eligible for CIC Severance Benefits under Section 4.2 of the Plan, then subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

 

Cash Severance    6 months
CIC Target Bonus    1x
COBRA Premiums    6 months
Equity Acceleration    100%

In order to receive any CIC Severance Benefits for which you otherwise become eligible under the Plan, you must sign and deliver to the Company the Release, which must have become effective and irrevocable, and otherwise comply with the requirements under Section 5 of the Plan.

In accordance with Section 6 of the Plan, the benefits, if any, provided under the Plan are intended to be the exclusive benefits for you related to your termination of employment in connection with a Change in Control of the Company and will supersede and replace any similar severance benefits to which you otherwise would be eligible to participate in any other Company severance policy, plan, agreement or other arrangement (whether or not subject to ERISA).

By your signature below, you and the Company agree that your participation in the Plan is governed by this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. Your signature below confirms that: (i) you have received a copy of the Plan; (ii) you have carefully read this Participation Agreement and the Plan and you acknowledge and agree to its terms, including, but not limited to, Section 6 of the Plan; (iii) you agree that this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan supersede any individual agreement between you and the Company and any other plan, policy or practice, whether written or unwritten, maintained by the Company with respect to equity acceleration or severance benefits upon your separation from the Company in connection with a Change in Control; and (iv) decisions and determinations by the Administrator under the Plan will be final and binding on you and your successors.

 

 
7 

Note to Draft: Form is for Tier III Covered Employees (VPs) only.


LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

   

COVERED EMPLOYEE

 

 

Signature

   
 

Signature

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Attachment: Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. Severance Plan

Exhibit 10.15

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

March 20, 2026

Sara Bonstein

Re: Board of Directors of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Dear Sara:

It is my sincere pleasure to offer you a position as a member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and chair of the Audit Committee of the Board (the “Audit Committee”). We believe that your experience and background will be of great benefit to the Company.

As a Board member and chair of the Audit Committee, you will participate in regularly scheduled and special Board and Audit Committee meetings (in person and telephonically), meet or otherwise periodically confer with Company executives, advisors and independent auditors, and provide assistance to the Company’s executive team with occasional meetings, site visits, conference calls and advice on an as-needed basis.

In connection with your appointment to the Board, you shall receive, subject to Board approval and pursuant to the Company’s 2019 Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) equal to 0.20% of the Company’s fully diluted outstanding capitalization as of the date of your appointment. The exercise price of the Option will be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board. The Option will vest monthly in equal increments over a 48-month period, starting on the date of your appointment to the Board and contingent on your continued service on the Board. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of a change of control of the Company (as defined in the stock option agreement relating to the Option and/or the Plan), all of your outstanding unvested options would accelerate in full. All other terms and conditions of the Option will be set forth in the Plan and the Company’s form of stock option agreement, grant notice, exercise notice and other documents relating to the Plan, as approved by the Board.

For so long as you are a member of the Board, the Company will provide you with annual cash compensation equal to $40,000 paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices; provided, that your cash compensation shall be subject to any applicable non-employee director compensation policies as may be adopted by the Board from time to time. In addition, as a member of the Board, the Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel and other expenses to attend Board meetings and other Board-related functions, in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies.

You will not be an employee or agent of the Company and will have no authority to obligate the Company by contract or otherwise. You will not be eligible for any employee benefits, nor will the Company make deductions from any amounts payable to you for taxes or other withholdings. Any taxes shall be solely your responsibility.

In your capacity as a director of the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including, but not limited to, trade secrets of any current or former employer or other person or entity to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. You acknowledge that as a result of your service as a director you will obtain confidential information and proprietary information relating to or provided by the Company and its affiliates. During and after your service with the Company, you shall not use for your benefit or disclose confidential information, proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to or provided by the Company and


its affiliates. You also represent and warrant that you have the full right and power to enter into and perform this letter agreement and there is no other existing contract or duty on your part inconsistent with the terms of this letter agreement (including, but not limited to, any conflict of interest policy).

To avoid conflicts of interest, it is expected that directors will disclose any personal interest they may have in a transaction that the Board considers or in which the Company otherwise is a party. Directors shall recuse themselves from participation in any decision in which there is a conflict between their personal interests and the interests of the Company. Any such “related party transaction” involving a director must be reviewed and approved by the Board (or a committee designated by the Board). As with all directors, your service as a director will be in accordance with the Company’s charter documents, including the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and applicable law.

This letter, along with the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A and the stock option documentation referred to herein, constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company. This agreement supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it may only be modified in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive future relationship.

 

Sincerely,

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Nima Farzan

 

  Nima Farzan

 

  Chief Executive Officer

Accepted and Agreed:

 

/s/ Sara Bonstein

        

20-Mar-2026

Sara Bonstein       Date


EXHIBIT A

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

[***]

Exhibit 10.16

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

May 26, 2026

Todd Smith

Re: Board of Directors of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc.

Dear Todd:

It is my sincere pleasure to offer you a position as a member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”). We believe that your experience and background will be of great benefit to the Company.

As a Board member, you will participate in regularly scheduled and special Board meetings, including any committee meetings (in person and telephonically), meet or otherwise periodically confer with Company executives and advisors and provide assistance to the Company’s executive team with occasional meetings, site visits, conference calls and advice on an as-needed basis.

In connection with your appointment to the Board, you shall receive, subject to Board approval and pursuant to the Company’s 2019 Stock Plan, as amended, or any successor plan thereto (the “Plan”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) equal to 0.20% of the Company’s fully diluted outstanding capitalization as of the date of your appointment. The exercise price of the Option will be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board. The Option will vest monthly in equal increments over a 48-month period, starting on the date of your appointment to the Board and contingent on your continued service on the Board. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of a change of control of the Company (as defined in the stock option agreement relating to the Option and/or the Plan), all of your outstanding unvested options would accelerate in full. All other terms and conditions of the Option will be set forth in the Plan and the Company’s form of stock option agreement, grant notice, exercise notice and other documents relating to the Plan, as approved by the Board.

For so long as you are a member of the Board, the Company will provide you with annual cash compensation equal to $40,000 paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices; provided, that your cash compensation shall be subject to any applicable non-employee director compensation policies as may be adopted by the Board from time to time. In addition, as a member of the Board, the Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel and other expenses to attend Board meetings and other Board-related functions, in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies.

You will not be an employee or agent of the Company and will have no authority to obligate the Company by contract or otherwise. You will not be eligible for any employee benefits, nor will the Company make deductions from any amounts payable to you for taxes or other withholdings. Any taxes shall be solely your responsibility.

In your capacity as a director of the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including, but not limited to, trade secrets of any current or former employer or other person or entity to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. You acknowledge that as a result of your service as a director you will obtain confidential information and proprietary information relating to or provided by the Company and its affiliates. During and after your service with the Company, you shall


not use for your benefit or disclose confidential information, proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to or provided by the Company and its affiliates. You also represent and warrant that you have the full right and power to enter into and perform this letter agreement and there is no other existing contract or duty on your part inconsistent with the terms of this letter agreement (including, but not limited to, any conflict of interest policy).

To avoid conflicts of interest, it is expected that directors will disclose any personal interest they may have in a transaction that the Board considers or in which the Company otherwise is a party. Directors shall recuse themselves from participation in any decision in which there is a conflict between their personal interests and the interests of the Company. Any such “related party transaction” involving a director must be reviewed and approved by the Board (or a committee designated by the Board). As with all directors, your service as a director will be in accordance with the Company’s charter documents, including the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and applicable law.

This letter, along with the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A and the stock option documentation referred to herein, constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company. This agreement supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it may only be modified in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive future relationship.

 

LATIGO BIOTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Nima Farzan

 

  Nima Farzan

 

  Chief Executive Officer

Accepted and Agreed:

 

/s/ Todd Smith

        

5/26/2026

Todd Smith       Date


EXHIBIT A

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

[***]

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc. of our report dated March 27, 2026 relating to the financial statements of Latigo Biotherapeutics, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

July 17, 2026